SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(MARK ONE)

[ ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED

OR

[x] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM JULY 1, 2000 TO DECEMBER 31, 2000

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-15062

AOL TIME WARNER INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

                DELAWARE                                        13-4099534
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                        IDENTIFICATION NO.)

  75 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA, NEW YORK, N.Y.                            10019
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                        (ZIP CODE)

REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 484-8000

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                    NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE
    TITLE OF EACH CLASS                              ON WHICH REGISTERED
    -------------------                              -------------------
Common Stock, $.01 par value                       New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [x] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to

Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [x]

As of the close of business on February 28, 2001, there were 4,248,098,682 shares of registrant's Common Stock and 171,185,826 shares of registrant's Series LMCN-V Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting securities held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on February 28, 2001) was approximately $179.56 billion.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

            DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                           PART OF THE FORM 10-K
            -----------------------                           ---------------------
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement to be        Part III (Item 10 through Item 13)
used in connection with the registrant's 2001
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



AOL Time Warner Inc. Corporate Organization Chart

Included in the Form 10-K for AOL Time Warner Inc. ("AOL Time Warner") is a chart illustrating AOL Time Warner's corporate organization, providing the following information:

AOL Time Warner Inc. owns 100% of each of America Online, Inc. ("America Online") and Time Warner Inc. ("Time Warner").

America Online owns 100% of the America Online business.

Time Warner Inc. owns 100% of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (Networks and Filmed Entertainment - New Line) and 100% of Time Warner Companies, Inc.

Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 100% of the Publishing division, TWI Cable and the AOL Time Warner General and Limited Partners.(1)

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE") is 25.51%-owned by the AT&T Limited Partner(2) and 74.49%-owned by the AOL Time Warner General and Limited Partners.(3)

TWE owns 100% of Time Warner Cable, Networks - HBO and The WB, and Filmed Entertainment-Warner Bros., and 64.8% of the TWE - A/N Partnership (Cable). The TWE - A/N Partnership is also 1.9%-owned by TWI Cable and 33-l/3% - owned by Advance/Newhouse.(4)


(1) Time Warner Companies, Inc. directly or indirectly owns 100% of the capital stock of each of the AOL Time Warner General and Limited Partners.

(2) Interest held by AT&T Corp.'s subsidiary, MediaOne TWE Holdings, Inc.

(3) Pro rata priority capital and residual equity interests. In addition, the AOL Time Warner General Partners own 100% of the priority capital interests that are junior to the pro rata priority capital interests. See Note 6 to Time Warner Inc.'s consolidated statements included in AOL Time Warner's Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated January 11, 2001 (filed February 9, 2001).

(4) Direct or indirect common equity interests. In addition, TWI Cable indirectly owns preferred partnership interests.


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

AOL Time Warner Inc. (the 'Company' or 'AOL Time Warner') is the world's first fully integrated, Internet-powered media and communications company. The Company was formed in connection with the merger of America Online, Inc. ('America Online') and Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') which was consummated on January 11, 2001 (the 'Merger' or the 'AOL-Time Warner merger'). As a result of the Merger, America Online and Time Warner each became wholly owned subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner. Accordingly, the following discussion will be of the businesses of AOL Time Warner, which comprise the combined businesses previously conducted by America Online and Time Warner. However, because the Merger was not consummated on or before December 31, 2000, in accordance with the applicable Federal securities regulations, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and management's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition set forth on pages F-1 through F-52 reflect only the financial results of America Online, as predecessor to the Company.

The Company classifies its business interests into the following fundamental areas:

o America Online, consisting principally of interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies and electronic commerce;

o Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems;

o Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment and television production;

o Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television and broadcast television networks;

o Music, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing; and

o Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing.

The Company has undertaken a number of business initiatives to advance cross-divisional activities, including cross-promotions of the Company's various businesses, cross-divisional advertising opportunities, and shared infrastructures. During 2000, each of the divisions entered into arrangements with America Online either for promotion of that division on the AOL service or of the AOL service on the division's property or to provide content on an AOL service, Web site or property. The Company expects to continue and expand such arrangements.

For convenience, the terms the 'Registrant,' 'Company' and 'AOL Time Warner' are used in this report to refer to both the parent company and collectively to the parent company and the subsidiaries through which its various businesses are conducted, unless the context otherwise requires.

TWE

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') is a Delaware limited partnership that was formed in 1992 to own and operate substantially all of the business of Warner Bros., Home Box Office and the cable television businesses owned and operated by Time Warner prior to such date. Currently, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, owns general and limited partnership interests in 74.49% of the pro rata priority capital ('Series A Capital') and residual equity capital ('Residual Capital') of TWE and 100% of the junior priority capital. The remaining 25.51% limited partnership interests in the Series A Capital and Residual Capital of TWE are held by MediaOne TWE Holdings, Inc., a subsidiary of AT&T Corp. ('AT&T').

The Company and AT&T have been engaged in discussions regarding AT&T's interest in TWE. In addition, AT&T has delivered to the Company and TWE notice of its exercise of certain rights under the TWE partnership agreement that could result in a public sale or the purchase by TWE of some or all of AT&T's interest in TWE. See 'Description of Certain Provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement -- Registration Rights' at page I-30 herein.

I-1

CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain 'forward-looking statements' within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on management's current expectations and are naturally subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Actual results may vary materially from the expectations contained herein due to changes in economic, business, competitive, technological and/or regulatory factors. More detailed information about those factors is set forth on pages F-16 through F-18 herein. AOL Time Warner is under no obligation to (and expressly disclaims any such obligation to) update or alter its forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

AMERICA ONLINE

America Online, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company based in Dulles, Virginia, is the world's leader in interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies, and electronic commerce services. America Online's operations include: two worldwide Internet services, the AOL service and the CompuServe service; 'AOL Anywhere' services; Netscape; AOL local brands such as Digital City, AOL Moviefone, and MapQuest; AOL messaging services such as ICQ and AOL Instant Messenger; and AOL music properties such as Spinner.com, Winamp and SHOUTcast. Utilizing its 'AOL Anywhere' strategy, key services, features and content of the AOL service are available through multiple platforms and devices. Through iPlanet E-Commerce Solutions, its strategic alliance with Sun Microsystems, Inc., America Online also develops and offers easy-to-deploy, end-to-end electronic commerce and enterprise solutions for companies operating in and doing business on the Internet.

THE AOL SERVICE

The flagship AOL service, a subscription-based service with more than 26 million members at December 31, 2000, provides members with a global, interactive community offering a wide variety of content, features and tools. The range of content, features, and tools offered on the AOL service includes the following:

o Online Community -- The AOL service promotes interactive community through electronic mail services, message boards, the Buddy List feature (for instant messaging) and public and private 'chat rooms.' 'You've Got Pictures' allows members to receive their developed photos online, share the photos with others via e-mail, organize and store photos online and order reprints and gifts.

o Content -- Content on the AOL service is organized in a variety of ways for easy access by members, including channels, favorite places, toolbar icons and customization tools. Channels such as the following offer informational content and commerce and community opportunities: News, Sports, Travel, International, Personal Finance, Computer Center, Research & Learn, Autos, Entertainment, Games, House & Home, Shopping, Health, Careers & Work, Music, Parenting, Women, Teens, Kids Only and Local Guide. Content on the AOL service comes from diverse sources, including CBS News, Hachette Filipacchi Magazines, Time Inc. Magazines, Bloomberg and Business Week.

o Customization and Control Features -- Members can customize their experience on the AOL service through features and tools such as an interactive calendar, 'My Places,' which allows customization of the Welcome Screen, a reminder service, Mail Controls, which allow members to limit who may send them e-mail and to block certain types of e-mail, and Favorite Places, which allows members to mark particular Web sites or AOL areas. Parental Controls help parents form their children's online experience and include tools that limit access to particular AOL areas, Web sites or to certain features.

o Search Capability -- AOL Search enables AOL members to search the Internet and AOL's exclusive content without leaving the AOL service.

o AOL Plus -- The AOL Plus feature provides additional multimedia online content to members connecting to the AOL service through high-speed broadband technologies, including DSL, cable, satellite and wireless technologies. The expanded content includes streaming audio, full-motion video, games and online catalogue shopping features.

I-2

AOL ANYWHERE

Under its 'AOL Anywhere' strategy, America Online has taken steps to make the services, features and content of the AOL service and other properties available through multiple connections and devices in addition to personal computers, such as televisions, wireless telephones, hand-held and pocket devices, and specialized Internet appliances. America Online launched a number of key initiatives under AOL Anywhere in 2000, including the AOLTV service, AOLbyPhone, a voice portal that allows members to access e-mail via the telephone, and versions of its AOL service that are accessible on mobile platforms, such as mobile phones, pagers and handheld computer devices. In April 2000, America Online and Gateway announced the development of a family of specialized Internet appliances featuring the 'Instant AOL' service, a customized version of the standard AOL service. A countertop appliance was launched in the fall of 2000 and additional devices will include a wireless Web pad and a desktop appliance.

The AOL Anywhere Web site (http://www.aol.com) offers AOL members and other Internet users content, features and tools from the AOL service, including AOL Mail, AOL Search, the AOL Instant Messenger service, My News, a personalized news service, and My Calendar, a personalized calendar service.

America Online launched the AOLTV service, an interactive television service for mass-market consumers, in the summer of 2000 in three initial markets -- Phoenix, Sacramento and Baltimore. With the AOLTV service, consumers can watch television using their existing signal and choose from a range of additional interactive features, such as e-mail, instant messaging, and chat, utilizing a set-top box and a wireless keyboard or universal remote control. The AOLTV service offers additional content provided by partners that complements the television programming and a program guide that organizes the television channels into different categories and allows users to select channels by clicking on words and graphics.

The AOL mobile services deliver a variety of the AOL service's features and content to users of wireless devices, such as mobile phones, pagers and other handheld devices. The content and services include wireless access to e-mail, news, weather, sports and stock quotes, as well as content from America Online's other properties, such as Digital City, MapQuest.com and Moviefone. In the fall of 2000, America Online introduced the AOL Mobile Communicator service, which offers wireless access to e-mail and instant messaging using pager-sized two-way wireless devices. America Online also provides text entry solutions for wireless devices through its subsidiary, Tegic Communications, Inc. Tegic's leading product, the T9 Text Input software, enables individuals to send e-mail, short messaging services and instant messages, as well as perform other text-based functions and access the Internet, using the standard telephone keypad to enter words or sentences.

THE COMPUSERVE SERVICE

The CompuServe service, with approximately 3 million members at December 31, 2000, targets the value-oriented portion of the U.S. market and the professional business-oriented market outside of the U.S. It is available in over 500 cities worldwide, including in the U.S., Canada and Europe. CompuServe offers three services -- CompuServe 2000, CompuServe 2000 Premier, which has been available with CompuServe's consumer electronic rebate program, and CompuServe Classic. Version 6.0 of CompuServe 2000, launched in January 2001, offers improvements such as enhanced e-mail applications, a built-in media player, the CompuServe Shopping Assistant, expanded personalization options, a more streamlined look and feel, and other enhancements. CompuServe has created a Custom Solutions group to develop and operate co-branded and custom versions of the CompuServe 2000 software. This group operates the Gateway.net Internet Service Provider. The Custom Solutions group also offers private label Internet solutions for strategic partners.

NETSCAPE

NETSCAPE.COM

Netscape (http://www.netscape.com) offers a variety of products and services, including news and information, opportunities to purchase goods and services, Internet site directories, software, software downloads, and product and technical support information. More than 36 million users have registered with

I-3

Netscape as of December 31, 2000. In the fall of 2000, Netscape launched Netscape Netbusiness (http://netbusiness.netscape.com/), an Internet site targeted to owners of small businesses that offers easy-to-use and fully customizable information resources, productivity and communications tools. Netscape's services include search and navigation services, such as SmartBrowsing; programming channels; communications and community services such as e-mail and message board services; personalization services, and opportunities for electronic commerce. CNN Interactive is now a premier news provider for Netscape. Netscape includes a co-branded version of the AOL Instant Messenger service and local content provided by Digital City. A Netscape-branded toolbar is included on the Company's Time, People, Money and Warner Bros. Web sites to enable visitors to the sites to access Netscape features such as instant messaging, e-mail and online searches.

NETSCAPE BROWSERS

The next-generation Netscape 6 browser software was released in November 2000. Powered by Netscape's Gecko technology, which features a faster and more powerful browser engine technology, Netscape 6 allows individual developers to tailor the browser software to their own use, and it is designed to operate across multiple platforms, so that it can be deployed on a range of Internet devices. Gecko can run on multiple computing systems, including LINUX, Mac OS and Windows. The Netscape 6 browser software offers a number of new features, such as a customizable integrated search engine, and also integrates e-mail and instant messaging within the browser environment.

Netscape also offers Netscape Communicator, a suite of open HTML-based client software that integrates browsing, e-mail, Web-based word processing and group scheduling that enables users to communicate, share and access information. The latest version, Communicator 4.75, was released in August 2000 and features SmartBrowsing, as well as streaming audio and visual capabilities. With SmartBrowsing, consumers can search the Web and connect to Web sites covering a variety of topics by entering common words or topics (Netscape Internet Keywords) into the browser location bar.

AOL MUSIC: SPINNER.COM, WINAMP AND SHOUTCAST

Spinner.com is a free music service that offers over 150 music channels. Spinner's content library includes over 420,000 songs. The Spinner music player displays artist and song information as the songs are played, and provides links that enable real-time listener feedback and instant ordering of the music being played. Winamp is a branded MP3 player for Windows, and SHOUTcast is an MP3 streaming audio service. Winamp surpassed 55 million registered installations as of December 31, 2000. The SHOUTcast streaming audio service enables individuals to broadcast their own audio stream over the Internet.

INTERACTIVE PROPERTIES

The AOL Interactive Properties group leads the local services and instant messaging initiatives for America Online.

AOL LOCAL: DIGITAL CITY, MOVIEFONE AND MAPQUEST

America Online has a number of branded local services that operate across multiple services and/or platforms, such as Digital City, Moviefone, and MapQuest. Digital City, Inc., is the leading local online city guide offering local products and services in over 200 U.S. markets. Digital City provides original and third-party news, sports, weather, and local directories that offer information and reviews on events, restaurants, health care, housing and job listings. Digital City provides local interactive content and services for all of America Online's interactive services and properties, including the AOL service, the AOL Anywhere services and devices, the CompuServe service, Netscape, and on the Web (digitalcity.com).

Moviefone is the largest movie guide and ticketing service in the United States in terms of the number of users and tickets sold remotely. Through its interactive telephone service (777-FILM), its online service (Moviefone.com), and its wireless services, Moviefone provides millions of moviegoers each week with a free

I-4

directory of movies, showtimes and theater locations, and also provides the ability to purchase tickets via any device and platform.

MapQuest, acquired by America Online in June 2000, is a leader in online destination solutions. Through licensing agreements with more than 1,750 business partners, MapQuest helps businesses integrate maps and driving directions into their Internet, intranet and call center applications for improved marketing and customer service functions. MapQuest also provides customized maps, destination information and driving directions to consumers through its Web site (MapQuest.com) and its wireless partners.

AOL MESSAGING: AOL INSTANT MESSENGER AND ICQ

AOL Instant Messenger is a Web-based communications service that enables Internet users to know when other users of the service are online and to send and receive instant messages in real time. The service offers other limited features. AOL Instant Messenger had over 84 million registered users as of December 31, 2000. AOL Instant Messenger is free and available for downloading on the AOL Anywhere Web site and on America Online's other brands and services, on a co-branded basis, including the CompuServe service and Netscape. America Online has also developed co-branded versions of the AOL Instant Messenger service for numerous other companies.

ICQ Ltd., is an Internet-based real-time communications service that utilizes the ICQ ('I seek you') instant communications and chat technology with a constant desktop presence. ICQ also has a Web site (ICQ.com) that offers community and content products and services. At December 31, 2000, ICQ had over 88 million registered users, approximately two-thirds of whom were outside the U.S.

AOL INTERNATIONAL

AOL International oversees the AOL and CompuServe services and operations outside the United States, as well as the Netscape Online service, which operates in the United Kingdom. As of December 31, 2000, the AOL and CompuServe services had nearly 6 million members outside the United States. One component of AOL International's strategy is to provide consumers with local services in key international markets featuring local language, content, marketing and community. Central to the strategy has been the formation of strategic alliances with strong local and regional partners and the provision of access for all members of international services. The AOL, CompuServe and/or Netscape branded services are offered through joint ventures or distribution arrangements in Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Canada, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, the Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Globally, members are able to access these services in over 100 countries. In addition, U.S. and global subscribers to AOL services can access selected content and communities offered on the other global AOL services.

During the past year, America Online has launched services in several new foreign markets and has taken steps to develop or enhance services in existing markets:

o EUROPE: AOL Europe, S.A., a joint venture between America Online and Bertelsmann AG, provides the AOL service and the CompuServe service in several European countries, Netscape Online in the United Kingdom and CompuServe Office in Germany. In March 2000, America Online and Bertelsmann announced plans to restructure the AOL Europe joint venture pursuant to a put and call arrangement to provide for the terms of the eventual exit of Bertelsmann from the joint venture and to undertake a new strategic alliance providing for expanded distribution of Bertelsmann's media content and electronic commerce properties over America Online's interactive brands worldwide. For further information on the restructuring, see note 6 to Notes to Financial Statements. In the fall of 2000, AOL Europe entered into a joint venture with Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., and Prodigios Interactivos, S.A., to launch the AOL-Avant branded service in Spain.

o AUSTRALIA: In March 2000, America Online formed a new joint venture with AAPT Limited, Australia's third largest telecommunications company, to operate the AOL Australia service. This followed Bertelsmann's transfer of its 50% interest in AOL Australia to America Online in connection with the entry into the put and call arrangements between America Online and Bertelsmann.

I-5

o LATIN AMERICA: AOL Latin America, a joint venture originally formed with the Cisneros Group of Companies, has launched services in three Latin American countries: Argentina (August 2000), Brazil (November 1999) and Mexico (July 2000). In August 2000, America Online Latin America, Inc. completed an initial public offering of common stock and, concurrently, Banco Itau, a regional bank in Latin America with online banking operations, became a minority shareholder.

o AOL JAPAN: During 2000, America Online, Mitsui and Nikkei expanded and restructured their joint venture in Japan, with the addition of NTT DoCoMo, Japan's largest mobile communications company, to the joint venture.

NETSCAPE ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS

IPLANET E-COMMERCE SOLUTIONS

The Netscape Enterprise Group operates primarily through a strategic alliance formed in November 1998 between America Online and Sun Microsystems, Inc. which is now referred to as the iPlanet E-Commerce Solutions, a Sun-Netscape Alliance. The alliance develops, markets, sells and supports on a collaborative basis an Internet software platform that enables enterprises to put their businesses online, deploy new services and scale to growing demand. The infrastructure product portfolio includes: messaging (e-mail) and calendar, collaboration, Web, application, directory and certificate (security) servers. The electronic commerce applications include commerce exchange, procurement, selling and billing applications.

TECHNOLOGIES

AOL NET

America Online employs a multiple vendor strategy in designing, structuring and operating the network services utilized in its interactive online services. AOLnet, a transfer control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) network of third-party network service providers, including Sprint Communications Company, Genuity Inc., WorldCom, Inc. and Level 3 Communications, is used for the AOL service and certain versions of the CompuServe service in North America, including CompuServe 2000. America Online anticipates continuing to build AOLnet in order to increase its network capacity, provide members of its online services with higher speed access and reduce data network costs on a per-hour basis. The AOL service grew as of December 31, 2000 to achieve peaks of over 2.0 million simultaneous users and the exchange of approximately 180 million e-mail messages a day.

America Online enters into multiple-year data communications agreements to support AOLnet. In connection with those agreements, America Online may commit to purchase certain minimum data communications services or to pay a fixed cost for the network services. The expansion of AOLnet requires a substantial investment in telecommunications equipment. In addition to purchasing telecommunications equipment, America Online also enters into operating leases for the use of this equipment.

SERVICE PLATFORMS

America Online supports a variety of software platforms and conduits for access to the interactive services and Web-based properties. Today, the vast majority of members and users of interactive services access such services through personal computers. Operating systems on which the AOL and CompuServe services are available include primarily the Windows (3.1, 95 and 98) and Macintosh operating systems. America Online has also taken steps to adopt new technology and developments in the delivery of interactive services. America Online has upgraded AOLnet to support the v.90 standard for high-speed access at 56 kps, and is also investing in the development of alternative technologies to deliver its interactive online services, including cable modems, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) access, satellite and wireless technologies (as discussed under 'AOL Anywhere'). America Online plans to continue to offer its members higher-speed options when they become easy-to-use and commercially viable for the mass market. America Online has formed strategic alliances with

I-6

Verizon Communications and SBC Communications to use new DSL technology to make available a high-speed upgrade connection to subscribers. The initial roll out began in the summer of 1999.

America Online formed a strategic alliance with Hughes Electronic Corporation, a subsidiary of General Motors Corporation, in June 1999 to develop and market integrated digital entertainment and Internet services. The alliance provides for the delivery of AOL Plus to members via Hughes' DirectPC satellite Internet network, as well as delivery over Hughes' next generation satellite system for two-way, broadband connectivity. In connection with the alliance, America Online made a $1.5 billion investment in Hughes in the form of a General Motors preference stock, which carries a 6 1/4% coupon rate and has a mandatory conversion into General Motors Class H common stock (GMH) in 2002.

ADVERTISING AND COMMERCE

America Online offers its advertising and commerce partners a variety of customized programs, which may include premier placement or select sponsorship of particular online areas or Web pages for designated time periods. As merchants recognize the value in reaching the large, growing and active subscriber base to the AOL and CompuServe services and users of the Web-based properties, America Online has been able to earn additional revenues by offering selected merchants preferred rights to market particular goods or services within one or more of the online services and properties. In those transactions, America Online provides its commerce partners certain marketing and promotional opportunities and in return receives cash payments, the opportunity for revenue sharing, cross-promotions and competitive pricing and online conveniences for subscribers. Certain of the transactions also include an equity component from the partner, such as a warrant to purchase stock or a direct equity interest in the partner. These investments are accounted for in accordance with Company accounting policies. See note 2 to Notes to Financial Statements. In addition, these investments can also represent an additional potential source of income or loss to the Company upon their disposition.

An important component of America Online's strategy is to continue increasing revenues from advertising and commerce sources and from the direct sale of merchandise, as well as from additional sources such as transaction and licensing fees. It continues to establish a wide variety of relationships with advertising and commerce partners to grow and diversify its non-subscription- based revenues and to provide subscribers on the interactive services with access to a broad selection of competitively priced, easy-to-order products and services. America Online has also expanded the scope, range and types of businesses involved in advertising and commerce relationships; many of its advertising and commerce contracts are with mainstream industry leaders such as Coca-Cola, Kodak, Sears and Citigroup. America Online frequently has entered into advertising arrangements that encompass multiple brands within the AOL family of brands. AOL Time Warner intends to continue this practice and to increase the number of advertising arrangements that include two or more of the Company's lines of businesses by drawing upon and making full use of its brands and assets.

MARKETING

America Online utilizes a common marketing infrastructure for its multiple brands of interactive services and Web properties. To support its goals of attracting and retaining members or users, as applicable, and developing and differentiating the family of brands, America Online markets its products, services and brands through a broad array of programs and strategies, including broadcast television and radio advertising campaigns, direct mail, magazine inserts (including magazines published by the Company's publishing business) and advertisements, co-marketing, retail distribution, bundling agreements, Web advertising and alternate media. America Online also markets through extensive online and offline cross-promotion and co-branding with a wide variety of partners. Additionally, through multi-year bundling agreements, the interactive online services and products are installed on a range of computers made by personal computer manufacturers and are available to consumers by clicking on an icon during the computer's initial setup process.

America Online utilizes targeted or limited promotions and marketing programs and pricing plans designed to appeal to particular groups of potential users of its interactive online services and to distinguish and develop its different brands. For example, in connection with the positioning of the CompuServe service in the United

I-7

States as a value-oriented brand, CompuServe uses a series of consumer electronic rebate programs with retailers. Under these promotions, consumers signing up for two-year memberships to the CompuServe 2000 Premier service at $21.95 per month will receive a rebate of $200 in connection with the purchase of designated merchandise.

COMPETITION

America Online competes for subscription revenues and members' usage with a large number of companies providing Internet access, including online services such as the Microsoft Network and AT&T Worldnet, local and national Internet service providers, cable Internet access providers, and telephone companies and other companies that provide Internet access among other services. It also competes more broadly for subscription revenues and members' usage with cable, information, entertainment and media companies. America Online competes for advertising and commerce revenues with a wide range of companies, including those that focus on the Internet, such as online services, Internet access companies, Web-based portals, and individual Web sites providing content, commerce, community and similar features, and media companies, such as those with newspaper or magazine publications, radio stations and broadcast stations or networks. America Online's Netscape Enterprise group also competes with a wide range of companies in the development and sale of electronic commerce infrastructure and applications.

America Online faces competition in developing technologies and risks from potential new developments in distribution technologies and equipment in Internet access. In particular, America Online faces competition from developments in the following types of Internet access distribution technologies or equipment and must keep pace with the developments:

o broadband distribution technologies used in cable Internet access services;

o advanced personal computer-based access services offered through digital subscriber line technologies offered by local telecommunications companies;

o other advanced digital services offered by satellite and wireless companies;

o television-based interactive services;

o personal digital assistants or handheld computers;

o enhanced mobile phones;

o other equipment offering functional equivalents to the AOL Anywhere services.

CABLE

The Company's Cable business consists principally of interests in cable television systems. Of the approximately 12.8 million subscribers served by the Company at December 31, 2000, approximately 1.8 million are in systems owned by TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable'), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and approximately 11 million are in systems owned or managed by TWE. TWE's cable systems include approximately 6.7 million subscribers in a joint venture between TWE and Advance/Newhouse known as TWE-A/N; 1.1 million of these TWE-A/N subscribers are part of the Texas Cable Partners 50-50 joint venture with AT&T. TWE-A/N is owned 33.3% by Advance/Newhouse, 64.8% by TWE and 1.9% by TWI Cable. Time Warner Cable, a division of TWE, generally manages all such systems and receives a fee for management of the systems owned by TWI Cable and TWE-A/N.

SYSTEMS OPERATIONS

Time Warner Cable is one of the largest operators of cable television systems in the United States with more than 90% of its customers served by clustered cable systems with 100,000 subscribers or more. As of December 31, 2000, Time Warner Cable had 35 distinct geographic system groupings serving more than 100,000 subscribers. This clustering strategy has enabled, among other things, significant cost and marketing

I-8

efficiencies, more effective pursuit of local and regional cable advertisers, the development of local news channels, and the roll-out of advanced services over a geographically concentrated customer base.

Over the past several years, Time Warner Cable has pursued a strategy of upgrading its existing cable systems generally to 750 MHz capability, based on a hybrid fiber optic/coaxial cable architecture. By year-end 2000, Time Warner Cable had completed the upgrade of approximately 92% of its cable plant. Upgraded systems can deliver increased channel capacity and provide two-way transmission capability with improved network management systems. Upgrading also permits Time Warner Cable to roll out new advanced services, including digital and high-definition television ('HDTV') programming, high-speed Internet service, video-on-demand, telephony and other services. See 'New Cable Services' below.

FRANCHISES

Cable systems are constructed and operated under non-exclusive franchises granted by state or local governmental authorities. Franchises typically contain many conditions, such as time limitations on commencement or completion of construction; conditions of service, including number of channels; provision of free services to schools and other public institutions; and the maintenance of insurance and indemnity bonds. Cable franchises are subject to various federal, state and local regulations. See 'Regulation and Legislation' below.

PROGRAMMING

Programming is generally made available to customers by tiers, which are packages of different programming services provided for prescribed monthly fees. The available analog channel capacity of Time Warner Cable's systems has been expanding as system upgrades are completed. As Time Warner Cable rolls out digital services in its systems, the number of channels of video programming a customer may elect to receive are further increased such that over 150 video channels are available.

Video programming available to customers includes local and distant broadcast television stations, cable programming services like CNN, A&E and ESPN, and premium cable services like HBO, Showtime and Starz! The terms and conditions of carriage of programming services are generally established through affiliation agreements between the programmers and Time Warner Cable. Many programming services impose a monthly license fee per subscriber upon the cable operator. Programming costs generally have been increasing sharply in recent years and depending on the terms of a specific agreement, the cost of providing any cable programming service may continue to rise. Time Warner Cable sometimes has the right to cancel contracts and generally has the right not to renew them. In addition, Time Warner Cable may not always be able to renew contracts when it wishes to do so. It is unknown whether the loss of any one popular supplier would have a material adverse effect on Time Warner Cable's operations.

SERVICE CHARGES AND ADVERTISING

Subscribers to the Company's cable systems are charged monthly subscription fees based on the level of service selected, which fees in some cases include equipment charges. Subscription revenues account for most of Time Warner Cable's revenues. A one-time installation fee is generally charged for connecting subscribers to the cable television system. Although regulation of certain cable programming rates ended on March 31, 1999, rates for 'basic' programming and for equipment and installation continue to be regulated pursuant to federal law. See 'Regulation and Legislation' below.

Subscribers may purchase premium programming services and, in certain systems, other per-channel services, for an additional monthly fee for each such service, with discounts generally available for the purchase of more than one service. Subscribers may discontinue purchasing services at any time. Pay-per-view programming offers movies and special events, such as boxing, for a separate charge.

Time Warner Cable also generates revenue by selling advertising time to national, regional and local businesses. Cable television operators receive an allocation of advertising time availabilities on certain cable

I-9

programming services into which commercials can be inserted at the local system level. The clustering of Time Warner Cable's systems expands the share of viewers that Time Warner Cable reaches within a local DMA (Designated Market Area), which helps local ad sales personnel to compete more effectively with broadcast and other media. In addition, in many localities, contiguous cable system operators have formed advertising interconnects to deliver locally inserted commercials across wider geographic areas, replicating the reach of the broadcast stations as much as possible. Eighteen of Time Warner Cable's 39 field divisions participate in a local cable advertising interconnect.

LOCAL NEWS CHANNELS

Time Warner Cable operates, alone or in partnerships, 24-hour local news channels in New York City (NY1 News), Tampa Bay (Bay News 9), Orlando (Central Florida News 13), Rochester, NY (R/News), and Austin (News 8 Austin). Preparations are underway to launch news channels in Houston, San Antonio, Charlotte, Raleigh, Syracuse and Albany. These channels have developed into successful vehicles for local advertising.

NEW CABLE SERVICES

DIGITAL CABLE SERVICES

Digital Tier Service

During 2000, Time Warner Cable continued its aggressive roll-out of digital cable service in its cable systems. As of December 31, 2000, Time Warner Cable had more than 1.7 million digital service subscribers. As of March 1, 2001, 38 of Time Warner Cable's 39 field divisions are offering digital cable and the one remaining division is expected to commence offering digital service in 2001. A digital format allows a signal to be compressed so that it occupies less bandwidth, which substantially increases the number of channels that can be provided over a system. The digital set-top boxes delivered to subscribing customers will offer a digital programming tier with the potential for more than 100 networks, 40 CD-quality music services, more pay-per-view options, more channels of multiplexed premium services, a digital interactive program guide, and other features such as parental control options.

HDTV

Pursuant to FCC order, television broadcast stations have been granted additional over-the-air spectrum to provide, under a prescribed roll-out schedule, high definition and digital television signals to the public. Time Warner Cable's upgraded hybrid fiber optic/coaxial cable architecture should provide a technologically superior means of distributing HDTV signals. To date, Time Warner Cable has agreed to carry the high definition television signals and other digital signals that will be broadcast by television stations owned and operated by the ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox networks, and also by nearly all public television stations, in Time Warner Cable's operating areas. Time Warner Cable is seeking similar arrangements with other broadcasters. Time Warner Cable is also carrying the HDTV versions of HBO and Showtime in certain areas.

Video-on-Demand

By adding digital servers and software to its digital television service platform, Time Warner Cable will be able to offer network-based video-on-demand services, including 'virtual' VCR features such as pause, rewind and fast forward. Time Warner Cable began testing of video-on-demand equipment in 1999 in its-Austin, Texas; Tampa Bay, Florida; and Hawaii systems, and provided a movies-on-demand service on a trial basis to customers in those systems during 2000. Additional testing is continuing in 2001. Time Warner Cable is negotiating with a number of studios to obtain video-on-demand distribution rights for movies to support commercial launches. Depending on the results of the foregoing, video-on-demand services are expected to be launched in a number of additional locations in 2001.

I-10

INTERNET SERVICES

Road Runner

To date, Time Warner Cable has offered the Road Runner high-speed Internet service as its sole cable modem service providing high-speed Internet services to customers. Customers connect their personal computers to Time Warner Cable's two-way hybrid fiber optic/coaxial cable system which, together with the Road Runner backbone network, enables customers to access the Internet and Road Runner's content at speeds much greater than traditional telephone modems.

The Road Runner service, as of March 1, 2001, has been launched by Time Warner Cable in 36 of its 39 field divisions. In January 2001, Time Warner Cable's Road Runner customer base exceeded 1,000,000 customers, a significant milestone for the service. Time Warner Cable intends to continue aggressively rolling out the Road Runner service throughout its divisions during 2001.

Starting in 1998, Road Runner was provided by a joint venture (the 'RR JV') of TWE, TWE-A/N, TWI Cable, MediaOne, and subsidiaries of Microsoft Corp. ('Microsoft') and Compaq Computer Corp. ('Compaq'). The agreements between the RR JV and Time Warner Cable restricted Time Warner Cable's ability to distribute the services of other Internet service providers ('ISPs') over Time Warner Cable's cable systems. In connection with AT&T's acquisition of MediaOne, the Department of Justice ordered the divestiture of MediaOne's interest in the RR JV. As a result, in December 2000, AT&T and Time Warner announced that the Road Runner service would be restructured and that the RR JV will terminate. This restructuring, under which TWE, TWE-A/N and TWI Cable will obtain sole ownership and control of certain RR JV assets, is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2001. Microsoft's and Compaq's interests in the RR JV were acquired by the RR JV in February 2001.

Multiple ISP Services

In connection with the announcement of the AOL-Time Warner merger, Time Warner and America Online entered into a Memorandum of Understanding in February 2000. Time Warner committed that it would enter into agreements with multiple ISPs to offer its customers a choice of ISP services, including services not owned by AOL Time Warner. During 2000, Time Warner Cable began the technical and operational work necessary to develop a cable platform capable of providing the services of multiple ISPs and, during the summer, began working with a number of ISPs and vendors on a trial of its multiple ISP service platform in Columbus, Ohio.

Time Warner Cable's first definitive agreement with an unaffiliated ISP, EarthLink, was entered into in November 2000 and Time Warner Cable expects to commence launching the EarthLink service in its divisions in the second half of 2001. Discussions with other ISPs regarding distribution terms have also commenced. America Online and Time Warner Cable have also entered into a definitive agreement to provide the AOL service over Time Warner Cable's broadband cable system, and Time Warner Cable expects to commence launching the AOL service in the same timeframe as the launch of the EarthLink service. Time Warner Cable's provision of the AOL service and its obligation to make multiple ISP service available to its customers are subject to compliance with the terms of the FTC Consent Decree and the FCC Order entered in connection with the regulatory clearance of the AOL-Time Warner merger. (See 'Regulation and Legislation' below, for a description of these terms).

TELEPHONY

Time Warner Telecom Inc. ('Time Warner Telecom') is a leading fiber facilities-based integrated communications provider that offers a wide range of business telephony services in selected metropolitan areas across the United States. Time Warner Telecom was formed in 1998 through a restructuring of the business telephony operations of Time Warner Cable. As of January 31, 2001, the Company's aggregate equity interest in Time Warner Telecom was approximately 44% and the Company's aggregate voting interest in Time Warner Telecom, consisting of high-voting common stock, was approximately 66%.

I-11

COMPETITION

Cable television systems face strong competition for viewers and subscriptions from a wide variety of news, information and entertainment providers. These include multichannel video providers like DTH, MMDS, SMATV systems (which are described immediately below) and telephone companies, other sources of video programs (such as broadcast television and videocassettes), and additional sources for news, entertainment and information, including the Internet. Cable television systems also face strong competition from all media for advertising dollars.

DTH (Direct-to-home). DTH services offer pre-packaged programming services that can be received by relatively small and inexpensive receiving dishes. In many metropolitan areas, DTH services now also include local broadcast signals.

MMDS/Wireless Cable (Multichannel microwave distribution services). Wireless cable operators, including digital wireless operators, use microwave technology to distribute video programming.

SMATV (Satellite-master antenna television). Additional competition comes from private cable television systems servicing condominiums, apartment complexes and certain other multiple unit residential developments, often on an exclusive basis, with local broadcast signals and many of the same satellite-delivered program services offered by franchised cable television systems.

Overbuilds. Under the 1992 Cable Act, franchising authorities are prohibited from unreasonably refusing to award additional franchises. There are an increasing number of overlapping cable systems operating in Time Warner Cable franchise areas, including municipally-owned systems.

Telephone Companies. Under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, telephone companies are now free to enter the retail video distribution business within their local exchange service areas, including through DTH, MMDS and SMATV, as traditional franchised cable system operators, or as operators of 'open video systems' subject to certain local authorizations and local fees.

Additional Competition. In addition to multichannel video providers, cable television systems compete with all other sources of news, information and entertainment including over-the-air television broadcast reception, live events, movie theaters, home video products, and the Internet.

'On-Line' Competition. Time Warner Cable's systems face competition in its cable modem services from a variety of companies that service customers with various other forms of 'on-line' services, including DSL high-speed Internet access services and dial-up services over ordinary telephone lines. Monthly prices of these ISPs are often comparable to cable offerings. Other developing new technologies, such as Internet access via satellite or wireless connections, compete with cable and cable modem services as well.

FILMED ENTERTAINMENT

The Company's Filmed Entertainment businesses produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, television shows, animation and other programming, distribute home video product, license rights to the Company's programs and characters and operate motion picture theaters. All of the foregoing businesses are principally conducted by Warner Bros., which is a division of TWE. The filmed entertainment business also includes New Line Cinema Corporation ('New Line Cinema'), as well as the Turner classic film and animation libraries, all of which are wholly owned through Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS").

WARNER BROS. FEATURE FILMS

Warner Bros. Pictures produces feature films both wholly on its own and under co-financing arrangements with others, and also distributes completed films produced and financed by others. The terms of Warner Bros. Pictures' agreements with independent producers and other entities are separately negotiated and vary depending upon the production, the amount and type of financing by Warner Bros., the media and territories covered, the distribution term and other factors.

I-12

Warner Bros. Pictures' strategy focuses on building movie franchises, which will continue with the planned expansion of The Matrix into a series of films and the introduction in 2001 of the first of a planned series of Harry Potter motion pictures. Warner Bros. Pictures also is pursuing a strategy to release films with a diversified mix of genres, talent and budgets. In response to the rising cost of producing theatrical films, Warner Bros. Pictures has entered into a number of joint venture agreements with other companies to co-finance films, decreasing its financial risk while in most cases retaining substantially all worldwide distribution rights. During 2000, Warner Bros. Pictures released a total of 22 motion pictures for theatrical exhibition (including the re-release of The Exorcist), of which 7 were wholly financed by Warner Bros. Pictures and 15 were produced by or with others. 2000 releases from Warner Bros. Pictures (both wholly financed and co-produced) included A Perfect Storm, Miss Congeniality and Space Cowboys. A total of 33 motion pictures are currently slated to be released during 2001 (including the re-release of Superman), of which 5 are wholly financed by Warner Bros. Pictures, and 28 are produced by or with others.

Warner Bros. Pictures' joint venture arrangements include: (i) Bel-Air Entertainment, a joint venture with Canal+ to co-finance the production, overhead and development costs of motion pictures; (ii) a joint venture with Village Roadshow Pictures to co-finance the production of motion pictures;
(iii) an exclusive worldwide distribution arrangement with Alcon Entertainment; and (iv) an arrangement with Gaylord Entertainment ('Gaylord') to co-finance the production of motion pictures with medium to high budgets, and with Gaylord's wholly-owned subsidiary, Pandora Investments SARL, to co-finance the production of lower budget pictures.

Warner Bros. Pictures has distribution servicing agreements with Morgan Creek Productions Inc. ('Morgan Creek') through June 2003 pursuant to which, among other things, Warner Bros. provides domestic distribution services for all Morgan Creek pictures and certain foreign distribution services for selected pictures. Warner Bros. Pictures has entered into a distribution arrangement with Franchise Entertainment LLC ('Franchise') under which it will obtain domestic distribution rights in certain motion pictures produced by Franchise.

Warner Bros. Pictures has begun to collaborate with AOL to promote its feature films to AOL subscribers in advance of a film's opening in theaters. The marketing campaign for The Perfect Storm, which was featured on the AOL welcome screen, generated many advance viewings of the trailer and made it easy for AOL subscribers to order tickets for the movie through Moviefone.

NEW LINE AND OTHER FILMED ENTERTAINMENT

Theatrical films are also produced and distributed by New Line Cinema, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of TBS. New Line is a leading independent producer and distributor of theatrical motion pictures with two film divisions, New Line Productions and Fine Line Features. New Line Cinema's 2000 releases included Frequency, Final Destination, Thirteen Days and The Cell. A total of 18 motion pictures are currently slated for theatrical release by New Line Cinema during 2001, including the first installment of The Lord of the Rings trilogy.

Castle Rock Television, also owned by TBS, produced the highly rated Emmy Award-winning series Seinfeld, which is distributed by a third party for a fee. Distributed throughout the world, Seinfeld was successfully sold to broadcast television stations in 1998 for a second syndication cycle commencing in 2001 as well as to TBS Superstation for basic cable exhibition commencing in 2002.

HOME VIDEO

Warner Home Video ('WHV') distributes for home video use pre-recorded videocassettes and DVDs containing the filmed entertainment product produced or distributed by the Company's Warner Bros. Pictures, WarnerVision Entertainment, New Line Cinema and Home Box Office divisions. WHV also distributes other companies' product for which it has acquired the rights.

WHV sells and/or licenses its product in the United States and in major international territories to retailers and/or wholesalers through its own sales force, with warehousing and fulfillment handled by divisions of Warner Music Group and third parties. In some international countries, WHV's product is distributed through licensees.

I-13

Videocassette product is manufactured under contract with independent duplicators. DVD product is replicated by Warner Music Group companies and third parties.

In North America, WHV released nine titles on videocassette for home rental in 2000 whose sales and licensed units exceeding one million units each, including: The Green Mile, The Whole Nine Yards, and Three Kings. Additionally, WHV released eleven titles on videocassette in the North American sell-through market that generated sales of more than one million units each, including The Perfect Storm, How the Grinch Stole Christmas (animated) and Pokemon -- The Movie.

During 2000, DVDs further increased their presence in the North American and international markets. Since inception of the format, WHV has released over 850 titles on DVD, led by The Matrix with worldwide sales in excess of seven million units.

TELEVISION

Warner Bros. is one of the world's leading suppliers of television programming, distributing programming in more than 175 countries and in more than 40 languages. Warner Bros. both develops and produces new television series, made-for-television movies, mini-series, reality-based entertainment shows and animation programs and also distributes television programming for exhibition on all media. The distribution library owned or managed by Warner Bros. currently has approximately 6,500 feature films, 32,000 television titles, and 13,500 animated titles (including 1,500 classic animated shorts).

Warner Bros.' television programming is primarily produced by Warner Bros. Television ('WBTV'), which produces primetime dramatic and comedy programming for the major networks, and Telepictures Productions ('Telepictures'), which specializes in reality-based and talk/variety series for the syndication markets. Returning network primetime series from WBTV include, among others, ER, Friends, The Drew Carey Show, Whose Line Is It Anyway? and the Emmy-award winning series, The West Wing. Telepictures has successfully launched, among others, The Rosie O'Donnell Show.

Warner Bros. Animation is responsible for the creation, development and production of contemporary television and feature film animation, as well as for the creative use and production of classic animated characters from Warner Bros.', TBS's and DC Comics' libraries, including Looney Tunes and the Hanna-Barbera libraries.

Warner Bros. Television has begun to collaborate with AOL to promote its television shows to AOL subscribers. For example, The Drew Carey Show Web site appearing on Warner Bros. Online featured a 'Name Mimi's Baby' contest, allowing fans to submit potential baby names for one of the lead characters on the show. AOL's promotion of the contest on its welcome screen both helped to make the contest successful and to draw additional traffic for the show's promotional Web site.

BACKLOG

Backlog represents the future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television programming for pay cable, network, basic cable and syndicated television exhibition. Backlog for all of AOL Time Warner's filmed entertainment companies amounted to $3.523 billion at December 31, 2000, compared to $3.595 billion at December 31, 1999 (including amounts relating to the intercompany licensing of film product to the Company's cable television networks of $1.269 billion and $1.176 billion as of December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, respectively). The backlog excludes advertising barter contracts.

CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND STUDIO STORES

Warner Bros. Consumer Products licenses rights in both domestic and international markets to the names, photographs, logos and other representations of characters and copyrighted material from the films and television series produced or distributed by Warner Bros., including the superhero characters of DC Comics, Hanna-Barbera characters, Turner classic films and the literary phenomenon Harry Potter.

I-14

In January 2001, the Company announced that it intends to sell or close its domestic Warner Bros. Studio Store operations. International operations, consisting of 53 stores operated by franchisees and licensees in 13 countries and territories as of December 31, 2000, will continue, although it is anticipated that the number of franchised international stores will decrease substantially in 2001.

OTHER ENTERTAINMENT ASSETS

TWE and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company each own a 50% interest in DC Comics. DC Comics publishes more than 50 regularly issued comics magazines, among the most popular of which are Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman and The Sandman. DC Comics also derives revenues from motion pictures, television, product licensing and books. The Company wholly owns E.C. Publications, Inc., the publisher of MAD magazine.

COMPETITION

The production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures, television and animation product and videocassettes/videodiscs/DVDs are highly competitive businesses, as each vies with the other, as well as with other forms of entertainment and leisuretime activities, including video games, the Internet and other computer-related activities for viewers' attention. Furthermore, there is increased competition in the television industry evidenced by the increasing number and variety of broadcast networks and basic cable and pay television services now available. There is active competition among all production companies in these industries for the services of producers, directors, writers, actors and others and for the acquisition of literary properties. With respect to the distribution of television product, there is significant competition from independent distributors as well as major studios. Revenues for filmed entertainment product depend in part upon general economic conditions, but the competitive position of a producer or distributor is still greatly affected by the quality of, and public response to, the entertainment product it makes available to the marketplace. Warner Bros. competes in its character merchandising and other licensing and retail activities with other licensors and retailers of character, brand and celebrity names. Many of the major film and television producers, including the Company's filmed entertainment divisions, have been accelerating their production schedules in preparation for possible strikes by actors and writers in connection with the re-negotiation of the Screen Actors Guild and Writers Guild of America collective bargaining agreements which expire on June 30 and May 1 of 2001, respectively. If such strikes occur and continue for a sustained period, businesses related to the production, distribution and exploitation of filmed entertainment products, including the Company's filmed entertainment businesses, may be adversely affected.

NETWORKS

The Company's Networks business consists principally of domestic and international basic cable networks, pay television programming services, a broadcast television network, and sports franchises. The basic cable networks (collectively, the 'Turner Networks') owned by Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS'), a wholly owned subsidiary, constitute the principal component of the Company's basic cable networks. TBS also operates several large advertiser- supported online sites, including the CNN family of Internet destinations. Pay television programming consists of the multichannel HBO and Cinemax pay television programming services (collectively, the 'Home Box Office Services'), operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE ('Home Box Office'). The WB Television Network ('The WB'), a broadcast television network, is operated as a limited partnership in which WB Communications (a division of TWE) holds a majority interest in the network and is the network's managing general partner.

The Turner Networks and the Home Box Office Services (collectively, the 'Cable Networks') distribute their programming via cable and other distribution technologies, including satellite distribution. The Cable Networks generally enter into separate multi-year agreements, known as affiliation agreements, with distributors that have agreed to carry them.

I-15

The Turner Networks (other than Turner Classic Movies, which is commercial-free) generate their revenue principally from the sale of advertising time and from receipt of monthly per subscriber fees paid by cable system operators, DTH distribution companies, hotels and other customers (known as affiliates) that have contracted to receive and distribute such networks. The Home Box Office Services and Turner Classic Movies, being commercial-free, generate their revenue from the monthly fees paid by affiliates, which are generally charged on a per subscriber basis.

Advertising revenue on the basic cable networks and The WB is comprised of consumer advertising, which is sold primarily on a national basis (The WB sells time exclusively on a national basis, with local affiliates of The WB selling local advertising). Advertising contracts generally have terms of one year or less. Advertising revenue is generated from a wide variety of categories, including financial and business services, food and beverages, automotive, entertainment and office supplies and equipment. Advertising revenue is a function of the size and demographics of the audience delivered, the 'CPM,' which is the cost per thousand viewers delivered, and the number of units of time sold. Units sold and CPM's are influenced by the quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the audience of each network as well as overall advertiser demand in the marketplace.

TURNER NETWORKS

DOMESTIC NETWORKS

TBS's entertainment networks include two general entertainment networks, TBS Superstation, with approximately 80.9 million subscribers in the U.S., as of December 31, 2000, and TNT, with approximately 79.7 million subscribers in the U.S., as of December 31, 2000; as well as Cartoon Network, with approximately 68.3 million subscribers in the U.S., as of December 31, 2000; and Turner Classic Movies, a 24-hour, commercial-free network which presents classic films from TBS's MGM, RKO and pre-1950 Warner Bros. film libraries, which had approximately 45.9 million subscribers in the U.S., as of December 31, 2000. Programming for these entertainment networks is derived, in part, from the Company's film, made-for-television and animation libraries as to which TBS or other divisions of the Company own the copyrights, licensed programming, including sports, and original productions. In October 1999, TBS launched Turner South, a regional entertainment network featuring movies and sitcoms from the Turner library and original programming targeted to viewers in the Southeast, as well as regional news and sports. On April 1, 2000, TBS launched Boomerang, a digital network featuring classic cartoons.

TBS has acquired programming rights from the National Basketball Association (the 'NBA') to televise a certain number of regular season and playoff games on TBS Superstation and TNT through the 2001-02 season for which it has agreed to pay fees, plus a share of the advertising revenues generated in excess of specified amounts. TBS Superstation also televises a certain number of baseball games of the Atlanta Braves, a major league baseball club owned by a subsidiary of TBS, for which rights fee payments are made to Major League Baseball's central fund for distribution to all Major League Baseball clubs. Through a joint venture with NBC, TBS has also acquired rights to televise certain NASCAR Winston Cup and Busch Series races from 2001-2006.

TBS's CNN network is a 24-hour per day cable television news service which had more than 80 million subscribers in the U.S. as of December 31, 2000. Together with CNN International ('CNNI'), CNN reached more than 250 million locations in 212 countries and territories as of December 31, 2000. CNN operates 39 news bureaus, of which 10 are located in the United States and 29 are located around the world. In addition to Headline News, which provides updated half-hour newscasts throughout each day, CNN has expanded its brand franchise to include CNNfn (soon to be renamed and refocused as CNN Money), featuring business and consumer news; and CNNSI, a venture with Sports Illustrated, an AOL Time Warner publication, featuring sports news and features. TBS has also expanded into a number of special market networks.

During 2000, TBS collaborated with several other subsidiaries of the Company to provide advertisers with marketing opportunities across the Company's numerous platforms, thereby reaching AOL Time Warner's significant subscriber base.

I-16

INTERNATIONAL NETWORKS

CNNI is distributed to multiple distribution platforms for delivery to cable systems, broadcasters, hotels and other viewers around the world on a network of 16 regional satellites. CNN en Espanol, a Spanish language all-news network in Latin America, as of December 31, 2000, had 10.5 million subscribers. TBS also distributes region-specific versions of TNT and Cartoon Network, on either a single channel or combined channel basis, and Turner Classic Movies in approximately 120 countries around the world.

In a number of regions, TBS has launched international versions of its channels through joint ventures with local partners. These include CNN+, a Spanish language 24-hour news network launched for distribution in Spain and Andorra; CNN Turk, a Turkish language 24-hour news network; and Cartoon Network Japan. TBS also owns an interest in n-tv, a German language news network currently reaching nearly 40 million homes in Germany and contiguous countries in Europe, primarily via cable systems and satellite.

INTERNET SITES

In addition to its cable networks, TBS operates various advertiser-supported Internet sites. CartoonNetwork.com is a popular advertiser-supported site for children ages two to eleven. CNN News Group operates multiple sites, such as CNN.com and allpolitics.com primarily through CNN Interactive. The CNN News Group also produces two other major news sites: CNNfn.com, a unit of CNN Financial News; and CNNSI.com, a sports site developed jointly with Sports Illustrated.

HOME BOX OFFICE

HBO, operated by the Home Box Office division of TWE, is the nation's most widely distributed pay television service, which together with its sister service, Cinemax, had approximately 36.9 million subscriptions, as of December 31, 2000. Both HBO and Cinemax are made available in a multichannel format. Together with various joint ventures, Home Box Office also distributes HBO-branded services in Latin America, Asia and Eastern Europe.

A majority of the programming on HBO and Cinemax consists of recently released, uncut and uncensored theatrical motion pictures. Home Box Office's practice has been to negotiate licensing agreements of varying duration for such programming with major motion picture studios, and independent producers and distributors. These agreements typically grant pay television exhibition rights to recently released and certain older films owned by the particular studio, producer or distributor in exchange for a negotiated fee, which may be a function of, among other things, the films' box office performances.

HBO also defines itself by the exhibition of award-winning pay television original movies and mini-series, sporting events such as boxing matches, sports documentaries and sports news programs, as well as dramatic and comedy specials and series, such as The Sopranos, and Sex and the City, concerts, family programming and documentaries.

HBO has begun a number of cross-company initiatives with AOL including promotions of HBO shows like The Sopranos and Sex and the City and AOL's offering of online sign up for HBO subscriptions through the HBO Express service.

Home Box Office produces Everybody Loves Raymond, now in its fifth season on CBS. Divisions of Home Box Office also produce programming for HBO and for other networks. HBO Sports, a division of Home Box Office, operates TVKO Pay-Per-View from HBO, an entity that distributes pay-per-view prize fights and other pay-per-view programming.

THE WB TELEVISION NETWORK

The WB now airs 13 hours of prime time series programming six nights per week. The network's line-up includes veteran drama series 7th Heaven, Dawson's Creek, Buffy the Vampire Slayer, Felicity, Roswell, Angel and Charmed, as well as the new critically acclaimed series Gilmore Girls. Kids' WB!, airs 19 hours of

I-17

programming per week with strip programming airing weekday mornings and afternoons, along with a weekend line-up of original programming that includes the Pokemon series.

As of March 1, 2001, 83 primary and four secondary affiliates provide coverage for The WB in the top 100 markets. Additional coverage of approximately 6.6 million homes in 101 markets is provided by The WB 100+ Station Group, a venture between The WB and local broadcasters under which WB programming is disseminated over the facilities of local cable operators in markets 101-212.

Tribune Broadcasting owns a 22.25% interest in The WB. Key employees of The WB hold an 11% interest in the network and the balance is owned by a division of TWE.

OTHER NETWORK INTERESTS

The Company, through the Home Box Office division of TWE, holds a 50% interest in Comedy Central, an advertiser-supported basic cable television service, which provides comedy programming. Comedy Central was available in approximately 68 million homes at December 31, 2000.

The Company, through TWE, also holds a 50% interest in Court TV, which was available in approximately 53 million homes at December 31, 2000. Court TV is an advertiser-supported basic cable television service whose programming includes coverage of live and taped courtroom trials during the day and an expanded schedule focused on crime and criminal justice genre television series in prime time.

Through wholly owned subsidiaries, TBS owns the Atlanta Braves of Major League Baseball, the Atlanta Hawks of the National Basketball Association, and the Atlanta Thrashers of the National Hockey League. Each sports team is subject to the team rules and regulations of the league to which it belongs. The teams derive income from gate receipts, advertising and related sales, suite sales, local sponsorships and local media, and share pro rata in proceeds from national media contracts and licensing activities of the relevant league, as well as expansion fees.

COMPETITION

Each of the Networks competes with other television programming services for distribution on the limited number of channels available on cable and other television systems. All of the Networks compete for viewers' attention and audience share with all other forms of programming provided to viewers, including broadcast networks, local over-the-air television stations, other pay and basic cable television services, home video, pay-per-view services, online activities and other forms of news, information and entertainment. In addition, the Networks face competition for programming product with those same commercial television networks, independent stations, and pay and basic cable television services, some of which have exclusive contracts with motion picture studios and independent motion picture distributors. The Turner Networks, The WB and TBS's Internet sites compete for advertising with numerous direct competitors and other media.

The Cable Networks' production divisions compete with other producers and distributors of programs for air time on broadcast networks, independent commercial television stations, and pay and basic cable television networks.

MUSIC

The Company's worldwide recorded music and music publishing businesses are conducted under the umbrella name, Warner Music Group ('WMG'). In fall 2000, the Company announced that it had terminated its previously-announced agreement to combine WMG's global music operations with that of Britain's EMI Group plc.

I-18

RECORDED MUSIC

In the United States, the Company's recorded music business is principally conducted through WMG's Warner Bros. Records Inc., Atlantic Recording Corporation, Elektra Entertainment Group Inc. and London-Sire Records Inc. and their affiliated labels, as well as through the WEA Inc. companies. WMG's recorded music activities are also conducted in over 70 countries outside the United States through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees.

The WEA Inc. companies include WEA Manufacturing Inc., which manufactures compact discs (CDs), audio and videocassettes, CD-ROMs and DVDs for WMG's record labels, Warner Home Video and outside companies; Ivy Hill Corporation, which produces printed material and packaging for WMG's recorded music products as well as for a wide variety of other consumer products; and Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation ('WEA Corp.'), which markets and distributes WMG's recorded music products to retailers and wholesale distributors. WMG also owns a majority interest in Alternative Distribution Alliance ('ADA'), an independent distribution company specializing in alternative rock, metal, hip hop and dance music with a focus on new artists.

DOMESTIC

WMG's major record labels in the United States -- Warner Bros., Atlantic, Elektra and London-Sire -- each with a distinct identity, discover and sign musical artists. The labels scout and sign talent in many different musical genres, including pop, rock, jazz, country, hip hop, rap, reggae, latin, folk, blues, gospel and Christian music. Among the artists that resulted in significant U.S. sales for WMG during 2000 were: Yolanda Adams, Barenaked Ladies, Green Day, Don Henley, Faith Hill, Kid Rock, Linkin Park, Madonna, matchbox twenty, Tim McGraw, Red Hot Chili Peppers and Third Eye Blind.

WMG is a vertically integrated music company. After an artist has entered into a contract with a WMG label, a master recording of the artist's music is produced and provided to WMG's manufacturing operation, WEA Manufacturing, which replicates the music primarily on CDs and audio cassettes. WEA Manufacturing is also the largest manufacturer of DVDs in the world. Ivy Hill prints material that is included with CDs, DVDs and audio cassettes and creates packaging for them. WEA Corp. and ADA, WMG's distribution arms, market and sell product and deliver it, either directly or through sub-distributors and wholesalers, to thousands of record stores, mass merchants and other retailers throughout the country. CDs and audio cassettes are also increasingly being sold directly to consumers through Internet retailers such as amazon.com and CDnow.

In January 2000, WMG entered into a consent order with the Federal Trade Commission with respect to the FTC's investigation of the Company's practices related to minimum advertised prices. Among other things, WMG has agreed that for seven years it will not make the receipt of any funds for cooperative advertising of its recorded music product contingent upon the price or price level at which such product is advertised or promoted.

In addition to newly released records, each of WMG's labels markets and sells albums from its extensive catalogs of prior releases, in which the labels generally continue to own the copyright in perpetuity. Rhino Records specializes in compilations and reissues of previously released music.

WMG also has entered into joint venture arrangements pursuant to which WMG companies manufacture, distribute and market (in most cases, domestically and internationally) recordings owned by joint ventures such as Maverick, 143 and Strictly Rhythm. Through a 50/50 joint venture, WMG and Sony Music Entertainment Inc. operate The Columbia House Company, a direct marketer of CDs, audio and videocassettes in North America.

WMG has actively pursued new media opportunities in the physical and digital arenas. It has been a driving force in establishing the DVD Audio format, launched in fall 2000, which improves on the CD by providing higher fidelity and six-channel surround sound. WMG has also made its recordings available for commercial digital downloading and by licensing its repertoire to Webcasters, such as Launch, MTV and ARTISTdirect, and digital 'locker' services, such as Musicbank and MP3.com. WMG's record labels' online sites collectively experience the second-largest traffic volume among all the major music companies.

I-19

During 2000, WMG and AOL initiated several successful cross-promotional endeavors. In September, Warner Bros. Records and Spinner teamed up for the launch of Madonna's latest album, Music. The promotion included a world premier global listening party followed by Madonna's first-ever live AOL chat with more than 120,000 fans. The album debuted the following week at No. 1 on the Billboard top-selling album chart. Earlier in the year, a matchbox twenty promotion with AOL, Spinner.com and Winamp.com helped drive matchbox twenty's mad season album to No. 1 on Billboard's Internet sales chart in its first week and to a No. 3 debut on the SoundScan Top 200. The CD version of this album contained AOL's registration software as well as software related to AOL-owned Spinner and Winamp Web sites.

INTERNATIONAL

The Warner Music International ('WMI') division of WMG operates through various subsidiaries and affiliates and their non-affiliated licensees in over 70 countries around the world. WMI engages in the same activities as WMG's domestic labels, discovering and signing artists and manufacturing, packaging, distributing and marketing their recorded music. The artists signed to WMI and its affiliates number more than a thousand. Significant album sales for WMI in 2000 were generated by the following artists: All Saints, Cher, Eric Clapton, Enya, Yuki Koyanagi, Luis Miguel, Laura Pausini, Alejandro Sanz and Helene Segara.

In most cases, WMI also markets and distributes the records of those artists for whom WMG's domestic record labels have international rights. In certain countries, WMI licenses to unaffiliated third-party record labels the right to distribute its records. WMI operates a plant in Germany that manufactures CDs and DVDs for its affiliated companies, as well as for outside companies and, as part of a joint venture, operates a plant in Australia that also manufactures CDs.

MUSIC PUBLISHING

WMG's music publishing companies, Warner/Chappell, own or control the rights to more than one million musical compositions, including numerous pop music hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. The catalogue includes works from a diverse range of artists and composers including Madonna, Eric Clapton, Jewel, George and Ira Gershwin, Radiohead and Cole Porter. Warner/Chappell also administers the music of several television and motion picture companies, including Lucasfilm, Ltd. and Hallmark Entertainment.

Warner/Chappell also owns Warner Bros. Publications, one of the world's largest publishers of printed music, which includes CPP/Belwin, acquired in 1995. Warner Bros. Publications markets publications throughout the world containing the works of such artists as Shania Twain, The Grateful Dead and Led Zeppelin and containing works from the Chrysalis, Zomba and Universal music publishing catalogs.

The principal source of revenues to Warner/Chappell is license fees paid for the use of its musical compositions on radio, television, in motion pictures and in other public performances; royalties for the use of its compositions on CDs, audio cassettes, music videos and in television commercials; and sales of published sheet music and song books.

COMPETITION

The revenues of a company in the recording industry depend upon public acceptance of the company's recording artists and their music. Although WMG is one of the largest recorded music companies in the world, its competitive position is dependent on its continuing ability to attract and develop talent that can achieve a high degree of public acceptance. The competition among record companies for such talent is intense, as is the competition among companies to sell the recordings created by these artists. The recorded music business continues to be adversely affected by counterfeiting of both audio cassettes and CDs, piracy and parallel imports and also by Web sites and technologies that allow consumers to download quality sound reproductions from the Internet without authorization from the Company. In response, the recorded music industry has engaged in a coordinated effort to develop secure technologies for digital music delivery. Competition in the music publishing business is also intense. Although WMG's music publishing business is one of the largest on a worldwide basis,

I-20

it competes with every other music publishing company in acquiring musical compositions and in having them recorded and performed. In addition, the vast majority of WMG's music publishing revenues are subject to rate regulation either by government entities or by collecting societies throughout the world.

PUBLISHING

The Company's Publishing business is conducted primarily by Time Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, either directly or through its subsidiaries. Time Inc. is one of the world's leading magazine and book publishers and is one of the largest direct mail marketers.

MAGAZINES

GENERAL

As of March 1, 2001, Time Inc. published 64 magazines, including Time, People, Sports Illustrated, Fortune, Money, Entertainment Weekly and In Style. These magazines generally appeal to the broad consumer market.

New business activity during 2000 included the acquisition of Times Mirror Magazines, which as of March 1, 2001 published 23 magazine titles, including Golf, Ski, Skiing, Popular Science, Field and Stream and Yachting, and the launch of four new magazines, including Real Simple, a lifestyle magazine, and eCompany Now, a business magazine and Web site reporting on the Internet economy. During 2000, Time Inc. also entered into a joint venture with Essence Communications, Inc. to publish Essence Magazine and engage in other media activities. The joint venture will expand Time Inc.'s reach with African-American women and the African-American community at large.

Time Inc. also continues to expand its core magazine businesses through the development of product extensions. These are generally managed by the individual magazines and involve new magazines, specialized editions aimed at particular audiences, and publication of editorial content through different media, such as the Internet, books and television.

DESCRIPTION OF MAGAZINES

Each magazine published by Time Inc. has an editorial staff under the general supervision of a managing editor and a business staff under the management of a president or publisher. Magazine production and distribution activities are generally centralized. Fulfillment activities for Time Inc.'s magazines are generally administered from a centralized facility in Tampa, Florida.

Time Inc.'s major magazines and their areas of editorial focus are summarized below:

Time is a weekly newsmagazine that summarizes the news and interprets the week's events, both national and international, across a spectrum of topics. Time also has five weekly English-language editions that circulate outside the United States. Time for Kids is a current events newsmagazine for children, ages 5-12.

People is a weekly magazine that reports on celebrities and other notable personalities. People has expanded its franchise in recent years to include People en Espanol, a Spanish-language edition aimed primarily at Hispanic readers in the United States, and Teen People, aimed at teenage readers. Who Weekly is an Australian version of People.

Sports Illustrated is a weekly magazine that covers a variety of competitive sports. New venues and magazine extensions have also been developed, including CNNSI, a sports news cable television network and Web site that is operated as a joint venture between Sports Illustrated and CNN, Sports Illustrated for Women covering women's sports, and Sports Illustrated for Kids, which is intended primarily for pre-teenagers.

Time Inc. has other magazines also directed at readers' interests in celebrities and entertainers. In Style is a monthly magazine that focuses on fashion, beauty and celebrity lifestyles. In Style Australia was launched in 2000.

I-21

Entertainment Weekly is a weekly magazine that includes reviews and reports on television, movies, video, music, books and multimedia.

Fortune is a bi-weekly magazine that reports on worldwide economic and business developments and compiles the annual Fortune 500 list of the largest U.S. corporations. Money is a monthly magazine that reports primarily on personal finance. Other business and financial magazines include FSB: Fortune Small Business, a business magazine covering small business, eCompany Now, a business magazine covering the Internet economy, and Mutual Funds, a personal finance magazine covering investing and financial planning.

Through Southern Progress Corporation and other subsidiaries, Time Inc. publishes several regional magazines including Southern Living; Sunset, The Magazine of Western Living; and several specialty publishing titles, including Cooking Light, Health, This Old House and Parenting.

Time Inc. also has management responsibility for most of the American Express Publishing Corporation's operations, including its core lifestyle magazines Travel & Leisure, Food & Wine and Departures.

ADVERTISING

Advertising carried in Time Inc. magazines is predominantly consumer advertising, including computers and technology, domestic and foreign automobile manufacturers, financial, media and entertainment, toiletries and cosmetics, food, retail and department stores and pharmaceuticals. In 2000, Time Inc. magazines (including the Times Mirror magazines) accounted for nearly 25% of the total advertising revenue in consumer magazines, as measured by the Publishers Information Bureau (PIB). People, Time, Sports Illustrated and Fortune were ranked 1, 2, 3 and 5, respectively, by PIB, and Time Inc. had 8 of the 30 leading magazines in terms of advertising dollars.

CIRCULATION

Circulation drives the advertising rate base, which is the guaranteed minimum paid circulation level on which advertising rates are determined. Time Inc.'s magazines are primarily sold by subscription and delivered to subscribers through the mail. Subscriptions are sold by direct mail and online solicitation, subscription sales agencies, television and telephone solicitation and insert cards in Time Inc. magazines and other publications. During 2000, Time Inc. launched a successful cross-promotional campaign on AOL offering subscriptions to various Time Inc. magazines, generating more than 100,000 gross subscriptions per month. In return, among other things, Time Inc. enclosed AOL registration discs in certain of its magazines sent to subscribers.

Single copies of magazines are sold through retail news dealers and other outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, and convenience and drug stores, which are supplied by wholesalers or directly through a Time Inc. subsidiary. Time Distribution Services Inc. is responsible for the national distribution and marketing of single copies of Time Inc. magazines and other publications. Warner Publisher Services Inc. is a major distributor of magazines and paperback books sold through wholesalers in the United States and Canada.

PAPER AND PRINTING

Lightweight-coated paper constitutes a significant component of physical costs in the production of magazines. During 2000, Time Inc. purchased its paper supplies principally from four independent manufacturers. Time Inc. has been able to obtain an adequate supply of paper to fulfill its needs in the past, but periodic shortages may occur in the event of strikes or other unexpected disruptions in the paper industry.

Printing and binding for Time Inc. magazines are performed primarily by major domestic and international independent printing concerns in approximately 20 locations. Magazine printing contracts are either fixed-term or open-ended at fixed prices with, in some cases, adjustments based on certain criteria.

I-22

DIRECT MARKETING

Through subsidiaries, Time Inc. conducts world-wide direct mail marketing businesses. Time Life Inc. is one of the nation's largest direct marketers of entertainment products such as music and videos. Its products are sold, both as single products and products in sets, by direct response, including mail order, television and telephone, through retail channels and catalogs, and in some markets by independent distributors. Music and video rights are acquired through outside sources and compiled internally into finished products. Time Life's domestic direct response fulfillment activities are conducted from a centralized facility in Richmond, Virginia.

In early 2000, Book-of-the-Month Club, Inc. ('BOMC') formed a 50-50 joint venture with Bertelsmann AG's Doubleday book clubs business to operate the U.S. book clubs of BOMC and Doubleday jointly. The joint venture, named Bookspan, acquires the rights to manufacture and sell books to consumers through clubs. Multimedia, audio and video products and other merchandise are also offered through the clubs. Bookspan operates its own fulfillment and warehousing operations from two locations in Pennsylvania.

BOOKS

Time Inc.'s trade publishing operations are conducted primarily by Time Warner Trade Publishing Inc. through its two major publishing houses, Warner Books and Little, Brown. In 2000, Time Warner Trade Publishing placed 37 books on The New York Times best-seller lists.

Time Warner Trade Publishing handles book distribution for Little, Brown and Warner Books, as well as other publishers, through its state-of-the-art distribution center in Indiana. The marketing of trade books is primarily to retail stores, online outlets and wholesalers throughout the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Through their combined United States and United Kingdom operations, Little, Brown and Warner Books have the ability to acquire English-language publishing rights for the distribution of hard and soft-cover books throughout the world.

Oxmoor House, Inc., Leisure Arts, Inc. and Sunset Books publish and distribute a variety of how-to books for the cooking, home repair, gardening, craft, needlework, decorating and travel markets.

POSTAL RATES

Postal costs represent a significant operating expense for the Company's magazine and book publishing activities. Publishing operations strive to minimize postal expense through the use of certain cost-saving measures, including the utilization of contract carriers to transport books and magazines to central postal centers. It has been the Company's practice in selling books and other products by mail to include a charge for postage and handling, which is adjusted from time to time to partially offset any increased postage or handling costs.

COMPETITION

Time Inc.'s magazine operations compete for audience and advertising with numerous other publishers and retailers, as well as other media. These businesses compete for advertising directed at the general public and also advertising directed at more focused demographic groups.

Time Inc.'s circulation efforts, as well as those of most other magazine publishers, have been adversely affected by developments in two principal distribution channels. The effectiveness of sweepstakes-based subscription efforts has declined significantly and recent consolidation among independent magazine wholesalers has resulted in decreased efficiencies for Time Inc. in retail magazine distribution.

Time Inc.'s direct marketing operations compete with other direct marketers through all media for the consumer's attention. In addition to the traditional media sources for product sales, the Internet is becoming a strong vehicle in the direct marketing business.

I-23

REGULATION AND LEGISLATION

The Company's cable television system, cable and broadcast television network and original programming businesses are subject, in part, to regulation by the Federal Communications Commission ('FCC'), and the cable television system business is also subject to regulation by some state governments and substantially all local governments in which the Company has cable systems. In addition, in connection with regulatory clearance of the AOL-Time Warner merger, the Company's cable system and Internet businesses are subject to compliance with the terms of the Consent Decree (the 'Consent Decree') issued by the Federal Trade Commission ('FTC'), the Order to Hold Separate issued by the FTC, the Memorandum Opinion and Order ('Order') issued by the FCC, and the Decision issued by the European Commission and the undertakings thereunder. The Company is also subject to an FTC consent decree (the 'Turner Consent Decree') as a result of the FTC's approval of Time Warner's acquisition of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. in 1996.

The following is a summary of the terms of these orders as well as current significant federal, state and local laws and regulations affecting the growth and operation of these businesses. In addition, various legislative and regulatory proposals under consideration from time to time by Congress and various federal agencies have in the past materially affected, and may in the future materially affect, the Company.

FTC CONSENT DECREE

On December 14, 2000, the FTC issued a Consent Decree that imposes certain requirements that Time Warner Cable must follow in providing its subscribers with a choice of multiple Internet Service Providers ('ISPs') as part of its cable modem service. The Consent Decree terminates after five years.

The Consent Decree provides that, in each of Time Warner Cable's 20 largest divisions, Time Warner Cable cannot make available an 'affiliated broadband ISP' (e.g., America Online), other than Road Runner, until Earthlink (an unaffiliated ISP) is made available by Time Warner Cable in that division. Once an affiliated ISP, such as America Online, is made available in one of these Time Warner Cable divisions, that division must enter into two additional agreements with unaffiliated ISPs within 90 days. These agreements must be approved by the FTC.

In the remaining Time Warner Cable divisions, there is no requirement that Earthlink be made available before Time Warner Cable can begin providing service from an affiliated broadband ISP. However, once an affiliated broadband ISP is offered, Time Warner Cable must enter into agreements within 90 days with three additional unaffiliated broadband ISPs to serve those divisions. These agreements must be approved by the FTC. Earthlink's agreement with Time Warner Cable has been approved by the FTC.

The Consent Decree prohibits Time Warner Cable from discriminating against unaffiliated ISPs on the basis of affiliation in negotiations with unaffiliated cable broadband ISPs. However, Time Warner Cable may decline either to negotiate or to enter into agreements with ISPs based on cable broadband capacity constraints, cable broadband technical considerations or other cable broadband business considerations. The Consent Decree prohibits Time Warner Cable from interfering, on the basis of affiliation, with any content passed along bandwidth used by a non-affiliated ISP pursuant to its ISP agreement with Time Warner Cable, or from discriminating on the basis of affiliation in the transmission of content that Time Warner Cable has contracted to deliver to its subscribers. Furthermore, the Consent Decree prohibits Time Warner Cable from interfering with any interactive television signals, triggers or content that Time Warner Cable has agreed to carry.

The Consent Decree requires America Online to continue to offer and promote digital subscriber line service in areas served by Time Warner Cable on terms similar to the terms offered in areas not served by Time Warner Cable. America Online is also prohibited from entering into agreements with cable MSOs that restrict the ability of that MSO to enter into agreements with other ISPs or interactive television providers.

I-24

FTC ORDER TO HOLD SEPARATE

On December 14, 2000, the FTC issued an Order to Hold Separate (the 'HSO') that requires the Company to hold separate and apart the businesses of America Online and Road Runner and prohibits the use of America Online in any way to advantage Road Runner and vice-versa. Joint marketing or advertising activities, cross-links or references to each other's services, the offering of similar formats or designs, and the hiring of each other's employees are specifically prohibited. The HSO terminates cable division-by-division as each Time Warner Cable division satisfies the conditions of the Consent Decree related to multiple ISPs described above.

FCC MEMORANDUM OPINION AND ORDER

On January 11, 2001, the FCC issued an Order imposing certain requirements over a five-year period regarding Time Warner Cable's provision of multiple ISPs. Specifically, the Order requires Time Warner Cable to provide ISP customers with a list of available ISPs upon request, to allow ISPs to determine the content on their first screen, and to allow ISPs to have direct billing arrangements with the subscribers they obtain. The Order prohibits Time Warner Cable from requiring customers to go through an affiliated ISP (e.g., America Online) to reach an unaffiliated ISP, from requiring ISPs to include particular content, and from discriminating on the basis of affiliation with regard to technical system performance (e.g., caching, quality of service mechanisms).

The FCC's Order also imposes conditions regarding possible future enhancements to America Online's instant messaging service. The Order prohibits America Online from offering 'advanced' instant messaging services (which are defined as streaming video applications that are not upgrades to America Online's current instant messaging products) that utilize a names and presence database ('NPD') over Time Warner Cable broadband facilities unless America Online satisfies one of three conditions: (i) America Online implements an industry-wide standard for server-to-server interoperability; (ii) America Online contracts with at least one unaffiliated provider of NPD based instant messaging services before offering 'advanced' instant messaging and, within 180 days thereafter, enters into two additional such contracts; or (iii) America Online demonstrates that these conditions no longer serve the public interest due to materially changed circumstances, e.g., if America Online shows that it has not been a dominant provider of NPD services for at least four consecutive months.

In addition, the FCC's Order prohibits the Company from entering into any agreement with AT&T that gives any ISP affiliated with the Company exclusive carriage rights on any AT&T cable system for broadband ISP services or that affects AT&T's ability to offer rates or other carriage terms to ISPs that are not affiliated with the Company. The Order also requires the Company to notify the FCC of any increase in ownership interest in General Motors and/or Hughes Electronics within 30 days of such increase.

EUROPEAN COMMISSION DECISION/UNDERTAKINGS

On October 11, 2000, the European Commission issued a Decision pursuant to which the Company entered into a series of agreements known as 'undertakings.' These undertakings include a mechanism that is in place pursuant to which Bertelsmann AG will progressively exit from AOL Europe SA and AOL Compuserve France SAS. Until such exit is complete, Bertelsmann cannot exercise operational control over AOL Europe or AOL Compuserve France, and its relationship with America Online must be nonexclusive as to its provision and formatting of online music and as to its promotion of America Online's ISP services.

TURNER FTC CONSENT DECREE

The Company is also subject to the terms of a consent decree (the 'Turner Consent Decree') entered in connection with the FTC's approval of the acquisition of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') by Time Warner in 1996. Certain requirements imposed by the Turner Consent Decree, such as carriage commitments for Time Warner Cable for the rollout of at least one independent national news video programming service, have been fully satisfied by the Company. Various other conditions remain in effect, including certain restrictions which prohibit the Company from offering programming upon terms that (1) condition the making available of,

I-25

or the carriage terms for, the HBO service upon whether a multichannel video programming distributor carries a video programming service affiliated with TBS; and (2) condition the making available of, or the carriage terms for, CNN, WTBS and TNT upon whether a multichannel video programming distributor carries any video programming service affiliated with TWE. The Turner Consent Decree also imposes certain restrictions on the terms by which a Turner video programming service may be offered to an unaffiliated programming distributor that competes in areas served by Time Warner Cable.

Other conditions of the Turner Consent Decree prohibit Time Warner Cable from requiring, as a condition of carriage, that any national video programming vendor provide a financial interest in its programming service or that such programming vendor provide exclusive rights against any other multichannel programming distributor. In addition, Time Warner Cable may not discriminate on the basis of affiliation in the selection, terms or conditions of carriage for national video programming vendors. The Turner Consent Decree expires in 2006.

CABLE SYSTEM REGULATION

FEDERAL LAWS. The Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the 'Act') regulates the business of operating cable television systems, including, with respect to: (i) cable systems rates for basic service, equipment and installation (cable rates for nonbasic service tiers have not been regulated since March 31, 1999); (ii) access to cable channels for public, educational and governmental programming and for leased access; (iii) horizontal and vertical ownership of cable systems; (iv) consumer protection and customer service requirements; (v) franchise renewals; (vi) television broadcast signal carriage requirements and retransmission consent; (vii) technical standards;
(viii) certain restrictions regarding ownership of cable television systems and
(ix) privacy of customer information.

Rate Regulation. The FCC's rate regulations assess the reasonableness of existing basic service rates, although cable operators can, in some cases, justify rates above the applicable benchmarks. The regulations also address future basic service rate increases. Local franchising authorities are generally empowered to order a reduction of existing rates that exceed the maximum permitted level for basic service and associated equipment, and refunds can be required. If a cable operator can establish that it is subject to 'effective competition' from other multi-channel video providers (e.g., DBS) in a community, rate regulation ceases.

Signal Carriage and Retransmission Consent. The Act allows commercial television broadcast stations that are 'local' to a cable system to elect every three years either to require the cable system to carry the station, subject to certain exceptions, or to negotiate for consent to carry the station. Broadcast stations may seek monetary or non-monetary compensation in return for granting retransmission consent. Local non-commercial television stations are also generally given mandatory carriage rights. In addition, cable systems must obtain retransmission consent for the carriage of all 'distant' commercial broadcast stations, except for certain 'superstations,'
i.e., commercial satellite-delivered independent stations such as WGN. Time Warner Cable has obtained retransmission consent agreements for the current three year election cycle, which ends December 31, 2002, with the majority of broadcasters, but certain broadcasters have only agreed to short-term arrangements to permit continued negotiations. If Time Warner Cable and a particular broadcaster cannot agree on retransmission consent terms, the broadcaster could require Time Warner Cable to cease carriage of the broadcaster's signal, possibly for an indefinite period.

Ownership. Local exchange telephone companies ('LECs') generally may not acquire more than a 10% equity interest in an existing cable system operating within the LEC's service area, although they may operate cable television systems in those areas. LECs and others also may operate 'open video systems' ('OVS') which are not subject to the full array of regulatory obligations imposed on traditional cable systems, although OVS operators can be required to obtain a franchise by a local governmental body and/or to make payments in lieu of cable franchise fees. A number of separate entities have been certified to operate open video systems in areas where the Company operates cable systems, including New York City, Milwaukee, Kansas City and a number of cities in Texas. Current FCC rules also restrict cable/television station cross-ownership in a given location. Time Warner Cable is currently a party to a federal court litigation challenging the validity of this requirement. Under the Act, cable operators are also generally

I-26

prohibited from having common ownership, control or interest in MMDS facilities or SMATV systems with overlapping service areas, except in limited circumstances. There is also an ongoing rulemaking before the FCC to determine whether cable operators should be restricted from owning or operating a competing direct broadcast satellite service ('DBS').

Horizontal and Vertical Ownership Limits. Pursuant to the Act, the FCC had adopted limits on the number of cable subscribers an operator may reach through systems in which it holds an attributable interest. The FCC's rule imposes a limit of 30% of all cable, DBS and other multi-channel video provider subscribers nationwide. Pursuant to the Act, the FCC also adopted rules that, with certain exceptions, preclude a cable television system from devoting more than 40% of its first 75 activated channels to national video programming services in which the cable system owner has an attributable interest. Those rules have now been invalidated by the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia and remanded to the FCC for further consideration.

In addition to the Act, cable television systems are also subject to federal copyright licensing covering carriage of broadcast signals. In exchange for making semi-annual payments to a federal copyright royalty pool and meeting certain other obligations, cable operators obtain a statutory license to retransmit broadcast signals. The amount of this royalty payment varies, depending on the amount of system revenues from certain sources, the number of distant signals carried, and the location of the cable system with respect to over-the-air television stations.

STATE AND LOCAL REGULATION. Because a cable television system uses local streets and rights-of-way, cable television systems are subject to local regulation, typically imposed through the franchising process, and certain states have also adopted cable television legislation and regulations. Cable franchises are nonexclusive (and municipalities are entitled to operate competing systems), granted for fixed terms and usually terminable if the cable operator fails to comply with material provisions. No Time Warner Cable franchise has been terminated due to breach. Franchises usually call for the payment of fees (which are limited under the Act to a maximum of 5% of the system's gross revenues from cable service) to the granting authority. The terms and conditions of cable franchises vary materially from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and even from city to city within the same state, historically ranging from reasonable to highly restrictive or burdensome.

RENEWAL OF FRANCHISES. In the renewal process, a franchising authority may seek to impose new and more onerous requirements, such as upgraded facilities, increased channel capacity or enhanced services, although protections available under the Act require the municipality to take into account the cost of meeting such requirements. Time Warner Cable may be required to make significant additional investments in its cable television systems as part of the franchise renewal process. Although Time Warner Cable has been successful in the past in negotiating new franchise agreements, there can be no assurance as to the renewal of franchises in the future. The Act contains renewal procedures and criteria designed to protect incumbent franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal.

NETWORK REGULATION

Under the Act and its implementing regulations, vertically integrated cable programmers like the Turner Networks and the Home Box Office Services, are generally prohibited from offering different prices, terms, or conditions to competing unaffiliated multichannel video programming distributors unless the differential is justified by certain permissible factors set forth in the regulations. The rules also place certain restrictions on the ability of vertically integrated programmers to enter into exclusive distribution arrangements with cable operators. Certain other federal laws also contain provisions relating to violent and sexually explicit programming, including relating to the voluntary promulgation of ratings by the industry and requiring manufacturers to build television sets with the capability of blocking certain coded programming (the so-called 'V-chip').

I-27

DESCRIPTION OF AGREEMENT WITH
LIBERTY MEDIA CORPORATION

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the Company's agreement with Liberty Media Corporation (an affiliate of AT&T) and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, 'LMC') that was entered into in connection with the merger of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. in 1996 (the 'TBS Transaction') and the Turner Consent Decree. Such description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September 22, 1995 among the Company, Time Warner Companies, Inc. and LMC (the 'LMC Agreement').

OWNERSHIP OF AOL TIME WARNER COMMON STOCK

Pursuant to the LMC Agreement, immediately following consummation of the TBS Transaction, LMC exchanged the 50.6 million shares of Time Warner common stock, par value $.01 per share ('Time Warner Common Stock'), received by LMC in the TBS Transaction on a one-for-one basis for 50.6 million shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock. In June 1997, LMC and its affiliates received 6.4 million additional shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of an option agreement between Time Warner and LMC and its affiliates. In May 1999, the terms of the Series LMCN-V Common Stock were amended which effectively resulted in a two-for-one stock split. At the time of the AOL-Time Warner merger, each share of Series LMCN-V Common Stock was exchanged for one and one half shares of a substantially identical Series LMCN-V Common Stock of AOL Time Warner. Each share of Series LMCN-V Common Stock receives the same dividends and otherwise has the same rights as a share of AOL Time Warner Common Stock except that (a) holders of Series LMCN-V Common Stock are entitled to 1/100th of a vote per share on the election of directors and do not have any other voting rights, except as required by law or with respect to limited matters, including amendments to the terms of the Series LMCN-V Common Stock adverse to such holders, and (b) unlike shares of AOL Time Warner Common Stock, shares of Series LMCN-V Common Stock are not subject to redemption by the Company if necessary to prevent the loss by the Company of any governmental license or franchise. The Series LMCN-V Common Stock is not transferable, except in limited circumstances, and is not listed on any securities exchange.

LMC exchanged its shares of Time Warner Common Stock for Series LMCN-V Common Stock in order to comply with the Turner Consent Decree, which effectively prohibits LMC and its affiliates (including TCI) from owning voting securities of the Company other than securities that have limited voting rights. Each share of Series LMCN-V Common Stock is convertible into one share of AOL Time Warner Common Stock at any time when such conversion would no longer violate the Turner Consent Decree or have a Prohibited Effect (as defined below), including following a transfer to a third party.

OTHER AGREEMENTS

Under the LMC Agreement, if the Company takes certain actions that have the effect of (a) making the continued ownership by LMC of the Company's equity securities illegal under any federal or state law, (b) imposing damages or penalties on LMC under any federal or state law as a result of such continued ownership, (c) requiring LMC to divest any such Company equity securities, or
(d) requiring LMC to discontinue or divest any business or assets or lose or significantly modify any license under any communications law (each a 'Prohibited Effect'), then the Company will be required to compensate LMC for income taxes incurred by it in disposing of all the Company's equity securities received by LMC in connection with the TBS Transaction and related agreements (whether or not the disposition of all such equity securities is necessary to avoid such Prohibited Effect).

The agreements described in the preceding paragraph may have the effect of requiring the Company to pay amounts to LMC in order to engage in (or requiring the Company to refrain from engaging in) activities that LMC would be prohibited under the federal communications laws from engaging in. Based on the current businesses of the Company and LMC and based upon the Company's understanding of applicable law, the Company does not expect these requirements to have a material effect on its business.

I-28

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE
TWE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

The following description summarizes certain provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement relating to the ongoing operations of TWE. Such description does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the TWE Partnership Agreement.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF TWE

PARTNERS. The limited partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class A Partners consisting of a subsidiary of AT&T, MediaOne TWE Holdings, Inc. ('MediaOne') and wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company and the general partnership interests in TWE are held by the Class B Partners consisting of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company (the "AOLTW General Partners").

BOARD OF REPRESENTATIVES. The business and affairs of TWE are managed under the direction of a board of representatives (the 'Board of Representatives' or the 'Board') that is comprised of representatives appointed by subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner (the 'AOLTW Representatives') and representatives appointed by AT&T (the 'AT&T Representatives').

The AOLTW Representatives control all Board decisions except for certain limited, significant matters affecting TWE as a whole, which matters also require the approval of the AT&T Representatives.

The managing general partners, both of which are wholly owned subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner, may take any action without the approval or consent of the Board if such action may be authorized by the AOLTW Representatives without the approval of the AT&T Representatives.

CABLE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE. Prior to August 1999, the businesses and operations of the cable television systems ('Cable Systems') of TWE and the TWE-A/N Partnership were governed by a Cable Management Committee (the 'Management Committee') comprised of six voting members, three designated by MediaOne and three designated by TWE. In August 1999, TWE received a notice from MediaOne concerning the termination of its covenant not to compete with TWE. As a result of the termination notice and the operation of the TWE partnership agreement, MediaOne's rights to participate in the management of TWE's businesses, including its rights to membership on the Management Committee, terminated immediately and irrevocably. However, MediaOne retains its representation on the TWE Board of Representatives as described above.

DAY-TO-DAY OPERATIONS. TWE is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of TWE, and each of TWE's principal divisions is managed on a day-to-day basis by the officers of such division.

CERTAIN COVENANTS

COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE. AT&T ceased to be bound by the covenant not to compete as of August 2000. For so long as any other partner (or affiliate of any partner) owns in excess of 5% of TWE and in the case of any AOLTW General Partner, for one year thereafter, such partner (including its affiliates) is generally prohibited from competing or owning an interest in the principal lines of business of TWE -- cable television systems, pay cable programming networks and filmed entertainment, subject to certain exceptions (which include TBS and its businesses). The covenant not to compete also does not prohibit (i) any party from engaging in the cable business in a region in which TWE is not then engaging in the cable business, subject to TWE's right of first refusal with respect to such cable business, or (ii) any party from engaging in the telephone or information services business.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. Subject to agreed upon exceptions for certain types of arrangements, TWE has agreed not to enter into transactions with any partner or any of its affiliates other than on an arm's-length basis.

I-29

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Within 60 days after June 30, 1999, and within 60 days after the last day of each 18 month period after June 30, 1999, the Class A Partners holding, individually or in the aggregate, at least 10% of the residual equity of TWE will have the right to request that TWE reconstitute itself as a corporation and register for sale in a public offering an amount of partnership interests held by such Class A Partners determined by an investment banking firm (appointed jointly by an investment banking firm chosen by TWE and an investment banking firm chosen by the Class A Partners) so as to maximize trading liquidity and minimize the initial public offering discount, if any. Upon any such request, the parties will cause an investment banker to determine the price at which the interests to be registered could be sold in a public offering (the 'Appraised Value'). Upon determination of the Appraised Value, TWE may elect whether or not to register such interests. If TWE elects to register the interests and the proposed public offering price (as determined immediately prior to the time the public offering is to be declared effective) is less than 92.5% of the Appraised Value, TWE will have a second option to purchase such interests immediately prior to the time such public offering would otherwise have been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission at the proposed public offering price less underwriting fees and discounts. If TWE elects not to register such interests, the Class A Partners shall have the right to put the interests to be registered to TWE at their Appraised Value and TWE will be required to pay the fees and expenses of the underwriters. Upon exercise of either TWE's purchase option or the Class A Partners put option, TWE may also elect to purchase the entire partnership interests of the Class A Partners requesting registration at a relevant price determined by the investment bank referred to above, subject to certain adjustments.

On February 28, 2001, AT&T delivered to TWE its request that TWE reconstitute itself as a corporation and register AT&T's partnership interests for public sale. AT&T has agreed to suspend the process described in the preceding paragraph until at least March 15, 2001 and, through the date of this report, no further implementation of this process has subsequently occurred while the parties have continued their ongoing discussions regarding AT&T's interest in TWE.

In addition to the foregoing, AT&T will have the right to exercise an additional demand registration right beginning 18 months following the date on which TWE reconstitutes itself as a corporation and registers and effects the sale of securities pursuant to a previously exercised demand registration right.

At the request of any AOLTW General Partner, TWE will effect a public offering of the partnership interests of the AOLTW General Partners or reconstitute TWE as a corporation and register the shares held by the AOLTW General Partners. In any such case, the Class A Partners will have standard 'piggy-back' registration rights.

Upon any reconstitution of TWE into a corporation, each partner will acquire preferred and common equity in the corporation corresponding in both relative value, rate of return and priority to the partnership interests it held prior to such reconstitution, subject to certain adjustments to compensate the partners for the effects of converting their partnership interests into capital stock.

CERTAIN PUT RIGHTS OF THE CLASS A PARTNERS

CHANGE IN CONTROL PUT. Upon the occurrence of a change in control of AOL Time Warner, at the request of AT&T, TWE will be required to elect either to liquidate TWE within a two-year period or to purchase the interest of AT&T at fair market value (without any minority discount) as determined by investment bankers. A 'change in control' of AOL Time Warner shall be deemed to have occurred:

(x) whenever, in any three-year period, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company elected during such three-year period shall have been so elected against the recommendation of the management of the Company or the Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors of the Company in office immediately prior to such election; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (x) a member of such Board of Directors shall be deemed to have been elected against the recommendation of such Board of Directors if his or her initial election occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in

I-30

Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than such Board of Directors; or

(y) whenever any person shall acquire (whether by merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, lease, transfer or otherwise, in one transaction or any related series of transactions), or otherwise beneficially owns voting securities of the Company that represent in excess of 50% of the voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company generally entitled to vote for the election of directors, if such person acquires or publicly announces its intention to initially acquire ten percent or more of such voting securities in a transaction that has not been approved by the management of the Company within 30 days after the date of such acquisition or public announcement.

The consummation of the AOL-Time Warner merger did not constitute a 'change in control' of Time Warner under the foregoing provisions.

ASSIGNMENT OF PUT RIGHTS, ETC. TWE, with the consent of such assignee, may assign to the Company, any general partner or any third party, the obligation to pay the applicable put price in connection with the exercise of a change in control put right by AT&T and the right to receive the partnership interests in payment therefor.

With respect to any of the put rights of AT&T, TWE may pay the applicable put price in cash or Marketable Securities (defined as any debt or equity securities that are listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on NASDAQ) issued by TWE (or if TWE assigns its obligation to pay the put price to the Company, by the Company). The amount of any Marketable Securities comprising the applicable put price shall be determined based on the market price of such securities during the seven months following the closing of such put transaction.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER BY AOLTW GENERAL PARTNERS

AOLTW GENERAL PARTNERS. Any AOLTW General Partner is permitted to dispose of any partnership interest (and any AOLTW General Partner and any parent of any AOLTW General Partner may issue or sell equity) at any time so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) the Company would not own, directly or indirectly, less than (a) 43.75% of the residual equity of TWE, if such disposition occurs prior to the date on which the Class A Partners have received cash distributions of $500 million per $1 billion of investment, and (b) 35% of the residual equity of TWE if such disposition occurs after such date, (ii) no person or entity would own, directly or indirectly, a partnership interest greater than that owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and (iii) a subsidiary of the Company would be a managing general partner of TWE.

No other dispositions are permitted, except that the Company may sell its entire partnership interest subject to the Class A Partners' rights of first refusal and 'tag-along' rights pursuant to which the Company must provide for the concurrent sale of the partnership interests of the Class A Partners so requesting.

CURRENCY RATES AND REGULATIONS

AOL Time Warner's foreign operations are subject to the risk of fluctuation in currency exchange rates and to exchange controls. AOL Time Warner cannot predict the extent to which such controls and fluctuations in currency exchange rates may affect its operations in the future or its ability to remit dollars from abroad. For information with respect to America Online, see Note 2, 'Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -- Foreign Currency Translation' to the consolidated financial statements set forth at page F-28 herein. For a discussion of revenues of international operations, see Note 7, 'Segment Information' to the consolidated financial statements set forth on pages F-37 through F-39 herein.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2000, the businesses of AOL Time Warner employed a total of approximately 88,500 persons, including approximately 32,000 persons employed by TWE.

I-31

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

CORPORATE, AMERICA ONLINE, TBS, PUBLISHING AND MUSIC

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2000 with respect to the Company's principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) that are occupied for corporate offices or used primarily by America Online, TBS or the Company's publishing and music divisions, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by the Company or were leased to outside tenants:

                                                                        APPROXIMATE
                                                                        SQUARE FEET           TYPE OF OWNERSHIP
             LOCATION                         PRINCIPAL USE             FLOOR SPACE        EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
             --------                         -------------             -----------        ------------------------
New York, NY                        Executive and administrative           560,000    Leased by the Company. Lease
75 Rockefeller Plaza                offices (Corporate and Music)                     expires in 2014.
Rockefeller Center                                                                    Approximately 86,300 sq. ft.
                                                                                      are sublet to outside tenants.

Dulles, VA                          Executive and administrative and     1,132,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  22000 AOL Way,                    business offices
  Broderick Dr.                     (AOL HQ Campus)
  Prentice Dr.
  Pacific Blvd.

Mt. View, CA                        Executive, administrative and          802,670    Leased by the Company. (Leases
  Middlefield Rd.                   business offices (Netscape Campus)                expire from 2001-2014)
  Ellis St.                                                                           Approximately 88,077 sq. ft. are
  Whisman Rd.                                                                         sublet to outside tenants.

Columbus, OH                        Executive, administrative and          342,170    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  Arlington Centre Blvd,            business offices (CompuServe
  Wilson Rd.                        Campus)
  Tuller Rd.

Manassas, VA                        Manassas Tech Center (AOL)             278,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.

New York, NY                        Business and editorial offices       1,522,400    Leased by the Company. Most leases
  Time & Life Bldg.                 (Publishing)                                      expire in 2017. Approximately
  Rockefeller Center                                                                  39,800 sq. ft. are sublet to
                                                                                      outside tenants.

Atlanta, GA                         Executive and administrative         1,570,000    Owned by the Company.
  One CNN Center                    offices, studio (TBS) retail,                     Approximately 146,000 sq. ft. are
                                    hotel and theatres                                sublet to outside tenants.

Atlanta, GA                         Offices and studios (TBS)              436,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  1050 Techwood Dr.

Atlanta, GA                         Sales and administrative offices       251,000    Leased by the Company. Lease
  101 Marietta St., NW              (TBS)                                             expires in 2009.

Lebanon, IN                         Warehouse space (Publishing)           500,450    Leased by the Company. Lease
  121 N. Enterprise Blvd.                                                             expires in 2006.

Lebanon, IN                         Warehouse space                        251,350    Leased by the Company.
  Lebanon Business                  (Publishing)                                      Lease expires in 2009.
  Park

Olyphant, PA                        Manufacturing, warehouses,           1,012,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  East Lackawanna Ave.              distribution and office space
                                    (Music)

(table continued on next page)

I-32

(table continued from previous page)

                                                                        APPROXIMATE
                                                                        SQUARE FEET           TYPE OF OWNERSHIP
             LOCATION                         PRINCIPAL USE             FLOOR SPACE        EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
             --------                         -------------             -----------        ------------------------
Aurora, IL                          Offices/warehouse (Music)              602,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  948 Meridian Lake

Alsdorf, Germany                    Manufacturing, distribution and        269,000    Owned and occupied by the Company.
  Max-Planck Strasse 1-9            office space (Music)

Terre Haute, Indiana                Manufacturing and office space         269,000    Leased by the Company. Lease
  4025 3rd Pkwy.                    (Music)                                           expires in 2011.

NETWORKS -- HBO, FILMED ENTERTAINMENT AND CABLE

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2000 with respect to principal properties (over 250,000 square feet in area) owned or leased by the Company's Networks -- HBO, Filmed Entertainment and cable television businesses, all of which the Company considers adequate for its present needs, and all of which were substantially used by TWE:

                                                                 APPROXIMATE
                                                                 SQUARE FEET            TYPE OF OWNERSHIP;
        LOCATION                    PRINCIPAL USE             FLOOR SPACE/ACRES      EXPIRATION DATE OF LEASE
        --------                    -------------             -----------------      ------------------------
New York, NY               Business offices (HBO)           350,000 sq. ft.        Leased by TWE.
  1100 and 1114                                             and 244,000 sq. ft.    Leases expire in 2018.
  Ave. of the
  Americas

Burbank, CA                Sound stages, administrative,    3,303,000 sq. ft. of   Owned by TWE.
  The Warner Bros.         technical                        improved space on
  Studio                   and dressing room                158 acres(a)
                           structures, screening
                           theaters, machinery and
                           equipment facilities, back
                           lot and parking lot and
                           other Burbank properties
                           (Filmed Entertainment)

Baltimore, MD              Warehouse (Filmed                387,200 sq. ft.        Owned by TWE.
  White Marsh              Entertainment)

Valencia, CA               Location filming (Filmed         232 acres              Owned by TWE.
  Undeveloped Land         Entertainment)


(a) Ten acres consist of various parcels adjoining The Warner Bros. Studio, with mixed commercial, office and residential uses.

I-33

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is a party to various litigation matters, investigations and proceedings, including:

Following the announcement in January 2000 of the merger of Time Warner and America Online, several lawsuits were filed naming as defendants one or more of America Online, directors of America Online, Time Warner and directors of Time Warner. The complaints purported to be filed on behalf of certain shareholders of America Online or Time Warner, alleging breach of fiduciary duty and seeking to enjoin the merger and unspecified compensatory damages. While a number of these lawsuits remain pending, there has been no recent activity.

America Online was named during 2000 as a defendant in a number of putative class action lawsuits filed in state and federal courts nationwide alleging that consumers and competing Internet service providers have been injured because of the default selection features and the dial-up networking applications in AOL versions 5.0 and 6.0 software. Claims include allegations of negligence, Consumer Protection Act violations and Computer Fraud and Abuse Act violations. Plaintiffs seek damages, an injunction of the distribution of the AOL versions 5.0 and 6.0 software and disgorgement of monies earned through the distribution of the software. The federal 5.0 lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida and the federal 6.0 lawsuits are expected to be consolidated shortly. There are also four state lawsuits pending. America Online filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated litigation on January 19, 2001, which is pending. Although the Company does not believe these lawsuits have any merit and intends to defend against them vigorously the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the cases, or reasonably estimate a range of possible loss at the current status of the matters.

In the Spring of 1999, the Department of Labor ('DOL') began an investigation of the applicability of the Fair Labor Standards Act ('FLSA') to America Online's Community Leader program. America Online believes the Community Leaders are volunteers, not employees, that the Community Leader program reflects industry practices and that its actions comply with the law. America Online is cooperating with the DOL's inquiry, but is unable to predict the outcome of the DOL's investigation. In addition, former volunteers of the Community Leader program have sued America Online in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of an alleged class of current and former Community Leader volunteers, alleging violations of the FLSA and comparable state statutes. America Online filed a motion to dismiss on December 8, 2000, which is pending. The Company believes the claims have no merit and intends to defend against them vigorously. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the claims, nor can the Company reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the matters.

On June 24, 1997, plaintiffs in Six Flags Over Georgia LLC et al. v. Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. et al., filed an amended complaint in the Superior Court of Gwinnett County, Georgia, claiming that, inter alia, defendants, which include TWE, violated their fiduciary duties in operating the Six Flags Over Georgia amusement park. On December 18, 1998, following a trial, a jury returned a verdict in favor of plaintiffs. The total awarded to plaintiffs was approximately $454 million in compensatory and punitive damages. Interest on the judgment is accruing at the Georgia statutory rate of 12%. The case was appealed to the Georgia Court of Appeals, which affirmed the trial court's judgment. TWE filed a motion for reconsideration with the Court of Appeals, which was denied. Defendants filed a petition for certiorari with the Supreme Court of Georgia seeking review of the decision of the Court of Appeals, which was denied on January 18, 2001. A petition for reconsideration of that decision was also denied, and TWE filed for a stay of the punitive damages with the U.S. Supreme Court. The Supreme Court granted this stay on March 1, 2001.

Since 1995, several purported class action lawsuits brought by direct purchasers of compact discs (CDs) were filed against WEA Corp., among other defendants, alleging that several CD distribution companies affiliated with the five major record companies violated federal antitrust laws by engaging in a conspiracy to fix prices. These lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The Court has denied class status in this matter in a decision dated June 15, 2000. On October 23, 2000, defendants filed a motion for summary judgment, which is pending.

I-34

A related lawsuit, Ottinger & Silvey et al. v. EMI Music Distribution, Inc. et al., was brought in the Circuit Court of Cocke County, Tennessee in 1998 on behalf of persons in sixteen states and the District of Columbia who allegedly indirectly purchased CDs from the same group of record distribution companies. Plaintiff alleges that defendants are engaged in a conspiracy to fix CD prices, in violation of the antitrust, unfair trade practices, and consumer protection statutes. Cases similar to Ottinger were filed subsequently in seven additional states. In May 1998, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Ottinger complaint, which has been denied. Motions to dismiss in the lawsuits in the seven additional states have been filed and are pending.

A number of lawsuits were brought in 2000 against WEA Corp., along with the other major record companies, in various state and federal courts by purported classes of direct and/or indirect purchasers of CDs, including consumers, alleging that defendants engaged in vertical and/or horizontal conspiracies to engage in price fixing in violation of state and federal law. Among these lawsuits is a federal action commenced by the Attorneys General of 42 states and 3 territories. These lawsuits focus on the companies' minimum advertising pricing ('MAP') programs. The federal lawsuits, as well as the state lawsuits that were removed to federal court, were consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the District of Maine. The remaining state court cases are pending in their respective jurisdictions.

As to each of the music antitrust matters described above, the Company believes the claims have no merit and intends to defend against them vigorously. The Company is unable to predict the outcome of the claims, nor can the Company reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the matters.

On January 25, 2001, the European Commission ('EC') directed a questionnaire to the Company, along with the other major record companies, as part of an investigation of the vertical relationship between record companies and retailers in certain European Union member states. The focus of the investigation is on the record companies' policies regarding supply, price, discounting and cooperative advertising. The Company is cooperating with the investigation, but is unable to predict its outcome.

On February 8, 2001, the United Kingdom Office of Fair Trading announced that it had initiated an investigation of several record companies in that country, including Warner Music UK Limited, regarding record companies' policies in regard to parallel imports of CDs into the United Kingdom. Warner Music UK Limited is cooperating with the investigation, but is unable to predict its outcome.

In 2000, several consumer class action lawsuits were brought against a large number of magazine publishers, including Time Inc., alleging that defendants violated federal antitrust law by purportedly agreeing to limit the extent to which they discount the price of subscriptions to their magazines. These lawsuits have been consolidated in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiffs filed a motion for partial summary judgment on November 1, 2000, which is pending. Although the Company does not believe these lawsuits have any merit and intends to defend against them vigorously, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the cases, or reasonably estimate a range of possible loss due to the preliminary nature of the matters.

In July 1999, the former President of Indonesia, H.M. Suharto, filed a lawsuit in the Central Jakarta District Court in Indonesia against Time Inc. Asia and certain individuals, alleging that the May 24, 1999 issue of the Asian edition of Time Magazine defamed him in violation of Indonesian law. The complaint sought a public retraction and apology, as well as $27 billion in compensatory damages for alleged harm to Suharto's reputation. Following the presentation of oral and written evidence, the district court ruled in Time Inc.'s favor on all counts on June 6, 2000. Suharto filed an appeal of the district court's ruling on July 12, 2000, which is pending.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

Not applicable.

I-35

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

Pursuant to General Instruction G (3), the information regarding the Company's executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is hereby included in Part I of this report.

The following table sets forth the name of each executive officer of the Company, the office held by such officer and the age, as of March 20, 2001, of such officer.

                NAME                   AGE                       OFFICE
                ----                   ---                       ------
Stephen M. Case......................  42    Chairman of the Board
Gerald M. Levin......................  61    Chief Executive Officer
Richard D. Parsons...................  52    Co-Chief Operating Officer
Robert W. Pittman....................  47    Co-Chief Operating Officer
R. E. Turner.........................  62    Vice Chairman and Senior Advisor
Kenneth J. Novack....................  59    Vice Chairman
Paul T. Cappuccio....................  39    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
                                               Secretary
David M. Colburn.....................  41    Executive Vice President and President of
                                               Business Development for Subscription Services
                                               and Advertising and Commerce Businesses
J. Michael Kelly.....................  44    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
                                               Officer
Kenneth B. Lerer.....................  49    Executive Vice President
William J. Raduchel..................  54    Executive Vice President and Chief Technology
                                               Officer
Mayo S. Stuntz, Jr. .................  51    Executive Vice President
George Vradenburg, III...............  58    Executive Vice President, Global and Strategic
                                               Policy

Set forth below are the principal positions held by each of the executive officers named above:

Mr. Case.............................  Chairman of the Board since the consummation of the
                                         Merger. A co-founder of America Online, Mr. Case had
                                         been Chairman of the Board of Directors of America
                                         Online since October 1995, CEO of America Online since
                                         April 1993, and held various other executive
                                         positions with America Online prior to that.

Mr. Levin............................  Chief Executive Officer since the incorporation of
                                         the Company in February 2000 and continues to serve
                                         in that position; prior to the Merger he was Chairman
                                         of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
                                         of Time Warner since 1993.


Mr. Parsons..........................  Co-Chief Operating Officer since the consummation of
                                         the Merger; prior to that, he was President of Time
                                         Warner since February 1995. He previously served as
                                         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Dime
                                         Savings Bank of New York, FSB from January 1991.

(table continued on next page)

I-36

(table continued from previous page)

Mr. Pittman..........................  Co-Chief Operating Officer since the consummation of
                                         the Merger; prior to that, Mr. Pittman served as
                                         President and Chief Operating Officer of America
                                         Online since February 1998 and as a director since
                                         1995. He was President and CEO of AOL Networks
                                         from November 1996 until February 1998. Prior to
                                         that, he held the positions of Managing Partner
                                         and CEO of Century 21 Real Estate Corp. from
                                         October 1995 to October 1996 and President and
                                         CEO of Time Warner Enterprises, a division of TWE,
                                         and Chairman and CEO of Six Flags Entertainment
                                         Corporation, the theme park operator, prior to that.

Mr. Turner...........................  Vice Chairman since the consummation of the Merger;
                                         prior to that, he was Vice Chairman of Time Warner
                                         since the consummation of the merger of Turner
                                         Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') and Time Warner
                                         in October 1996. Prior to that, he served as
                                         Chairman of the Board and President of TBS from
                                         1970.

Mr. Novack...........................  Vice Chairman since the consummation of the Merger;
                                         prior to that, he served as Vice Chairman of America
                                         Online since May 1998 and as a director since
                                         January 2000. Mr. Novack has been Of Counsel to
                                         the Boston-based law firm of Mintz, Levin, Cohn,
                                         Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, PC, since his
                                         retirement as a member of that firm in August
                                         1998. Mr. Novack had been President and CEO of
                                         the firm from 1991 to 1994.

Mr. Cappuccio........................  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and
                                         Secretary since the consummation of the Merger;
                                         prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President
                                         and General Counsel of America Online since August
                                         1999. Before joining America Online, from 1993 to
                                         1999, Mr. Cappuccio was a partner at the
                                         Washington, D.C. office of the law firm of
                                         Kirkland & Ellis.

Mr. Colburn..........................  Executive Vice President and President of Business
                                         Development for Subscription Services and Advertising
                                         and Commerce Businesses since the consummation of the
                                         Merger; prior to that, he was President of Business
                                         Affairs for America Online since January, 2000, and
                                         Senior Vice President, Business Affairs, from March
                                         1997, having joined America Online in August
                                         1995.

(table continued on next page)

I-37

(table continued from previous page)

Mr. Kelly............................  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                         since the consummation of the Merger; prior to that,
                                         he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                         Officer of America Online since July 1998. Prior
                                         to joining America Online, he was Executive Vice
                                         President -- Finance and Planning and Chief
                                         Financial Officer of GTE Corporation, a
                                         telecommunications company (now part of Verizon).
                                         Mr. Kelly was appointed GTE's Senior Vice
                                         President -- Finance in 1994, receiving the
                                         responsibility for Corporate Planning and
                                         Development during 1997.

Mr. Lerer............................  Executive Vice President since the consummation of
                                         the Merger, responsible for corporate communications
                                         and investor relations; prior to that, he was
                                         Senior Vice President of America Online since
                                         October 1999. Previously, Mr. Lerer was a founder
                                         and served as President of Robinson Lerer &
                                         Montgomery, a corporate communications and
                                         consulting firm.

Mr. Raduchel.........................  Executive Vice President and Chief Technology
                                         Officer since the consummation of the Merger; prior
                                         to that, he was Senior Vice President and Chief
                                         Technology Officer of America Online since
                                         September 1999. Previously, he served as Chief
                                         Strategy Officer and a member of the Executive
                                         Committee of Sun Microsystems, Inc., a provider of
                                         Internet hardware, software and services, from
                                         January 1998 to September 1999, having previously
                                         held a variety of management positions with Sun
                                         Microsystems since 1988.

Mr. Stuntz...........................  Executive Vice President since the consummation of
                                         the Merger, with responsibility for coordinating
                                         cross-divisional initiatives within the Company;
                                         prior to that, he had been Chief Operating Officer
                                         of America Online's Interactive Services Group
                                         since March 1999 and President of CompuServe
                                         Interactive Services since February 1998, having
                                         joined America Online in August 1997. He had
                                         previously been Chief Operating Officer and
                                         Executive Vice President of Century 21 Real Estate
                                         Corp. from October 1995 to June 1997.

Mr. Vradenburg.......................  Executive Vice President, Global and Strategic
                                         Policy since the consummation of the Merger; prior
                                         to that, he had been Senior Vice President for
                                         Global and Strategic Policy of America Online
                                         since December 1998. Mr. Vradenburg served as
                                         Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
                                         Secretary of America Online from March 1997 to
                                         December 1998. He was a Senior Partner with the
                                         law firm of Latham & Watkins and co-chair of its
                                         Entertainment & Media Practice Group from 1995 to
                                         1997.

I-38

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The principal market for the Company's Common Stock is the New York Stock Exchange. For quarterly price information with respect to America Online's Common Stock for the two years ended December 31, 2000, see 'Quarterly Financial Information' at page F-52 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of March 1, 2001 was approximately 66,000.

Neither the Company nor America Online has paid any dividends since their formation.

There is no established public trading market for the Company's Series LMCN-V Common Stock, which as of March 1, 2001 was held of record by eight holders.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The selected financial information of the Registrant for the five years ended December 31, 2000 is set forth at page F-50 herein and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The information set forth at pages F-2 through F-18 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

The information set forth at page F-18 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The consolidated financial statements of the Registrant and the report of independent auditors thereon set forth at pages F-19 through F-48 and F-49 herein are incorporated herein by reference.

Quarterly Financial Information set forth at pages F-51 and F-52 herein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

Not applicable.

II-1


PART III

ITEMS 10, 11, 12 AND 13. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT;
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION; SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT; CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

Information called for by PART III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) is incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with its 2001 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A, except that the information regarding the Company's executive officers called for by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K has been included in PART I of this report and the information called for by Items 402(k) and 402(l) of Regulation S-K is not incorporated by reference.

III-1


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)(1)-(2) Financial Statements and Schedules:

The list of consolidated financial statements set forth in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at page F-1 herein is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this report.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits:

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits 10.1 through 10.29 listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index identify management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this report, and such listing is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

(i) Time Warner Inc. filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 5, 2000 in which it reported in Item 5 the termination of its proposed transaction with EMI Group plc (filing date October 5, 2000).

(ii) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2001 in which it reported in Item 2 the closing of the AOL-Time Warner merger (filing date January 12, 2001).

(iii) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 18, 2001 setting forth in Item 5 financial statements of America Online as of September 30, 2000 adjusted to reflect purchase rather than pooling accounting treatment for three acquisitions (filing date January 26, 2001).

(iv) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated January 11, 2001 setting forth in Item 7 pro forma financial statements of the Company as of September 30, 2000 (filing date January 26, 2001).

(v) The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated January 11, 2001 setting forth in Item 7 consolidated financial statements of Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ('TWE') and the TWE General partners for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2000 (filing date February 9, 2001).

IV-1


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

AOL TIME WARNER INC.

                                          By /s/ J. MICHAEL KELLY
                                             ...................................
                                            NAME: J. MICHAEL KELLY
                                            TITLE:  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND
                                                    CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Date: March 27, 2001

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

               SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                         DATE
               ---------                                  -----                         ----
                                           Chairman of the Board                   March 27, 2001
        /s/ STEPHEN M. CASE
.........................................
           (STEPHEN M. CASE)

        /s/ GERALD M. LEVIN                Director and Chief Executive Officer    March 27, 2001
.........................................    (principal executive officer)
           (GERALD M. LEVIN)

        /s/ J. MICHAEL KELLY               Executive Vice President and Chief      March 27, 2001
.........................................    Financial Officer (principal
           (J. MICHAEL KELLY)                financial officer)

          /s/ JAMES W. BARGE               Vice President and Controller           March 27, 2001
.........................................    (principal accounting officer)
            (JAMES W. BARGE)

         /s/ DANIEL F. AKERSON                           Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (DANIEL F. AKERSON)

        /s/ JAMES L. BARKSDALE                           Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (JAMES L. BARKSDALE)

       /s/ STEPHEN F. BOLLENBACH                         Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
        (STEPHEN F. BOLLENBACH)

        /s/ FRANK J. CAUFIELD                            Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (FRANK J. CAUFIELD)

       /s/ MILES R. GILBURNE                             Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (MILES R. GILBURNE)

         /s/ CARLA A. HILLS                              Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
            (CARLA A. HILLS)

IV-2


               SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                         DATE
               ---------                                  -----                         ----
          /s/ REUBEN MARK                                Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
             (REUBEN MARK)

        /s/ MICHAEL A. MILES                             Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
           (MICHAEL A. MILES)

       /s/ KENNETH J. NOVACK                             Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (KENNETH J. NOVACK)

       /s/ RICHARD D. PARSONS                           Director                   March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (RICHARD D. PARSONS)

       /s/ ROBERT W. PITTMAN                            Director                   March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (ROBERT W. PITTMAN)

       /s/ FRANKLIN D. RAINES                           Director                   March 27, 2001
.........................................
          (FRANKLIN D. RAINES)

          /s/ R. E. TURNER                               Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
             (R. E. TURNER)

   /s/ FRANCIS T. VINCENT, JR.                           Director                  March 27, 2001
.........................................
       (FRANCIS T. VINCENT, JR.)

IV-3


AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2000 and
  1999......................................................  F-19
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
  December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998..........................  F-20
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998..........................  F-21
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
  for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998......  F-22
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-23
Report of Independent Auditors..............................  F-49
Selected Financial Information..............................  F-50
Quarterly Financial Information.............................  F-51

F-1

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

AMERICA ONLINE-TIME WARNER MERGER

On January 11, 2001, America Online, Inc. ('America Online') and Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') completed their previously announced merger pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among the companies and certain of subsidiaries dated as of January 10, 2000 (the 'Merger'). The combined company is named AOL Time Warner Inc. ('AOL Time Warner').

The Merger was structured as a stock-for-stock exchange. Prior to the Merger, America Online and Time Warner formed a new holding company called AOL Time Warner and the new holding company formed two wholly owned subsidiaries. Upon the closing of the transaction, one subsidiary merged with and into America Online and one subsidiary merged with and into Time Warner. As a result, America Online and Time Warner each became a wholly owned subsidiary of AOL Time Warner. As part of the merger, each issued and then outstanding share of each class of common stock of Time Warner was converted into 1.5 shares of an identical series of common stock of AOL Time Warner. Each issued and then outstanding share of common stock of America Online was converted into one share of common stock of AOL Time Warner.

As a result of the Merger, the former shareholders of America Online have an approximate 55% interest in AOL Time Warner and the former shareholders of Time Warner have an approximate 45% interest in AOL Time Warner, expressed on a fully diluted basis. The Merger will be accounted for by AOL Time Warner as an acquisition of Time Warner under the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Under the purchase method of accounting, the estimated cost of approximately $147 billion to acquire Time Warner, including transaction costs, will be allocated to its underlying net assets in proportion to their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over estimated fair values of the net assets acquired will be recorded as goodwill.

AOL Time Warner classifies its business interests into six fundamental areas: AOL, consisting principally of interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies and electronic commerce services; Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems; Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment and television production; Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television and broadcast network programming; Music, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing; and Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing.

Because the Merger was not consummated on or before December 31, 2000, the following discussion and accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect only the financial results of America Online, as predecessor of AOL Time Warner. For additional information on the Merger, see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

OVERVIEW

Founded in 1985, America Online, based in Dulles, Virginia, is the world's leader in interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies, and electronic commerce services.

As of December 31, 2000, America Online had four major lines of businesses:

o the Interactive Services Group

o the Interactive Properties Group

o the AOL International Group

o the Netscape Enterprise Group

The lines of business are described below.

The Interactive Services Group develops and operates branded interactive services, including:

o the AOL service, a worldwide Internet online service with approximately 26.7 million members as of December 31, 2000

F-2

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

o the CompuServe service, a worldwide Internet online service with approximately 3 million members as of December 31, 2000

o Netscape.com, an Internet portal

o the AOL Anywhere web site

o the Netscape browser software

o the AOLTV service, an interactive television service for mass-market consumers

o the AOL Mobile services, which deliver features and content of the AOL service and branded properties to wireless consumers

The Interactive Properties Group is built around branded properties that operate across multiple services and platforms, such as:

o Digital City, Inc., the leading local online network and community guide on the AOL service and the Internet based on the number of visitors per month

o ICQ, the world's leading communications portal, based on the number of registered users, that provides instant communications and chat technology

o AOL Instant Messenger, a Web-based communications service that enables Internet users to send and respond in real time to private personalized electronic messages

o Moviefone, Inc., the nation's No. 1 movie guide and ticketing service based on the number of users

o Internet music brands Spinner.com, Winamp and SHOUTcast

o MapQuest.com, a leader in destination information solutions

o 'AOLbyPhone,' a voice portal that enables AOL members to check their e-mail and access other popular AOL features conveniently through simple, spoken commands from any telephone

The AOL International Group oversees the AOL and CompuServe services and operations outside the United States, as well as the Netscape Online service in the United Kingdom.

The Netscape Enterprise Group focuses on providing businesses a range of software products, technical support, consulting and training services. These products and services enable businesses and users to share information, manage networks and facilitate electronic commerce. The Netscape Enterprise group operates primarily through iPlanet E-Commerce Solutions, a strategic alliance between America Online and Sun Microsystems, Inc. ('Sun Microsystems'), a leader in network computing products and services, that was formed in November 1998 and began operating in March 1999.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

REVENUES

The following table and discussion highlights the revenues of America Online for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------
                                                    2000                1999                1998
                                               --------------      --------------      --------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Revenues:
Subscriptions................................  $4,777    62.0%     $3,874    67.6%     $2,765    71.4%
Advertising and commerce.....................   2,369    30.8       1,240    21.7         612    15.8
Content and other............................     557     7.2         610    10.7         496    12.8
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
Total revenues...............................  $7,703   100.0%     $5,724   100.0%     $3,873   100.0%
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----

F-3

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

America Online generates three main types of revenues: subscriptions; advertising and commerce; and content and other. Subscription revenues are generated from customers subscribing to America Online's AOL service and, effective February 1, 1998, the CompuServe service. Additional subscription revenues are generated from customers subcribing to America Online's custom solutions services. Advertising and commerce revenues are non-subscription based and are generated mainly from businesses marketing to America Online's base of subscribers and users across its multiple brands. Advertising and commerce revenues mainly consist of advertising and related revenues, the sale of merchandise and fees associated with electronic commerce. Content and other revenues consist principally of product licensing fees and fees from technical support, consulting and training services.

Subscription Revenues

Currently, America Online's Interactive Services Group generates subscription revenue primarily from subscribers paying a monthly membership fee.

America Online's current pricing options for the AOL service in the United States are as follows:

o A standard monthly membership fee of $21.95, with no additional hourly charges (the 'Flat-Rate Plan'). Subscribers can also choose to prepay for one year in advance at an effective monthly rate of $19.95. America Online increased the price of its Flat-Rate Plan from $19.95 per month to $21.95 per month, and the effective monthly rate of the annual plan from $17.95 per month to $19.95 per month, effective at the start of each member's monthly billing cycle in April 1998. Those subscribers who were on the annual plan at the time of change were not subject to an increase until their renewal date.

o An alternative offering of three hours for $4.95 per month, with additional time priced at $2.50 per hour.

o An alternative offering of $9.95 per month for unlimited use -- for those subscribers who have an Internet connection other than through AOL and use this connection to access AOL services.

America Online's current pricing options for CompuServe 2000 are as follows:

o A standard monthly membership offering of 20 hours for $9.95 per month, with additional time priced at $2.95 per hour.

o An alternative monthly membership fee of $19.95, with no additional hourly charges.

o An incentive rebate program offering a $400 rebate with a 3 year commitment of $21.95 per month.

At December 31, 2000, America Online had approximately 26.7 million AOL brand subscribers, of which approximately 21.5 million were in the United States. Also at that date, America Online had approximately 3 million CompuServe brand subscribers, of which approximately 2.2 million were in the United States. At December 31, 1999, America Online had approximately 20.5 million AOL brand subscribers, of which approximately 17.4 million were in the United States. Also at that date, America Online had approximately 2.5 million CompuServe brand subscribers, of which approximately 1.6 million were in the United States. As of December 31, 2000 and 1999, the AOL and CompuServe brands had approximately 6 million and approximately 4 million subscribers, respectively, outside of the United States.

For the year ended December 31, 2000, subscription revenues increased from $3,874 million to $4,777 million, or 23%, over the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase was primarily attributable to a 32% increase in the average number of U.S. subscribers in the year ended December 31, 2000, compared to the year ended December 31, 1999, offset in part by a slight decrease in the average monthly subscription services revenue per U.S. subscriber. The decrease in the average monthly subscription revenues per U.S. subscriber is due to the different brands and services offered by America Online and the mix of multiple price points offered by these brands and services, as well as certain promotional bundling programs. Under these bundling programs,

F-4

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

customers of America Online's commerce partners typically receive a subscription to America Online's online services as a result of purchasing a product from a commerce partner. America Online records subscription revenues under these bundling programs based upon the net amount received from the commerce partner.

For the year ended December 31, 1999, subscription revenues increased from $2,765 million to $3,874 million, or 40%, over the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase was primarily attributable to a 35% increase in the average number of U.S. subscribers during 1999, compared to 1998, as well as a 4% increase in the average monthly subscription revenues per U.S. subscriber. This increase in the average monthly subscription revenues per U.S. subscriber was principally attributable to the increase in the Flat-Rate Plan membership fee from $19.95 to $21.95, which became effective in April 1998.

Advertising and Commerce Revenues

An important objective of America Online's business strategy is a continued emphasis on growing the advertising and commerce revenues. These revenues consist principally of advertising and related revenues, the sale of merchandise and fees associated with electronic commerce across America Online's multiple brands. During the year ended December 31, 2000, utilizing its large, active and growing user base, America Online continued to build on its industry-leading advertising and commerce revenue base through a series of major alliances with leading brands and retailers. The user base not only includes the paying subscribers of the AOL and CompuServe services, it also includes users of America Online's other branded portals and services such as MapQuest.com, AOL Moviefone, AOL Instant Messenger, Netscape.com, AOL.COM, ICQ and Digital City.

The following table summarizes the material components of advertising and commerce revenues for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------
                                                    2000                1999                1998
                                               --------------      --------------      --------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Advertising and electronic commerce fees.....  $2,115    89.3%     $1,071    86.4%     $  519    84.8%
Merchandise..................................     254    10.7         169    13.6          93    15.2
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
Total advertising and commerce...............  $2,369   100.0%     $1,240   100.0%     $  612   100.0%
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----

Advertising and commerce revenues increased by 91%, from $1,240 million during the year ended December 31, 1999 to $2,369 million during the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily attributable to additional advertising and electronic commerce on America Online's AOL service, as well as its other branded services and portals. Advertising and electronic commerce fees increased by 97%, from $1,071 million during the year ended December 31, 1999 to $2,115 million during the year ended December 31, 2000.

Advertising and commerce revenues increased by 103%, from $612 million during the year ended December 31, 1998 to $1,240 million during the year ended December 31, 1999. More advertising on America Online's AOL service and Netcenter portal, as well as an increase in electronic commerce fees, primarily drove the increase. Advertising and electronic commerce fees increased by 106%, from $519 million during the year ended December 31, 1998 to $1,071 million during the year ended December 31, 1999.

Content and Other Revenues

Content and other revenues consist primarily of product licensing fees and fees from technical support, consulting and training services generated by America Online's Netscape Enterprise Group. The Netscape Enterprise Group focuses on providing businesses a range of software products, technical support, consulting and training services. These products and services enable businesses and users to share information, manage

F-5

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

networks and facilitate electronic commerce on the Internet. In November 1998, America Online entered into a strategic alliance with Sun Microsystems to accelerate the growth of electronic commerce. The alliance became effective in March 1999. The strategic alliance provides that, over a three year period, America Online and Sun Microsystems will jointly develop and market to business enterprises, iPlanet client software and network application and server software for electronic commerce, extended communities and connectivity. These products will include software incorporating the Netscape code, Sun Microsystems code and technology and certain America Online services features.

Content and other revenues decreased by 9%, from $610 million in 1999 to $557 million in 2000. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in contractual obligations from Sun Microsystems, offset in part by an increase in license revenues generated through the alliance with Sun Microsystems. In addition, as a result of additional products being considered collaborative (jointly developed by Netscape and Sun Microsystems), when these collaborative products are sold by Sun Microsystems personnel, America Online records as revenue the net payments received from Sun Microsystems. This results in lower reported revenues and thus slower growth of reported revenues, but has not impacted the gross margin and income from operations which has continued to grow. See Segment Results of Operations for further discussion on the impact of the alliance with Sun Microsystems.

Content and other revenues increased by 23%, from $496 million during the year ended December 31, 1998 to $610 million during the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase was due to an increase in product sales related to server applications and consulting services coupled with revenues generated from the alliance with Sun Microsystems.

COSTS AND EXPENSES

The following table and discussion highlights the costs and expenses of America Online for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------------------
                                                    2000                1999                1998
                                               --------------      --------------      --------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Total revenues...............................  $7,703   100.0%     $5,724   100.0%     $3,873   100.0%
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenues.............................  $3,874    50.3%     $3,324    58.1%     $2,538    65.5%
Sales, general and administrative............   1,902    24.7       1,390    24.3       1,034    26.7
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible
  assets.....................................     100     1.3          68     1.2          49     1.3
Merger, restructuring and contract
  termination charges........................      10     0.1         123     2.1          50     1.3
Acquired in-process research and
  development................................      --      --          --      --          80     2.1
Settlement charges...........................      --      --          --      --          18     0.4
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
Total costs and expenses.....................  $5,886    76.4%     $4,905    85.7%     $3,769    97.3%
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----
                                               ------   -----      ------   -----      ------   -----

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues includes network-related costs, consisting primarily of data network costs; personnel and related costs associated with operating the data centers, data network and providing customer support; billing, consulting and technical support/training; host computer and network equipment costs; costs of merchandise sold; and product development costs. Product development costs include research and development expenses and

F-6

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

other product development costs including support and maintenance of America Online's multiple interactive products.

America Online continues to experience increases in both subscriber usage, which is primarily due to the growth of the subscriber base, and average monthly usage per subscriber. Both of these growth factors have the potential to increase network costs on an absolute dollar basis, as well as a percentage-of-revenue basis. While the growth in subscriber usage and related costs generally are consistent with the increases in subscription revenues, the increase in usage and related costs per subscriber could impact operating margins. America Online has minimized, and plans to continue to minimize, the impact to costs associated with such growth by reducing network costs, on a relative basis (either on a per-hour basis or as a percentage of total revenues) and increasing advertising and commerce revenues. An important factor in reducing network costs is the reduction of the costs of operating America Online's data network, on a per-hour basis, through volume discounts and more efficient utilization of AOLnet, America Online's TCP/IP network. America Online expects the growth in advertising and commerce revenues, assuming such growth continues, will provide the opportunity and flexibility to fund the costs associated with the increased usage resulting from growing its subscriber base.

For the year ended December 31, 2000, cost of revenues increased from $3,324 million to $3,874 million, or 17%, over the year ended December 31, 1999, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 58.1% to 50.3%. The increase in cost of revenues in 2000 was primarily attributable to increases in host computer and network equipment costs; data network costs and personnel and related costs associated with operating the data centers and data network and providing customer support. Additionally, an increase in costs related to America Online's new custom services contributed to the overall growth of cost of revenues. Total cost of revenue was partially offset by a decrease in cost of revenues related to the Enterprise business as a result of the alliance with Sun Microsystems. Collaborative products (jointly developed by Netscape and Sun Microsystems) sold are recorded as net revenues by America Online when payments are received from Sun Microsystems. As a result, America Online records no expense related to these product sales resulting in lower cost of revenues reported. Host computer and network equipment costs, consisting of lease, depreciation and maintenance expenses; data network costs; and personnel and related costs associated with operating the data centers, data network and providing customer support increased as a result of the larger member base and more usage by members, as well as supporting a larger data network. Costs related to America Online's new custom services are a result of America Online's agreement with Gateway, Inc., which was entered into in October 1999. Product development costs increased due to an increase in the number of technical employees to support additional products across multiple brands. The decrease in cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenues was primarily attributable to growth of the higher margin advertising and commerce revenues, as well as a decrease in network-related costs as a percentage of subscription revenues. The decrease in network-related costs as a percentage of subscription revenues was primarily driven by a 19% decrease in the hourly network cost for the year ended December 31, 2000 compared to the year ended December 31, 1999. The decrease in the hourly network costs is mainly due to efficiencies America Online continues to realize as a result of its size and scale, as well as lower negotiated rates with its network providers. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in daily member usage, from an average of nearly 55 minutes per day in the year ended December 31, 1999 to an average of nearly 61 minutes per day in the year ended December 31, 2000.

For the year ended December 31, 1999, cost of revenues increased from $2,538 million to $3,324 million, or 31%, over the year ended December 31, 1998, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 65.5% to 58.1%. The increase in cost of revenues during 1999 was primarily attributable to increases in data network costs; personnel and related costs associated with operating the data centers and data network and providing customer support, consulting, technical support/training and billing; host computer and network equipment costs and royalty expense. Data network costs increased primarily as a result of the larger member base and more usage per member. Personnel and related costs associated with operating the data centers, data network,

F-7

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

providing customer support and billing increased primarily as a result of the requirements of supporting a larger data network, a larger member base and increased subscription revenues. Personnel and related costs associated with consulting and technical support/training increased due to providing additional customer support and professional services. Host computer and network equipment costs, consisting of lease, depreciation and maintenance expenses, increased as a result of additional host computer and network equipment, required to serve the larger member base and more usage by members. Product development costs increased due to an increase in the number of technical employees to support additional products across its multiple brands. The decrease in cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenues was primarily attributable to growth of the higher margin advertising and commerce revenues, as well as a decrease in network-related costs as a percentage of subscription services revenue.

Sales, General and Administrative

Sales, general and administrative expenses include the costs to acquire and retain subscribers, the operating expenses associated with the sales and marketing organizations, other general marketing costs to support America Online's multiple brands, bad debt and other general and administrative costs.

America Online's strategy continues to emphasize brand advertising across multiple brands, as well as cost-effective bundling agreements, where its products are widely distributed with new personal computers, the Windows operating system and other peripheral computer equipment and software. Additionally, America Online continues to market its products via direct mail programs. These marketing initiatives coupled with improving subscriber acquisition and retention rates, continue to create efficiencies in America Online's marketing costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2000, sales, general and administrative expenses increased from $1,390 million to $1,902 million, or 37%, over the year ended December 31, 1999, and remained relatively unchanged as a percentage of total revenues. The increase in sales, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2000 was mainly attributable to an increase in brand advertising supporting multiple brands and direct subscriber acquisition costs; an increase in bad debt expense related to the America Online services and advertising revenues; and an increase in outside services and fees, primarily accounting fees, temporary agency fees and legal costs. Brand advertising and direct subscriber acquisition costs represent $254 million and bad debt expense represents $155 million of the total increase in sales, general and administrative costs. The increase in bad debt related to the America Online services, was primarily the result of extending the collection period for subscription fees and the CompuServe rebate program which was initiated in the third quarter of the year ended December 31, 1999. The increase in subscription revenues during the year ended December 31, 2000 also contributed to the increase in bad debt. The increase in bad debt related to advertising was a result of an increased number of advertising contracts entered into and the overall growth of advertising revenues during the year ended December 31, 2000.

For the year ended December 31, 1999, sales, general and administrative expenses increased from $1,034 million to $1,390 million, or 34%, over the year ended December 31, 1998, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 26.7% to 24.3%. The increase in sales, general and administrative expenses for 1999 was mainly attributable to an increase in personnel costs, primarily payroll taxes related to employee stock option exercises and personnel costs associated with expanding the Netscape Enterprise business, direct subscriber acquisition costs, and brand advertising across multiple brands. The decrease as a percentage of total revenues was primarily a result of the substantial growth in revenues.

Amortization of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets increased to $100 million in 2000 from $68 million in 1999. The increase in amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2000 is primarily attributable to

F-8

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

goodwill associated with the acquisitions of Quack.com, iAmaze, Inc., LocalEyes Corporation and the remaining 20% interest in Digital City, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2000. For further information, refer to Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, America Online recognized an intangible asset associated with the acquisition cost of Gateway.net subscribers in December 1999. Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets increased to $68 million in the year ended December 31, 1999 from $49 million in the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase in amortization expense during 1999 is primarily attributable to goodwill associated with the acquisition of Mirabilis, Ltd. ('Mirabilis') in June 1998.

Merger and Restructuring Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2000, America Online recognized net charges of $10 million primarily related to its merger of MapQuest.com, Inc., consisting mainly of investment banking, legal and accounting services; contract termination fees; and severance and other personnel costs. All of these costs had been paid as of December 31, 2000.

For the year ended December 31, 1999, America Online recognized charges of $123 million related to restructurings and mergers. All of these costs were paid as of December 31, 2000.

o In connection with the mergers of Moviefone, Inc., Spinner Networks Incorporated, NullSoft, Inc. and Tegic Communications, Inc., America Online recorded direct merger-related costs of $20 million.

o In connection with plans announced and implemented in March 1999, America Online recorded a charge of $103 million for direct costs related to the merger with Netscape and America Online's reorganization plans to integrate Netscape's operations and build on the strengths of the Netscape brand and capabilities, as well as the merger with When, Inc.

For the year ended December 31, 1998, America Online recognized net charges of $50 million related to restructurings and mergers. All of these costs had been paid as of December 31, 2000.

o During the quarter ended December 1998, America Online recognized approximately $2 million in merger related costs in connection with the merger of AtWeb, Inc. These expenses were primarily associated with fees for investment banking, legal and accounting services, severance costs and other related charges in connection with the transaction.

o In connection with a restructuring plan adopted in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 1998, America Online recorded a $35 million restructuring charge associated with the restructuring of its AOL Studios brand group. The restructuring included costs of exiting certain business activities, the termination of approximately 160 employees and the shutdown of certain subsidiaries and facilities.

o Also, in the first quarter of the year ended December 31, 1998, America Online recorded a $13 million restructuring charge related to the implementation of certain restructuring actions mainly related to the Netscape Enterprise Group. These actions were aimed at reducing its cost structure, improving its competitiveness and restoring sustainable profitability. The restructuring plan resulted from decreased demand for certain Enterprise products and the adoption of a new strategic direction. The restructuring included a reduction in the workforce (approximately 400 employees), the closure of certain facilities, the write-off of non-performing operating assets and third-party royalty payment obligations relating to canceled contracts.

Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to restructurings and merger costs.

Acquired In-Process Research and Development

America Online incurred a total of $80 million in acquired in-process research and development ('IPR&D') charges in 1998 related to the acquisitions of Mirabilis, Personal Library Software, Inc. ('PLS')

F-9

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

and NetChannel, Inc. ('NetChannel'). These transactions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

In June 1998, America Online acquired the assets, including the developmental ICQ instant communications and chat technology, and assumed certain liabilities of Mirabilis. The ICQ technology is an enabling technology for online communication. At the date of acquisition, Mirabilis reported 12 million registered trial users of which approximately half were active. America Online paid $287 million in cash and may pay up to $120 million in additional contingent purchase payments based on future performance levels. As a result of certain performance levels being satisfied, the Company paid $40 million in August 2000 related to the contingent purchase price. America Online's Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect a one-time write-off of the amount of purchase price allocated to IPR&D of approximately $60 million.

In accounting for the acquisition of Mirabilis, America Online allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identified intangible assets. In performing this allocation, America Online considered, among other factors, the attrition rate of the active users of the technology at the date of acquisition (estimated to be similar to the rate experienced by the AOL service) and the research and development projects in-process at the date of acquisition. With regard to the IPR&D projects, America Online considered, among other factors, the stage of development of each project at the time of acquisition, the importance of each project to the overall development plan, and the projected incremental cash flows from the projects when completed and any associated risks. Associated risks include the inherent difficulties and uncertainties in completing each project and thereby achieving technological feasibility and risks related to the impact of potential changes in future target markets. If these projects are not successfully developed, America Online may not realize the value assigned to the IPR&D projects. In addition, the value of the other acquired intangible assets may also become impaired.

America Online acquired PLS, a developer of information indexing and search technologies in January 1998 and NetChannel, a Web-enhanced television company, in June 1998. In connection with the purchases of PLS and NetChannel, America Online recorded charges for acquired IPR&D in the year ended December 31, 1998 of $10 million related to each acquisition.

The technology, market and development risk factors discussed above for the Mirabilis acquisition are also relevant and should be considered with regard to the acquisitions of PLS and NetChannel.

Settlement Charges

In the year ended December 31, 1998, America Online recorded a net settlement charge of $18 million in connection with the settlement of the Orman
v. America Online, Inc. class action lawsuit filed in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging violations of federal securities laws between August 1995 and October 1996.

OTHER INCOME, NET

Other income, net, consists primarily of net investing activities including interest income, interest expense and gains and losses recognized on available-for-sale securities and securities classified as derivatives. America Online had other income of $67 million, $815 million and $41 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The decrease in other income, net, in the year ended December 31, 2000 was primarily attributable to a loss of $465 million on investments as a result of declines in market values deemed to be other-than-temporary. In addition, America Online adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities' ('FAS 133') in the third quarter of the year ended December 31, 2000. In accordance with the provisions of FAS 133, America Online incurred a loss of $70 million due to a reduction in the value of securities that meet the derivative criteria established by

F-10

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

FAS 133. Including these adjustments, the value of the investments, including available-for-sale securities was $3,824 million at December 31, 2000. These losses in the year ended December 31, 2000 were offset by realized gains on available-for-sale securities of approximately $392 million and net interest income of approximately $275 million. The increase in other income, net, in the year ended December 31, 1999 was primarily attributable to realized gains on investments of $692 million in the year ended December 31, 1999, including a net gain of $567 million related to the sale of investments in Excite, Inc., compared to realized gains of $20 million in 1998, coupled with an increase in interest income.

America Online's investment portfolio of available-for-sale securities is primarily invested in Internet and technology companies. These available-for-sale investments are subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to the volatility of the stock market and the industries in which it is invested. America Online has realized gains and losses from both the sale of investments, as well as mergers and acquisitions of companies in which it is invested. In addition, changes in the value of securities that meet the derivative criteria established in FAS 133, are recorded in other income. See Notes 2 and 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on FAS 133. America Online's objective is to minimize the impact of stock market declines on its earnings and cash flows. Continued market volatility, as well as mergers and acquisitions, have the potential to have a material non-cash impact on the operating results of America Online in future periods.

INCOME TAX PROVISION

The income tax provision was $732 million, $607 million and $30 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The increase in the provision for income taxes in the year ended December 31, 1999 is a direct result of America Online's increase in pre-tax income. For additional information regarding income taxes, refer to Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

SEGMENT RESULTS

As of December 31, 2000, America Online had four operating segments, of which two are reportable segments, that share the same infrastructure. For further information regarding segments, refer to Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-11

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

A summary of the segment financial information is as follows:

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                               2000     1999     1998
                                                              ------   ------   ------
                                                               (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
Revenues:
Interactive Services Group(1)...............................  $6,879   $5,059   $3,441
Netscape Enterprise Group(2)................................     359      447      357
Other Segments(3)...........................................     465      218       75
                                                              ------   ------   ------
Total revenues..............................................  $7,703   $5,724   $3,873
                                                              ------   ------   ------
                                                              ------   ------   ------
Income (loss) from operations:
Interactive Services Group(1)...............................  $1,958   $1,280   $  616
Netscape Enterprise Group(2)................................     153       40      (54)
Other Segments(3)...........................................     185       49      (10)
General & Administrative(4).................................    (469)    (427)    (300)
Other charges...............................................     (10)    (123)    (148)
                                                              ------   ------   ------
Total income from operations................................  $1,817   $  819   $  104
                                                              ------   ------   ------
                                                              ------   ------   ------


(1) For the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, the Interactive Services Group includes online service revenues of $4,777 million, $3,874 million and $2,765 million, respectively; advertising and commerce revenues of $2,022 million, $1,116 million and $591 million, respectively; content and other revenues of $80 million, $69 million and $85 million, respectively; and goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $51 million, $39 million and $25 million, respectively.

(2) For the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, the Netscape Enterprise Group is comprised solely of content and other revenues and includes goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $0 million, $0 million and $10 million, respectively.

(3) For the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, Other Segments include advertising and commerce revenues of $347 million, $124 million and $21 million, respectively; content and other revenues of $118 million, $94 million and $54 million, respectively; and goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $49 million, $29 million and $14 million, respectively.

(4) Bad debt expense has been allocated to the applicable segment.

For an overview of the segment revenues, refer to the consolidated results of operations discussion earlier in this section.

Interactive Services Group income from operations increased from $616 million in the year ended December 31, 1998 to $1,280 million in the year ended December 31, 1999 and $1,958 million in the year ended December 31, 2000. These increases are mainly the result of increases in subscription revenues and advertising and commerce revenues coupled with increased network efficiencies.

Netscape Enterprise Group income/loss from operations improved from a loss of $54 million in the year ended December 31, 1998 to income of $40 million in the year ended December 31, 1999 to income of $153 million in the year ended December 31, 2000. These improvements were mainly attributable to an increase in gross margins, as well as a decline in operating expenses, as the Netscape Enterprise Group began to realize efficiencies from using America Online's infrastructure. In addition, the Netscape Enterprise Group experienced benefits from the alliance with Sun Microsystems, which became effective in March 1999.

Other Segments income/loss from operations improved from a loss of $10 million in the year ended December 31, 1998 to income of $49 million in the year ended December 31, 1999 to income of $185 million in the year ended December 31, 2000. These improvements were mainly attributable to an increase in Interactive Properties advertising revenues partially offset by an increase in cost of revenues, selling, general and administrative costs and product development costs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

America Online has financed its operations primarily through cash generated from operations. In addition, America Online has generated cash from the sale of its convertible notes, the sale of marketable securities and the sale of its capital stock. In addition to purchasing telecommunications equipment, America Online also

F-12

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

enters into operating leases for the use of this equipment. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,958 million, $1,640 million and $554 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively, and increased primarily due to America Online's increase in net income. Net cash used in investing activities was $2,323 million, $2,347 million and $419 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Cash used in investing activities included approximately $1.9 billion of investments in available-for-sale securities acquired during the year ended December 31, 2000 and approximately $2.5 billion acquired during the year ended December 31, 1999, including America Online's $1.5 billion investment in a General Motors equity security related to the strategic alliance it entered into with Hughes Electronics Corporation. Cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 1999 was offset by net proceeds of approximately $567 million related to the sale of Excite, Inc. investments. Net cash provided by financing activities was $421 million, $1,729 million and $817 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Included in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 1999 were approximately $1.2 billion in net proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt. Included in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 1998 were $550 million in aggregate net proceeds from a public offering of its common stock.

America Online has used its working capital to finance ongoing operations and to fund the marketing and development of its products and services. America Online plans to continue to invest in subscriber acquisition, retention and brand marketing to expand its subscriber base, as well as in network, computing and support infrastructure. Additionally, America Online expects to use a portion of its cash for the acquisition and subsequent funding of technologies, content, products or businesses complementary to America Online's current business.

At December 31, 2000, America Online had working capital of $2,343 million, compared to working capital of $1,698 million at December 31, 1999. In addition, America Online had investments including available-for-sale securities of $3,824 million and $4,902 million at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Current assets increased by $796 million, from $3,875 million at December 31, 1999 to $4,671 million at December 31, 2000, while current liabilities increased by $151 million, from $2,177 million to $2,328 million, over this same period. The increase in current assets was primarily attributable to an increase in cash and short-term investments resulting from cash generated by operations. The change in current liabilities was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenues, partially offset by a reduction in other accrued liabilities and accrued personnel costs.

On November 15, 2000, America Online exercised its option to redeem in whole, the 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2002, (the 'Notes'). Under the redemption prices set forth in the Notes, America Online was obligated to redeem the outstanding Notes at a price of 101.6% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) together with accrued interest at the date of redemption. At the election of the noteholders the entire outstanding principal balance of the Notes as of the redemption date was converted into approximately 37.7 million shares of America Online's common stock.

During December 1999, America Online sold $2.3 billion aggregate principal at maturity of zero-coupon Convertible Subordinated Notes (the 'Zero-Coupon Notes') due December 6, 2019 and received net proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion. Also, in December 1999, the underwriters exercised the overallotment option on the Zero-Coupon Notes. As a result, on January 5, 2000, America Online sold additional Zero-Coupon Notes with aggregate principal at maturity of approximately $55.6 million for net proceeds of approximately $30 million. For additional information regarding these notes, refer to Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During July 1998, America Online sold approximately 43.2 million shares of common stock and raised a total of $550 million in new equity, which was used for general corporate purposes.

On March 17, 2000, America Online and Bertelsmann AG announced a global alliance to expand the distribution of Bertelsmann's media content and electronic commerce properties over America Online's interactive brands worldwide. America Online and Bertelsmann also announced an agreement to restructure their interests in the AOL Europe and AOL Australia joint ventures. This restructuring consists of a put and call

F-13

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

arrangement for America Online to purchase, in two installments, Bertelsmann's 50% interest in AOL Europe for consideration ranging from $6.75 billion to $8.25 billion, payable at America Online's option in cash, AOL Time Warner stock or a combination of cash and stock. For additional information regarding these announcements, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 1998, America Online purchased Mirabilis for $287 million in cash (and contingent purchase price payments of up to $120 million) and NetChannel for $16 million in cash. For additional information regarding these acquisitions, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 1998, America Online consummated a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the 'Purchase and Sale') by and among America Online, ANS Communications, Inc. ('ANS'), a then wholly-owned subsidiary of America Online, and WorldCom, Inc. ('WorldCom') pursuant to which America Online transferred to WorldCom all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of ANS in exchange for the online services business of CompuServe Corporation ('CompuServe'), which was acquired by WorldCom shortly before the consummation of the Purchase and Sale, and $147 million in cash (excluding $15 million in cash received as part of the CompuServe online services business and after purchase price adjustments made at closing). Immediately after the consummation of the Purchase and Sale, America Online's European partner, Bertelsmann AG, paid $75 million to America Online for a 50% interest in a newly created joint venture to operate the CompuServe European online service. Each company invested an additional $25 million in cash in this joint venture. America Online generated $207 million in net cash as a result of the aforementioned transactions.

As previously announced, America Online had outstanding at December 31, 2000 commitments to purchase additional ownership in a joint venture and a partner of a strategic alliance. These commitments total approximately $657 million to be paid by December 31, 2001. Of this total, approximately $238 million was paid in February 2001.

America Online enters into multiple-year data communications agreements in order to support AOLnet. In connection with those agreements, America Online may commit to purchase certain minimum data communications services. Should America Online not require the delivery of such minimums, America Online's per hour data communications costs may increase. For additional information regarding America Online's commitments, see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

America Online leases the majority of its equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. America Online is building AOLnet, its data communications network, as well as expanding its data center capacity. The buildout of AOLnet and the expansion of data center capacity requires a substantial investment in telecommunications and server equipment. America Online plans to continue making significant investments in these areas. America Online is funding these investments, which are anticipated to total approximately $700 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, through a combination of leases and cash purchases.

IMPACT OF THE AMERICA ONLINE-TIME WARNER MERGER ON LIQUIDITY

INCREASED BORROWING CAPACITY

As a combined company, AOL Time Warner's combined borrowing capacity increased. Significantly adding to this capacity are two revolving credit facilities (the Bank Credit Agreement and the Stock Options Proceeds Credit Facility) previously held by Time Warner.

Bank Credit Agreement

The Bank Credit Agreement permits borrowings in an aggregate amount of up to $7.5 billion, with no scheduled reduction in credit availability prior to maturity in November 2002. The borrowers under the Bank Credit Agreement are Time Warner and a number of its consolidated subsidiaries. Borrowings may be used for general business purposes and unused credit is available to support commercial paper borrowings. At December 31, 2000, Time Warner's borrowings under the Bank Credit Agreement were approximately $6.8 billion.

F-14

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

Stock Options Proceeds Credit Facility

In connection with a previously existing common stock repurchase program, Time Warner established a $1.3 billion revolving credit facility that provided for borrowings against future stock option proceeds. At December 31, 2000 Time Warner had no outstanding borrowings against future stock option proceeds. Borrowing availability under the Stock Option Proceeds Facility was approximately $1.1 billion at December 31, 2000.

$10 BILLION SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT

In January 2001, AOL Time Warner filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which allows AOL Time Warner to offer and sell from time to time, debt securities, preferred stock, series common stock, common stock and/or warrants to purchase debt and equity securities in amounts up to $10 billion in initial aggregate public offering prices. Proceeds from any offerings will be used for general corporate purposes including investments, capital expenditures, repayment of debt and financing acquisitions.

CROSS GUARANTEES OF BANK AND PUBLIC DEBT

During 2001, in connection with the Merger, America Online and AOL Time Warner were added as guarantors to (i) borrowings drawn against the Bank Credit Agreement by Time Warner and a number of its consolidated subsidiaries, consisting of Time Warner Companies, Inc. ('TW Companies'), TWI Cable Inc. ('TWI Cable') and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ('TBS') and (ii) the public debt of Time Warner, TW Companies and TBS. In addition, AOL Time Warner, Time Warner, TW Companies, TWI Cable and TBS were added as guarantors to America Online's zero-coupon convertible subordinated notes.

INCREASED OPERATING CASH FLOW

In addition to the increased borrowing availability, AOL Time Warner will have increased liquidity generated by the added operating cash flows of Time Warner's businesses.

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In January 2001 AOL Time Warner's Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program that allows AOL Time Warner to repurchase, from time to time, up to $5 billion of common stock over a two-year period.

Management believes that AOL Time Warner's operating cash flows, cash and equivalents, borrowing capacity and shelf registration are sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST, OTHER INCOME, NET, TAXES, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION ('EBITDA')

The following table and discussion summarizes America Online's EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998:

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                               2000     1999     1998
                                                              ------   ------   ------
                                                               (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
EBITDA......................................................  $2,350   $1,335   $  535

AOL Time Warner defines EBITDA as operating income, adjusted to exclude depreciation and amortization. In order to reflect America Online's core operations, EBITDA discussed herein has also been adjusted to exclude those corporate expenses that will relate to AOL Time Warner's corporate functions going forward and special charges, both of which will be shown as separate components of AOL Time Warner's

F-15

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

EBITDA. In 2000, 1999 and 1998, the corporate expenses excluded were $79 million, $77 million and $41 million, respectively, and special charges were $10 million, $123 million and $148 million, respectively. EBITDA is presented and discussed because AOL Time Warner and America Online consider EBITDA an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of its business including the ability to provide cash flows to service debt and fund capital expenditures. EBITDA, however, should not be considered an alternative to operating or net income as an indicator of the performance of AOL Time Warner or America Online, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity, in each case determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ('GAAP').

For the year ended December 31, 2000, EBITDA from America Online's core operations increased from $1,335 million to $2,350 million or 76% over the year ended December 31, 1999. For the year ended December 31, 1999, EBITDA from America Online's core operations increased from $535 million to $1,335 million or 150%. The increase from 1999 to 2000 is mainly due to the significant increase in income from operations (excluding special charges) from $942 million in 1999 to $1,827 million in 2000. The increase from 1998 to 1999 is due to the increase in income from operations (excluding special charges) from $252 million in 1998 to $942 million in 1999.

SEASONALITY

The number of subscriber acquisitions and amount of usage in America Online's online services appears to be highest in the first and fourth quarters, due to the holiday season and following the holiday season, when new computer and software owners are discovering Internet online services while spending more time indoors due to winter weather.

Since making advertising revenue a key component of America Online's strategy, America Online has experienced difficulty in distinguishing seasonality in advertising sales from the overall market growth. Seasonal factors seem to be mitigated by advertisers' growing interest in the overall online medium, as well as gaining access to America Online's large and growing subscriber/user base across multiple branded distribution channels.

INFLATION

America Online believes that inflation has not had, and will not have in the future, a material effect on its results of operations.

CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document includes certain 'forward-looking statements' within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward- looking statements are based on management's present expectations or beliefs about future events. Words such as "anticipates," "estimates," "expects," "projects," "intends," "plans," "believes" and words and terms of similar substance used in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance identify such forward-looking statements. As with any projection or forecast, they are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances, and the Company is under no obligation to (and expressly disclaims any such obligation to) update or alter its forward-looking statements whether as a result of such changes, new information, future events or otherwise. AOL Time Warner operates in highly competitive, consumer driven and rapidly changing Internet, media and entertainment businesses that are dependent on government regulation and economic, political and social conditions in the countries in which they operate, consumer demand for their products and services, technological developments and (particularly in view of technological changes) protection of their intellectual property rights. AOL Time Warner's actual results could differ materially from management's expectations because of changes in such factors. Other factors could

F-16

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements, including those identified in AOL Time Warner's, Time Warner's and America Online's filings with the SEC and the following:

o For AOL Time Warner's America Online businesses, the ability to develop new products and services to remain competitive; the ability to develop or adopt new technologies; the ability to continue growth rates of the subscriber base; the ability to provide adequate server, network and system capacity; the risk of increased costs for network services; increased competition from providers of Internet services; the ability to maintain or enter into new electronic commerce, advertising, marketing or content arrangements; the ability to maintain and grow market share in the enterprise software industry; the risks from changes in U.S. and international regulatory environments affecting interactive services; and the ability to expand successfully internationally.

o For AOL Time Warner's cable business, more aggressive than expected competition from new technologies and other types of video programming distributors, including DBS and DSL; increases in government regulation of basic cable or equipment rates or other terms of service (such as 'digital must-carry,' open access or common carrier requirements); government regulation of other services, such as broadband cable modem service; increased difficulty in obtaining franchise renewals; the failure of new equipment (such as digital set-top boxes) or services (such as digital cable, high-speed online services, telephony over cable or video on demand) to appeal to enough consumers or to be available at reasonable prices to function as expected and to be delivered in a timely fashion; fluctuations in spending levels by businesses and consumers; and greater than expected increases in programming or other costs.

o For AOL Time Warner's film businesses, their ability to continue to attract and select desirable talent and scripts at manageable costs; a strike by screen actors and writers; general increases in production costs; fragmentation of consumer leisure and entertainment time (and its possible negative effects on the broadcast and cable networks, which are significant customers of these businesses); continued popularity of merchandising; and the uncertain impact of technological developments such as the Internet.

o For AOL Time Warner's network businesses, greater than expected programming or production costs; a strike by television actors and writers; public and cable operator resistance to price increases (and the negative impact on premium programmers of increases in basic cable rates); increased regulation of distribution agreements; the sensitivity of advertising to economic cyclicality; the development of new technologies that alter the role of programming networks and services, and greater than expected fragmentation of consumer viewership due to an increased number of programming services or the increased popularity of alternatives to television.

o For AOL Time Warner's music business, its ability to continue to attract and select desirable talent at manageable costs; the timely completion of albums by major artists; the popular demand for particular artists and albums; its ability to continue to enforce its intellectual property rights in digital environments; its ability to develop a successful business model applicable to a digital online environment, and the overall strength of global music sales.

o For AOL Time Warner's print media and publishing businesses, increases in paper, postal and distribution costs; the introduction and increased popularity of alternative technologies for the provision of news and information, such as the Internet; the ability to continue to develop new sources of circulation; and fluctuations in spending levels by businesses and consumers.

o The risks related to the successful integration of the businesses of America Online and Time Warner, including the costs related to the integration; the failure of the Company to realize the anticipated benefits of the combination of these businesses; the difficulty the financial market may have in valuing the business model of the Company; and fluctuating market prices that could cause the value of AOL Time Warner's stock to fail to reflect the historical values of America Online's or Time Warner's stock.

In addition, the Company's overall financial strategy, including growth in operations, maintaining its financial ratios and strengthened balance sheet, could be adversely affected by increased interest rates, failure to

F-17

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

meet earnings expectations, significant acquisitions or other transactions, economic slowdowns, consequences of the euro conversion and changes in the Company's plans, strategies and intentions.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange, interest rates and a decline in the stock market. America Online does not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. America Online is exposed to immaterial levels of market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

America Online is exposed to market risk as it relates to changes in the market value of its investments. America Online invests in equity instruments of public and private companies for business and strategic purposes, most of which are Internet and technology companies. These securities are subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to the volatility of the stock market and the industries in which it has invested. These securities, which are classified in 'Investments including available-for-sale securities,' include available-for-sale securities, restricted securities and derivatives and hedged securities. America Online has realized gains and losses from the sale of investments, declines in market value deemed to be other-than-temporary, declines in market values of securities classified as derivatives under FAS 133, as well as mergers and acquisitions of companies it is invested in. As of December 31, 2000, America Online had securities classified as available-for-sale debt and equity investments with a fair market value of $1,206 million and a cost basis of $1,105 million. The gross unrealized gains of $190 million and gross unrealized losses of $89 million have been recorded net of deferred taxes of $39 million as a separate component of other comprehensive income. Also, included in 'Investments including available-for-sale securities' are certain restricted securities with a cost basis of $1,770 million. In addition, pursuant to the criteria established in FAS 133, which America Online adopted as of July 1, 2000, Investments including available-for-sale securities include equity instruments that are classified as derivatives and equity securities with associated put options, which are classified as hedges. At December 31, 2000, these securities had a fair value of $308 million and a cost basis of $380 million. Changes in the value of these securities are recorded in other income, net, or for certain of the derivatives classified as cash flow hedges, in other comprehensive income. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities, as well as losses on securities classified as derivatives under FAS 133. America Online's objective in managing its exposure to stock market fluctuations is to minimize the impact of stock market declines to its earnings and cash flows. Beyond the control of America Online, however, continued market volatility, as well as mergers and acquisitions, have the potential to have a material non-cash impact on the operating results in future periods. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion of America Online's 'Investments including available- for-sale securities,' the adoption of SFAS 133 and its exposure to stock market risk.

Since December 31, 2000, there has been a broad decline in the public equity markets, particularly in technology stocks, including investments held in the AOL Time Warner portfolio. As a result, as of March 21, 2001, the fair market value of AOL Time Warner's publicly held investments had declined approximately $300 million, on a net basis. Similarly, AOL Time Warner has experienced significant declines in the value of certain privately held investments and restricted securities. As a matter of policy, management continually evaluates whether changes in the value of such investments should be considered to be other-than-temporary. Depending on general market conditions and the performance of specific investments in AOL Time Warner's portfolio, AOL Time Warner could record a significant noncash pretax charge in the first quarter to reduce the carrying value of certain publicly traded and privately held investments and restricted securities. Any such charge would be nonoperational in nature, with no corresponding impact on EBITDA, and would be recorded in other income, net.

F-18

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                               2000      1999
                                                              -------   -------
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $ 2,610   $ 2,554
Short-term investments......................................      886       542
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $97 and $58,
 respectively...............................................      464       385
Other receivables, net......................................      149       111
Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................      562       283
                                                              -------   -------
Total current assets........................................    4,671     3,875

Property and equipment at cost, net.........................    1,041       895
Investments including available-for-sale securities.........    3,824     4,902
Product development costs, net..............................      243       122
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net...................      816       439
Other assets................................................      232       163
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $10,827   $10,396
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable............................................  $   105   $    68
Accrued expenses and other liabilities......................      973     1,052
Deferred revenue............................................    1,063       793
Accrued personnel costs.....................................      111       188
Deferred network services credit............................       76        76
                                                              -------   -------
Total current liabilities...................................    2,328     2,177

Notes payable...............................................    1,411     1,581
Deferred revenue............................................      223       131
Other liabilities...........................................        4        17
Deferred network services credit............................       83       159

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares
 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at
 December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively...................       --        --
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 6,000,000,000 shares
 authorized, 2,378,600,806 and 2,290,628,654 shares issued
 and outstanding at December 31, 2000 and 1999,
 respectively...............................................       24        23
Paid-in capital.............................................    4,966     4,266
Accumulated other comprehensive income -- unrealized gain on
 available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges, net....       61     1,467
Retained earnings...........................................    1,727       575
                                                              -------   -------
Total stockholders' equity..................................    6,778     6,331
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $10,827   $10,396
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------

See accompanying notes.

F-19

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

                                                               2000      1999      1998
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Revenues:
Subscriptions...............................................  $ 4,777   $ 3,874   $ 2,765
Advertising and commerce....................................    2,369     1,240       612
Content and other...........................................      557       610       496
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Total revenues..............................................    7,703     5,724     3,873

Cost of revenues............................................   (3,874)   (3,324)   (2,538)
Sales, general and administrative...........................   (1,902)   (1,390)   (1,034)
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets........     (100)      (68)      (49)
Merger and, restructuring charges...........................      (10)     (123)      (50)
Acquired in-process research and development................       --        --       (80)
Settlement charges..........................................       --        --       (18)
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Operating income............................................    1,817       819       104
Other income, net...........................................       67       815        41
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Income before income taxes..................................    1,884     1,634       145
Income tax provision........................................     (732)     (607)      (30)
                                                              -------   -------   -------

Net income..................................................  $ 1,152   $ 1,027   $   115
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Basic net income per common share...........................  $  0.50   $  0.47   $  0.06
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Diluted net income per common share.........................  $  0.45   $  0.40   $  0.05
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Average basic common shares.................................    2,323     2,199     1,959
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------   -------
Average diluted common shares...............................    2,595     2,599     2,370
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------   -------

See accompanying notes.

F-20

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(MILLIONS)

                                                               2000      1999      1998
                                                              -------   -------   ------
OPERATIONS
Net income..................................................  $ 1,152   $ 1,027   $  115
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
   Non-cash restructuring charges...........................       --         9       13
   Loss on FAS 133 securities...............................       70        --       --
   Depreciation and amortization............................      444       316      242
   Amortization of deferred network services credit.........      (76)      (76)     (70)
   Charge for acquired in-process research and
    development.............................................       --        --       80
   Amortization of compensatory stock options...............       13        21       17
   Deferred income taxes....................................      733       608       27
   Loss (gain) on sale of investments including
    available-for-sale securities...........................      107      (681)      (8)
   Equity in losses of investees............................       36         5       12
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the
 effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
   Trade accounts receivable................................      (84)     (134)      43
   Other receivables........................................       (7)       (1)     (82)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets................     (289)     (140)     (39)
   Other assets.............................................      (62)     (123)      (9)
   Investments including available-for-sale securities......     (360)     (126)     (67)
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities...........      (81)      564      142
   Deferred revenue and other liabilities...................      362       371      138
                                                              -------   -------   ------
Total adjustments...........................................      806       613      439
                                                              -------   -------   ------

Cash provided by operations.................................    1,958     1,640      554

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment..........................     (485)     (494)    (296)
Product development costs...................................     (158)      (66)     (45)
Proceeds from sale of investments including
 available-for-sale securities..............................      812       733       94
Purchase of investments, including available-for-sale
 securities.................................................   (1,883)   (2,476)    (231)
(Purchase of) proceeds from short-term investments, net.....     (345)       20      164
Purchase of minority interest in Digital City...............      (80)       --       --
Net (payments) proceeds for acquisitions/dispositions of
 subsidiaries...............................................      (40)       16      (73)
Other investing activities..................................     (144)      (80)     (32)
                                                              -------   -------   ------

Cash used in investing activities...........................   (2,323)   (2,347)    (419)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net.................      318       494      742
Principal payments on debt..................................       (8)      (22)      (5)
Payment of deferred finance costs & other financing
 activities, net............................................       80       (29)      58
Proceeds from issuance of debt..............................       31     1,286       22
                                                              -------   -------   ------

Cash provided by financing activities.......................      421     1,729      817
                                                              -------   -------   ------

INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS............................       56     1,022      952

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR...................    2,554     1,532      580
                                                              -------   -------   ------

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR.........................  $ 2,610   $ 2,554   $1,532
                                                              -------   -------   ------
                                                              -------   -------   ------

Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid during the year for:
   Interest (net of amounts capitalized)....................  $    15   $    16   $   17
   Taxes....................................................  $    14   $    --   $   --

See accompanying notes.

F-21

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                                                                                   COMPREHENSIVE
                                                                            ACCUMULATED      RETAINED              INCOME (LOSS)
                      PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK                      OTHER         EARNINGS                 FOR THE
                      ---------------   ----------------------   PAID-IN   COMPREHENSIVE   (ACCUMULATED             YEARS ENDED
                      SHARES   AMOUNT      SHARES       AMOUNT   CAPITAL    INCOME, NET      DEFICIT)     TOTAL    DECEMBER 31,
                      ------   ------   -------------   ------   -------    -----------      --------     -----    ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER
 31, 1997...........   1,000   $  --    1,860,008,080    $19     $1,278       $    36         $ (535)     $  798      $    --
Common stock issued:
   Exercise of
    options and
    ESPP............      --      --      135,650,850      1        175            --             --         176
   Business
    acquisitions....      --      --        2,042,672     --         12            --             --          12
   Sale of stock,
    net.............      --      --       48,004,026     --        566            --             --         566
Amortization of
 compensatory stock
 options............      --      --               --     --         17            --             --          17
Unrealized gain on
 available-for-sale
 securities, net....      --      --               --     --         59            92             --         151           92
Conversion of
 preferred stock to
 common stock.......  (1,000)     --        3,136,000     --         --            --             --          --
Tax benefit related
 to stock options...      --      --               --     --         27            --             --          27
Net income..........      --      --               --     --         --            --            115         115          115
                      ------   ------   -------------    ---     ------       -------         ------      ------      -------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER
 31, 1998...........      --      --    2,048,841,628     20      2,134           128           (420)      1,862          207
                                                                                                                      -------
                                                                                                                      -------
Effect of immaterial
 poolings...........      --      --       13,390,986     --         48            --            (32)         16
Common stock issued:
   Exercise of
    options, warrant
    and ESPP........      --      --      207,689,168      3        481            --             --         484
   Sale of stock,
    net.............      --      --        3,749,918     --         10            --             --          10
Amortization of
 compensatory stock
 options............      --      --               --     --         21            --             --          21
Unrealized gain on
 available-for-sale
 securities, net....      --      --               --     --        820         1,339             --       2,159        1,339
Conversion of
 debt...............      --      --       15,744,558     --        101            --             --         101
Tax benefit related
 to stock options...      --      --               --     --        551            --             --         551
Investment in
 Gateway............      --      --        1,212,396     --        100            --             --         100
Net income..........      --      --               --     --         --            --          1,027       1,027        1,027
                      ------   ------   -------------    ---     ------       -------         ------      ------      -------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER
 31, 1999...........      --      --    2,290,628,654     23      4,266         1,467            575       6,331        2,366
                                                                                                                      -------
                                                                                                                      -------
Effect of immaterial
 poolings...........      --      --          291,667     --          1            --             --           1
Common stock issued:
   Exercise of
    options and
    ESPP............      --      --       45,426,369      1        317            --             --         318
   Business
    Acquisitions....      --      --        4,352,440     --        275            --             --         275
Amortization of
 compensatory stock
 options............      --      --               --     --         13            --             --          13
Unrealized loss on
 available-for-sale
 securities and cash
 flow hedges, net...      --      --               --     --       (861)       (1,406)            --      (2,267)      (1,406)
Conversion of
 debt...............      --      --       37,901,676     --        244            --             --         244
Tax benefit related
 to stock options...      --      --               --     --        711            --             --         711
Net income..........      --      --               --     --         --            --          1,152       1,152        1,152
                      ------   ------   -------------    ---     ------       -------         ------      ------      -------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER
 31, 2000...........      --   $  --    2,378,600,806    $24     $4,966       $    61         $1,727      $6,778      $  (254)
                      ------   ------   -------------    ---     ------       -------         ------      ------      -------
                      ------   ------   -------------    ---     ------       -------         ------      ------      -------

See accompanying notes.

F-22

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION

On January 11, 2001, America Online, Inc. ('America Online') and Time Warner Inc. ('Time Warner') completed their previously announced merger pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger among the companies and certain of subsidiaries dated as of January 10, 2000 (the 'Merger'). The combined company is named AOL Time Warner Inc. ('AOL Time Warner').

The Merger was structured as a stock-for-stock exchange. Prior to the Merger, America Online and Time Warner formed a new holding company called AOL Time Warner and the new holding company formed two wholly owned subsidiaries. Upon the closing of the transaction, one subsidiary merged with and into America Online and one subsidiary merged with and into Time Warner. As a result, America Online and Time Warner each became a wholly owned subsidiary of AOL Time Warner. As part of the merger, each issued and then outstanding share of each class of common stock of Time Warner was converted into 1.5 shares of an identical series of common stock of AOL Time Warner. Each issued and then outstanding share of common stock of America Online was converted into one share of common stock of AOL Time Warner.

As a result of the Merger, the former shareholders of America Online have an approximate 55% interest in AOL Time Warner and the former shareholders of Time Warner have an approximate 45% interest in AOL Time Warner, expressed on a fully diluted basis. The Merger will be accounted for by AOL Time Warner as an acquisition of Time Warner under the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Under the purchase method of accounting, the estimated cost of approximately $147 billion to acquire Time Warner, including transaction costs, will be allocated to its underlying net assets in proportion to their respective fair values. Any excess of the purchase price over estimated fair values of the net assets acquired will be recorded as goodwill.

AOL Time Warner classifies its business interests into six fundamental areas: AOL, consisting principally of interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies and electronic commerce services; Cable, consisting principally of interests in cable television systems; Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of interests in filmed entertainment and television production; Networks, consisting principally of interests in cable television and broadcast network programming; Music, consisting principally of interests in recorded music and music publishing; and Publishing, consisting principally of interests in magazine publishing, book publishing and direct marketing.

Because the Merger was not consummated on or before December 31, 2000, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes reflect only the financial results of America Online, as predecessor of AOL Time Warner.

America Online was incorporated in the state of Delaware in May 1985. Based in Dulles, Virginia, America Online is the world's leader in interactive services, Web brands, Internet technologies and electronic commerce services. America Online operates: two worldwide Internet services, the AOL service, with more than 26.7 million members, and the CompuServe service, with approximately 3 million members; several leading Internet brands including ICQ, AOL Instant Messenger and Digital City, Inc.; Netscape.com and AOL.COM Internet portals; the Netscape browser software; AOL Moviefone, the nation's number one movie listing guide and ticketing service; MapQuest.com, a leader in destination information solutions; and Spinner Networks Incorporated and Nullsoft, Inc., leaders in Internet music. Through its strategic alliance with Sun Microsystems, Inc. ('Sun Microsystems'), America Online also develops and offers easy-to-deploy, end-to-end electronic commerce and enterprise solutions for companies operating in and doing business on the Internet.

F-23

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of America Online and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

The Company has adopted a December 31 calendar-year basis for reporting purposes. As a result, this report reflects the historical results of America Online restated on a December 31 calendar-year basis. America Online had previously reported results on a June 30 fiscal-year basis.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Business combinations which have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting include the results of operations of the acquired business from the date of acquisition. Net assets of the companies acquired are recorded at their fair value at the date of acquisition. Amounts allocated to acquired in-process research and development are expensed in the period of acquisition (Note 6).

Other business combinations have been accounted for under the pooling-of- interests method of accounting. In such cases, the assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity of the acquired entities were combined with America Online's respective accounts at recorded values. Prior period financial statements have been restated to give effect to the merger unless the effect of the business combination is not material to the financial statements of America Online (Note 6).

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Subscription revenues are recognized over the period that services are provided. In contractual arrangements in which America Online provides services to third party subscriber accounts, America Online records its subscription service revenue, net of associated service costs, over the period that services are provided.

Advertising and commerce revenues and content and other revenues, are recognized as the services are performed or when the goods are delivered. America Online generates advertising revenues based on two types of contracts, standard and non-standard. The revenues derived from standard advertising contracts in which America Online provides a minimum number of impressions for a fixed fee, are recognized as the impressions are delivered. The revenues derived from non-standard advertising contracts, which provide carriage, advisory services, premier placements and exclusivities, navigation benefits, brand affiliation and other benefits, are recognized straight-line over the term of the contract, provided America Online is meeting its obligations under the contract. Deferred revenue consists primarily of prepaid electronic commerce and advertising fees and monthly and annual prepaid subscription fees billed in advance.

America Online enters into rebate and other promotional programs with its commerce partners. In the year ended December 31, 1999, America Online began to offer a rebate program whereby there is a contract with the subscriber for a defined period of time. America Online capitalizes the costs of the rebates and amortizes the amount as a reduction of revenues over the period in which services are performed and/or goods are delivered. As of December 31, 2000, America Online had a short-term and long-term prepaid asset of approximately $169 million (net of an allowance of $10 million) and $190 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2000, America Online recorded provisions (additions) to the allowance of $52 million and write-offs (deductions) against the allowance of $49 million related to the rebate program. As of December 31, 1999, America Online had a short-term and long-term prepaid asset of approximately $58 million (net of an allowance

F-24

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

of $7 million) and $127 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 1999, America Online recorded an allowance of $7 million related to the rebate program.

For other promotional programs, in which consumers are typically offered a subscription to America Online's subscription services at no charge as a result of purchasing a product from the commerce partner, America Online records as subscription revenue on a straight-line basis, over the term of the service contract with the subscriber, the amounts received from the commerce partners, less any amounts paid for marketing to the commerce partners.

In accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, 'Software Revenue Recognition,' as amended by Statement of Position 98-9, 'Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions,' America Online recognizes the revenue allocable to software licenses upon delivery of the software product to the end-user, unless the fee is not fixed or determinable or collectibility is not probable. In software arrangements that include more than one element, America Online allocates the total arrangement fee among each deliverable based on the relative fair value of each of the deliverables determined based on vendor-specific objective evidence ('VSOE'). America Online determines VSOE based on an established price list published by management having the relevant authority, which reflects the prices at which those elements are sold separately to third parties.

In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission ('SEC') issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, 'Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements' ('SAB 101'), which clarifies certain existing accounting principles for the timing of revenue recognition and classification of revenues in the financial statements. While America Online's existing revenue recognition policies are consistent with the provisions of SAB 101, the new rules have resulted in some reclassifications between revenues and costs. In the quarter ended December 31, 2000, America Online adopted SAB 101 and restated prior periods to conform to the current year presentation. The impact was a reduction by equal amounts of both 'Content and Other' revenues and 'Cost of Revenues' of $107 million, $29 million and $0 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are depreciated or amortized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Computer equipment and internal software....................  2 to 5 years
Buildings and related improvements..........................  15 to 40 years
Leasehold improvements......................................  4 to 10 years
Furniture and fixtures......................................  5 years

In accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, 'Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use,' America Online capitalizes certain costs incurred for the development of internal use software. These costs include the costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements.

In March 2000, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued its consensus on Issue No. 00-2, 'Accounting for Web Site Development Costs' ('EITF 00-2'). America Online accounts for the development and maintenance of its website in accordance with EITF 00-2.

SUBSCRIBER ACQUISITION COSTS AND ADVERTISING

America Online accounts for subscriber acquisition costs pursuant to Statement of Position 93-7, 'Reporting on Advertising Costs,' by expensing these costs as they are incurred. Included in sales, general and

F-25

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

administrative expense is both brand and acquisition advertising supporting America Online's multiple brands which was $829 million, $575 million and $538 million for the three years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

INVESTMENTS INCLUDING AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

Investments including available-for-sale securities is comprised of available-for-sale securities, restricted securities, derivatives and hedged securities. America Online has classified all debt and equity securities for which there is a determinable fair market value and there are no restrictions on America Online's ability to sell the security within the next 12 months as available-for-sale. In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board ('FASB') Statement No. 115, 'Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,' available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity net of applicable income taxes. Realized gains and losses and declines in value deemed to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in other income (Note 11). The cost basis for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a specific identification basis.

As of December 31, 2000, America Online had available-for-sale investments with a fair market value of $507 million and a cost basis of $408 million. The gross unrealized gains of $188 million and gross unrealized losses of $89 million have been recorded, net of deferred taxes of $38 million, as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

Also, as of December 31, 2000, America Online had certain managed investment funds with financial institutions. These funds are primarily invested in debt securities and are classified as 'Investments including available-for-sale securities.' As of December 31, 2000, the debt securities within these funds had a fair market value of $699 million and a cost basis of $697 million. The gross unrealized gains of $2 million have been recorded, net of deferred taxes of approximately $1 million, as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All the debt securities included in the investment funds are scheduled to mature in years 2001 through 2004.

As of December 31, 1999, America Online had available-for-sale debt and equity investments with a fair market value of $2,911 million and a cost basis of $545 million. The gross unrealized gains of $2,403 million and gross unrealized losses of $37 million were recorded, net of deferred taxes of $899 million, as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

Included in 'Investments including available-for-sale securities' at December 31, 2000 and 1999, were certain restricted securities with a cost basis of $1,770 million and $1,706 million, respectively. These balances as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 are primarily made up of an investment of $1,506 million in a General Motors equity security related to the strategic alliance America Online entered into with Hughes Electronics Corporation.

America Online has various investments, including foreign and domestic joint ventures, that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. All investments in which America Online has the ability to exercise significant influence over the investee, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, America Online's share of the investee's earnings or loss is included in consolidated operating results. To date, America Online's basis and current commitments in its investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting have not been significant. As a result, these investments have not significantly impacted America Online's results of operations or its financial position. Investments accounted for under the equity method were approximately $231 million and $114 million as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

F-26

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Other investments, for which America Online does not have the ability to exercise significant influence and for which there is not a readily determinable market value, are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. In addition, for investments in equity securities in which America Online is restricted from selling the equity securities within 12 months, the investments are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. When the restrictions on the sale of such securities lapse, America Online classifies and accounts for the securities as available-for-sale. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from investees, if any, are included in income when declared. America Online periodically evaluates the carrying value of its investments accounted for under the cost method of accounting and as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 such investments were recorded at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Investments accounted under the cost method were approximately $309 million and $171 million as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

Since December 31, 2000, there has been a broad decline in the public equity markets, particularly in technology stocks, including investments held in the AOL Time Warner portfolio. As a result, as of March 21, 2001, the fair market value of AOL Time Warner's publicly held investments had declined approximately $300 million, on a net basis. Similarly, AOL Time Warner has experienced significant declines in the value of certain privately held investments and restricted securities. As a matter of policy, management continually evaluates whether changes in the value of such investments should be considered to be other-than-temporary. Depending on general market conditions and the performance of specific investments in AOL Time Warner's portfolio, AOL Time Warner could record a significant noncash pretax charge in the first quarter to reduce the carrying value of certain publicly traded and privately held investments and restricted securities. Any such charge would be nonoperational in nature and would be recorded in other income, net.

DERIVATIVES AND HEDGES

Effective July 1, 2000, America Online adopted FASB Statement No. 133 ('FAS 133'), 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.' The Statement requires America Online to recognize all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not cash flow hedges must be adjusted to fair value through income. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings. Pursuant to the derivatives criteria established by FAS 133, investments including available-for-sale securities include equity instruments that are classified as derivatives and equity securities with associated put options, which are classified as hedges. As of December 31, 2000, these securities had a cost basis of $380 million and a fair market value of $308 million. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2000, America Online recorded a loss in other income of approximately $70 million due to a decline in value of those securities. As of December 31, 2000, America Online also had gross unrealized gains on hedges of approximately $9 million and gross unrealized losses on hedges of approximately $11 million which have been recorded net of deferred taxes of approximately $1 million as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS

America Online's subscription services are comprised of various features which contribute to the overall functionality of the service. The overall functionality of the services is delivered primarily through America Online's four products (the AOL service and the CompuServe service for Windows and Macintosh). America Online capitalizes costs incurred for the production of computer software that generates the functionality within its four products. Capitalized costs include direct labor and related overhead for software produced by America Online and the cost of software purchased from third parties. All costs in the software development process which are classified as research and development are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established ('beta'). Once technological feasibility has

F-27

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

been established, such costs are capitalized until the software has completed beta testing and is mass-marketed. To the extent America Online retains the rights to software development funded by third parties, such costs are capitalized in accordance with its normal accounting policies. Amortization, a cost of revenue, is provided on a product-by-product basis, using the greater of the straight-line method or the current year revenue as a percentage of total revenue estimates for the related software product, not to exceed five years, commencing the month after the date of product release. Quarterly, America Online reviews and expenses the unamortized cost of any feature identified as being impaired. America Online also reviews recoverability of the total unamortized cost of all features and software products in relation to estimated online service and relevant other revenues and, if necessary, makes an appropriate adjustment to reduce those costs to their net realizable value.

Capitalized product development costs consist of the following:

                                                                YEARS ENDED
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                              2000       1999
                                                              ----       ----
                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
Balance, beginning of year..................................  $122       $ 91
Costs capitalized...........................................   156         65
Costs amortized.............................................   (35)       (34)
                                                              ----       ----
Balance, end of year........................................  $243       $122
                                                              ----       ----
                                                              ----       ----

The accumulated amortization of product development costs related to the production of computer software totaled $157 million and $122 million at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

Included in cost of revenues are research and development costs totaling $129 million, $131 million and $140 million, and other product development costs totaling $150 million, $170 million and $129 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

Assets and liabilities of America Online's wholly owned foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments are included as a component of stockholders' equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which have been immaterial, are included in results of operations.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and other intangible assets primarily relate to purchase transactions and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 2 to 10 years. As of December 31, 2000 and 1999, accumulated amortization was $225 million and $125 million, respectively. America Online periodically evaluates whether changes have occurred that would require revision of the remaining estimated useful life of the assigned goodwill or render the goodwill not recoverable. If such circumstances arise, America Online would use an estimate of the undiscounted value of expected future operating cash flows to determine whether the goodwill is recoverable.

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

America Online considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All investments with an original maturity between three months and one year at the time of

F-28

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

issuance are classified as short-term investments. Short-term investments of $886 million and $542 million as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively, are carried at cost which approximates fair market value.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES

The carrying amount of America Online's trade accounts receivables approximate fair value. America Online recorded provisions (additions) to the allowance for doubtful accounts of $196 million and $78 million and write-offs (deductions) against the allowance of $157 million and $66 million during the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

America Online sells products and services to customers in diversified industries, primarily in the Americas, which includes Canada and Latin America, Europe and the Asia Pacific region. America Online performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral on product sales. America Online maintains reserves to provide for estimated credit losses. Actual credit losses could differ from such estimates.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts for America Online's cash and cash equivalents, other receivables, other assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and liabilities and other liabilities approximate their fair values. The fair market value for notes payable (Note 10) and investments including available-for-sale securities is based on quoted market prices where available.

BARTER TRANSACTIONS

America Online barters advertising for products and services. Such transactions are recorded at the estimated fair value of the products or services received or given in accordance with the provisions of the Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 99-17, 'Accounting for Advertising Barter Transactions.' Revenue from barter transactions is recognized when advertising is provided, and services received are charged to expense when used. Barter transactions are immaterial to America Online's statement of operations for all periods presented.

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

America Online calculates net income per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, 'Earnings per Share' (Note 5).

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

America Online follows FASB Statement No. 123, 'Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation' ('FAS 123'). The provisions of FAS 123 allow companies to either expense the estimated fair value of stock options or to continue to follow the intrinsic value method set forth in APB Opinion 25, 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees' ('APB 25') but disclose the pro forma effects on net income (loss) had the fair value of the options been expensed. America Online has elected to continue to apply APB 25 in accounting for its stock option incentive plans (Note 14). For awards that generate compensation expense as defined under APB 25, America Online calculates the amount of expenses and recognizes the expense over the vesting period of the award.

In March 2000, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 44, 'Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation' ('FIN 44'), which contains rules designed to clarify the application of APB 25.

F-29

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

FIN 44 became effective on July 1, 2000 at which time America Online adopted it. The impact of the adoption of FIN 44 was not material to the earnings or financial position of America Online.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

America Online has reclassified certain prior years revenue and expense items to conform to the current year presentation which is expected to be used by AOL Time Warner.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. MERGER AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

2000

In June 2000, America Online recorded a net charge of approximately $10 million of direct costs primarily related to the merger of MapQuest.com, Inc. ('MapQuest.com'). This charge primarily consisted of investment banker fees, contract termination fees, severance and other personnel costs, fees for legal and accounting services and other expenses directly related to the transaction. As part of the merger, approximately 70 positions were eliminated. All of these costs were paid as of December 31, 2000.

1999

In December 1999, America Online recorded a charge of approximately $5 million of direct costs related to the merger of Tegic Communications, Inc. ('Tegic'). This charge primarily consisted of investment banker fees, fees for legal and accounting services and other expenses directly related to the transaction. All of these costs were paid as of December 31, 2000.

During the quarter ended June 1999, America Online recorded a charge of approximately $15 million of direct costs primarily related to the mergers of Moviefone, Inc. ('Moviefone'), Spinner Networks Incorporated ('Spinner') and NullSoft, Inc. ('NullSoft'). These charges primarily consisted of investment banker fees, severance and other personnel costs, fees for legal and accounting services, and other expenses directly related to the transaction. All of these costs were paid as of December 31, 1999.

During the quarter ended March 1999, America Online recorded a charge of approximately $103 million of direct costs related to the mergers of Netscape Communications Corporation ('Netscape') and When, Inc. and America Online's reorganization plans to integrate Netscape's operations and build on the strengths of the Netscape brand and capabilities. This charge primarily consisted of investment banker fees, severance and other personnel costs (related to the elimination of approximately 850 positions), fees for legal and accounting services, and other expenses directly related to the transaction. As of December 31, 2000, all of these costs were paid.

1998

During the quarter ended December 1998, America Online recognized approximately $2 million in merger related costs in connection with the merger of AtWeb, Inc. ('AtWeb'). These expenses were primarily

F-30

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

associated with fees for investment banking, legal and accounting services, severance costs and other related charges in connection with the transaction. As of December 31, 1999, all of these costs were paid.

In connection with a restructuring plan adopted in the first quarter of 1998, America Online recorded a $35 million restructuring charge associated with the restructuring of its former AOL Studios brand group. The restructuring included the exiting of certain business activities, the termination of approximately 160 employees and the shutdown of certain subsidiaries and facilities. As of December 31, 1999, all of these costs were paid.

During 1998, America Online recorded a $13 million restructuring charge associated with actions aimed at reducing its cost structure, improving its competitiveness and restoring sustainable profitability related to the Netscape Enterprise group. The restructuring plan resulted from decreased demand for certain Netscape products and the adoption of a new strategic direction. The restructuring included a reduction in the workforce (approximately 400 employees), the closure of certain facilities, the write-off of non-performing operating assets, and third-party royalty payment obligations relating to canceled contracts. As of December 31, 2000, all of these costs were paid.

4. SETTLEMENT CHARGES

During 1998, America Online recorded a net settlement charge of $18 million in connection with the settlement of the Orman v. America Online, Inc., class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia alleging violations of federal securities laws between August 1995 and October 1996.

5. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998:

                                                             2000        1999        1998
                                                             ----        ----        ----
                                                                 (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT
                                                                   PER SHARE DATA)
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income available to common shareholders...............  $1,152      $1,027      $  115
Weighted average shares outstanding.......................   2,323       2,199       1,959
                                                            ------      ------      ------
Basic earnings per share..................................  $ 0.50      $ 0.47      $ 0.06
                                                            ------      ------      ------
                                                            ------      ------      ------
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income available to common shareholders...............  $1,152      $1,027      $  115
Interest on convertible debt, net of tax..................       6           8          12
                                                            ------      ------      ------
Adjusted net income available to common shareholders
  assuming conversion.....................................  $1,158      $1,035      $  127
                                                            ------      ------      ------
                                                            ------      ------      ------
Weighted average shares outstanding.......................   2,323       2,199       1,959
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Employee stock options................................     244         344         353
    Warrants..............................................      --          12          57
    Convertible debt......................................      28          44           1
                                                            ------      ------      ------
Adjusted weighted average shares and assumed
  conversions.............................................   2,595       2,599       2,370
                                                            ------      ------      ------
                                                            ------      ------      ------
Diluted earnings per share................................  $ 0.45      $ 0.40      $ 0.05
                                                            ------      ------      ------
                                                            ------      ------      ------

F-31

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The diluted share base for the year ended December 31, 2000 excludes incremental weighted shares of approximately 13.5 million and approximately 35.6 million related to convertible subordinated notes and stock options, respectively. The diluted share base for the year ended December 31, 1999 excludes incremental weighted shares of approximately 1 million and 8.8 million related to convertible subordinated notes and stock options, respectively. The shares related to the convertible subordinated notes are excluded due to their antidilutive effect as a result of adjusting net income by $25 million and $2 million for interest expense net of tax for the years ending December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively, that would be forfeited if the notes were converted to equity. The shares related to the stock options are excluded due to their antidilutive effect as a result of the option's exercise prices being greater than the average market price of the common shares for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999.

6. BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS

PURCHASE TRANSACTIONS

2000

Quack.com

In August 2000, America Online acquired Quack.com, Inc. ('Quack.com'), a leading provider of technology for enabling Internet voice portals and web sites and for developing Internet-hosted voice applications. America Online purchased all of the outstanding capital stock and debentures and assumed all of the outstanding stock options in exchange for approximately 3.5 million shares of America Online's common stock and options. The total purchase price, including direct acquisition costs, was approximately $201 million and America Online recognized goodwill of approximately $201 million, which is being amortized over 5 years. The net assets acquired from this purchase transaction were not material.

Digital City

In May 2000, America Online purchased the 20% interest in Digital City, Inc. ('Digital City') it did not own for approximately $80 million. Approximately $66 million of the purchase price represents goodwill and is being amortized over 10 years. The net results attributable to America Online's non-owned portion of earnings from Digital City has been previously reflected as earnings allocated to minority shareholders and included in other income, net. These amounts were not material for the three years ended December 31, 2000.

Other Purchase Transactions

In August 2000, America Online acquired iAmaze, Inc. ('iAmaze') and LocalEyes Corporation ('LocalEyes'), software development companies, in separate transactions for a total aggregate purchase price, including direct acquisition costs, of approximately $76 million. America Online purchased all the outstanding capital stock of each of these companies and assumed all of their outstanding capital stock options in exchange for an aggregate of approximately 1.3 million shares of America Online's common stock and options. As a result of these purchases, America Online recognized goodwill of approximately $76 million which is being amortized over 5 years. The net assets acquired from these purchase transactions were not material.

1998

Acquisition of Mirabilis, Ltd.

In June 1998, America Online purchased the assets, including the developmental ICQ instant communications and chat technology, and assumed certain liabilities of Mirabilis, Ltd. ('Mirabilis'), a

F-32

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

development stage enterprise that had generated no revenues, for $287 million in cash. In addition, contingent purchase payments, based on future performance levels, of up to $120 million may be made over three years beginning in the year ended December 31, 2000. As a result of certain performance levels being satisfied, America Online paid $40 million in August 2000 related to the contingent purchase price, which was recorded as additional goodwill and is being amortized over the remaining life of the original goodwill.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations are included in the financial statements as of the date of acquisition, and the assets and liabilities were recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. America Online has allocated the excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired to goodwill and the following identifiable intangible assets:
strategic value, existing technology, base of trial users, ICQ tradename and brand and acquired in-process research and development ('IPR&D'). In accounting for the acquisition of Mirabilis, America Online recorded approximately $228 million in goodwill and other intangible assets, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of five to ten years.

Acquisition of CompuServe Online Services Business

In January 1998, America Online consummated a Purchase and Sale Agreement (the 'Purchase and Sale') by and among America Online, ANS Communications, Inc. ('ANS'), a then wholly-owned subsidiary of America Online, and WorldCom, Inc. ('WorldCom') pursuant to which America Online transferred to WorldCom all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of ANS in exchange for the online services business of CompuServe Corporation ('CompuServe'), which was acquired by WorldCom shortly before the consummation of the Purchase and Sale, and $147 million in cash (excluding $15 million in cash received as part of the CompuServe online services business and after purchase price adjustments made at closing). The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the assets and liabilities were recorded based upon their fair values at the date of acquisition. As a result of these transactions, the excess of the cash and the fair value of the CompuServe business received over the book value of ANS amounted to $381 million. This balance is classified as current and long-term deferred network services credit and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five-year term (equal to the term of a network services agreement entered into with WorldCom) as a reduction of network services expense within cost of revenues.

In connection with the acquisition of CompuServe, America Online recorded approximately $127 million in goodwill and other intangible assets, which are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of three to seven years.

Immediately after the consummation of the Purchase and Sale, America Online's European partner, Bertelsmann AG, paid $75 million to America Online for a 50% interest in a newly created joint venture to operate the CompuServe European online service. Both America Online and Bertelsmann AG invested an additional $25 million in cash in this joint venture. America Online accounts for this transaction under the equity method of accounting in accordance with the terms of the securities issued in the joint venture.

Other Purchase Transactions

During 1998, America Online acquired Personal Library Software, Inc. ('PLS'), a developer of information indexing and search technologies, and NetChannel, Inc. ('NetChannel'), a Web-enhanced television company. America Online purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of each of the companies and assumed all of their outstanding stock options in exchange for an aggregate of approximately 2 million shares of America Online's common stock and options valued at approximately $9 million, approximately $16 million in cash payments and the assumption of approximately $21 million in liabilities. The total purchase price for these transactions was approximately $46 million.

F-33

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In connection with the above mentioned purchase transactions, America Online recorded a charge for acquired IPR&D of approximately $80 million during the year ended December 31, 1998. Any related purchased IPR&D for each of the above acquisitions represents the present value of the estimated after-tax cash flows expected to be generated by the purchased technology, which, at the acquisition dates, had not yet reached technological feasibility. The cash flow projections for revenues were based on estimates of relevant market sizes and growth factors, expected industry trends, the anticipated nature and timing of new product introductions by America Online and its competitors, individual product sales cycles and the estimated life of each product's underlying technology. Estimated operating expenses and income taxes were deducted from estimated revenue projections to arrive at estimated after-tax cash flows. Projected operating expenses include cost of goods sold, marketing and selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, and research and development, including estimated costs to maintain the products once they have been introduced into the market and are generating revenue. The remaining identified intangibles, including goodwill that may result from any future contingent purchase payments, will be amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging from 5 to 10 years.

The following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared assuming that the purchase of Quack.com, iAmaze, LocalEyes and the 20% interest in Digital City had occurred at the beginning of the year ended December 31, 1999 through the date of acquisition. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 1998 reflects the sale of ANS and the acquisitions of CompuServe and Mirabilis as if the transactions had occurred at the beginning of the period. The amount of the aggregate purchase price allocated to acquired IPR&D for each applicable acquisition has been excluded from the pro forma information, as it is a non-recurring item. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have occurred had the acquisitions taken place at the beginning of the period, nor is it necessarily indicative of results that may occur in the future. The pro forma effect of the PLS and NetChannel transactions are immaterial for all periods presented and therefore are not included in the pro forma information.

                                                                   PRO FORMA FOR THE YEARS
                                                                      ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
                                                                ------------------------------
                                                                 2000        1999        1998
                                                                ------      ------      ------
                                                                     (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT
                                                                       PER SHARE DATA)
Revenue...................................................      $7,703      $5,724      $3,859
Income from operations....................................      $1,767      $  754      $   94
Net income................................................      $1,121      $  985      $  105
Income per share -- basic.................................      $ 0.48      $ 0.45      $ 0.05
Income per share -- diluted...............................      $ 0.43      $ 0.38      $ 0.05

POOLING TRANSACTIONS

2000

In July 2000, America Online completed its merger with Prophead Development, Inc. ('Prophead'), in which Prophead became a wholly owned subsidiary. In total, America Online exchanged approximately 292 thousand shares of common stock for all the outstanding common shares of Prophead in a transaction that was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. As Prophead's historical results of operations were not material in relation to those of America Online, the financial information prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2000 has not been restated to reflect this merger.

In June 2000, America Online completed its merger with MapQuest.com, in which MapQuest.com became a wholly owned subsidiary of America Online. America Online exchanged approximately 12 million shares of

F-34

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

common stock for all the outstanding common shares of MapQuest.com. The merger was accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting and, accordingly, the accompanying financial statements and footnotes have been restated to include the operations of MapQuest.com for all periods presented. For the years ended December 31, 2000 (through the date of the merger), 1999, and 1998, MapQuest.com's revenues were approximately $22 million, $35 million and $25 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2000 (through the date of the merger), 1999 and 1998, MapQuest.com's net loss was approximately $22 million, $18 million and $3 million, respectively.

1999

In November 1999, America Online completed its merger with Tegic, in which Tegic became a wholly owned subsidiary of America Online. America Online exchanged approximately 4.8 million shares of common stock for all the outstanding common and preferred shares of Tegic in a transaction that was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests. As Tegic's historical results of operations were not material in relation to those of America Online, the financial information prior to the quarter ended December 31, 1999 has not been restated to reflect the merger.

In May 1999, America Online completed its merger with Moviefone. America Online exchanged approximately 8.6 million shares of common stock for all the outstanding common and preferred shares of Moviefone. As Moviefone's historical results of operations were not material in relation to those of America Online, the financial information prior to the quarter ended June 30, 1999 has not been restated to reflect the merger.

In March 1999, America Online completed its merger with Netscape, in which Netscape became a wholly owned subsidiary of America Online. America Online exchanged approximately 190 million shares of common stock for all the outstanding common shares of Netscape. The merger was accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting and, accordingly, the accompanying financial statements and footnotes have been restated to include the operations of Netscape for all periods presented. For the years ended December 31, 1999 (through the date of the merger) and 1998, Netscape's revenues were approximately $164 million and $490 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 1999 (through the date of the merger) and 1998, Netscape's net loss was approximately $47 million and $124 million, respectively.

During 1999, America Online completed mergers with Nullsoft and Spinner, companies that provide Internet music, and When, Inc. ('When.com'), a company that provides a personalized event directory and calendar services. America Online exchanged approximately 8.9 million shares of common stock for all the outstanding capital stock of these companies. These mergers were accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. The accompanying financial statements have been restated to include the operations of these companies for all periods presented. For the year ended December 31, 1999, these companies had revenues of approximately $1 million through the dates of the mergers and all prior years were immaterial. For the years ended December 31, 1999 (through the dates of the mergers) and 1998, the net loss for these companies was approximately $9 million and $8 million, respectively.

1998

In the quarter ended December 31, 1998, America Online completed mergers with AtWeb and PersonaLogic, Inc. ('PersonaLogic'). America Online exchanged approximately 7.5 million shares of common stock for all the outstanding capital stock of these companies. These mergers were accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. As the combined results of these companies are material to America Online's net income for the year ended December 31, 1998, the accompanying financial statements have been restated to include the operations of these companies for all periods presented. For the year ended December 31,

F-35

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1998 (through the dates of the mergers), these companies had revenues of approximately $2 million and a net loss of approximately $5 million.

OTHER BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS

On March 17, 2000, America Online and Bertelsmann AG announced a global alliance to expand the distribution of Bertelsmann's media content and electronic commerce properties over America Online's interactive brands worldwide. America Online and Bertelsmann also announced an agreement to restructure their interests in the AOL Europe and AOL Australia joint ventures. This restructuring consists of a put and call arrangement for America Online to purchase, in two installments, Bertelsmann's 49.5% interest in AOL Europe for consideration ranging from $6.75 billion to $8.25 billion, payable at America Online's option in cash, AOL Time Warner stock or a combination of cash and stock. After December 15, 2001 and through January 15, 2002, Bertelsmann has the right to require America Online to purchase 80% of its 49.5% interest in AOL Europe with a closing date of January 31, 2002 for $5.3 billion. After March 31, 2002 and through April 30, 2002, Bertelsmann has the right to require America Online to purchase the remaining 20% of its 49.5% interest in AOL Europe with a closing date of July 1, 2002 for $1.45 billion. If Bertelsmann fails to exercise its put rights, America Online has the right to purchase 80% of Bertelsmann's 49.5% interest in AOL Europe after January 15, 2002 and through January 15, 2003 for $6.5 billion and the remaining 20% after June 30, 2002 and through June 30, 2003 for $1.75 billion. In addition, the parties agreed that America Online would take immediate ownership of Bertelsmann's 50% interest in the parties' AOL Australia joint venture, subject to receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. Because Bertelsmann's first put option will not close until January 31, 2002, if exercised, America Online has not determined yet how it will fund the payment of the purchase price for its purchases of Bertelsmann's interest in AOL Europe. America Online cannot predict if Bertelsmann will exercise its put rights, and America Online's call rights are not exercisable unless Bertelsmann fails to exercise its put rights. If Bertelsmann does not exercise its put rights, America Online will consider all pertinent factors at such time and during the exercisability period of its call rights in determining whether to exercise its call rights, including the performance and perceived value of AOL Europe at such time, conditions in the markets where AOL Europe operates, financial market conditions and America Online's (or AOL Time Warner's) business plans and financial situation. For the year ended December 31, 2000, AOL Europe's revenues are less than 10% of America Online's revenues and America Online's pro forma net income (assuming the potential acquisition was completed at the beginning of 2000) would be reduced by $1.3 billion to $1.8 billion, primarily related to the amortization of goodwill. Additionally, America Online would incur incremental financing costs and/or share dilution depending upon the ultimate purchase price and form of consideration. America Online does not anticipate an adverse impact from the potential acquisition on America Online's financial position because it will have the ability to pay the purchase price either in stock or cash, or a combination of the two, at its option. America Online believes it will have adequate resources from its cash reserves or from accessing the capital markets to make the required payment upon exercise of a put or call right, should it decide to pay in cash, and that as a result of the merger, AOL Time Warner will be in a stronger position to make such payments than America Online alone would be.

In November 1998, America Online announced a strategic alliance with Sun Microsystems to jointly develop a comprehensive suite of easy-to-deploy, end-to-end solutions to help companies and Internet service providers rapidly enter the electronic commerce market and scale their electronic commerce operations. As a result, Sun Microsystems has become a lead systems and service provider to America Online and America Online is committed to purchase systems and services worth approximately $400 million at list price from Sun Microsystems through 2002 for its electronic commerce partners and its own use. In January 2001, America Online agreed to expand its purchase of hardware from Sun Microsystems by more than $400 million over two years, in addition to its previous commitments. As part of the alliance with Sun Microsystems, America Online will receive more than $350 million in licensing, marketing and advertising fees from Sun Microsystems, plus

F-36

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

significant minimum revenue commitments of more than $975 million. During 2000, America Online received $123 million in licensing, marketing and advertising fees and approximately $264 million in minimum revenue commitments.

7. SEGMENT INFORMATION

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 131, certain information is disclosed based on the way management organizes financial information for making operating decisions and assessing performance. In determining operating segments, America Online reviewed the current management structure reporting to the chief operating decision-maker ('CODM') and analyzed the reporting the CODM receives to allocate resources and measure performance.

As of December 31, 2000, America Online had four major lines of businesses:

o the Interactive Services Group

o the Interactive Properties Group

o the AOL International Group

o the Netscape Enterprise Group

The lines of business are described below.

The Interactive Services Group develops and operates branded interactive services, including:

o the AOL service, a worldwide Internet online service with approximately 26.7 million members as of December 31, 2000

o the CompuServe service, a worldwide Internet online service with approximately 3 million members as of December 31, 2000

o Netscape.com, an Internet portal

o the AOLAnywhere web site

o the Netscape browser software

o the AOLTV service, an interactive television service for mass-market consumers

o the AOL Mobile services, which deliver features and content of the AOL service and branded properties to wireless consumers

The Interactive Properties Group is built around branded properties that operate across multiple services and platforms, such as:

o Digital City, Inc., the leading local online network and community guide on the AOL service and the Internet based on the number of visitors per month

o ICQ, the world's leading communications portal, based on the number of registered users, that provides instant communications and chat technology

o AOL Instant Messenger, a Web-based communications service that enables Internet users to send and respond in real time to private personalized electronic messages

o Moviefone, Inc., the nation's No. 1 movie guide and ticketing service based on the number of users

o Internet music brands Spinner.com, Winamp and SHOUTcast

o MapQuest.com, a leader in destination information solutions

o 'AOLbyPhone,' a voice portal that enables AOL members to check their e-mail and access other popular AOL features conveniently through simple, spoken commands from any telephone.

F-37

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

The AOL International Group oversees the AOL and CompuServe services and operations outside the United States, as well as the Netscape Online service in the United Kingdom.

The Netscape Enterprise Group focuses on providing businesses a range of software products, technical support, consulting and training services. These products and services enable businesses and users to share information, manage networks and facilitate electronic commerce. The Netscape Enterprise group operates primarily through iPlanet E-Commerce Solutions, a Sun Microsystems alliance. This strategic alliance between America Online and Sun Microsystems was formed in November 1998 and began operating in March 1999.

The Interactive Services Group and the Netscape Enterprise Group are the only two reportable segments. The results of the Interactive Properties Group and the AOL International Group have been combined in the 'Other Segments' row shown below. Prior period information has been restated to conform to the current presentation. There are no intersegment revenues between the four operating segments. Shared support service functions such as human resources, facilities management and other infrastructure support groups are allocated based on usage or headcount, where practical, to the four operating segments. Charges that cannot be allocated are reported as general and administrative costs and are not allocated to the segments. Special charges determined to be significant are reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are not assigned or allocated to the segments. All other accounting policies are applied consistently to the segments, where applicable.

A summary of the segment financial information is as follows:

                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------
                                                               2000      1999      1998
                                                              -------   -------   -------
                                                                 (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
REVENUES:
Interactive Services Group(1)...............................  $6,879    $5,059    $3,441
Netscape Enterprise Group(2)................................     359       447       357
Other Segments(3)...........................................     465       218        75
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Total revenues..............................................  $7,703    $5,724    $3,873
                                                              ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS:
Interactive Services Group(1)...............................  $1,958    $1,280    $  616
Netscape Enterprise Group(2)................................     153        40       (54)
Other Segments(3)...........................................     185        49       (10)
General & Administrative(4).................................    (469)     (427)     (300)
Other charges...............................................     (10)     (123)     (148)
                                                              ------    ------    ------
Total income from operations................................  $1,817    $  819    $  104
                                                              ------    ------    ------
                                                              ------    ------    ------


(1) For the three years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, the Interactive Services Group includes online service revenues of $4,777 million, $3,874 million and $2,765 million, respectively; advertising and commerce revenues of $2,022 million, $1,116 million and $591 million, respectively; content and other revenues of $80 million, $69 million and $85 million, respectively; and goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $51 million, $39 million and $25 million, respectively.

(2) For the three years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, the Netscape Enterprise Group is comprised solely of content and other revenues and includes goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $0 million, $0 million and $10 million, respectively.

(3) For the three years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, Other Segments include advertising and commerce revenues of $347 million, $124 million and $21 million, respectively; content and other revenues of $118 million, $94 million, and $54 million, respectively; and goodwill and other intangible assets amortization of $49 million, $29 million and $14 million, respectively.

(4) Bad debt expense has been allocated to the applicable segment.

F-38

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

America Online does not have any material revenues and/or assets outside the United States and no single customer accounts for more than 10% or greater of total revenues.

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                               2000     1999
                                                              ------   ------
                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
Land........................................................  $   40   $   32
Buildings, equipment and related improvements...............     339      195
Leasehold and network improvements..........................     216      190
Furniture and fixtures......................................      91       79
Computer equipment and internal software....................     953      670
Construction in progress....................................      61      145
Vehicles....................................................      37       19
                                                              ------   ------
                                                               1,737    1,330
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............     696      435
                                                              ------   ------
Net property and equipment..................................  $1,041   $  895
                                                              ------   ------
                                                              ------   ------

America Online's depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 totaled $263 million, $179 million and $142 million, respectively.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS

America Online leases facilities and equipment primarily under several long-term operating leases, certain of which have renewal options. Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more consist of the following:

YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------                                    (IN MILLIONS)
       2001.................................................     $  367
       2002.................................................        305
       2003.................................................        159
       2004.................................................         69
       2005.................................................         59
       Thereafter...........................................        157
                                                                 ------
                                                                 $1,116
                                                                 ------
                                                                 ------

Exclusive of the America Online/Bertelsmann restructuring discussed in Note 6, America Online had outstanding at December 31, 2000, commitments to purchase additional ownership interest in a joint venture and a partner of a strategic alliance. These commitments total approximately $657 million and are to be paid by December 31, 2001. Of this total, approximately $238 million was paid in February 2001.

America Online's rental expense under operating leases in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 totaled approximately $413 million, $324 million and $288 million, respectively.

F-39

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

America Online has guaranteed monthly usage levels of data and voice communications with some of its network providers and commitments related to the construction of additional office buildings. The remaining commitments are $1,732 million, $1,647 million, $724 million and $702 million for the years ending December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

As of December 31, 2000, America Online has guaranteed approximately $11 million in indebtedness of one of its joint ventures. America Online has not had to make any payments related to this guarantee during the year ended December 31, 2000.

CONTINGENCIES

America Online is a party to various litigation matters, investigations and proceedings, including several complaints that have been filed and remain pending in the Delaware Court of Chancery naming as defendants one or more of America Online, the directors of America Online, Time Warner and the directors of Time Warner. The complaints purport to be filed on behalf of holders of America Online or Time Warner stock, as applicable, and allege breaches of fiduciary duty by the applicable company and its directors or aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty by the other company and its directors in connection with the proposed merger of America Online and Time Warner. The plaintiffs in each case sought to enjoin completion of the merger and/or damages, but never took any steps to prosecute their claims beyond filing the complaints. These cases are, therefore, at a preliminary stage, but America Online does not believe these lawsuits have any merit and intends to defend against them vigorously. America Online is unable, however, to predict the outcome of these cases, or reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the litigation.

Since March 2000, America Online has been named as a defendant in several class action lawsuits that have been filed in state and federal courts. The complaints in these lawsuits contend that consumers and competing Internet service providers have been injured because of the default selection features in AOL 5.0. Plaintiffs are seeking damages, an injunction enjoining the distribution of AOL Version 5.0 software, and disgorgement of all monies that America Online has earned through the distribution of its Version 5.0 software. These cases are at a preliminary stage, but America Online does not believe they have merit and intends to contest them vigorously. America Online is unable, however, to predict the outcome of these cases, or reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the litigation.

Since November 2000, America Online has been named as a defendant in several lawsuits that have been filed in state courts on behalf of putative classes of users of the AOL Version 6.0 software. The complaints in these lawsuits contend that consumers have been injured because of unspecified features in the AOL 6.0 software which cause their computers to 'crash.' The lawsuits seek damages, an injunction enjoining the distribution of the Version 6.0 software until the alleged software flaws are rectified, and disgorgement of all monies that America Online has earned through the distribution of its Version 6.0 software. These cases are at a preliminary stage, but America Online does not believe they have merit and intends to defend them vigorously. America Online is unable to predict the outcome of the cases, however, nor can America Online reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the litigation.

In the spring of 1999, the Department of Labor ('DOL') began an investigation of the applicability of the Fair Labor Standards Act ('FLSA') to America Online's Community Leader program. America Online believes the Community Leaders are volunteers, not employees, that the Community Leader program reflects industry practices, and that its actions comply with the law. America Online is cooperating with the DOL's inquiry, but is unable to predict the outcome of the DOL's investigation and cannot reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the DOL's investigation. Former volunteers have sued America Online on behalf of an alleged class consisting of current and former volunteers, alleging violations of the FLSA and comparable state statutes. America Online believes the claims have no merit and intends to defend them vigorously. America

F-40

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Online cannot predict the outcome of the claims or whether other former or current volunteers will file additional actions, nor can America Online reasonably estimate a range of possible loss given the current status of the litigation.

The costs and other effects of pending or future litigation, governmental investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal), settlements, judgments and investigations, claims and changes in those matters (including those matters described above), and developments or assertions by or against America Online relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property licenses, could have a material adverse effect on America Online's business, financial condition and operating results.

10. NOTES PAYABLE

During December 1999, America Online sold $2.3 billion principal at maturity of zero-coupon Convertible Subordinated Notes due December 6, 2019 (the 'Zero-Coupon Notes') and received net proceeds of approximately $1.2 billion. The Zero-Coupon Notes have a 3% yield to maturity and are convertible into America Online's common stock at a conversion rate of 5.8338 shares of common stock for each $1,000 principal amount of the Zero-Coupon Notes (equivalent to a conversion price of $94.4938 per share based on the initial offering price of the Zero-Coupon Notes). The Zero-Coupon Notes may be redeemed at the option of America Online on or after December 6, 2002 at the redemption prices set forth in the Zero-Coupon Notes. The holders can require America Online to repurchase the Zero-Coupon Notes on December 6, 2004 at the redemption prices set forth in the Zero-Coupon Notes. At December 31, 2000, the carrying value of the Zero-Coupon Notes exceeded the fair value by approximately $215 million as estimated by using quoted market prices.

On December 31, 1999, the underwriters exercised the overallotment option on the Zero-Coupon Notes. As a result, on January 5, 2000, America Online sold additional Zero-Coupon Notes with aggregate principal at maturity of approximately $55.6 million for net proceeds of approximately $30 million. As of December 31, 2000 and 1999, the principal amount, net of unamortized discount, was $1,322 million and $1,245 million, respectively.

During June 1999, America Online borrowed approximately $65 million in the form of two mortgages on its office buildings and land located in Dulles, Virginia. The notes are collateralized by the buildings and land and carry interest rates of 7.7% and 6.75%. The notes amortize over 25 years and are payable in full at the end of 10 years. As of December 31, 2000 and 1999, the principal amount outstanding on these mortgages was $64 million and $65 million, respectively.

During September 1997, America Online borrowed approximately $29 million in a refinancing of one of its office buildings. The note is collateralized by America Online's office building and carries interest at a fixed rate of 7.46%. The note amortizes on a straight-line basis over a term of 25 years and if not paid in full at the end of 10 years, the interest rate, from that point forward, is subject to adjustment. As of December 31, 2000 and 1999, the principal amount outstanding on this note was $27 million and $28 million, respectively.

On November 17, 1997, America Online sold $350 million of 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2002 (the 'Notes'). The Notes were convertible into America Online's common stock at a conversion rate of 153.27504 shares of common stock for each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes (equivalent to a conversion price of $6.52422 per share), subject to adjustment in certain events and at the holders option. Interest on the Notes was payable semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 1998. The Notes could be redeemed at the option of America Online on or after November 14, 2000, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth in the Notes.

F-41

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

On November 15, 2000, America Online exercised its option to redeem in whole, the Notes. Under the redemption prices set forth in the Notes, America Online was obligated to redeem the outstanding Notes at a price of 101.6% (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) together with accrued interest at the date of redemption. At the election of the noteholders the entire outstanding principal of the Notes as of the redemption date was converted into approximately 37.7 million shares of America Online's common stock. As of December 31, 1999, the principal amount, net of unamortized discount, was $244 million.

Scheduled maturities of total notes payable at December 31, 2000 are:

YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------                                     (IN MILLIONS)
2001........................................................     $     2
2002........................................................           2
2003........................................................           2
2004........................................................           2
2005........................................................           2
Thereafter..................................................       2,405
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $ 2,415
Less: Unamortized debt discount payable in 2019.............      (1,002)
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $ 1,413
                                                                 -------
                                                                 -------

11. OTHER INCOME, NET

The following table summarizes the components of other income:

                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------
                                                                  2000       1999      1998
                                                                  -----      ----      ----
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
Interest income.............................................      $ 330      $161      $ 65
Interest expense............................................        (55)      (23)      (19)
Equity investment losses....................................        (36)       (5)      (12)
Gain on investments including available-for-sale
  securities................................................        392       692        20
Loss on investments including available-for-sale
  securities................................................       (499)      (11)      (12)
Loss on SFAS 133 derivatives................................        (70)       --        --
Other income (expense)......................................          5         1        (1)
                                                                  -----      ----      ----
                                                                  $  67      $815      $ 41
                                                                  -----      ----      ----
                                                                  -----      ----      ----

The cash portion of net gains on investments including available-for-sale securities was approximately $205 million, $576 million and $19 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998. For the year ended December 31, 2000 America Online recorded a loss of $481 million on equity investments, including $123 million on private investments, as a result of declines in value deemed to be other-than-temporary.

F-42

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

12. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes is comprised of:

                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------------
                                                                  2000       1999       1998
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
Current -- primarily foreign................................      $  (3)     $  (3)     $ (2)
Deferred -- primarily US federal and state..................         (5)       (53)       --
Deferred tax charge attributable to America Online's stock
  option plans..............................................       (724)      (551)      (28)
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
Provision for income taxes..................................      $(732)     $(607)     $(30)
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
                                                                  -----      -----      ----

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes. The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:

                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  --------------------------
                                                                  2000       1999       1998
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate of 35%...      $(659)     $(572)     $(51)
State income tax, net of federal benefit....................        (56)       (51)       (7)
Nondeductible charge for purchased research and
  development...............................................         --         --       (28)
Nondeductible charge for merger related expenses............         (4)       (22)       --
Benefit of dividends received deduction.....................         23         11        --
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision for
  income taxes..............................................         (8)        48        60
Other.......................................................        (28)       (21)       (4)
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
Provision for income taxes..................................      $(732)     $(607)     $(30)
                                                                  -----      -----      ----
                                                                  -----      -----      ----

As of December 31, 2000, America Online has net operating loss carryforwards ('NOLs') of approximately $10.6 billion for tax purposes, which will be available to offset future taxable income. If not used, these carryforwards will expire between 2002 and 2020. To the extent that net operating loss carryforwards, when realized, relate to stock option deductions, the resulting benefits will be credited to stockholders' equity.

America Online's income tax provision was computed based on the federal statutory rate and the average state statutory rates, net of the related federal benefit.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of America Online's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

F-43

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               2000      1999
                                                              -------   -------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
Short term:
Short term deferred tax assets:
Deferred revenue............................................  $    13   $    17
Accrued expenses and other..................................       38        26
Valuation allowance.........................................      (49)      (33)
                                                              -------   -------
Total.......................................................  $     2   $    10
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------
Long term:
Long term deferred tax liabilities:
Capitalized software costs..................................  $  (108)  $   (56)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities............      (38)     (899)
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries.................      (11)       (7)
                                                              -------   -------
Total.......................................................     (157)     (962)

Long term deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards............................    4,029     3,883
Deferred network services credit............................       58        79
Investment in AOL Europe....................................      187        94
Other.......................................................      261        99
Valuation allowance.........................................   (4,370)   (3,203)
                                                              -------   -------
Total.......................................................      165       952
                                                              -------   -------

Net long term deferred asset (liability)....................  $     8   $   (10)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              -------   -------

The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $1,183 million in 2000. The increase in this allowance was primarily due to the benefit generated from the current year exercise of stock options in excess of the utilization of $724 million of benefits that reduce 2000 income taxes payable. The benefit from the 2000 exercise of options will be recorded to stockholders' equity as it is realized.

America Online has NOLs and other deferred tax benefits that are available to offset future taxable income. Only a portion of the NOLs are attributable to operating activities. The remainder of the NOLs are attributable to tax deductions related to the exercise of stock options. America Online recognized the tax benefits from current and prior years' stock option deductions after utilization of NOLs from operations (i.e., NOLs determined without deductions for exercised stock options) to reduce income tax expense.

America Online's deferred tax asset related to operations and exercised stock options amounted to:

                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------
                                                               2000     1999
                                                              ------   ------
                                                                (MILLIONS)
Operations..................................................  $  141   $  141
Stock options...............................................  $4,278   $3,095

When realization of the deferred tax asset is more likely than not to occur, the benefit related to the deductible temporary differences attributable to operations will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense. The benefit related to the deductible temporary differences attributable to stock option deductions will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.

F-44

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

13. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

COMMON STOCK

At December 31, 2000 and 1999, America Online's $0.01 par value common stock authorized was 6 billion shares with approximately 2.4 billion and 2.3 billion shares issued and outstanding, respectively. At December 31, 2000, approximately 467.6 million shares were reserved for the exercise of issued and unissued common stock options, and convertible debt, and approximately 15.6 million shares were reserved for issuance in connection with America Online's Employee Stock Purchase Plans.

America Online sold approximately 45 million, 211 million and 140 million shares from the exercise of stock options, warrants and stock purchased through the employee stock purchase plan in 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. Net proceeds from these sales totaled approximately $318 million, $494 million and $192 million in the same time periods. In addition, during July 1998, America Online completed a public offering of common stock. America Online sold approximately 43.2 million shares of common stock and raised a total of $550 million in new equity. America Online used the proceeds for general operating purposes.

PREFERRED STOCK

In February 1992, America Online's stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation which authorized the future issuance of 5 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value, with rights and preferences to be determined by the Board of Directors.

During May 1998, the Board of Directors designated 500,000 shares of America Online's preferred stock as Series A-1 Junior Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the establishment of a stockholder rights plan.

During May 1996, America Online sold 1,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (the 'Preferred Stock') for approximately $28 million. The Preferred Stock had an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $28 million and accrued dividends at a rate of 4% per annum. Accrued dividends could be paid in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock. During May 1998, the Preferred Stock, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, automatically converted into 3.1 million shares of common stock based on the fair market value of common stock at the time of conversion.

WARRANT

In connection with an agreement with one of America Online's communications providers, America Online issued a warrant that was exercised in full during March 1999. The warrant, subject to certain performance standards specified in the agreement, allowed America Online's communication provider to purchase 57.6 million shares of common stock at a price of $0.2461 per share.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

America Online adopted a new shareholder rights plan on May 12, 1998 (the 'New Plan'). The New Plan was implemented by declaring a dividend, distributable to stockholders of record on June 1, 1998, of one preferred share purchase right (a 'Right') for each outstanding share of common stock. All rights granted under America Online's former shareholder rights plan adopted in the year ended December 31, 1993 were redeemed in conjunction with the implementation of the New Plan and the former plan was terminated. Each Right under the New Plan will initially entitle registered holders of the common stock to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of America Online's new Series A-1 Junior Participating Preferred Stock ('Series A-1 Preferred Stock') at

F-45

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

a purchase price of $900 per one one-thousandth of a share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment. The Rights will be exercisable only if a person or group (i) acquires 15% or more of the common stock or (ii) announces a tender offer that would result in that person or group acquiring 15% or more of the common stock. Once exercisable, and in some circumstances if certain additional conditions are met, the New Plan allows stockholders (other than the acquirer) to purchase common stock or securities of the acquirer having a then current market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. The Rights are redeemable for $0.001 per Right (subject to adjustment) at the option of the Board of Directors. Until a Right is exercised, the holder of the Right, as such, has no rights as a stockholder of America Online. The Rights will expire on May 12, 2008 unless redeemed by America Online prior to that date. On January 9, 2000, America Online adopted an amendment to the New Plan to exclude America Online's merger with Time Warner from the actions that would cause the Rights to become exercisable and to provide that the New Plan would terminate with the closing of the merger with Time Warner. Consistent with the amendment to the New Plan, the New Plan terminated as of January 11, 2001, the closing date of America Online's merger with Time Warner.

STOCK SPLITS

In March 1998, November 1998, February 1999, and November 1999 America Online effected two-for-one splits of the outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, all data shown in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock splits.

14. STOCK PLANS

Options to purchase America Online's common stock under various stock option plans have been granted to employees, directors and consultants of America Online at fair market value on the date of grant. Generally, the options become exercisable over periods ranging from one to four years and expire ten years from the date of grant. In certain of these plans, America Online has repurchase rights upon the individual cessation of employment. Generally, these rights lapse over a 48-month period. In the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1998, the Board of Directors authorized approximately 6 million and 16 million options to be repriced, respectively. The vesting schedules were not materially changed and no employees owning 3% or more of America Online's common stock nor any senior executives participated in the repricing.

The effect of applying FAS 123 on the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 pro forma net income (loss) as stated below is not necessarily representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) for future years due to, among other things, the vesting period of the stock options and the fair value of additional stock options in future years. Had compensation cost for America Online's stock option plans been determined based upon the fair value at the grant date for awards under the plans consistent with the methodology prescribed under FAS 123, America Online's net income (loss) in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 would have been approximately $499 million, $553 million and $(55) million, or $0.19 per share, $0.22 per share and $(0.03) per share, respectively, on a diluted basis. The fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998 are estimated at $21.07 per share, $23.25 per share and $4.57 per share, respectively, on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following assumptions (which, for 2000, reflect the impact of the announced Merger) were used for grants in 2000, 1999 and 1998; no dividend yield, volatility of 46.3%, 65% and 65%, respectively; a risk-free interest rate of 6.22%, 5,49% and 5.14%, respectively and an expected life of .54 years from date of vesting. A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

F-46

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                WEIGHTED-
                                                                                 AVERAGE
                                                               NUMBER OF        EXERCISE
                                                                 SHARES           PRICE
                                                              ------------      ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997................................   481,566,395       $ 1.74
Granted.....................................................   146,805,238        10.50
Exercised...................................................  (140,608,840)        1.00
Forfeited...................................................   (36,144,987)        3.77
                                                              ------------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1998................................   451,617,806       $ 4.66
Granted.....................................................   102,179,353        51.23
Exercised...................................................  (135,021,900)        2.64
Forfeited...................................................   (35,699,133)       19.43
                                                              ------------       ------
Balance at December 31, 1999................................   383,076,126       $16.42
Granted.....................................................    67,208,815        56.61
Exercised...................................................   (44,170,079)        6.10
Forfeited...................................................   (23,269,230)       39.94
                                                              ------------       ------
Balance at December 31, 2000................................   382,845,632       $23.23
                                                              ------------       ------
                                                              ------------       ------

                                              OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                 OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                    ----------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                      WEIGHTED-
                                                       AVERAGE
                                                      REMAINING    WEIGHTED-                    WEIGHTED-
                                        NUMBER       CONTRACTUAL    AVERAGE        NUMBER        AVERAGE
RANGE OF                             OUTSTANDING        LIFE       EXERCISE     EXERCISABLE     EXERCISE
EXERCISE PRICE                      AS OF 12/31/00   (IN YEARS)      PRICE     AS OF 12/31/00     PRICE
----------------------------------  --------------   -----------     -----     --------------   ---------
$0.01 to $1.08....................    41,741,214         3.7        $ 0.57       41,099,548      $ 0.57
$1.09 to $1.70....................    39,396,402         5.5          1.52       38,685,845        1.52
$1.73 to $4.03....................    52,152,336         6.3          3.52       38,502,927        3.44
$4.15 to $9.08....................    40,140,953         6.9          6.25       11,490,991        5.83
$9.35 to $14.50...................    61,619,382         7.5         11.21       26,144,605       11.15
$14.63 to $37.39..................     9,637,440         7.9         25.24        4,001,987       24.43
$37.40 to $47.94..................    54,688,712         8.6         47.21       13,338,551       47.30
$48.00 to $55.57..................    15,885,455         9.0         52.92        2,010,186       53.77
$55.60 to $57.38..................    50,704,260         9.7         57.34          105,793       56.53
$57.44 to $93.94..................    16,879,478         8.8         65.94        4,329,310       67.71
                                     -----------         ---        ------      -----------      ------
$0.01 to $93.94...................   382,845,632         7.2        $23.23      179,709,743      $ 9.51
                                     -----------         ---        ------      -----------      ------
                                     -----------         ---        ------      -----------      ------

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

In May 1992, America Online's Board of Directors adopted a non-compensatory Employee Stock Purchase Plan ('the ESPP'). Under the ESPP, employees of America Online who elect to participate are granted options to purchase common stock at a 15 percent discount from the market value of such stock. The ESPP permits an enrolled employee to make contributions to purchase shares of common stock by having withheld from his or her salary an amount between 1 percent and 15 percent of compensation. The Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors administers the ESPP. The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options granted under the ESPP is approximately 28.8 million. A total of approximately 13.2 million shares of common stock have been issued under the ESPP.

F-47

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

In June 1995, America Online adopted a non-compensatory Employee Stock Purchase Plan ('the Netscape ESPP') under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and a total of 6.3 million shares of common stock may be issued pursuant to options under the Netscape ESPP. America Online's Board of Directors in 1998 amended the Netscape ESPP to increase the maximum percentage of payroll deductions which any participant may contribute from his or her eligible compensation to 15%; amended the Netscape ESPP from a two-year rolling offering period to a six-month fixed offering period effective with the offering period beginning March 1999; amended the limit to the number of shares any employee may purchase in any purchase period to a maximum of 1,800 shares; and changed the offering dates for each purchase period to March 1 and September 1 of each year. Under this plan, qualified employees are entitled to purchase common stock at a 15 percent discount from the market value of such stock. Approximately 4 million shares of common stock have been issued under the Netscape ESPP. The Netscape ESPP was terminated in September 1999.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

SAVINGS PLANS

As of December 31, 2000, America Online has one savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the plan, participating employees may defer a portion of their pretax earnings. As defined by the plan, America Online matches 50% of each employee's contributions up to a maximum matching contribution of 3% of the employee's earnings. Prior to March 2000, America Online had two savings plans. In one plan, America Online matched 50% of each employee's contributions up to a maximum matching contribution of 3% of the employee's earnings and in the other plan, America Online's contributions were discretionary. America Online's contributions to the plans were approximately $13 million, $9 million and $5 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

F-48

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS
AOL TIME WARNER INC.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of America Online, Inc. (predecessor to AOL Time Warner Inc.) as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2000. These financial statements are the responsibility of America Online's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of America Online, Inc. at December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

January 31, 2001, except for
Note 2, as to which the date
is March 21, 2001
McLean, Virginia

F-49

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

THE FOLLOWING TABLE SETS FORTH THE FIVE YEAR SELECTED DATA FOR AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                     2000      1999      1998     1997     1996
                                                    -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
                                                    (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Statement of Operations Data:
    Subscription services.........................  $ 4,777   $ 3,874   $2,765   $1,715   $1,300
    Advertising and commerce......................    2,369     1,240      612      309      150
    Content and other.............................      557       610      496      610      373
                                                    -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
Total revenues....................................    7,703     5,724    3,873    2,634    1,823
Income (loss) from operations.....................    1,817       819      104      (28)    (219)
Net income (loss)(1)..............................    1,152     1,027      115        1     (244)
Income (loss) per common share:
    Net income (loss) per share -- basic..........  $  0.50   $  0.47   $ 0.06   $ 0.00   $(0.15)
    Net income (loss) per share -- diluted........  $  0.45   $  0.40   $ 0.05   $ 0.00   $(0.15)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
    Basic.........................................    2,323     2,199    1,959    1,765    1,609
    Diluted.......................................    2,595     2,599    2,370    2,066    1,609

                                                                 AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------------
                                                     2000      1999      1998     1997     1996
                                                    -------   -------   ------   ------   ------
                                                               (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
Balance Sheet Data:
    Working capital...............................  $ 2,343   $ 1,698   $  885   $  302   $   35
    Total assets..................................   10,827    10,396    3,835    2,090    1,137
    Total debt....................................    1,418     1,599      420      375       24
    Stockholders' equity..........................    6,778     6,331    1,862      798      464


(1) Net income in the year ended December 31, 2000 includes gains related to investments of $275 million, merger expenses of $10 million, investment losses of $465 million due to the write-down of securities and derivative losses of $70 million. Net income in the year ended December 31, 1999 includes special charges of $123 million related to mergers and restructurings and a net gain of $678 million related to the sale of investments. Net income in the year ended December 31, 1998 includes special charges of $50 million related to mergers and restructurings, $80 million related to acquired in-process research and development and $18 million related to legal settlements. Net income in the year ended December 31, 1997 includes special charges of $27 million related to restructurings, $24 million related to contract terminations, $23 million related to acquired in-process research and development and the reversal of $1 million related to a legal settlement. Net loss in the year ended December 31, 1996 includes special charges of $55 million related to mergers and a restructuring, $24 million for a legal settlement and $8 million for the settlement of a class action lawsuit.

F-50

AMERICA ONLINE, INC. (PREDECESSOR TO AOL TIME WARNER INC.)
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(UNAUDITED)

THE FOLLOWING TABLE SETS FORTH THE QUARTERLY INFORMATION FOR AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

                                                                      QUARTER ENDED
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------
                                                      (AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
2000(1)
Subscription revenues............................   $1,153      $1,185       $1,206          $1,233
Advertising and commerce.........................      528         561          594             686
Content and other................................      133         139          145             140
                                                    ------      ------       ------          ------
Total revenues...................................    1,814       1,885        1,945           2,059
Operating income.................................      376         456          482             503
Net income.......................................      433         338          344              37
Net income per share-basic.......................   $ 0.19      $ 0.15       $ 0.15          $ 0.02
Net income per share-diluted.....................   $ 0.17      $ 0.13       $ 0.13          $ 0.01
Net cash provided by operating activities........   $  478      $  511       $  398          $  571
Earnings Before Interest, Other Income, Net,
  Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA,
  as adjusted)(4)................................   $  506      $  583       $  609          $  652

1999(2)(3)
Subscription revenues............................   $  869      $  943       $  995          $1,067
Advertising and commerce.........................      247         271          320             402
Content and other................................      143         170          148             149
                                                    ------      ------       ------          ------
Total revenues...................................    1,259       1,384        1,463           1,618
Operating Income.................................       44         209          260             306
Net income.......................................      409         157          181             280
Net income per share-basic.......................   $ 0.20      $ 0.07       $ 0.08          $ 0.12
Net income per share-diluted.....................   $ 0.16      $ 0.06       $ 0.07          $ 0.11
Net cash provided by operating activities........   $  629      $  192       $  466          $  353
Earnings Before Interest, Other Income, Net,
  Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA,
  as adjusted)(4)................................   $  243      $  322       $  358          $  412


(1) Net income in the year ended December 31, 2000 includes gains related to investments of $275 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2000, merger expense of $10 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2000 and investment losses of $465 million due to the write-down of securities and SFAS 133 derivative losses of $70 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2000.

(2) Net income in the year ended December 31, 1999 includes merger and restructuring expense of $78 million, transition expense of $25 million and a gain related to an investment of $567 million in the quarter ended March 31, 1999, merger expense of $15 million in the quarter ended June 30, 1999 and gains related to investments of $111 million and merger expense of $5 million in the quarter ended December 31, 1999. Also, in the quarter ended December 31, 1999, America Online adjusted its accounting to capitalize the acquisition cost of Gateway.net subscribers and amortize such cost over the term of the agreement. The effect of the adjustment on the quarter was to increase net income by $18 million and $.01 per diluted share.

(3) The sum of per share earnings does not equal earnings per share for the year due to equivalent share calculations which are impacted by fluctuations in America Online's common stock market prices and the timing (weighting) of shares issued.

(4) EBITDA is defined as operating income adjusted to exclude: (1) depreciation and amortization (2) special charges and (3) corporate expenses. In the year ended December 31, 2000, Corporate expenses excluded from the calculation of EBITDA were $22 million, $19 million, $17 million and $21 million for the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively. In the year ended December 31,1999, Corporate expenses excluded from the calculation of EBITDA were $19 million, $16 million, $19 million and $23 million for the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively. America Online considers EBITDA an important indicator of the operational strength and performance of its business including the ability to provide cash flows to service debt and fund capital expenditures. EBITDA, however, should not be considered an alternative to operating or net income as an indicator of the performance of America Online, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity, in each case determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ('GAAP').

F-51

MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sale prices for the America Online's Common Stock for the periods indicated and reflects all stock splits effected by America Online:

                                                               HIGH         LOW
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED:                                        ------       ------
March 31, 1999..............................................  $76.88       $33.50
June 30, 1999...............................................  $87.50       $44.75
September 30, 1999..........................................  $64.59       $38.50
December 31, 1999...........................................  $95.63       $52.03
March 31, 2000..............................................  $82.88       $48.25
June 30, 2000...............................................  $69.38       $48.38
September 30, 2000..........................................  $63.19       $51.06
December 31, 2000...........................................  $62.25       $32.90

America Online has never declared, nor has it paid, any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company currently intends to retain its earnings to finance future growth and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.

EXCHANGE INFORMATION

The AOL Time Warner Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'AOL.'

Options on the Company's stock are traded on the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the Pacific Stock Exchange.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

None

F-52

STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES

The section symbol shall be expressed as...............................'SS'


EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                    Sequential
Exhibit                                                                                             Page
Number                                   Description                                                Number
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.             Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of                     *
               January 10, 2000 among the Registrant, America Online, Inc.
               ("AOL"), Time Warner Inc. ("Time Warner"), America Online Merger
               Sub Inc. and Time Warner Merger Sub Inc. (incorporated by
               reference to Annex A to the Joint Proxy Statement -- Prospectus
               in Part I of Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant's Registration
               Statement on Form S-4 filed on May 19, 2000 (File No.)
               333-30184)).

3.(i)(a)       Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed                         *
               with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January
               11, 2001 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January
               11, 2001 (the "January 2001 Form 8-K")).

3.(i)(b)       Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and                          *
               Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
               Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series
               LMC Common Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of
               State of the State of Delaware on January 11, 2001 (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
               Registrant's January 2001 Form 8-K).

3.(i)(c)       Certificate of the Voting Powers, Designations, Preferences and                          *
               Relative, Participating, Optional or Other Special Rights, and
               Qualifications, Limitations or Restrictions Thereof, of Series
               LMCN-V Common Stock of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary
               of State of the State of Delaware on January 11, 2001 (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the
               Registrant's January 2001 Form 8-K).

3.(ii)         By-laws of the Registrant as of January 18, 2001.

4.1            Indenture dated as of June 1, 1998 among Time Warner, Time Warner                        *
               Companies, Inc. ("TWCI"), Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
               ("TBS") and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee ("Chase
               Manhattan") (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               4 to Time Warner's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter
               ended June 30, 1998 (File No. 1-12259)).

4.2            First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 11, 2001 among
               the Registrant, Time Warner, AOL, TWCI, TBS and Chase Manhattan,
               as Trustee.

4.3            Indenture dated as of April 30, 1992, as amended by the First                            *
               Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 1992, among Time
               Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. ("TWE"), TWCI, certain of
               TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties thereto and The Bank of New
               York ("BONY"), as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibits 10(g) and 10(h) to TWCI's Current Report on
               Form 8-K dated July 14, 1992 (File No. 1-8637) ("TWCI's July 1992
               Form 8-K")).

4.4            Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 9, 1992,                             *
               among TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are
               parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to TWE's
               Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 33-67688)
               filed with the Commission on October 25, 1993 ("TWE's 1993 Form
               S-4")).

4.5            Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 12, 1993, among                        *
               TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties
               thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 4.3 to TWE's 1993 Form S-4).

4.6            Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 29, 1994, among                         *
               TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are parties
               thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 4.4 to TWE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 1-12878) ("TWE's 1993
               Form 10-K")).

4.7            Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1994,                             *
               among TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are
               parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to TWE's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 (File No. 1-12878)).

4.8            Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 1997,                            *
               among TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are
               parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Time Warner's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No.
               1-12259)(the "Time Warner 1997 Form 10-K")).

i

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                    Sequential
Exhibit                                                                                             Page
Number                                   Description                                                Number
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.9            Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 29, 1997,                           *
               among TWE, TWCI, certain of TWCI's subsidiaries that are
               parties thereto and BONY, as Trustee (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Time Warner 1997 Form
               10-K).

4.10           Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993 between TWCI and Chase                            *
               Manhattan, as Trustee (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 4.11 to TWCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-8637)).

4.11           First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 15, 1993 between                           *
               TWCI and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to TWCI's Quarterly Report on
               Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993 (File No. 1-8637)).

4.12           Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 10, 1996 among                         *
               Time Warner, TWCI and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to TWCI's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
               1996 (File No. 1-8637)).

4.13           Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 1996 among                         *
               Time Warner, TWCI and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Time Warner's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996
               (File No. 1-12259) (the "Time Warner 1996 Form 10-K")).

4.14           Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 17, 1997 among                        *
               Time Warner, TWCI, TBS and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which
               is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Time
               Warner's, TWCI's and TBS's Registration Statement on Form S-4
               (Registration Nos. 333-45703, 333-45703-02 and 333-45703-01)
               filed with the Commission on February 5, 1998 (the "1998 Form
               S-4")).

4.15           Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 12, 1998 among                          *
               Time Warner, TWCI, TBS and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Time Warner's,
               TWCI's and TBS's 1998 Form S-4).

4.16           Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 1998 among                            *
               Time Warner, TWCI, TBS and Chase Manhattan, as Trustee (which
               is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Time
               Warner 1997 Form 10-K).

4.17           Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 11, 2001 among
               the Registrant, Time Warner, AOL, TWCI, TBS and Chase Manhattan,
               as Trustee.

4.18           Trust Agreement dated as of April 1, 1998 among Time Warner, as                          *
               Grantor and U.S. Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee
               (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the
               Time Warner 1997 Form 10-K).

4.19           Indenture dated as of December 6, 1999, between AOL and State
               Street Bank and Trust Company ("State Street"), as Trustee.

4.20           Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of December 6, 1999 between
               AOL and State Street, as Trustee.

4.21           Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of January 11, 2001 between
               the Registrant, AOL, Time Warner, TWCI, TBS and State Street, as
               Trustee.

10.1           Time Warner 1986 Stock Option Plan, as amended through March 16,                         *
               2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Time
               Warner's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
               31, 1999 (File No. 1-12259) (the "Time Warner 1999 Form 10-K")).

10.2           1988 Stock Incentive Plan of Time Warner, as amended through                             *
               March 16, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
               the Time Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.3           Time Warner 1989 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through March 16,                      *
               2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Time Warner
               1999 Form 10-K).

10.4           AOL Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended through
               January 18, 2001.

10.5           Time Warner 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended through March 16,                         *
               2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Time
               Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.6           AOL 1992 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Option Plan, as                         *
               amended (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.2 to the AOL Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
               June 30, 1999 (File No. 1-12143) (the "AOL 1999 Form 10-K")).

10.7           AOL Time Warner 1999 Stock Plan, as amended through January 18,
               2001.

10.8           Time Warner 1988 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee
               Directors, as amended through January 18, 2001.

ii

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                    Sequential
Exhibit                                                                                             Page
Number                                   Description                                                Number
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.9           Time Warner 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as
               amended through January 18, 2001.

10.10          Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Time Warner, as                              *
               amended through November 18, 1993 (which is incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TWCI's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 1-8632)).

10.11          Time Warner Retirement Plan for Outside Directors, as amended                            *
               through May 16, 1996 (which is incorporated herein by reference
               to Exhibit 10.9 to the Time Warner 1996 Form 10-K).

10.12          Amended and Restated Time Warner Annual Bonus Plan for Executive                         *
               Officers (which is incorporated herein by reference to Annex A
               to TWCI's definitive Proxy Statement dated March 30, 1995 used in
               connection with TWCI's 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders).

10.13          AOL Executive Incentive Plan.

10.14          AOL Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Deferred                           *
               Compensation Plan") (which is incorporated herein by Reference
               to Exhibit 4 to Time Warner's Registration Statement on Form S-8
               filed with the Commission on December 18, 1998 (Registration No.
               333-69161)).

10.15          Amendment No. 2 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               September 13, 1999 (which is incorporated herein by reference
               to Exhibit 10.15 to the Time Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.16          Amendment No. 3 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               October 25, 1999 except where otherwise indicated (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Time
               Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.17          Amendment No. 4 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               October 25, 1999 except where otherwise indicated (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Time
               Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.18          Amendment No. 5 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               November 15, 1999, except where otherwise indicated (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Time
               Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.19          Amendment No. 6 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               March 15, 2000, except where otherwise indicated (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Time
               Warner 1999 Form 10-K).

10.20          Amendment No. 7 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, approved on                           *
               May 25, 2000, (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.2 to Time Warner's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for
               the quarter ended June 30, 2000 (the "Time Warner June 2000 Form
               10-Q").

10.21          Amendment No. 8 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, approved on                           *
               June 28, 2000 (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.3 to the Time Warner June 2000 Form 10-Q).

10.22          Amendment No. 9 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                          *
               August 1, 2000 (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.2 to Time Warner's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for
               the quarter ended September 30, 2000 (the "Time Warner September
               2000 Form 10-Q").

10.23          Amendment No. 10 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on                         *
               November 1, 2000 (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.1 to the Time Warner September 2000 Form 10-Q).

10.24          Amendment No. 11 to the Deferred Compensation Plan, effective on
               January 11, 2001.

10.25          AOL Time Warner Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (which                          *
               is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the AOL
               1999 Form 10-K).

10.26          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1,                     *
               1998, as amended December 2, 1998 between the Registrant and
               Gerald M. Levin (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.13 to the Time Warner Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 1-12259) (the "Time
               Warner 1998 Form 10-K").

iii

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                    Sequential
Exhibit                                                                                             Page
Number                                   Description                                                Number
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.27          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective as of January 1,                     *
               1998, as amended December 15, 1998 between the Registrant
               and R.E. Turner ("Turner") (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Time Warner 1998 Form 10-K).

10.28          Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made as of March 25,
               1999, effective as of January 1, 1999, as amended as of October
               26, 2000 between the Registrant and Richard D. Parsons.

10.29          Employment Agreement and related agreements entered into with                           *
               Robert W. Pittman (which is incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10.15 to the AOL Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
               ended June 30, 1997 (File No. 1-12143)).


10.30          Agreement Containing Consent Orders, including the Decision and                         *
               Order, between the Registrant and the Federal Trade Commission
               signed December 13, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant's January 2001 Form 8-K).

10.31          Order to Hold Separate issued by the Federal Trade Commission                           *
               dated December 14, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant's January 2001 Form 8-K).

10.32          Public Notice issued by the Federal Communications Commission                           *
               dated January 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 99.4 to the Registrant's January 2001 Form 8-K).

10.33          Second Amended and Restated LMC Agreement dated as of September                         *
               22, 1995 among TWCI, Liberty Media Corporation ("LMC"), TCI
               Turner Preferred, Inc. ("TCITP"), Communication Capital Corp.
               ("CCC") and United Cable Turner Investment, Inc. (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWCI's
               Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 6, 1996 ("TWCI's
               September 1996 Form 8-K")).

10.34          Agreement Containing Consent Order dated August 14, 1996 among                          *
               TWCI, TBS, Tele-Communications, Inc., LMC and the Federal Trade
               Commission (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               2(b) to TWCI's September 1996 Form 8-K).

10.35          Investors Agreement (No. 1) dated as of October 10, 1996 among                          *
               Time Warner, Turner, Turner Outdoor Inc. and Turner Partners, LP
               (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to
               the Time Warner 1996 Form 10-K).

10.36          Investors Agreement (No. 2) dated as of October 10, 1996 among                          *
               Time Warner, Turner Foundation, Inc. and Robert E. Turner
               Charitable Remainder Unitrust No. 2 (which is incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Time Warner 1996 Form 10-K).

10.37          Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 1997 among Time Warner,                       *
               TWCI, TWE, TBS, Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse
               Partnership ("TWE-A/N Partnership") and TWI Cable Inc. ("TWI
               Cable"), as Credit Parties, Chase Manhattan, as Administrative
               Agent, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
               ("Bank of America"), BONY and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
               New York ("Morgan"), as Documentation and Syndication Agents and
               Chase Securities Inc., as Arranger (which is incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Time Warner's 1997 Form 10-K).

10.38          Amendment No. 1 dated as of June 30, 2000 to the Credit Agreement                       *
               dated as of November 10, 1997 among Time Warner, TWCI, TWE,
               TBS, TWE-A/N Partnership and TWI Cable, as Credit Parties, Chase
               Manhattan, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, BONY and
               Morgan as Documentation and Syndication Agents and Chase
               Securities Inc., as Manager (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Time Warner June 2000 Form
               10-Q).

10.39          Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of October 29, 1991,                         *
               as amended by the Letter Agreement, dated February 11, 1992,
               and the Letter Agreement dated June 23, 1992, among TWCI and
               certain of its subsidiaries, ITOCHU Corporation ("ITOCHU") and
               Toshiba Corporation ("Toshiba") ("TWE Partnership Agreement, as
               amended") (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               (A) to TWCI's Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 29, 1991
               (File No. 1-8637) and Exhibit 10(b) and 10(c) to TWCI's July 1992
               Form 8-K).

10.40          Admission Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1993, between TWE and US                       *
               WEST, Inc. ("US West") (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWE's Current Report on Form 8-K
               dated May 16, 1993 (File No. 1-2878)).

iv

EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                                    Sequential
Exhibit                                                                                             Page
Number                                   Description                                                Number
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.41          Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 14, 1993, among                              *
               ITOCHU, Toshiba, TWCI, US West and certain of their respective
               subsidiaries, amending the TWE Partnership Agreement, as amended
               (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
               TWE's 1993 Form 10-K (File No. 1-2878)).

10.42          Restructuring Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995 among TWCI,                         *
               ITOCHU and ITOCHU Entertainment Inc. (which is incorporated
               herein by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to TWCI's Current Report on
               Form 8-K dated August 31, 1995 ("TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K")).

10.43          Restructuring Agreement dated as of August 31, 1995 between TWCI                        *
               and Toshiba (including Form of Registration Rights Agreement,
               between TWCI and Toshiba) (which is incorporated herein by
               reference to Exhibit 2(b) to TWCI's August 1995 Form 8-K).

10.44          Option Agreement, dated as of September 15, 1993, between TWE and                       *
               US West (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
               10.9 to TWE's 1993 Form 10-K (File No. 1-2878)).

10.45          Contribution Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 among TWE,                         *
               Advance Publications, Inc. ("Advance Publications"), Newhouse
               Broadcasting Corporation ("Newhouse"), Advance/Newhouse
               Partnership ("Advance/Newhouse"), and TWE-AN Partnership (which
               is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to TWE's
               Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 9, 1994).

10.46          Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of TWE-A/N Partnership
               entered into as of February 1, 2001 by and between TWE,
               Advance/Newhouse and Paragon.

10.47          First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement
               of TWE-A/N Partnership dated as of March 1, 2001 among TWE,
               Advance/Newhouse and Paragon.

10.48          Letter Agreement dated April 1, 1995 among TWE, Advance/Newhouse,                       *
               Advance Publications and Newhouse (which is incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to TWE's Current Report on Form 8-K
               dated April 1, 1995).

10.49          Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 27,                     *
               1997 among Advance Publications, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, TW
               Holding Co. and TWE-AN Partnership (which is incorporated herein
               by reference to Exhibit 99(c) to Time Warner's Current Report on
               Form 8-K dated October 27, 1997).

10.50          Transaction Agreement No. 2 dated as of June 23, 1998 among                             *
               Advance Publications, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon
               Communications ("Paragon") and TWE-AN Partnership (which is
               incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Time
               Warner's 1998 Form 10-K).

10.51          Transaction Agreement No. 3 dated as of September 15, 1998 among                        *
               Advance Publications, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon
               and TWE-AN Partnership (which is incorporated herein by reference
               to Exhibit 10.39 to Time Warner's 1998 Form 10-K).

10.52          Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement No. 4 dated as of
               February 1, 2001 among Advance Publications, Newhouse,
               Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon and TWE-AN Partnership.

21.            Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.            Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.

99.1           Annual Report on Form 11-K of the AOL Time Warner Savings Plan
               for the year ended December 31, 2000 (to be filed by amendment).

99.2           Annual Report on Form 11-K of the AOL Time Warner Thrift Plan for
               the year ended December 31, 2000 (to be filed by amendment).

99.3           Annual Report on Form 11-K of the TWC Savings Plan for the year
               ended December 31, 2000 (to be filed by amendment).

* Incorporated by reference.

The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its request copies of long-term debt instruments defining the rights of holders of outstanding long-term debt that are not required to be filed herewith.

v

AOL TIME WARNER INC.

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

Offices

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of AOL TIME WARNER INC. (hereinafter called the "Corporation") in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent shall be The Corporation Trust Company, or such other office or agent as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") shall from time to time select.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices, and keep the books and records of the Corporation, except as may otherwise be required by law, at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

SECTION 1. Place of Meeting. All meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation (the "stockholders") shall be held seriatim (sequentially) in New York City, New York, Los Angeles, California, Atlanta, Georgia and Dulles, Virginia.

SECTION 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for


the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on such date and at such hour as shall from time to time be fixed by the Board. Any previously scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders may be postponed by action of the Board taken prior to the time previously scheduled for such annual meeting of the stockholders.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate") and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the entire Board. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the stockholders shall come before such meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of the stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice to such stockholder, or who shall waive notice thereof as provided in Article X of these By-laws. Notice of adjournment of a meeting of the stockholders need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are announced at such meeting, unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or, after adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.


SECTION 5. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote generally, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders; provided, however, that in the case of any vote to be taken by classes or series, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of a particular class or series, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of such class or series.

SECTION 6. Adjournments. The chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time whether or not a quorum is present. In the event that a quorum does not exist with respect to any vote to be taken by a particular class or series, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders of such class or series who are present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting with respect to the vote(s) to be taken by such class or series. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum may be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 7. Order of Business. At each meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, such person as shall be selected by the Board shall act as chairman of the meeting. The order of business at each such meeting shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Corporation, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof and the opening and closing of the voting polls.


At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the annual meeting (i) by or at the direction of the chairman of the meeting or (ii) by any stockholder who is a holder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 7, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 7.

For business properly to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the "Secretary"). To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; provided, further, that for the purpose of calculating the timeliness of stockholder notices for the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting shall be deemed to be May 18, 2000. To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:
(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (v) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder's proposal, a representation to that effect. The foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his or her


intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting and such stockholder's proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by management of the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting; provided, however, that if such stockholder does not appear or send a qualified representative to present such proposal at such annual meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7. The chairman of an annual meeting may refuse to permit any business to be brought before an annual meeting which fails to comply with the foregoing procedures or, in the case of a stockholder proposal, if the stockholder solicits proxies in support of such stockholder's proposal without having made the representation required by clause (v) of the third preceding sentence.

SECTION 8. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer who has charge of the stock ledger to prepare and make, at least 10 days before each meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in such stockholder's name. Such list shall be produced and kept available at the times and places required by law.

SECTION 9. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate, each stockholder of record of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of the stockholders to such number of votes, if any, for each share of such stock as may be fixed in the Certificate or in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such stock, and each stockholder of record of Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of the stockholders to one vote for each share of such stock, in each case, registered in such stockholder's name on the books of the Corporation:

(1) on the date fixed pursuant to Section 6 of Article VII of these By-laws as the record date for


the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(2) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize not in excess of three persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of such meeting at or prior to the time designated for holding such meeting, but in any event not later than the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

At each meeting of the stockholders, all corporate actions to be taken by vote of the stockholders (except as otherwise required by law and except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or these By-laws) shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon who are present in person or represented by proxy, and where a separate vote by class or series is required, a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders of such class or series who are present in person or represented by proxy shall be the act of such class or series.

Unless required by law or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any matter, including the election of directors, need not be by written ballot.

SECTION 10. Inspectors. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint two or more inspectors to act at any meeting of the stockholders. Such inspectors shall perform such duties as shall be required by law or specified by the chairman of the meeting. Inspectors need not be stockholders. No director or nominee for the office of director shall be appointed such inspector.


SECTION 11. Public Announcements. For the purpose of Section 7 of this Article II and Section 3 of Article III, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Reuters Information Service or any similar or successor news wire service or
(ii) in a communication distributed generally to stockholders and in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor provisions thereto.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Number, Qualification and Election. Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, subject to Section 15 of this Article III, the number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be determined from time to time by the Board and shall, effective as of the effective time of the mergers contemplated by the Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 10, 2000 to which the Corporation is a party, initially be 16. The term "Whole Board" shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies or unfilled previously authorized directorships.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the


Corporation as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up pursuant to the terms of Article IV of the Certificate or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such stock adopted by the Board, shall be elected by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at each annual meeting of the stockholders, and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until each of their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Each director shall be at least 21 years of age. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

In any election of directors, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast, up to the number of directors to be elected in such election, shall be deemed elected.

A majority of the members of the Board shall be persons determined by the Board to be eligible to be classified as independent directors. In its determination of a director's eligibility to be classified as an independent director pursuant to this Section 2, the Board shall consider, among such other factors as it may in any case deem relevant, that the director:
(i) has not been employed by the Corporation as an executive officer within the past three years; (ii) is not a paid adviser or consultant to the Corporation and derives no financial benefit from any entity as a result of advice or consultancy provided to the Corporation by such entity; (iii) is not an executive officer, director or significant stockholder of a significant customer or supplier of the Corporation; (iv) has no personal services contract with the Corporation; (v) is not an executive officer or director of a tax-exempt entity receiving a significant part of its annual contributions from the Corporation;
(vi) is not a member of the immediate family of any director who is not considered an independent director; and (vii) is free of any other relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by such director.

SECTION 3. Notification of Nominations. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up,


nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board or by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice of nomination provided for in this Section 3 and who is entitled to vote for the election of directors. Any stockholder of record entitled to vote for the election of directors at a meeting may nominate persons for election as directors only if timely written notice of such stockholder's intent to make such nomination is given, either by personal delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of the stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days earlier or more than 60 days later than such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered or received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made; provided, further, that for the purpose of calculating the timeliness of stockholder notices for the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting shall be deemed to be May 18, 2000 and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors, not earlier than the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees to be elected at such meeting. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and the name and address of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) the class or series and numbers of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder; (c) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting


to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (e) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board; (f) the executed written consent of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected; and (g) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder's nominee(s), a representation to that effect. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure or if the stockholder solicits proxies in favor of such stockholder's nominee(s) without having made the representations required by the immediately preceding sentence. Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 shall be eligible to serve as directors of the Corporation.

Notwithstanding anything in the immediately preceding paragraph of this Section 3 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting of the stockholders is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for directors or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Section 3 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Quorum and Manner of Acting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate or these By-laws, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of


the Board, and, except as so provided, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time and place whether or not a quorum is present. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

SECTION 5. Place of Meeting. Subject to Sections 6 and 7 of this Article III, the Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

SECTION 6. Regular Meetings. No fewer than six regular meetings per year of the Board shall be held at such times as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine, such meetings to be held seriatim (sequentially) in New York City and Northern Virginia. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday under the laws of the place where the meeting is to be held, the meeting which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

SECTION 7. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors, and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as he or they, as applicable, shall fix.

SECTION 8. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board or of any adjourned meeting thereof need not be given. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given by overnight delivery service or mailed to each director, in either case addressed to such director at such director's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such director at such place by telecopy or by electronic transmission or shall be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need


not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. Unless otherwise required by these By-laws, every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of the meeting.

SECTION 9. Rules and Regulations. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate or these By-laws for the conduct of its meetings and management of the affairs of the Corporation as the Board may deem proper.

SECTION 10. Participation in Meeting by Means of Communications Equipment. Any one or more members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in any meeting of the Board or of any such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other or as otherwise permitted by law, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 11. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board or of any such committee consent thereto in writing or as otherwise permitted by law and, if required by law, the writing or writings are filed with the minutes or proceedings of the Board or of such committee.

SECTION 12. Resignations. Any director of the Corporation may at any time resign by giving written notice to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified therein, upon receipt thereof; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 13. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or Series Common Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to


dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall only be filled by the Board, and not by the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, which increase shall be subject to Section 15 of this Article III, shall only be filled by the Board, or if not so filled, by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with Section 3 of Article II of these By-laws. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence of this Section 13 shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

SECTION 14. Compensation. Each director, in consideration of such person serving as a director, shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum and such fees (payable in cash or stock-based compensation) for attendance at meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board, or both, as the Board shall from time to time determine. In addition, each director shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation reimbursement for the reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection with the performance of such person's duties as a director. Nothing contained in this
Section 14 shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 15. Certain Modifications. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these By-laws, the following actions taken either directly or indirectly by the Board shall require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board: (i) any change in the size of the Board; and
(ii) any proposal to amend these By-laws to be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation by the Board.


ARTICLE IV

Committees of the Board of Directors

SECTION 1. Establishment of Committees of the Board of Directors; Election of Members of Committees of the Board of Directors; Functions of Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a) The Corporation shall have such committees of the Board as the Board shall determine from time to time in accordance with this Section 1 of Article IV and initially the Corporation shall have the following committees of the Board with the following powers and authority: the nominating and governance committee, the audit and finance committee, the compensation committee and the values and human development committee.

(b) The nominating and governance committee shall have the following powers and authority: (i) evaluating and recommending director candidates to the Board, (ii) assessing Board performance not less frequently than every three years, (iii) recommending director compensation and benefits policies for the Board, (iv) reviewing individual director performance as issues arise, (v) evaluating and recommending to the Board candidates for Chief Executive Officer, (vi) reviewing and recommending to the Board changes to the size and composition of the Board, (vii) periodically reviewing the Corporation's corporate governance profile and (viii) performing such other functions as the Board shall determine in accordance with this Section 1 of Article IV. None of the members of the nominating and governance committee shall be an officer or full-time employee of the Corporation or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation.

(c) The audit and finance committee shall have the following powers and authority: (i) approving the appointment or removal of independent public accountants to audit the books of account, accounting procedures and financial statements of the Corporation and to perform such other duties from time to time as the audit and finance committee may prescribe, (ii) receiving the reports and comments of the Corporation's internal auditors and of the independent public accountants selected by the committee and taking such action with respect thereto as it deems


appropriate, (iii) requesting the Corporation's consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated companies to employ independent public accountants to audit their respective books of account, accounting procedures and financial statements,
(iv) requesting the independent public accountants to furnish to the compensation committee the certifications required under any present or future stock option, incentive compensation or employee benefit plan of the Corporation, (v) reviewing the adequacy of the Corporation's internal financial controls, (vi) reviewing the accounting principles employed in the Corporation's financial reporting, (vii) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board concerning the financial structure and financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, including annual budgets, long-term financial plans, corporate borrowings, investments, capital expenditures, long-term commitments and the issuance of stock, (viii) approving such matters that are consistent with the general financial policies and direction from time to time determined by the Board and (ix) performing such other functions as the Board shall determine in accordance with this Section 1 of Article IV. The audit and finance committee shall also have the powers and authority set forth in any audit and finance committee charter adopted by the Board in accordance with this Section 1 of Article IV as may from time to time be required by any rule or regulation to which the Corporation is subject. None of the members of the audit and finance committee shall be an officer or full-time employee of the Corporation or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation.

(d) The compensation committee shall have the following powers and authority: (i) determining and fixing the compensation for all senior officers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions that the compensation committee shall from time to time consider appropriate, as well as all employees of the Corporation compensated at a rate in excess of such amount per annum as may be fixed or determined from time to time by the Board, (ii) performing the duties of the committees of the Board provided for in any present or future stock option, restricted stock, incentive compensation or employee benefit plan of the Corporation and administering the stock option, restricted stock and stock incentive plans of the Corporation, (iii) delegating, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent it deems appropriate, any of its powers in


connection with the administration of the stock option, stock incentive, restricted stock plans and other employee benefit plans of the Corporation, (iv) reviewing the operations of and policies pertaining to any present or future stock option, incentive compensation or employee benefit plan of the Corporation that the compensation committee shall from time to time consider appropriate and
(v) performing such other functions as the Board shall determine in accordance with this Section 1 of Article IV. None of the members of the compensation committee shall be an officer or full-time employee of the Corporation or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation.

(e) The values and human development committee shall have the following powers and authority: (i) developing and articulating the Corporation's core values, commitments and social responsibilities, (ii) developing strategies for ensuring the Corporation's involvement in the communities in which it does business, (iii) establishing a strategy for developing the Corporation's human resources and leadership for the future, (iv) finding practical ways to increase workforce diversity at all levels and to evaluate the Corporation's performance in advancing the goal of greater workforce diversity; (v) monitoring and measuring the Corporation's progress in achieving and implemeting its goals in the foregoin areas; and (vi) performing such other functions as the Board shall determine in accordance with this
Section 1 of Article IV.

(f) Any modification to the powers and authority of any committee of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board.

(g) In addition, the Board may, with the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board and in accordance with and subject to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL"), from time to time establish additional committees of the Board to exercise such powers and authorities of the Board, and to perform such other functions, as the Board may from time to time determine.

(h) The Board may remove a director from a committee, change the size of any committee or terminate any committee or change the chairmanship of a committee


only with the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board.

(i) The Board may designate one or more directors as new members of any committee to fill any vacancy on a committee and to fill a vacant chairmanship of a committee occurring as a result of a member or chairman leaving the committee, whether through death, resignation, removal or otherwise; provided that any such designation or any designation by the Board of a director as an alternate member of any committee in accordance with Section 141(c)(2) of the DGCL may only be made with the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board.

SECTION 2. Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Regular meetings of committees of the Board, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held at such times and places as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized committee members, whether or not there exist any vacancies or unfilled previously authorized committee seats. Special meetings of any committee of the Board shall be called at the request of any member thereof. Notice of each special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be sent by overnight delivery service, or mailed to each member thereof, in either case addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which the meeting is to be held or shall be sent to such member at such place by telecopy or by electronic transmission or be given personally or by telephone, not later than the day before the meeting is to be held, but notice need not be given to any member who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of such notice or who shall attend such meeting without protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of such notice to such member. Unless otherwise required by these By-laws, every such notice shall state the time and place but need not state the purpose of such meeting. Any special meeting of any committee of the Board shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members thereof shall be present thereat and no member shall protest the lack of notice to such member. Notice of any adjourned meeting of any committee of the Board need not be given. Any committee of the Board may adopt such rules and regulations not inconsistent with the provisions of law, the Certificate or these By-laws for the conduct of its


meetings as such committee of the Board may deem proper. A majority of the authorized members of any committee of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting, and the vote of a majority of the members thereof present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Each committee of the Board shall keep written minutes of its proceedings and shall report on such proceedings to the Board.

ARTICLE V

Officers

SECTION 1. Number; Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board and shall consist of: a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, two Chief Operating Officers, a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Chairmen and Vice Presidents (including, without limitation, Assistant, Executive, Senior and Group Vice Presidents) and a Treasurer, Secretary and Controller and such other officers or agents with such titles and such duties as the Board may from time to time determine, each to have such authority, functions or duties as in these By-laws provided or as the Board may from time to time determine, and each to hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board and until such person's successor shall have been chosen and shall qualify, or until such person's death or resignation, or until such person's removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the Vice Chairmen shall be elected from among the directors. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said officers; provided, however, that no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Certificate or these By-laws to be executed, acknowledged or verified by two or more officers. The Board may require any officer or agent to give security for the faithful performance of such person's duties.

SECTION 2. Removal. Subject to Section 14 of this Article V, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board at any meeting thereof called for the purpose or, except as provided in Section 4 of this


Article V, by any superior officer upon whom such power may be conferred by the Board.

SECTION 3. Resignation. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 4. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be an officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board, and shall report directly to the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall have supervisory responsibility over the functional areas of global public policy (particularly with respect to the Internet), technology policy and future innovation, venture-type investments and philanthropy, operating and discharging those responsibilities with the assistance of the following officers reporting directly to the Chairman of the Board: Kenneth J. Novack, George Vradenburg, III and William J. Raduchel and their successors (such officers to be appointed and removed only with the Chairman of the Board's approval or upon action of the Board), shall play an active role in helping to build and lead the Corporation, working closely with the Chief Executive Officer to set the Corporation's strategy, and shall be the co-spokesman for the Corporation along with the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board and the provisions of
Section 4 of this Article V, and shall report directly to the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the Board.

SECTION 6. Chief Operating Officers. Each Chief Operating Officer shall perform such senior duties in connection with the operations of the Corporation as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time determine, and shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Each Chief Operating Officer, shall,


when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be agreed with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 7. Vice Chairmen. Any Vice Chairman shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 8. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all the powers and duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine. The Chief Financial Officer shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 9. Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his superior officer or the Board. A Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine. A Vice President need not be an officer of the Corporation and shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

SECTION 10. Treasurer. The Treasurer, if one shall have been elected, shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation; the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation; borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party; the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise


the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 11. Controller. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 12. Secretary. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to act as secretary at all meetings of the Board, of the committees of the Board and of the stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; the Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of stock of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws; the Secretary shall have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary. The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as he may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 13. Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries. Any Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and Assistant Secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board or by the Treasurer, Controller or Secretary, respectively,or by the Chief Executive Officer. An Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary need not be an officer of the Corporation and


shall not be deemed an officer of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

SECTION 14. Certain Actions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these By-laws, until December 31, 2003: (i) the removal of Gerald M. Levin from the office of Chief Executive Officer, any modification to the provisions of his employment contract which provide for his term of office or any modification to the role, duties, authority or reporting line of the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) the removal of Stephen M. Case from the office of Chairman of the Board, any modification to the role, duties, authority or reporting line of the Chairman of the Board, each shall require the affirmative vote of 75% of the Whole Board. From and after the end of the period set forth in the preceding sentence, any of the actions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence may be taken upon the affirmative vote of the number of directors which shall constitute, under the terms of these By-laws, the action of the Board.

SECTION 15. Additional Matters. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, each of the Co-Chief Operating Officers and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation to have the title of Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary. Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation. The persons upon whom such titles are conferred shall not be deemed officers of the Corporation unless elected by the Board.

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted or required by the DGCL or other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such


amendment), shall indemnify and hold harmless any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, any action, suit or proceedings by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) (a "Proceeding") by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) (a "Covered Entity") against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to a Proceeding that was commenced by such director or officer unless the proceeding was commenced after a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI). Any director or officer of the Corporation entitled to indemnification as provided in this Section 1 is hereinafter called an "Indemnitee". Any right of an Indemnitee to indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive, prior to the conclusion of any Proceeding, payment of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of the DGCL or other applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment and unless applicable law otherwise requires, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader rights to payment of expenses than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and the other provisions of this Article VI.

SECTION 2. Insurance, Contracts and Funding. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity against any expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as specified in
Section 1 of this Article VI or incurred by


any such director, officer, employee or agent in connection with any Proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article VI, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The Corporation may enter into contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of any Covered Entity in furtherance of the provisions of this Article VI and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided or authorized in this Article VI.

SECTION 3. Indemnification Not Exclusive Right. The right of indemnification provided in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may otherwise be entitled, and the provisions of this Article VI shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any Indemnitee under this Article VI and shall be applicable to Proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of this Article VI, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption.

SECTION 4. Advancement of Expenses; Procedures; Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings; Remedies. In furtherance, but not in limitation of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures, presumptions and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this Article VI:

(a) Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced to the Indemnitee by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee and, if required by law at the time of such advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the


Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if ultimately it should be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

(b) Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. (i) To obtain indemnification under this Article VI, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the "Supporting Documentation"). The determination of the Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation. The Secretary shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that the Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(ii) The Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification under this Article VI shall be determined in one of the following ways:
(A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI), whether or not they constitute a quorum of the Board, or by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors; (B) by a written opinion of Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined in Section 4(e) of this Article VI) if (x) a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee so requests or (y) there are no Disinterested Directors or a majority of such Disinterested Directors so directs; (C) by the stockholders of the Corporation; or (D) as provided in Section 4(c) of this Article VI.

(iii) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to
Section 4(b)(ii) of this Article VI, a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall select the Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which the Indemnitee


does not reasonably object; provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall select such Independent Counsel, but only an Independent Counsel to which a majority of the Disinterested Directors does not reasonably object.

(c) Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article VI, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Article VI (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control) upon submission of a request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation in accordance with Section 4(b)(i) of this Article VI, and thereafter the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching a contrary determination. In any event, if the person or persons empowered under Section 4(b) of this Article VI to determine entitlement to indemnification shall not have been appointed or shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the request therefor, together with the Supporting Documentation, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be, and shall be, entitled to indemnification unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. The termination of any Proceeding described in Section 1 of this Article VI, or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, adversely affect the right of the Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful.

(d) Remedies of Indemnitee. (i) In the event that a determination is made pursuant to Section 4(b) of this Article VI that the Indemnitee is not entitled


to indemnification under this Article VI, (A) the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek an adjudication of entitlement to such indemnification either, at the Indemnitee's sole option, in (x) an appropriate court of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction or
(y) an arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association; (B) any such judicial proceeding or arbitration shall be de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of such adverse determination; and
(C) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, in any such judicial proceeding or arbitration, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article VI (with respect to actions or omissions occurring prior to such Change in Control).

(ii) If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made, pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article VI, that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be obligated to pay the amounts constituting such indemnification within five days after such determination has been made or deemed to have been made and shall be conclusively bound by such determination unless (A) the Indemnitee misrepresented or failed to disclose a material fact in making the request for indemnification or in the Supporting Documentation or (B) such indemnification is prohibited by law. In the event that (X) advancement of expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Article VI or (Y) payment of indemnification is not made within five days after a determination of entitlement to indemnification has been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4(b) or (c) of this Article VI, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to seek judicial enforcement of the Corporation's obligation to pay to the Indemnitee such advancement of expenses or indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may bring an action, in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction, contesting the right of the Indemnitee to receive indemnification hereunder due to the occurrence of an event described in sub-clause (A) or


(B) of this clause (ii) (a "Disqualifying Event"); provided, however, that in any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving the occurrence of such Disqualifying Event.

(iii) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 4(d) that the procedures and presumptions of this Article VI are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article VI.

(iv) In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 4(d), seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Article VI, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against, any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee prevails in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that the Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of expenses sought, the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated accordingly.

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI:

(i) "Authorized Officer" means any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, any Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or the Secretary of the Corporation.

(ii) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (w) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation in which the Corporation is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Corporation's Common Stock would be converted into


cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Corporation in which the holders of the Corporation's Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, (x) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets of the Corporation, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or (y) individuals who would constitute a majority of the members of the Board elected at any meeting of stockholders or by written consent (without regard to any members of the Board elected pursuant to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) shall be elected to the Board and the election or the nomination for election by the stockholders of such directors was not approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors in office immediately prior to such election.

(iii) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee.

(iv) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (x) the Corporation or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party or (y) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article VI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term "Independent Counsel" shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing under the law of the State of Delaware, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee's rights under this Article VI.

SECTION 5. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article VI shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VI (including, without


limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or enforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

SECTION 6. Indemnification of Employees Serving as Directors. The Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, shall indemnify any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such employee is or was serving
(a) as a director of a corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a 50% or greater equity interest (a "Subsidiary Director") or (b) at the written request of an Authorized Officer, as a director of another corporation in which the Corporation had at the time of such service, directly or indirectly, a less than 50% equity interest (or no equity interest at all) or in a capacity equivalent to that of a director for any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, any employee benefit plan) in which the Corporation has an interest (a "Requested Employee"), against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation may also advance expenses incurred by any such Subsidiary Director or Requested Employee in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.


SECTION 7. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. Notwithstanding any other provision or provisions of this Article VI, the Corporation, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation, may indemnify any person other than a director or officer of the Corporation, a Subsidiary Director or a Requested Employee, who is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation and who is or was involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness) or is threatened to be made so involved in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or of a Covered Entity against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation may also advance expenses incurred by such employee or agent in connection with any such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock, or a combination of both. To the extent that shares are represented by certificates, such certificates whenever authorized by the Board, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, or by any Vice President, and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, and sealed with the seal of the Corporation, which may be a facsimile thereof. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile


signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

The stock ledger and blank share certificates shall be kept by the Secretary or by a transfer agent or by a registrar or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board.

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of stock of each class of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation upon authorization by the registered holder thereof, or by such holder's attorney thereunto authorized by a power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent for such stock, if any, and if such shares are represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power (or by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer) and the payment of any taxes thereon; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. The person in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation; provided, however, that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security and not absolutely, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such transfer agent, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent provided by law, until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

SECTION 3. Registered Stockholders and Addresses of Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to


hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be given to such person, and, if any stockholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be given to such person by mail directed to such person at such person's post office address, if any, as the same appears on the stock record books of the Corporation or at such person's last known post office address.

SECTION 4. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any certificate representing any shares of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such certificate; the Corporation may issue to such holder a new certificate or certificates for shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction; the Board, or a committee designated thereby, or the transfer agents and registrars for the stock, may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person's legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation and said transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

SECTION 5. Regulations. The Board may make such additional rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of stock of each class and series of the Corporation and may make such rules and take such action as it may deem expedient concerning the issue of certificates in lieu of certificates claimed to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated.


SECTION 6. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

SECTION 7. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

ARTICLE VIII

Seal

The Board shall approve a suitable corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation and shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

ARTICLE IX

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day of December in each year.


ARTICLE X

Waiver of Notice

Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by these By-laws, by the Certificate or by law, the person entitled thereto may, either before or after the meeting or other matter in respect of which such notice is to be given, waive such notice in writing or as otherwise permitted by law, which shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the meeting or the records kept with respect to such other matter, as the case may be, and in such event such notice need not be given to such person and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.

ARTICLE XI

Amendments

These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board at any meeting thereof; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-laws is contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or in the notice of such meeting of the Board and, in the latter case, such notice is given not less than twenty-four hours prior to the meeting. Unless a higher percentage is required by the Certificate, all such amendments must be approved by either the holders of 80% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting as a single class, or by a majority of the Board; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, until December 31, 2003, the Board may not alter, amend or repeal, or adopt new By-laws in conflict with, or recommend approval by the stockholders of any alteration, amendment or repeal, or adoption of new By-laws in conflict with, in either case, (i) any provision of these By-laws which requires a 75% vote of the Whole Board for action to be taken thereunder or (ii) this Article XI, without the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the Whole Board.


ARTICLE XII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 1. Execution of Documents. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation who shall have power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, notes, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation and may authorize (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Such delegation may be by resolution or otherwise and the authority granted shall be general or confined to specific matters, all as the Board or any such committee may determine. In the absence of such designation referred to in the first sentence of this Section, the officers of the Corporation shall have such power so referred to, to the extent incident to the normal performance of their duties.

SECTION 2. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or any committee thereof or any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee or in these By-laws shall select.

SECTION 3. Checks. All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board or of any committee thereof or by any officer of the Corporation to whom power in respect of financial operations shall have been delegated by the Board or any such committee thereof or as set forth in these By-laws.

SECTION 4. Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations. The Board or any committee thereof shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise


in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers and rights which the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, and to vote or consent in respect of such stock or securities; such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights; and such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise its said powers and rights.

SECTION 5. Subject to Law and Certificate of Incorporation. All powers, duties and responsibilities provided for in these By-laws, whether or not explicitly so qualified, are qualified by the provisions of the Certificate and applicable laws.


EXECUTION COPY

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "First
Supplemental Indenture") dated as of January 11, 2001, among TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), AOL TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation ("AOL Time Warner"), AMERICA ONLINE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("America Online"), TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("TWC"), TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia
Corporation ("TBS"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (formerly known as Chemical Bank), a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the "Senior Indenture"), dated as of June 1, 1998, providing for the issuance and sale by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities (the "Securities"), which term shall include any Securities issued under the Senior Indenture after the date hereof;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2000, as amended, among AOL Time Warner, America Online, the Company, America Online Merger Sub Inc. and Time Warner Merger Sub Inc., America Online and the Company will become wholly owned subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner;

WHEREAS Section 9.01(5) of the Senior Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Senior Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding to the rights of the Holders of the Securities;

WHEREAS Section 9.01(7) of the Senior Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Senior Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities;

WHEREAS the Company proposes in and by this First Supplemental Indenture to supplement and amend the Senior


2

Indenture in certain respects as it applies to Securities issued thereunder;

WHEREAS America Online desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture and the Securities (the "America Online Guarantee") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the America Online Guarantee;

WHEREAS AOL Time Warner desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture and the Securities and (ii) all the monetary obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and the full and punctual performance of all other obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee (the "AOL Time Warner Guarantee") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the AOL Time Warner Guarantee; and

WHEREAS the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC and TBS have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture and all requirements necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms and to make the America Online Guarantee the valid obligation of America Online and the AOL Time Warner Guarantee the valid obligation of AOL Time Warner, and the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.


3

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC, TBS and the Trustee hereby agree that the following Sections of this First Supplemental Indenture supplement the Senior Indenture with respect to Securities issued thereunder:

SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Senior Indenture.

SECTION 2. The America Online Guarantee. (a) America Online irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Senior Indenture after the date of this First Supplemental Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture and the Securities. America Online further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Senior Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).

(b) America Online further agrees that the America Online Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) America Online further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the America Online Guarantee, the Guarantee of TBS or the Guarantee of TWC, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the America Online Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of America


4

Online shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Senior Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of America Online to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWC or TBS to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the America Online Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) America Online also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the America Online Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this First Supplemental Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the America Online Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this First Supplemental Indenture, as it relates to America Online, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 3. The AOL Time Warner Guarantee. (a) AOL Time Warner irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Senior Indenture after the date of this First Supplemental Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Senior Indenture and the Securities, (iii) the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and
(iv) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other


5

obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee. AOL Time Warner further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Senior Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).

(b) AOL Time Warner further agrees that the AOL Time Warner Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) AOL Time Warner further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the America Online Guarantee, the Guarantee of TBS or the Guarantee of TWC, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of AOL Time Warner shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Senior Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of AOL Time Warner to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company, America Online, TWC or TBS to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC or TBS, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) AOL Time Warner also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the AOL Time Warner Guarantee.


6

(f) Any term or provision of this First Supplemental Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this First Supplemental Indenture, as it relates to AOL Time Warner, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 4. Amendment to Defeasance upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. Section 4.03 of Article Four of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended by substituting the following sentence for the sentence that appears following clause (5) and before the definition of "Discharged":

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) of the first sentence of this Section, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, each of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS and TWC shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, their respective guarantees of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, each of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS and TWC shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article Eight (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to
Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), and clause (5) of
Section 5.01 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

SECTION 5. Amendments to the Events of Default and Remedies.
(a) Clause (5) of Section 5.01 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (5) as clause (5)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:


7

"; or (ii) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of AOL Time Warner or America Online in this Indenture (as it may be supplemented from time to time) in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to AOL Time Warner or America Online, as the case may be, by the Trustee or to AOL Time Warner or America Online, as the case may be, and the Trustee by the Holders or at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or".

(b) Clause (6) of Section 5.01 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (6) as clause (6)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the entry of an order for relief against AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree


8

or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or".

(c) Clause (7) of Section 5.01 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (7) as clause (7)(i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the consent by AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof in furtherance of any such action; or".

SECTION 6. Amendments to Article Eight. (a) The introductory clause and clause (1) of Section 8.01 of Article Eight of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 8.01. Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms. None of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

"(1)(a) In the case of the Company, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual


9

payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (b) in the case of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC substantially as an entirety shall be either (i) the Company or (ii) a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and in the case of clause (ii), shall expressly assume, by any indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC to be performed or observed;".

(b) Section 8.02 of Article Eight of the Indenture is supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 8.02. Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC herein, as the case may be. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC, as the case may be, as the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter."


10

SECTION 7. Supplemental Indentures. Clauses (1) and (2) of
Section 9.01 of Article Nine of the Indenture are supplemented and amended to read in their entirety as follows:

"(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC herein and in the Securities contained; or

"(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TBS or TWC, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or".

SECTION 8. Reports. AOL Time Warner shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

SECTION 9. This First Supplemental Indenture. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Senior Indenture and shall form a part of it, and the Senior Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and each is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

SECTION 10. GOVERNING LAW. THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 11. Counterparts. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original,


11

but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one instrument.

SECTION 12. Headings. The headings of this First Supplemental Indenture are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 13. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWC and TBS, and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 14. Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the Securities, but this First Supplemental Indenture and the Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.


12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

TIME WARNER INC.,

By /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   _____________________________________
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title:  Vice President

AOL TIME WARNER INC.,

By /s/ J. Michael Kelly
   _____________________________________
   Name:  J. Michael Kelly
   Title: Exec. Vice President and Chief
                    Financial Officer

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.,

By /s/ Paul T. Cappuccio
   _____________________________________
   Name: Paul T. Cappuccio
   Title: Exec. Vice President

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.,

By /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   _____________________________________
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title:  Vice President

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.,

By /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   _____________________________________
   Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title:  Vice President


13

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Trustee,

By /s/ R. Lorenzen
   _____________________________________
   Name: R. Lorenzen
   Title: Asst. Vice President


EXECUTION COPY

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Seventh
Supplemental Indenture") dated as of January 11, 2001, among TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC. (formerly known as Time Warner Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), AOL TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation ("AOL Time Warner"), AMERICA ONLINE, INC., a Delaware corporation ("America Online"), TIME WARNER INC. (formerly known as TW Inc.), a Delaware corporation ("TWI"), TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation ("TBS") and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK (formerly known as Chemical Bank), a New York banking corporation, as successor trustee (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the "Original Indenture"), dated as of January 15, 1993, as amended from time to time, by way of the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 15, 1993, between the Company and the Trustee (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 10, 1996, among the Company, TWI and the Trustee (the "Second Supplemental Indenture"), the Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 1996, among the Company, TWI and the Trustee (the "Third Supplemental Indenture"), the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 17, 1997, among the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee (the "Fourth Supplemental Indenture"), the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 12, 1998, among the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee (the "Fifth Supplemental Indenture"), and the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 17, 1998, among the Company, TWI, TBS and the Trustee (the "Sixth Supplemental Indenture") (the Original Indenture, as so amended, is herein called the "Indenture"), providing for the issuance and sale by the Company from time to time of its senior debt securities (the "Securities", which term shall include any Securities issued under the Indenture after the date hereof);


2

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2000, among AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI, America Online Merger Sub Inc. and Time Warner Merger Sub Inc., America Online and TWI will become wholly owned subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner;

WHEREAS TWI has, by way of the Second Supplemental Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the "TWI Guarantee") and has, by way of the Third Supplemental Indenture, extended to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the TWI Guarantee;

WHEREAS TBS has, by way of the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the "TBS Guarantee") and has extended to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the TBS Guarantee;

WHEREAS TWI has, by way of the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of TBS under the TBS Guarantee (the "Additional TWI Guarantee", and together with the TWI Guarantee, the "TWI Guarantees") and extended to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the TWI Guarantees;

WHEREAS Section 901(5) of the Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding to the rights of the Holders of the Securities;

WHEREAS Section 901(7) of the Indenture permits the Company, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time to enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities;

WHEREAS the Company proposes in and by this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to supplement and amend the Indenture in certain respects as it applies to Securities issued thereunder;


3

WHEREAS America Online desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee all the monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantees (including obligations to the Trustee) and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantees (the "America Online Guarantee") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the America Online Guarantee;

WHEREAS AOL Time Warner desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee all the monetary obligations of (a) America Online under the America Online Guarantee and (b) TWI under the TWI Guarantees (including in each case obligations to the Trustee), and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee and TWI under the TWI Guarantees (the "AOL Time Warner Guarantee") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the AOL Time Warner Guarantee; and

WHEREAS the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI and TBS have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Seventh Supplemental Indenture and all requirements necessary to make this Seventh Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms and to make the America Online Guarantee the valid obligation of America Online and the AOL Time Warner Guarantee the valid obligation of AOL Time Warner, and the execution and delivery of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI, TBS and the Trustee hereby agree that the following Sections of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture supplement the Indenture with respect to Securities issued thereunder:

SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

SECTION 2. The America Online Guarantee. (a) America Online irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the


4

date of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, (i) the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantees (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee. America Online further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).

(b) America Online further agrees that the America Online Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) America Online further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the America Online Guarantee, the TWI Guarantees or the TBS Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the America Online Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of America Online shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of America Online to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI or TBS to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the America Online Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.


5

(e) America Online also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the America Online Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the America Online Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Seventh Supplemental Indenture, as it relates to America Online, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 3. The AOL Time Warner Guarantee. (a) AOL Time Warner irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, (i) the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee and TWI under the TWI Guarantees (including in each case obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of America Online under the America Online Guarantee and TWI under the TWI Guarantees. AOL Time Warner further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).

(b) AOL Time Warner further agrees that the AOL Time Warner Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) AOL Time Warner further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the America Online Guarantee, the TWI Guarantees or the TBS Guarantee,


6

and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of AOL Time Warner shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of AOL Time Warner to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company, America Online, TWI or TBS to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) AOL Time Warner also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the AOL Time Warner Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Seventh Supplemental Indenture, as it relates to AOL Time Warner, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 4. Amendment to Defeasance upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. Section 403 of Article Four of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended by adding the following sentence after the two sentences following clause (5) and before the definition of "Discharged":

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause
(a) or (b) above,


7

then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, each of AOL Time Warner and America Online shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the AOL Time Warner Guarantee and the America Online Guarantee of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, each of AOL Time Warner and America Online shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article Eight (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to
Section 301 to be subject to this provision), and clause (5)(ii) of Section
501 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

SECTION 5. Amendments to the Events of Default and Remedies. (a) Clause (5) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (iv) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of AOL Time Warner or America Online in this Indenture (as it may be supplemented from time to time) in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture (as so supplemented) which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to AOL Time Warner or America Online, as the case may be, by the Trustee or to AOL Time Warner or America Online, as the case may be, and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied


8

and stating that such notice is a 'Notice of Default' hereunder; or".

(b) Clause (6) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (iv) the entry of an order for relief against AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or".

(c) Clause (7) of Section 501 of Article Five of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (iv) the consent by AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of AOL Time Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by AOL Time


9

Warner or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof in furtherance of any such action; or".

SECTION 6. Amendments to Article Eight. (a) The introductory clause and clause (1) of Section 801 of Article Eight of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 801. Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms. None of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS shall consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

"(1)(a) In the case of the Company, the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (b) in the case of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS to be performed or observed;".


10

(b) Section 802 of Article Eight of the Indenture is supplemented and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 802. Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS herein, as the case may be. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, as the case may be, as the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter."

SECTION 7. Supplemental Indentures. Clauses (1) and (2) of Section 901 of Article Nine of the Indenture are supplemented and amended to read in their entirety as follows:

"(1) to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS herein and in the Securities contained; or

"(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI or TBS, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are


11

expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or".

SECTION 8. This Seventh Supplemental Indenture. This Seventh Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part of it, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and each is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 10. Counterparts. This Seventh Supplemental Indenture may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute buy one instrument.

SECTION 11. Headings. The headings of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 12. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company, AOL Time Warner, America Online, TWI and TBS, and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 13. Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Seventh Supplemental Indenture or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Seventh Supplemental Indenture or of the Securities, but this Seventh Supplemental Indenture and the Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.


12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Seventh Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.,

By  /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
    ----------------------------
    Name: Thomas W. McEnerney
    Title: Vice President

AOL TIME WARNER INC.,

By  /s/ J. Michael Kelly
   ----------------------------
   Name: J. Michael Kelly
   Title: Exec. Vice President
          and Chief Financial Officer

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.,

By  /s/ Paul T. Cappuccio
   ----------------------------
   Name:  Paul T. Cappuccio
   Title: Exec. Vice President

TIME WARNER INC.,

By  /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ----------------------------
   Name: Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.,

By  /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
   ----------------------------
   Name: Thomas W. McEnerney
   Title: Vice President


13

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Trustee,

By  /s/ R. Lorenzen
   ----------------------------
   Name: R. Lorenzen
   Title: Asst. Vice President


EXHIBIT 4.19

INDENTURE

between

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

TRUSTEE

Dated as of December 6, 1999

Providing for Issuance of

Debt Securities in Series


Reconciliation and tie between Indenture, dated as of December 6, 1999, and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 Section               Indenture Section
-----------------------------------               -----------------
310      (a)      (1)                             6.11
         (a)      (2)                             6.11
         (a)      (3)                             TIA
         (a)      (4)                             Not Applicable
         (a)      (5)                             TIA
         (b)                                      6.9; 6.11; TIA

311      (a)                                      TIA
         (b)                                      TIA

312      (a)                                      6.7
         (b)                                      TIA
         (c)                                      TIA

313      (a)                                      6.6; TIA
         (b)                                      TIA
         (c)                                      6.6; TIA
         (d)                                      6.6

314      (a)                                      9.6; 9.7; TIA
         (b)                                      Not Applicable
         (c)      (1)                             1.2
         (c)      (2)                             1.2
         (c)      (3)                             Not Applicable
         (d)                                      Not Applicable
         (e)                                      1.2
         (f)                                      TIA

315      (a)                                      TIA
         (b)                                      6.5
         (c)                                      6.1
         (d)      (1)                             TIA
         (d)      (2)                             TIA
         (d)      (3)                             TIA
         (e)                                      TIA

316      (a)      (1)      (A)                    5.8
         (a)      (1)      (B)                    5.7
         (b)                                      5.2; 5.10
         (c)                                      TIA


Trust Indenture Act of 1939 Section               Indenture Section
-----------------------------------               -----------------

317      (a)      (1)                             5.3
         (a)      (2)                             5.4
         (b)                                      9.3
318      (a)                                      1.11
         (b)                                      TIA
         (c)                                      1.11; TIA


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION..........1

   1.1. DEFINITIONS.........................................................1
   1.2. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS................................8
   1.3. FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE..............................9
   1.4. ACTS OF HOLDERS....................................................10
   1.5. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY..............................12
   1.6. NOTICE TO HOLDERS; WAIVER..........................................12
   1.7. HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.....................................13
   1.8. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS..............................................13
   1.9. SEPARABILITY.......................................................13
  1.10. BENEFITS OF INDENTURE..............................................13
  1.11. GOVERNING LAW......................................................13
  1.12. LEGAL HOLIDAYS.....................................................14
  1.13. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.........................................14

ARTICLE II  SECURITY FORMS.................................................14

   2.1. FORMS GENERALLY....................................................14
   2.2. FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION....................15
   2.3. SECURITIES IN GLOBAL FORM..........................................15
   2.4. FORM OF LEGEND FOR SECURITIES IN GLOBAL FORM.......................16

ARTICLE III  THE SECURITIES................................................16

   3.1. AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES...............................16
   3.2. DENOMINATIONS......................................................21
   3.3. EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.....................21
   3.4. TEMPORARY SECURITIES...............................................24
   3.5. REGISTRATION, TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE................................25
   3.6. REPLACEMENT SECURITIES.............................................28
   3.7. PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.....................30
   3.8. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS..............................................32
   3.9. CANCELLATION.......................................................32
  3.10. COMPUTATION OF INTEREST............................................32
  3.11. CURRENCY AND MANNER OF PAYMENT IN RESPECT OF SECURITIES............32
  3.12. APPOINTMENT AND RESIGNATION OF EXCHANGE RATE AGENT.................37
  3.13.  WIRE TRANSFERS....................................................38
  3.14. CUSIP NUMBERS......................................................38

ARTICLE IV  SATISFACTION, DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE.........................38

   4.1. TERMINATION OF COMPANY'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE INDENTURE...........38
   4.2. APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS.........................................40
   4.3. APPLICABILITY OF DEFEASANCE PROVISIONS; COMPANY'S OPTION TO
        EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE...........................40
   4.4. DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE...........................................40
   4.5. COVENANT DEFEASANCE................................................41
   4.6. CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE....................41
   4.7. DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.....43
   4.8. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY...............................................44
   4.9. INDEMNITY FOR GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS...............................44

                                       i



ARTICLE V  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES...........................................44

   5.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................................44
   5.2. ACCELERATION; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.............................45
   5.3. COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE....46
   5.4. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM...................................47
   5.5. TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF SECURITIES........47
   5.6. DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.......................................47
   5.7. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS............................................47
   5.8. CONTROL BY MAJORITY................................................47
   5.9. LIMITATION ON SUITS BY HOLDERS.....................................47
  5.10. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT...............................48
  5.11. APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.....................................48
  5.12. RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.................................50
  5.13. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.....................................50
  5.14. WAIVER OF STAY, EXTENSION OR USURY LAWS............................50

ARTICLE VI  THE TRUSTEE....................................................50

   6.1. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE..................................................50
   6.2. TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SECURITIES........................................52
   6.3. MONEY HELD IN TRUST................................................52
   6.4. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER...............................................52
   6.5. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.................................................53
   6.6. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS......................................53
   6.7. SECURITY HOLDER LISTS..............................................53
   6.8. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.........................................54
   6.9. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.............................................54
  6.10. ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.............................56
  6.11. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION......................................57
  6.12. MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS........57
  6.13. APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT................................58

ARTICLE VII  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE BY THE COMPANY..................59

   7.1. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS PERMITTED..................59

ARTICLE VIII  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES......................................60

   8.1. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.................60
   8.2. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS............................................61
   8.3. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT................................63
   8.4. EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES...............................63
   8.5. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..................................63
   8.6. REFERENCE IN SECURITIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.................63

ARTICLE IX  COVENANTS......................................................64

   9.1. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND INTEREST................64
   9.2. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY....................................64
   9.3. MONEY FOR SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; UNCLAIMED MONEY..........65
   9.4. CORPORATE EXISTENCE................................................66
   9.5. MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES..........................................67
   9.6. REPORTS BY THE COMPANY.............................................67
   9.7. ANNUAL REVIEW CERTIFICATE..........................................67
   PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.......................................68

ARTICLE X  REDEMPTION......................................................69

                                       ii



   10.1. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..........................................69
   10.2. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.............................69
   10.3. SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED............................69
   10.4. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION..............................................70
   10.5. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.......................................71
   10.6. SECURITIES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.............................71
   10.7. SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.......................................72

ARTICLE XI  SINKING FUNDS..................................................73

   11.1. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..........................................73
   11.2. SATISFACTION OF SINKING FUND PAYMENTS WITH SECURITIES.............73
   11.3. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.........................73


                                      iii

         INDENTURE, dated as of December 6, 1999, between AMERICA ONLINE, INC.,
a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware (the "Company"), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, Trustee, a
Massachusetts trust company organized and existing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "Trustee").

                                    RECITALS

         The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its debentures, notes
or other evidences of indebtedness ("Securities") to be issued in one or more
series as herein provided.

         All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

         For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the
Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as
follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities or of
series thereof:

                                    ARTICLE I

                        DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

                             OF GENERAL APPLICATION

          Section  1.1.  Definitions.  (a) For all  purposes of this  Indenture,
except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

               (1)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned
                    to them in this Article and include the plural as well as
                    the singular;

               (2)  all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
                    Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have
                    the meanings assigned to them therein;

               (3)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
                    meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally
                    accepted accounting principles; and

               (4)  the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words
                    of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not
                    to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agent" means any Paying Agent or Registrar.

         "Authenticating Agent" means any authenticating agent appointed by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.13.

         "Authorized Newspaper" means a newspaper of general circulation, in the
official language of the country of publication or in the English language,
customarily published on each Business Day whether or not published on
Saturdays, Sundays or holiday. Whenever successive publications in an Authorized
Newspaper are required hereunder they may be made (unless otherwise expressly
provided herein) on the same or different days of the week and in the same or
different Authorized Newspapers.

          "Bearer Security" means any Security issued hereunder which is payable
to bearer.

         "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the
Company, the Executive Committee or any other duly authorized committee thereof.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of one or more resolutions of the Board
of Directors, certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in
full force and effect on the date of the certificate, and delivered to the
Trustee.

         "Business Day", when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any
other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities,
means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to
Section 3.1, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a
day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular
location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close, except
as may otherwise be provided in the form of Security of any particular series
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if
at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not
existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture
Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

         "Company" means the party named as the Company in the first paragraph
of this Indenture until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means such successors.

         "Company Order" and "Company Request" mean, respectively, a written
order or request signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board,
any Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or any Senior
Vice President, and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate
Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the
Trustee.


                                       2

          "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 2 Avenue de
Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724 Attention: Corporate Trust
Department.

          "currency unit", for all purposes of this Indenture, shall include any
composite currency.

         "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time,
or both, would be, an Event of Default.

         "Depository", when used with respect to the Securities of or within any
series issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, means the Person
designated as Depository by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 until a
successor Depository shall have become such pursuant to the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter shall mean or include each Person
which is then a Depository hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one
such Person, shall be a collective reference to such Persons.

         "Dollar" or "$" means the coin or currency of the United States as at
the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

         "Government Obligations" means securities which are (i) direct
obligations of the United States or, if specified as contemplated by Section
3.1, the government which issued the currency in which the Securities of a
particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and
credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by
and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States or, if specified
as contemplated by Section 3.1, such government which issued the foreign
currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States or such other government is
pledged (whether by guaranty or otherwise), which, in either case, are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also
include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with
respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on
or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required
by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository
receipt.

         "Holder" means, with respect to a Bearer Security, a bearer thereof or
of a coupon appertaining thereto and, with respect to a Registered Security, a
person in whose name such Registered Security is registered on the Register.

         "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof,
including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental
indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a
part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture,
respectively. The term "Indenture" shall also include the terms of the
particular series of Securities established as



                                       3

contemplated by Section 3.1; provided, however, that if at any time more than
one Person is acting as Trustee under this Indenture due to the appointment of
one or more separate Trustees for any one or more separate series of Securities,
"Indenture" shall mean, with respect to such series of Securities for which any
such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from
time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental
hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall
include the terms of particular series of Securities for which such Person is
Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.1, exclusive, however, of any
provisions or terms which relate solely to other series of Securities for which
such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were
adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or
more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had
become such Trustee, but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party;
provided further that in the event that this indenture is supplemented or
amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto which are only applicable
to certain series of Securities, the term "Indenture" for a particular series of
Securities shall only include the supplemental indentures applicable thereto.

         "Indexed Security" means a Security the terms of which provide that the
principal amount thereof payable at Stated Maturity may be more or less than the
principal face amount thereof at original issuance.

         "interest", when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount
Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest
payable after Maturity.

         "Interest Payment Date", when used with respect to any Security, means
the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

         "Maturity", when used with respect to any Security, means the date on
which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due
and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by
declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

          "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President,
any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the
Treasurer or the Corporate Secretary of the Company.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board, the President, any Executive Vice President or any Senior Vice
President, signing alone, or by any Vice President signing together with the
Corporate Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant
Treasurer of the Company.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of legal counsel, who may
be (a) any senior attorney employed by the Company, (b) Mintz, Levin, Cohn,
Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C. or (c) other counsel designated by the Company
and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.




                                       4

         "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides
for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be due and
payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to
Section 5.2.

         "Outstanding", when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the
date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

          (i)  Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to
               the Trustee for cancellation;

          (ii) Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption
               money or Government Obligations in the necessary amount has been
               theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other
               than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust
               by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent)
               for the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining
               thereto, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed,
               notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this
               Indenture or provisions therefor satisfactory to the Trustee have
               been made;

         (iii) Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 4.4 and
               4.5, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance
               and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article IV; and

          (iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.6 or in
               exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been
               authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other
               than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have
               been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such
               Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such
               Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that unless otherwise provided with respect to any Securities
of any series pursuant to Section 3.1, in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, or
whether sufficient funds are available for redemption or for any other purpose,
and for the purpose of making the calculations required by section 313 of the
Trust Indenture Act or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes,
(w) the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Securities that may be
counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to
be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal
thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at
the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the
maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2, (x) the principal amount of any
Security denominated in one or more Foreign Currencies or currency units that
may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be
deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent,
determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as
set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of
the principal amount




                                       5

(or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the Dollar equivalent,
determined as of such date of original issuance, of the amount determined as
provided in clause (w) above) of such Security, (y) unless otherwise provided
with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.1, the principal amount of
any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or
calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal
to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, and
(z) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or
any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, or
determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so
disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be
regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that
the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any
Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

         "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest and any other payments on any
Securities on behalf of the Company.

         "Periodic Offering" means an offering of Securities of a series from
time to time the specific terms of which Securities, including, without
limitation, the rate or rates of interest or formula for determining the rate or
rates of interest thereon, if any, the Maturity thereof and the redemption
provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Company
upon the issuance of such Securities.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.

         "Place of Payment", when used with respect to the Securities of or
within any series, means the place or places where the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest and any other payments on such Securities are payable as
specified as contemplated by Sections 3.1 and 9.2.

         "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security
authenticated and delivered under Section 3.6 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the
same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

         "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this
Indenture.

         "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, in whole or in part, means the price at which it is to be redeemed
pursuant to this Indenture.



                                       6

         "Registered Security" means any Security issued hereunder and
registered as to principal and interest in the Register.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date on the Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that
purpose as contemplated by Section 3.1, which date shall be, unless otherwise
specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the fifteenth day preceding such Interest
Payment Date, whether or not such day shall be a Business Day.

         "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, shall
mean any senior vice president, vice president, any assistant vice president or
assistant secretary working in its corporate trust department and assigned
responsibility for this engagement, or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who
at the time shall be such officers, respectively, working in its corporate trust
department and assigned responsibility for this engagement, or to whom any
corporate trust matter relating to the Indenture or the Securities is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

         "Security" or "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital
of this Indenture and more particularly means a Security or Securities of the
Company issued, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.7.

         "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to any Security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
in such Security or in a coupon representing such installment of interest as the
fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of
principal or interest is due and payable.

         "Subsidiary" means any Person of which the Company at the time owns or
controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the shares of outstanding
stock or other equity interests having general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect a majority of the Board of Directors, managers or
trustees, as the case may be, of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at
the time stock of any other class or classes or other equity interests of such
corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of
any contingency).

         "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 8.3.

         "Trustee" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this
Indenture until a successor Trustee replaces it pursuant to the applicable
provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor Trustee and
if, at any time, there is more than one Trustee, "Trustee" as used with respect
to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to the
Securities of that series.



                                       7

         "United States" means, unless otherwise specified with respect to the
Securities of any series as contemplated by Section 3.1, the United States of
America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories,
its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

         "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company, means any vice
president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before
or after the title "Vice President".

         "U.S. Person" means, unless otherwise specified with respect to the
Securities of any series as contemplated by Section 3.1, an individual citizen
or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or
a partnership, estate or trust treated as a domestic partnership, estate or
trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

                  (b)      The following terms shall have the meanings specified
                           in the Sections referred to opposite such term below:

Term                               Section
----                               -------
"Act"                              1.4(a)
"Bankruptcy Law"                   5.1
"Claims"                           6.8(b)
"Component Currency"               3.11(h)
"Conversion Date"                  3.11(d)
"Conversion Event"                 3.11(h)
"Custodian"                        5.1
"Defaulted Interest"               3.7(b)
"Election Date"                    3.11(h)
"Euro"                             3.11(h)
"Event of Default"                 5.1
"Exchange Rate Agent"              3.11(h)
"Exchange Rate Officer's
   Certificate"                    3.11(h)
"Foreign Currency"                 3.11(h)
"Market Exchange Rate"             3.11(h)
"Register"                         3.5
"Registrar"                        3.5
"Specified Amount"                 3.11(h)
"Valuation Date"                   3.11(c)

Section 1.2. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such

8

conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officer's Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 9.7) shall include:

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 1.3. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by

9

an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinions or representations as to such accounting matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.4. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Bearer Securities may be proved by the production of such Bearer Securities or by a certificate executed by any trust company, bank, banker or other depository, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depository, or exhibited to it, the Bearer Securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such Bearer Securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any Bearer Security continues until (i) another such certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Bearer Security is produced,
(ii) such Bearer Security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, (iii) such Bearer Security is surrendered in exchange for a Registered Security or
(iv) such Bearer Security is no longer Outstanding. The ownership of Bearer Securities may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(d) The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Register (as defined below).

10

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(f) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of any series any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders of such series entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of such series of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities of such series have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities of such series shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date (as defined below) by Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Securities on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 1.6.

With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the Company may designate any date as the "Expiration Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Trustee, and to each Holder of Securities of the applicable series in the manner set forth in Section 1.6 on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date pursuant to this Section, the Company shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

(g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of

11

the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(h) The Company and the Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.

Section 1.5. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee to the attention of its Corporate Trust Office, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at America Online, Inc., 22000 AOL Way, Dulles, VA 20166 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 1.6. Notice to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, (i) if any of the Securities affected by such event are Registered Securities, such notice to the Holders thereof shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in the terms of such Securities expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Register, within the time prescribed for the giving of such notice and, (ii) if any of the Securities affected by such event are Bearer Securities, notice to the Holders thereof shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in the terms of such Bearer Securities expressly provided) if published once in an Authorized Newspaper in New York, New York, and in such other city or cities, if any, as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.

In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Bearer Securities given as provided herein. In any case where notice is given to Holders by publication, neither the failure to publish such notice, nor any defect in any notice so published, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Bearer Securities or the sufficiency of any notice to Holders of Registered Securities given as provided herein. Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

If by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice as provided above, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall

12

constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. If it is impossible or, in the opinion of the Trustee, impracticable to give any notice by publication in the manner herein required, then such publication in lieu thereof as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

Section 1.7. Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 1.8. Successor and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successor and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Any act or proceeding that is required or permitted by any provision of this Indenture and that is authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the successor or assign of the Company.

Section 1.9. Separability. In case any provision of this Indenture or the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 1.10. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 1.11. Governing Law. UNLESS OTHERWISE PROVIDED WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES OF ANY SERIES PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.1, THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES AND ANY COUPONS APPERTAINING THERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE. This Indenture is subject to the Trust Indenture Act and if any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required by the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed

13

to apply to this Indenture as so modified, or to be excluded, as the case may be, whether or not such provision of this Indenture refers expressly to such provision of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 1.12. Legal Holidays. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Security or Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity or other payment date of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security or coupon, payment of principal, premium, if any or interest or other payments need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on such date; provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity or other payment date, as the case may be.

Section 1.13. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, agent, member, manager, trustee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any successor Person shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any successor Person, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person, under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation, whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a Security, each Holder agrees to the provisions of this Section 1.13 and waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

ARTICLE II

SECURITY FORMS

Section 2.1. Forms Generally. The Securities of each series and the coupons, if any, to be attached thereto shall be in substantially such form as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation or with the rules or usage of any securities exchange or Depository therefor or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities and coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities and coupons, if any. If temporary Securities of any series are issued as permitted by Section 3.4, the form thereof also shall be established as provided in the preceding sentence. If the forms of Securities and coupons, if any, of any series are established by, or by action taken pursuant to, a Board Resolution, a copy of the Board Resolution together with an appropriate record of any such action taken pursuant thereto, including a copy of the approved form of Securities or coupons, if any, shall be certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and

14

delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 3.3 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, Bearer Securities shall have interest coupons attached.

The definitive Securities and coupons, if any, shall be typeset, printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner or medium, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities and coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and coupons, if any.

Section 2.2. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication. Subject to Section 6.13, the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the [Securities] [of the series designated herein and] referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                  __________________________, as Trustee

Dated:                            By:  Authorized Signatory

         Section 2.3. Securities in Global Form. If Securities of or within a

series are issuable in whole or in part in global form, any such Security may provide that it shall represent the aggregate or specified amount of Outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and may also provide that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, or changes in the rights of Holders, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby, shall be made in such manner and by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.3 or 3.4. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 and, if applicable, Section 3.4, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. Any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement or delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.2 hereof and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

The provisions of the last paragraph of Section 3.3 shall apply to any Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.2 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last paragraph of Section 3.3.

15

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.1 and 3.7, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

Section 2.4. Form of Legend for Securities in Global Form. Unless otherwise provided with respect to any Securities of any series pursuant to
Section 3.1 or required by the Depository, any Security of such series in global form authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

This Security is in global form within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Depository or a nominee of a Depository. Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in certificated form, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, this Security will be in global form, subject to the foregoing.

ARTICLE III

THE SECURITIES

Section 3.1. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. (a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated, delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series.

(b) The following matters shall be established with respect to each series of Securities issued hereunder (i) by a Board Resolution, (ii) by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution and (subject to Section 3.3) set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers' Certificate or
(iii) in one or more indentures supplemental hereto:

(1) the title of the Securities of the series (which title shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other series of Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated, delivered and outstanding under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 8.6, or 10.7 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to
Section 3.3, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

16

(3) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates; and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments or the method of determination thereof;

(4) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable or the method by which such dates will be determined and, with respect to Registered Securities, the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than upon a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

(5) the place or places where the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable;

(6) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, the currency or currencies (including currency units) in which, and the other terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or otherwise, and, if other than as provided in
Section 10.3, the manner in which the particular Securities of such series (if less than all Securities of such series are to be redeemed) are to be selected for redemption;

(7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or upon the happening of a specified event or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the other terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation and provisions for the remarketing of such series;

(8) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, for Registered Securities, and if other than denominations of $5,000 and any integral multiple thereof, for Bearer Securities, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

17

(9) if other than Dollars, the currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) in which the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, or other payments, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be payable, or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated, and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to, or in lieu of the provisions of Section 3.11;

(10) the terms, if any, upon which Securities of the series may be convertible into or exchanged for other Securities of the Company and the terms and conditions upon which the conversion or exchange shall be effected, including the initial conversion or exchange price or rate, the conversion or exchange period, and any other additional provisions;

(11) if the payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, or other payments, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be made, at the election of the Company or a Holder, in a currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) other than that in which such Securities are denominated or designated to be payable, the currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) in which such payments are to be made, the terms and conditions of such payments and the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to such payments shall be determined, and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to, or in lieu of the provisions of Section 3.11;

(12) if the amount of payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, or other payments, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on the price of one or more commodities, derivatives or securities; one or more securities, derivatives or commodities exchange indices or other indices; a currency or currencies (including currency unit or units) other than that in which the Securities of the series are denominated or designated to be payable; or any other variable or the relationship between any variables or combination of variables), the index, formula or other method by which such amounts shall be determined;

(13) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of such Securities of the series or other amount which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration thereof pursuant to Section 5.2 or provable in bankruptcy or the method by which such portion or amount shall be determined;

18

(14) if other than as provided in Section 3.7, the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable and the manner in which, or the Person to whom, any interest on any Bearer Securities of the series shall be payable;

(15) if the principal amount payable at the Maturity of any Securities of the series will not be determinable as of one or more dates prior to Maturity, the amount which shall be deemed to be the principal amount of such Securities as of any such date hereunder or thereunder, or, if other than as provided in the definition of the term "Outstanding", which shall be deemed to be Outstanding as of any date prior to the Stated Maturity (or, in any such case, the manner in which such amount deemed to be the principal amount shall be determined) and, if necessary, the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in U.S. currency;

(16) provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series upon the occurrence of such events as may be specified;

(17) the applicability of or any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default set forth in Section 5.1 or covenants of the Company set forth in Article IX pertaining to the Securities of the series;

(18) under what circumstances, if any, the Company will pay additional amounts on the Securities of that series held by a Person who is not a U.S. Person in respect of taxes or similar charges withheld or deducted and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such additional amounts (and the terms of any such option);

(19) whether Securities of the series shall be issuable as Registered Securities or Bearer Securities (with or without interest coupons), or both, and any restrictions applicable to the offering, sale or delivery of Bearer Securities and, if other than as provided in Section 3.5, the terms upon which Bearer Securities of a series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of the same series and vice versa;

(20) the date as of which any Bearer Securities of the series and any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

(21) the forms of the Securities and coupons, if any, of the series;

19

(22) any changes or additions to the provisions provided in Article Four of this Indenture pertaining to defeasance, including without limitation, the exclusion of Section 4.4 or 4.5, or both, with respect to the Securities of or within the series; or the applicability, if any, to the Securities of or within the series of such means of defeasance or covenant defeasance other than those provided in Sections 4.4 and 4.5 as may be specified for the Securities and coupons, if any, of such series, and whether, for the purpose of any defeasance or covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 4.4 or 4.5 or otherwise, the term "Government Obligations" shall include obligations referred to in the definition of such term which are not obligations of the United States or an agency or instrumentality of the United States;

(23) if other than the Trustee, the identity of the Registrar and any Paying Agent;

(24) any terms which may be related to warrants, options or other rights to purchase and sell securities issued by the Company in connection with, or for the purchase of, Securities of such series, including whether and under what circumstances the Securities of any series may be used toward the exercise price of any such warrants, options or other rights;

(25) the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

(26) whether any of the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in global form, and if so
(i) the Depository for such global Securities, (ii) the form of any legend in addition to or in lieu of that in
Section 2.4 which shall be borne by such global Securities, (iii) whether beneficial owners of interests in any Securities of the series in global form may exchange such interests for certificated Securities of such series and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination, and (iv) if other than as provided in Section 3.5, the circumstances under which any such exchange may occur;

(27) the subordination, if any, of the Securities of the series;

(28) if the Securities of the series will be governed by, and the extent to which such Securities will be governed by, any law other than the laws of the state of New York; and

(29) the terms, if any, of any guarantee of the payment of principal, premium and interest with respect to Securities of the series and

20

any corresponding changes to the provisions of this Indenture as then in effect;

(30) the terms, if any, of the transfer, mortgage, pledge or assignment as security for the Securities of the series of any properties, assets, moneys, proceeds, securities or other collateral, including whether certain provisions in the Trust Indenture Act are applicable and any corresponding changes to provisions of this Indenture as then in effect;

(31) any other terms of the series, including any terms which may be required by or advisable under United States laws or regulations or advisable (as determined by the Company) in connection with the marketing of Securities of the series.

(c) The terms applicable to the Securities of any one series and coupons, if any, appertaining to any Bearer Securities of such series need not be identical but may vary as may be provided (i) by a Board Resolution, (ii) by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution and (subject to Section 3.3) set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the related Officers' Certificate or (iii) in an indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

(d) If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of such Board Resolution shall be certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers' Certificate setting forth, or providing the manner for determining, the terms of the Securities of such series, and an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant thereto in connection with the issuance of any Securities of such series shall be delivered to the Trustee prior to the authentication and delivery thereof.

(e) Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Board Resolutions or supplemental indenture, as contemplated by this
Section 3.1, the Securities of any Series shall rank pari passu with the Securities of each other Series.

Section 3.2. Denominations. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, any Registered Securities of a series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and any Bearer Securities of a series shall be issuable in the denomination of $5,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 3.3. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or any Senior Vice President and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company. The Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Securities and shall be attested by the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. The signatures of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or

21

facsimile. The coupons, if any, of Bearer Securities shall bear the facsimile signature of the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman, the President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

Securities and coupons bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time, the Company may deliver Securities, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities; provided, however, that in the case of Securities offered in a Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Securities from time to time in accordance with such other procedures (including, without limitation, the receipt by the Trustee of oral or electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agents, promptly confirmed in writing) acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified by or pursuant to a Company Order delivered to the Trustee prior to the time of the first authentication of Securities of such series.

If the form or terms of the Securities of a series have been established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1, in authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to section 315(a) through
(d) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect that,

(1) if the forms of such Securities and any coupons have been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution as permitted by Section 2.1, such forms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) if the terms of such Securities and any coupons have been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution as permitted by Section 3.1, such terms have been, or in the case of Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, will be, established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, subject in the case of Securities offered in a Periodic Offering, to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel; and

(3) such Securities together with any coupons appertaining thereto, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and to general equity principles and except

22

further as enforcement thereof may be limited by or subject to certain exceptions and qualifications specified in such Opinion of Counsel, including in the case of any Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency, (A) requirements that a claim with respect to any Securities denominated other than in Dollars (or a foreign currency or foreign currency unit judgment in respect of such claim) be converted into Dollars at a rate of exchange prevailing on a date determined pursuant to applicable law or (B) governmental authority to limit, delay or prohibit the making of payments in foreign currency or currency units or payments outside the United States.

Notwithstanding that such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate such Securities if, in the written opinion of counsel to the Trustee (which counsel may be an employee of the Trustee), the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will adversely affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee reasonably believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.1 and of the two preceding paragraphs, if all of the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers' Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.1 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to the two preceding paragraphs in connection with the authentication of each Security of such series if such documents, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.

With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, the Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such Securities, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and the other documents delivered pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 3.1 and this Section, as applicable, in connection with the first authentication of Securities of such series.

If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.1 that the Securities of a series are to be issued in whole or in part in global form, then, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Securities pursuant to
Section 3.1, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section and the Company Order with respect to such series, authenticate and deliver one or more Securities in global form that (i) shall represent and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Security or Securities in global form, (ii) shall be registered, if a Registered Security, in the name of the Depository for such Security or Securities in global form or the nominee of such Depository, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instruction and (iv) shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.4.

23

Unless otherwise established pursuant to Section 3.1, each Depository designated pursuant to Section 3.1 for a Registered Security in global form must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depository, be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any other applicable statute or regulation. Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility to determine if the Depository is so registered.

Each Depository shall enter into an agreement with the Issuer and the Trustee, as agent, governing the respective duties and rights of such Depository, the Issuer and the Trustee, as agent, with regard to Securities issued in global form.

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication and each Bearer Security shall be dated as of the date specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.

No Security or coupon appertaining thereto shall be entitled to any benefits under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of one of the authorized signatories of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent and no coupon shall be valid until the Security to which it appertains has been so authenticated. Such signature upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Except as permitted by Section 3.6 or 3.7, the Trustee shall not authenticate and deliver any Bearer Security unless all appurtenant coupons for interest then matured have been detached and cancelled.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.9 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.2 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall not be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 3.4. Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute and, upon Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Securities of such series which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor and form, with or without coupons, of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities and coupons, if any. In the case of Securities of any series, all or a portion of such temporary Securities may be in global form.

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form, each of which shall be exchanged in accordance with the provisions thereof, if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary

24

Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company pursuant to Section 9.2 in a Place of Payment for such series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series (accompanied by any unmatured coupons appertaining thereto), the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor; provided, however, that no definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Registered Security; and provided further that no definitive Bearer Security shall be delivered in exchange for a temporary Bearer Security unless the Trustee shall have received from the person entitled to receive the definitive Bearer Security a certificate substantially in the form approved in or pursuant to the Board Resolutions relating thereto and such delivery shall occur only outside the United States. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1.

Section 3.5. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency to be maintained by the Company in accordance with Section 9.2 in a Place of Payment or in such other place or medium as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the "Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and the registration of transfers of Registered Securities. The Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, the Trustee is hereby appointed "Registrar" for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 9.2 in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, Bearer Securities (except for any temporary global Bearer Securities) or any coupons appertaining thereto (except for coupons attached to any temporary global Bearer Security) shall be transferable by delivery.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, at the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series (except a Registered Security in global form) may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the

25

Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, Bearer Securities may not be issued in exchange for Registered Securities.

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, at the option of the Holder, Bearer Securities of such series may be exchanged for Registered Securities (if the Securities of such series are issuable in registered form) or Bearer Securities (if Bearer Securities of such series are issuable in more than one denomination and such exchanges are permitted by such series) of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Bearer Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency, with all unmatured coupons and all matured coupons in default thereto appertaining. If the Holder of a Bearer Security is unable to produce any such unmatured coupon or coupons or matured coupon or coupons in default, such exchange may be effected if the Bearer Securities are accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company and the Trustee in an amount equal to the face amount of such missing coupon or coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Security shall surrender to any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which such a payment shall have been made, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such payment; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2, interest represented by coupons shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons at an office or agency located outside the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case any Bearer Security of any series is surrendered at any such office or agency in exchange for a Registered Security of the same series after the close of business at such office or agency on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related date for payment of Defaulted Interest, such Bearer Security shall be surrendered without the coupon relating to such Interest Payment Date or proposed date of payment, as the case may be (or, if such coupon is so surrendered with such Bearer Security, such coupon shall be returned to the person so surrendering the Bearer Security), and interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of the Registered Security issued in exchange for such Bearer Security, but will be payable only to the Holder of such coupon, when due in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to a series of Securities or as otherwise provided below in this Section 3.5, owners of beneficial interests in Securities of such series represented by a Security issued in global form will not be entitled to have Securities of such series registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of Securities of such series in certificated form and will not be considered the Holders or owners thereof for any purposes hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in certificated form in the circumstances described below, a Security in global form representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not be transferred or exchanged except as a whole by the Depository

26

for such series to a nominee of such Depository or by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository or by such Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository for such series or a nominee of such successor Depository.

If at any time the Depository for the Securities of a series notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the Securities of such series or if at any time the Depository for the Securities of such series notifies the Company that it shall no longer be eligible under
Section 3.3, the Company shall appoint a successor Depository with respect to the Securities of such series. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by
Section 3.1, if a successor Depository for the Securities of such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company's election pursuant to
Section 3.1(b) (26) shall no longer be effective with respect to the Securities of such series and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of certificated Securities of such series of like tenor, shall authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series of like tenor in certificated form, in authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Security or Securities of such series of like tenor in global form in exchange for such Security or Securities in global form.

The Company may at any time in its sole discretion determine that Securities of a series issued in global form shall no longer be represented by such a Security or Securities in global form. In such event the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of certificated Securities of such series of like tenor, shall authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series of like tenor in certificated form, in authorized denominations and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Security or Securities of such series of like tenor in global form in exchange for such Security or Securities in global form.

If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to a series of Securities, the Depository for such series may surrender a Security in global form of such series in exchange in whole or in part for Securities of such series in certificated form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depository. Thereupon, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge,

(i) to each Person specified by such Depository a new certificated Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person's beneficial interest in the Security in global form; and

(ii) to such Depository a new Security in global form of like tenor in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Security in global form and the aggregate principal amount of certificated Securities delivered to Holders thereof.

27

(iii) Upon the exchange of a Security in global form for Securities in certificated form, such Security in global form shall be cancelled by the Trustee. Unless expressly provided with respect to the Securities of any series that such Security may be exchanged for Bearer Securities, Securities in certificated form issued in exchange for a Security in global form pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Security in global form, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

Whenever any Securities are surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or upon any exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company, the Registrar or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, no service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or for any exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.4 or 10.7 not involving any transfer.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, none of the Company, the Registrar or the Trustee shall be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities for a period beginning at the opening of 15 Business Days before any selection for redemption of Securities of like tenor and of the series of which such Security is a part and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of Securities of like tenor and of such series to be redeemed; (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part; or
(iii) to exchange any Bearer Security so selected for redemption, except that such a Bearer Security may be exchanged for a Registered Security of that series and like tenor; provided that such Registered Security shall be simultaneously surrendered for redemption.

Section 3.6. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security or a Security with a mutilated coupon appertaining to it is surrendered to the Trustee, together with, in proper cases, such

28

security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a replacement Registered Security, if such surrendered Security was a Registered Security, or a replacement Bearer Security with coupons corresponding to the coupons appertaining to the surrendered Security, if such surrendered Security was a Bearer Security, of the same series and date of maturity.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security or Security with a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security or coupon has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security or in exchange for the Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains (with all appurtenant coupons not destroyed, lost or stolen), a replacement Registered Security, if such Holder's claim appertains to a Registered Security, or a replacement Bearer Security with coupons corresponding to the coupons appertaining to the destroyed, lost or stolen Bearer Security or the Bearer Security to which such lost, destroyed or stolen coupon appertains, if such Holder's claim appertains to a Bearer Security, of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding with coupons corresponding to the coupons, if any, appertaining to the destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or coupon has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security or coupon, pay such Security or coupon; provided, however, that payment of principal of and any premium or interest on Bearer Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2, be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, any interest on Bearer Securities shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the coupons appertaining thereto.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series with its coupons, if any, issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security, or in exchange for a Security to which a destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security and its coupon, if any, or the destroyed, lost or stolen coupon, shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series and their coupons, if any, duly issued hereunder.

29

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or coupons.

Section 3.7. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, interest, if any, on any Registered Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency maintained for such purpose pursuant to 9.2; provided, however, that at the option of the Company, interest on any series of Registered Securities that bear interest may be paid (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it shall appear on the Register of Holders of Securities of such series or (ii) by wire transfer to an account maintained by the Person entitled thereto as specified in the Register of Holders of Securities of such series.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, (A) (i) interest, if any, on Bearer Securities shall be paid only against presentation and surrender of the coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they mature and (ii) principal, original issue discount, if any, and premium, if any, on Bearer Securities shall be paid only against presentation and surrender of such Securities; in either case at the office of a Paying Agent located outside the United States, unless the Company shall have otherwise instructed the Trustee in writing provided that any such instruction for payment in the United States does not cause any Bearer Security to be treated as a "registration-required obligation" under United States laws and regulations; (B) the interest, if any, on any temporary Bearer Security shall be paid, as to any installment of interest evidenced by a coupon attached thereto only upon presentation and surrender of such coupon as provided in clause (A) above and, as to other installments of interest, only upon presentation of such Security for notation thereon of the payment of such interest; and (C) if at the time a payment of principal of premium, if any, or interest, if any, on a Bearer Security or coupon shall become due, the payment of the full amount so payable at the office or offices of all the Paying Agents outside the United States is illegal or effectively precluded because of the imposition of exchange controls or other similar restrictions on the payment of such amount in Dollars, then the Company may instruct the Trustee to make such payment at a Paying Agent located in the United States, provided that provision for such payment in the United States would not cause such Bearer Security to be treated as a "registration-required obligation" under United States laws and regulations.

(b) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.1, any interest on any Registered Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities

30

of such series (or their respective Predecess or Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause (1) provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of such Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a specified date in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Registered Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(c) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and
Section 3.5, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

31

Section 3.8. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of any Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.7) interest and any other payments on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the bearer of any Bearer Security and the bearer of any coupon as the absolute owner of such Bearer Security or coupon for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Bearer Security or coupon be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

None of the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Security in global form, nothing herein shall prevent the Company or the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any Depository (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Security in global form or impair, as between such Depository and owners of beneficial interests in such Security in global form, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depository (or its nominee) as Holder of such Security in global form.

Section 3.9. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities and coupons to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and any Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities and coupons surrendered to them for replacement, for registration of transfer, or for exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Securities and coupons surrendered for replacement, for registration of transfer, or for exchange, payment, redemption or cancellation and may destroy cancelled Securities and coupons and, if so destroyed, shall issue a certificate of destruction to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 3.10. Computation of Interest. Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 3.11. Currency and Manner of Payment in Respect of Securities.
(a) Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to
Section 3.1, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below,

32

and with respect to Bearer Securities of any series, except as provided in paragraph (d) below, payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest, if any, and other amounts, if any, on any Registered or Bearer Security of such series will be made in the currency or currencies or currency unit or units in which such Registered Security or Bearer Security, as the case may be, is payable. The provisions of this Section 3.11, including without limitation any defined terms specified herein, may be modified or superseded in whole or in part pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any Securities.

(b) It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.1, with respect to Registered Securities of any series, that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the currencies or currency units which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee (or the applicable Paying Agent) a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to
Section 3.1, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such currency or currency unit, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee (or any applicable Paying Agent) for such series of Registered Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date, and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article IV or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by or on behalf of the Company). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee (or any applicable Paying Agent) not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant currency or currency unit as provided in
Section 3.11(a). The Trustee (or the applicable Paying Agent) shall notify the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

(c) If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for with respect to any Registered Securities of a series pursuant to Section 3.1, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any such Registered Securities, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for such Registered Securities, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying, in the currency or currencies or currency unit or units in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, and specifying the amounts in such currency or currencies or currency unit or units so payable in respect of such Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any currency or currencies or currency unit or units shall have elected to be paid in another currency or currency unit as provided in paragraph (b) above. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for with respect to any Registered Securities of a series pursuant to

33

Section 3.1, and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee (or the applicable Paying Agent) an Exchange Rate Officers' Certificate in respect of the Dollar, Foreign Currency or Currencies or other currency unit payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the Dollar, Foreign Currency or Currencies or other currency unit amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a currency or currency unit as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the "Valuation Date") immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d) If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency or any other currency unit in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable otherwise than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to
Section 3.1, with respect to each date for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency or such other currency unit occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency or such other currency unit was used (the "Conversion Date"), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date (but such Foreign Currency or such other currency unit that was previously the currency of payment shall, at the Company's election, resume being the currency of payment on the first such payment date preceded by 15 Business Days during which the circumstances which gave rise to the Dollar becoming such currency of payment no longer prevail). Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee or any applicable Paying Agent and by the Trustee or any applicable Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a Foreign Currency that is a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

(e) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any currency or currency unit shall have elected to be paid in another currency or currency unit or in other currencies as provided in paragraph (b) above, and (i) a Conversion Event occurs with respect to any such elected currency or currency unit, such Holder shall receive payment in the currency or currency unit in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election and (ii) if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the currency or currency unit in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3.11 (but, subject to any contravening valid election pursuant to paragraph (b) above, the elected payment currency or currency unit, in the case of the circumstances described in clause
(i) above, or the payment currency or currency unit in the absence of such election, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) above, shall, at the Company's election, resume being the currency or currency unit of payment with respect to Holders who have so elected, but only with respect to payments on payment dates preceded by 15 Business Days during which the

34

circumstances which gave rise to such currency or currency unit, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (i) above, or the Dollar, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii) above, becoming the currency or currency unit, as applicable, of payment, no longer prevail).

(f) The "Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency" shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by the Exchange Rate Agent by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

(g) The "Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit" shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and, subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below, shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency (as each such term is defined in paragraph (h) below) into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.

(h) For purposes of this Section 3.11, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

A "Component Currency" shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.

"Conversion Event" shall mean the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, or (ii) any currency unit for the purposes for which it was established.

"Election Date" shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to Section 3.1 by which the written election referred to in Section 3.11(b) may be made.

"Euro" means the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Union that adopt a single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended by the Treaty on European Union signed February 7, 1992.

"Exchange Rate Agent", when used with respect to Securities of or within any series, shall mean, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, a New York Clearing House bank designated pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.12.

"Exchange Rate Officer's Certificate" shall mean a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount in the relevant currency or currency unit), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation, signed by the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, any Vice President or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

35

"Foreign Currency" shall mean any currency issued by the government or governments of one or more countries other than the United States or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments and shall include the Euro.

"Market Exchange Rate" shall mean, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, as of any date of determination, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.1 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question (which may include any such bank acting as Trustee under this Indenture), or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities.

A "Specified Amount" of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which such Component Currency represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date. If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by specified amounts of such two or more currencies, the sum of which, at the Market Exchange Rate of such two or more currencies on the date of such replacement, shall be equal to the Specified Amount of such

36

former Component Currency and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of "Specified Amount") occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee (and any applicable Paying Agent) and all Holders of Securities denominated or payable in the relevant currency, currencies or currency units. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee of any such decision or determination.

In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will promptly give written notice thereof to the Trustee (or any applicable Paying Agent) and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and the Trustee (or such Paying Agent) will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.6 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to any currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will promptly give written notice thereof to the Trustee (or any applicable Paying Agent) and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and the Trustee (or such Paying Agent) will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.6 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee (or any applicable Paying Agent) and to the Exchange Rate Agent.

The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.

Section 3.12. Appointment and Resignation of Exchange Rate Agent. (a) Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency or currency unit other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency or currency unit other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner

37

specified pursuant to Section 3.11 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued currency or currencies or currency unit or units into the applicable payment currency or currency unit for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.11.

(b) No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

(c) If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.1, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same currency or currencies or currency unit or units).

Section 3.13. Wire Transfers. Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company may make any payment of monies required to be deposited with the Trustee on account of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities (whether pursuant to optional or mandatory redemption payments, interest payment or otherwise) by wire transfer and immediately available funds to an account designated by the Trustee on or before the date and time such monies are to be paid to the Holders of the Security in accordance with the terms hereof.

Section 3.14. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Securities, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or exchange shall not be affected by any defect or omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers known to an Officer of the Company.

ARTICLE IV

SATISFACTION, DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE

Section 4.1. Termination of Company's Obligations Under the Indenture.
(a) This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to Securities of or within any series and any coupons appertaining thereto (except as to any surviving rights of

38

registration of transfer or exchange of such Securities and replacement of such Securities which may have been lost, stolen or mutilated as herein expressly provided for) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto when

(1) either

(A) all such Securities previously authenticated and delivered and all coupons appertaining thereto (other than
(i) such coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities surrendered in exchange for Registered Securities and maturing after such exchange, surrender of which is not required or has been waived as provided in Section 3.5, (ii) such Securities and coupons which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.6, (iii) such coupons appertaining to Bearer Securities called for redemption and maturing after the relevant Redemption Date, surrender of which has been waived as provided in Section 10.6 and (iv) such Securities and coupons for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 9.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all Securities of such series and, in the case of (i) or
(ii) below, any coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the currency or currencies or currency unit or units in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities and such coupons not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest, with respect thereto, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

39

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligation of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under
Section 6.8, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under
Section 6.13 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2 and the last paragraph of Section 9.3 shall survive.

Section 4.2. Application of Trust Funds. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.3, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, the coupons and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any and any interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 4.3. Applicability of Defeasance Provisions; Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Unless pursuant to Section 3.1 provision is made to exclude with respect to the Securities of a particular series either or both of (i) defeasance of the Securities of or within such series under Section 4.4 or (ii) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within such series under Section 4.5, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the provisions of Sections 4.6 through 4.9 inclusive, with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to any Securities of such series, shall be applicable to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, and the Company may at its option, at any time, with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, elect to have Section 4.4 (if applicable) or
Section 4.5 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

Section 4.4. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company's exercise of the option specified in Section 4.3 applicable to this Section with respect to the Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the date the conditions set forth in Section 4.6 are satisfied (hereinafter, a "defeasance"). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, which Securities and coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be "Outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 4.7 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clause (ii) of this

40

Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture insofar as such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall on Company Order execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto to receive, solely from the trust funds described in Section 4.6(a) and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Securities or any coupons appertaining thereto when such payments are due; (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.5, 3.6, 9.2 and 9.3 and with respect to the payment of additional amounts, if any, payable with respect to such Securities as specified pursuant to Section 3.1(b) (18); (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (iv) this Article IV. Subject to compliance with this Article IV, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 4.5 with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto. Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

Section 4.5. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company's exercise of the option specified in Section 4.3 applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 7.1, 9.4 and 9.5, and, if specified pursuant to
Section 3.1, its obligations under any other covenant, with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 4.6 are satisfied (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance"), and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be not "Outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Sections 7.1, 9.4 and 9.5, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed "Outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 5.1(3) or 5.1(6) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 4.6. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 4.4 or Section 4.5 to any Securities of or within a series and any coupons appertaining thereto:

(a) The Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.11 who shall agree to comply with, and shall be entitled to the benefits of, the provisions of Sections 4.3 through 4.9 inclusive and the last

41

paragraph of Section 9.3 applicable to the Trustee, for purposes of such Sections also a "Trustee") as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the payments referred to in clauses (x) and (y) of this Section 4.6(a), specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto, with instructions to the Trustee as to the application thereof, (A) money in an amount (in such currency, currencies or currency unit in which such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at Maturity), or (B) if Securities of such series are not subject to repayment at the option of Holders, Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in clause (x) or (y) of this Section 4.6(a), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized independent accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, (x) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto on the Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (y) any mandatory sinking fund payments applicable to such Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto. Before such a deposit the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date or dates in accordance with Article X which shall be given effect in applying the foregoing.

(b) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(c) In the case of an election under Section 4.4, no Default or Event of Default under Section 5.1(4) or 5.1(5) with respect to such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing during the period commencing on the date of such deposit and ending on the 91st day after such date (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

(d) In the case of an election under Section 4.4, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date

42

of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

(e) In the case of an election under Section 4.5, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

(f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance under Section 4.4 or the covenant defeasance under Section 4.5 (as the case may be) have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that either (i) as a result of a deposit pursuant to subsection (a) above and the related exercise of the Company's option under Section 4.4 or Section 4.5 (as the case may be), registration is not required under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by the Company, with respect to the trust funds representing such deposit or by the trustee for such trust funds or (ii) all necessary registrations under said act have been effected.

(g) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith as contemplated by Section 3.1.

Section 4.7. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.3, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to
Section 3.1) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.6 in respect of any Securities of any series and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

43

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to
Section 3.1, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 4.6(a) has been made,
(i) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.11(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a currency or currency unit other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 4.6(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (ii) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.11(d) or 3.11(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 4.6(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security and any coupons appertaining thereto shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the currency or currency unit in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such currency or currency unit in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such currency or currency unit in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

Section 4.8. Repayment to Company. The Trustee (and any Paying Agent) shall promptly pay to the Company upon Company Request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.

Section 4.9. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay, and shall indemnify the Trustee against, any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against Government Obligations deposited pursuant to this Article or the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Securities subject to defeasance or covenant defeasance pursuant to this Article.

ARTICLE V

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 5.1. Events of Default. An "Event of Default" occurs with respect to the Securities of any series, except to the extent such event is specifically deleted or modified by the applicable Board Resolutions or supplemental identure as contemplated by Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series, if (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Security of that series or any coupon appertaining thereto or any additional amount payable with respect to any Security of that series as specified pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(17) when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

44

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Security of that series when the same becomes due and payable at its Maturity or on redemption or otherwise, or in the payment of a mandatory sinking fund payment when and as due by the terms of the Securities of that series;

(3) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and such default or breach continues for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

(4) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (A) commences a voluntary case, (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(5) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (A) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case, (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or (C) orders the liquidation of the Company; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days; or

(6) any other Event of Default provided as contemplated by
Section 3.1 with respect to Securities of that series.

The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 5.2. Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of all of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company (and, if given by the Holders, to the Trustee), may declare the principal (or, if the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal amount or other amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable and upon any

45

such declaration such principal (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such specified amount) shall be immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all existing Defaults and Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.7. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 5.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Company covenants that if

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security or coupon, if any, when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof and such default continues for a period of 10 days,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities or coupons, if any, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal, premium, if any, and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities or coupons, if any, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

If the Company fails to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of such principal, premium, if any, and interest amounts so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company.

In addition, if an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

46

Section 5.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders of Securities allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property.

Section 5.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

Section 5.6. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in any such Event of Default.

Section 5.7. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any series by notice to the Trustee may waive on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series a past Default or Event of Default with respect to that series and its consequences except a Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security of such series or any coupon appertaining thereto or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which pursuant to Section 8.2 cannot be amended or modified without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series adversely affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Securities of such series, respectively.

Section 5.8. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected (with each such series voting as a class) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it with respect to Securities of that series; provided, however, that (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, (ii) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting, or that would in the good faith judgment of the Trustee have a substantial likelihood of involving the Trustee in personal liability and (iii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 5.9. Limitation on Suits by Holders. No Holder of any Security of any series or any coupons appertaining thereto shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

47

(1) the Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to be, or which may be, incurred by the Trustee in pursuing the remedy;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and the offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceedings; and

(5) during such 60 day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series have not given to the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request.

No one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

Section 5.10. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, but subject to Section 9.2, the right of any Holder of a Security or coupon to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and, subject to Sections 3.5 and 3.7, interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security (or, in case of redemption, on the redemption dates), and the right of any Holder of a coupon to receive payment of interest due as provided in such coupon, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 5.11. Application of Money Collected. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal, premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 6.8;

Second: Subject to the terms of any subordination entered into as contemplated by Section 3.1(b) (27) hereof, to Holders of Securities and coupons in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected for amounts due

48

and unpaid on such Securities for principal of, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: The balance, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 5.11. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

Unless otherwise specified in the Supplemental Indenture with respect to a Series of Securities, in any case where Securities are outstanding which are denominated in more than one currency, or in a composite currency and at least one other currency, and the Trustee is directed to make ratable payments under this Section to Holders of Securities, the Trustee shall calculate the amount of such payments as follows: (i) as of the day the Trustee collects an amount under this Article, the Trustee shall, as to each Holder of a Security to whom an amount is due and payable under this Section which is denominated in a foreign currency or a composite currency, determine that amount of U.S. Dollars that would be obtained for the amount owing such Holder, using the rate of exchange at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York U.S. Dollars with such amount owing, (ii) calculate the sum of all U.S. Dollar amounts determined under (i) and add thereto any amounts due and payable in U.S. Dollars; and (iii) using the individual amounts determined in (i) or any individual amounts due and payable in U.S. Dollars, as the case may be, as a numerator and the sum calculated in
(ii) as a denominator, calculate as to each Holder of a Security to whom an amount is owed under this Section the fraction of the amount collected under this Article payable to such Holder. Any expenses incurred by the Trustee in actually converting amounts owing Holders of Securities denominated in a currency or composite currency other than that in which any amount is collected under this Article shall be likewise (in accordance with this paragraph) be borne ratably by all Holders of Securities to whom amounts are payable under this Section.

Unless otherwise specified in the Supplemental Indenture with respect to a Series of Securities, to the fullest extent allowed under applicable law, if for the purpose of obtaining judgment against the Company in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or any premium or interest on the Securities of any series (the "Required Currency") into a currency in which judgment will be rendered (the "Judgment Currency"), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The Company shall not be liable for any shortfall nor shall it benefit from any windfall in payments to Holders of Securities under this Section caused by a change in exchange rates between the time the amount of a judgment against it is calculated as above and the time the Trustee converts the Judgment Currency into the Required Currency to make payments under this Section to

49

Holders of Securities, but payment of such judgment shall discharge all amounts owed by the Company on the claim or claims underlying such judgment.

Section 5.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 5.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.6, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 5.14. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Securities contemplated herein or in the Securities or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VI

THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1. Rights of Trustee. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, and may conclusively rely, in good faith, as to the truth of the statements and concerns of the opinions expressed therein.

50

(b) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, together with any coupons appertaining thereto, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.3, which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

(c) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with counsel or require an Officers' Certificate. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on a Board Resolution, the written advice of counsel acceptable to the Trustee, a certificate of an Officer or Officers delivered pursuant to Section 1.2, an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.

(d) The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its discretion or rights or powers.

(f) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

(h) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(i) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (pursuant to Section 5.8) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

51

(j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

(k) Any permissive right of the Trustee hereunder shall not be construed to be a duty.

(l) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default, other than as described in Section 5.1(1) or
(2), unless and except to the extent actually known by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or written notice thereof is received by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise, with respect to Securities of such series, such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent individual would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

Section 6.2. Trustee May Hold Securities. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and coupons and, subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise deal with the Company, an Affiliate or Subsidiary with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

Section 6.3. Money Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.8 and the last paragraph of Section 9.3, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for investment of or interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company. Except for amounts deposited pursuant to Article Thirteen, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys shall be paid from time to time to the Company upon a Company Order. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 6.4. Trustee's Disclaimer. The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities or any coupon, except that the Trustee represents and warrants that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver

52

this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied or to be supplied to the Company in connection with the registration of any Securities are and will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein; and that such Statement complies and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the Securities Act. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities or for monies paid over to the Company pursuant to the Indenture.

Section 6.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of any series and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall, within 90 days after it occurs, transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, notice of all uncured Defaults known to it; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default in payment on the Securities of any series, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding such notice is in the interests of Holders of Securities of that series; provided, further, that in the case of any default or breach of the character specified in Section 5.1(3) with respect to the Securities and coupons of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof.

Section 6.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities as provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act a brief report dated as of such May 15 if required by and in compliance with Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. A copy of each report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

(b) The Trustee shall from time to time transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities as provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such reports as are required to be filed pursuant to Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 6.7. Security Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of Securities of each series. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee semiannually on or before the last day of June and December in each year, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, containing all the information in the possession or control of the Registrar, the Company or any of its Paying Agents other than the Trustee as to the names and addresses of Holders of Securities of each such series. If there are Bearer Securities of any series Outstanding, even if the Trustee is the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee such a list containing such information with respect to Holders of such Bearer Securities only.

53

Section 6.8. Compensation and Indemnity. (a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee may agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

(b) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense (including taxes other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any third-party claim (whether asserted by any Holder or any other Person (other than the Company)), incurred by it arising out of or in connection with its acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder (collectively, "Claims"). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any Claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the Claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.

(c) The Company need not reimburse any expense, disbursement or advance or indemnify against any Claim incurred by the Trustee through negligence or bad faith.

(d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any series on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Securities.

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(4) or Section 5.1(5), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

(f) The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

(g) The protections, agreements and indemnities afforded to the Trustee under this Section shall include any other agency to which it may be appointed or with respect to which it may serve hereunder, or in respect of any Securities under any related Board Resolution or supplemental indenture, including but not limited to registrar, paying agent, conversion agent or calculation agent.

Section 6.9. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The resignation or removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in
Section 6.10.

54

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 6.10 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may remove the Trustee with respect to that series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee for such series with the Company's consent.

If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by
Section 6.10 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the Trustee being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.11 hereof or Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months; or

(3) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or becomes incapable of acting or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, with respect to Securities of one or more series, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be

55

only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 6.10, then, subject to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

Section 6.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. (a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee, without further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and such successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein such successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, such successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and

56

duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under the Trust Indenture Act.

(e) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.6. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 6.11. Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities (which need not be the same Trustee for all series). Each Trustee hereunder shall be eligible to act as trustee under Section 310(a) (1) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such

57

authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 6.13. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to
Section 3.1, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,500,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth

58

in Section 1.6. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Company and such Authenticating Agent agree in writing from time to time including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

This is one of the [Securities] [of the series designated herein and] referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

________________________, as Trustee

By
as Authenticating Agent

By
Authorized Signatory

ARTICLE VII

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE BY THE COMPANY

Section 7.1. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets Permitted. The Company may merge or consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, if (i) (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the Company is the surviving corporation or (B) in the case of a merger or consolidation where the Company is not the surviving corporation and in the case of any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a State thereof and such Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and under this Indenture, (ii) immediately thereafter, giving effect to such merger or consolidation, or such sale, conveyance, transfer or other

59

disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. In the event of the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company as provided in clause (i) (B) of the immediately preceding sentence, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company hereunder and under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and all such obligations of the Company shall terminate.

ARTICLE VIII

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 8.1. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants and obligations of the Company herein and in the Securities (with such changes herein and therein as may be necessary or advisable to reflect such Person's legal status, if such Person is not a corporation); or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or to comply with any requirement of the Commission or otherwise in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default with respect to all or any series of Securities; or

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to facilitate the issuance of Bearer Securities (including, without limitation, to provide that Bearer Securities may be registrable as to principal only) or to facilitate or provide for the issuance of Securities in global form in addition to or in place of Securities in certificated form; or

(5) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture, provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only with respect to Securities which have not been issued as of the execution of such supplemental indenture or when there is no Security Outstanding of

60

any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

(6) to add guarantees with respect to any or all of the Securities; or

(7) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee; or

(8) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.4, and 4.5; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series and any related coupons or any other series of Securities in any material respect; or

(9) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 3.1; or

(10) to provide for the delivery of indentures supplemental hereto or the Securities of any series in or by means of any computerized, electronic or other medium, including without limitation by computer diskette; or

(11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and/or to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or

(12) if allowed without penalty under applicable laws and regulations, to permit payment in the United States (including any of the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on Bearer Securities or coupons, if any; or

(13) to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein or to cure any ambiguity or omission or to correct any mistake; or

(14) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect.

Section 8.2. With Consent of Holders. With the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series adversely affected by such supplemental indenture (with the Securities of each series voting as a class), the

61

Company and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto to add any provisions to or to change or eliminate any provisions of this Indenture or of any other indenture supplemental hereto or to modify the rights of the Holders of Securities of each such series; provided, however, that without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, a supplemental indenture under this Section may not:

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.2, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which any Securities or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

(3) change any obligation of the Company to maintain an office or agency in the places and for the purposes specified in
Section 9.2; or

(4) except to the extent provided in Section 8.1(11), make any change in Section 5.7 or this 8.2 except to increase any percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived except with the consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holders with respect to changes in the references to the "Trustee" and concomitant changes in this Section, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.10(b) and 8.1(11);

(5) release any guarantors from their guarantees of the Securities, or, except as contemplated in any supplemental indenture, make any change in a guarantee of a Security that would adversely affect the interests of the Holders; or

(6) modify the ranking or priority of the Securities.

For the purposes of this Section 8.2, if the Securities of any series are issuable upon the exercise of warrants, any holder of an unexercised and

62

unexpired warrant with respect to such series shall not be deemed to be a Holder of Outstanding Securities of such series in the amount issuable upon the exercise of such warrants.

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It is not necessary under this Section 8.2 for the Holders to consent to the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it is sufficient if they consent to the substance thereof.

Section 8.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities of one or more series shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 8.4. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which adversely affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. The Trustee shall enter into any such supplemental indenture presented to it by the Company in compliance with this Article 8 if such supplemental indenture does not adversely affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 8.5. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder and of any coupon appertaining thereto shall be bound thereby; provided that if such supplemental indenture makes any of the changes described in clauses (1) through (4) of the first proviso to Section 8.2, such supplemental indenture shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Security or any part thereof.

Section 8.6. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures. Securities, including any coupons, of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities including any coupons of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities including any coupons of such series.

63

ARTICLE IX

COVENANTS

Section 9.1. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities of such series, any coupons appertaining thereto and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment.

Section 9.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency. If Securities of a series are issued as Registered Securities, the Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. If Securities of a series are issuable as Bearer Securities, the Company will maintain, (i) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, an office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series which is located outside the United States, where Securities of that series and related coupons may be presented and surrendered for payment; provided, however, that if the Securities of that series are listed on The International Stock Exchange of the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland Limited, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the Securities of that series in London, Luxembourg or any other required city located outside the United States, as the case may be, so long as the Securities of that series are listed on such exchange, and (ii) subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, an office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series which is located outside the United States where Securities of that series may be surrendered for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, except that Bearer Securities of that series and the related coupons unless otherwise specified in the Supplemental Indenture for such Series, may be presented and surrendered for payment and conversion at the offices specified in the Security, in London, England, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands (provided, however, that the foregoing appointment shall not impose or imply any obligation on the part of the Trustee to maintain any office for any such purposes other than the Corporate Trust Office.)

64

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, no payment of principal, premium or interest on Bearer Securities shall be made at any office or agency of the Company in the United States, by check mailed to any address in the United States, by transfer to an account located in the United States or upon presentation or surrender in the United States of a Bearer Security or coupon for payment, even if the payment would be credited to an account located outside the United States; provided, however, that, if the Securities of a series are denominated and payable in Dollars, payment of principal of and any premium or interest on any such Bearer Security shall be made at an office of a Paying Agent of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, if (but only if) payment in Dollars of the full amount of such principal, premium or interest, as the case may be, at all offices or agencies outside the United States maintained for the purpose by the Company in accordance with this Indenture is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

Subject to the preceding paragraphs, the Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities (including any coupons, if any) of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities (including any coupons, if any) of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, the Trustee shall initially serve as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent may make reasonable rules not inconsistent herewith for the performance of its functions.

Section 9.3. Money for Securities to Be Held in Trust; Unclaimed Money. If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

65

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities; and

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Subject to applicable abandoned property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of any principal, premium or interest or other amounts on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest or other amounts has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request (including interest income on such funds, if any), or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security and coupon, if any, shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, or cause to be mailed to such Holder, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 9.4. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article VII, the Company will at all times do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and franchises; provided that nothing in this Section 9.4 shall prevent the abandonment or termination of any right or franchise of the Company if, in the opinion of the Company, such abandonment or termination is in the best interests of the Company.

66

Section 9.5. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all material properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as (and to the extent) in the judgment of the Company may be necessary or appropriate in connection with its business; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 9.6. Reports by the Company. The Company covenants:

(a) to file with the Trustee, within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;

(b) to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture, as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and

(c) to transmit to all Holders of Securities within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 9.6, as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

Section 9.7. Annual Review Certificate. The Company covenants and agrees to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a brief certificate

67

from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, or principal accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 9.7, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

Section 9.8. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, within 30 days after the Company shall have received notice that the same has become delinquent (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a material lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided, further, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim unless the failure to pay or discharge such tax, assessment, charge or claim would, individually or in the aggregate with all such failures, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

68

ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION

Section 10.1. Applicability of Article. Securities (including coupons, if any) of or within any series which are redeemable in whole or in part before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified in the applicable Board Resolution or supplemental indenture with respect to such Series of Securities, as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

Section 10.2. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. The election of the Company to redeem any Securities, including coupons, if any, shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In the case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities or coupons, if any, of any series of the same tenor, the Company shall, at least 60 days (45 days in the case of redemption of all Securities of any series or of any series with the same (i) Stated Maturity, (ii) period or periods within which, price or prices at which and terms and conditions upon which such Securities may or shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or repayable at the option of the Holder and
(iii) rate or rates at which the Securities bear interest, if any, or formula pursuant to which such rate or rates accrue (collectively, the "Equivalent Principal Terms")) prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.

Section 10.3. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed. If less than all the Securities with Equivalent Principal Terms of any series are to be redeemed (unless all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities (including coupons, if any) of that series with Equivalent Principal Terms or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities (including coupons, if any) of such series with Equivalent Principal Terms of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

69

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If the Securities (including coupons, if any) of a series having different issue dates, interest rates and maturities (whether or not originally issued in a Periodic Offering) are to be redeemed, the Company in its discretion may select the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee thereof by such time prior to the relevant redemption date or dates as the Company and the Trustee may agree.

For purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities (including coupons, if any) shall relate, in the case of any Securities (including coupons, if any) redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities (including coupons, if any) which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 10.4. Notice of Redemption. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed, to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;

(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;

(4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder of such Security will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;

(5) the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment for the Redemption Price;

(6) that Securities of the series called for redemption and all unmatured coupons, if any, appertaining thereto must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(7) that, on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed

70

and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date;

(8) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case;

(9) that, unless otherwise specified in such notice, Bearer Securities of any series, if any, surrendered for redemption must be accompanied by all coupons maturing subsequent to the Redemption Date or the amount of any such missing coupon or coupons will be deducted from the Redemption Price, unless security or indemnity satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and any Paying Agent is furnished;

(10) if Bearer Securities of any series are to be redeemed and any Registered Securities of such series are not to be redeemed and if such Bearer Securities may be exchanged for Registered Securities not subject to redemption on this Redemption Date pursuant to Section 3.5 or otherwise, the last date, as determined by the Company, on which such exchanges may be made; and

(11) the CUSIP number, if any, of such Securities.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company (provided that the Company prepare and provide to the Trustee the form of such notice, or, if acceptable to the Trustee, provides sufficient information to enable the Trustee to prepare such notice, in each case on a timely basis.)

Section 10.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, which it may not do in the case of a sinking fund payment under Article XI, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 9.3) an amount of money in the currency or currencies (including currency units or composite currencies) in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to
Section 3.1 for the Securities of such series) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) interest accrued to the Redemption Date on, all Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Unless any Security by its terms prohibits any sinking fund payment obligation from being satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities (including Securities redeemed otherwise than through a sinking fund), the Company may deliver such Securities to the Trustee for crediting against such payment obligation in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

Section 10.6. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due

71

and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and the coupons for any such interest appertaining to any Bearer Security so to be redeemed, except to the extent provided below, shall be void. Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph, upon surrender of any such Security, including coupons, if any, for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, installments of interest on Bearer Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date and the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Bearer Securities shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside the United States and it possessions (except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of coupons for such interest; and provided, further, that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.7.

If any Bearer Security surrendered for redemption shall not be accompanied by all appurtenant coupons maturing after the Redemption Date, such Bearer Security may be paid after deducting from the Redemption Price an amount equal to the face amount of all such missing coupons, or the surrender of such missing coupon or coupons may be waived by the Company and the Trustee if there be furnished to them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless. If thereafter the Holder of such Bearer Security shall surrender to the Trustee or any Paying Agent any such missing coupon in respect of which a deduction shall have been made from the Redemption Price, such Holder shall be entitled to receive the amount so deducted; provided, however, that interest represented by coupons shall be payable only at an office or agency located outside of the United States (except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 9.2) and, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1, only upon presentation and surrender of those coupons.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

Section 10.7. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed only in part at any Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so require, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of that Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series, having the same form, terms and Stated Maturity, in any authorized denomination equal in aggregate principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Security surrendered.

72

ARTICLE XI

SINKING FUNDS

Section 11.1. Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.1 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment." If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 11.2. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 11.2. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities. The Company (i) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) together, in the case of Bearer Securities of such series, with all unmatured coupons appertaining thereto and (ii) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 11.3. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund. Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 11.2 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 10.3 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in
Section 10.4. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 10.6 and 10.7.

73

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

By:     /s/ Raymond G. Murphy
        ----------------------------------
        Title: Senior Vice President
               and Treasurer

[Seal]

Attest: /s/ Sheila A. Clark
        ----------------------------------
        Title: Corporate Secretary

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY, as Trustee

By:     /s/ Carolina D. Altomare
        ----------------------------------
Title:  Assistant Vice President

[Seal]

Attest: /s/  Arthur J. MacDonald
        ----------------------------------
        Title:   Vice President

74

Exhibit 4.20

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2019

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

Dated as of December 6, 1999


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

TRUSTEE



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
                            ARTICLE 1
        RELATION TO BASE INDENTURE; DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1.            Relation to Base Indenture .......................................... 1
Section 1.2.            Certain Definitions ................................................. 1
Section 1.3.            Other Definitions ................................................... 4

                            ARTICLE 2
                            THE NOTES

Section 2.1.            Title of the Securities ............................................. 6
Section 2.2.            Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the
                        Notes ............................................................... 6
Section 2.3.            Form, Dating and Denomination of the Notes .......................... 6
Section 2.4.            Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent ........................ 6
Section 2.5.            Paying Agent to Hold Money and Notes in Trust........................ 7

                            ARTICLE 3
                    REDEMPTION AND PURCHASES

Section 3.1.            Right to Redeem; Notices to Trustee ................................. 7
Section 3.2.            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed ................................... 7
Section 3.3.            Notice of Redemption ................................................ 8
Section 3.4.            Effect of Notice of Redemption ...................................... 8
Section 3.5.            Deposit of Redemption Price ......................................... 9
Section 3.6.            Notes Redeemed in Part .............................................. 9
Section 3.7.            Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder ........................... 9
Section 3.8.            Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder upon Fundamental
                        Change ..............................................................15
Section 3.9.            Effect of Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice......17
Section 3.10.           Deposit of Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price.......18
Section 3.11.           Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of
                        Notes ...............................................................19
Section 3.12.           Repayment to the Company ............................................19
Section 3.13.           No Defeasance .......................................................19
Section 3.14.           Payment Terms; Place of Payment .....................................19

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
Section 3.15.           Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption .......................19

                            ARTICLE 4
                            DEFAULTS

Section 4.1.            Events of Default ...................................................20

                            ARTICLE 5
                          MODIFICATION

Section 5.1.            Without Consent of Holders ..........................................21
Section 5.2.            With Consent of Holders .............................................22
Section 5.3.            Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions ..............22
Section 5.4.            General Requirements ................................................23

                            ARTICLE 6
                  SPECIAL TAX EVENT CONVERSION

Section 6.1.            Optional Conversion to Semiannual Coupon Note Upon Tax Event.........23
Section 6.2.            Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved ......................24

                            ARTICLE 7
                           CONVERSION

Section 7.1.            Conversion Privilege ................................................25
Section 7.2.            Conversion Procedure ................................................25
Section 7.3.            Fractional Shares ...................................................26
Section 7.4.            Taxes on Conversion .................................................26
Section 7.5.            Company to Provide Stock ............................................27
Section 7.6.            Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock ..............................27
Section 7.7.            Adjustment for Rights Issue .........................................28
Section 7.8.            Adjustment for Other Distributions ..................................30
Section 7.9.            When Adjustment May Be Deferred .....................................31
Section 7.10.           When No Adjustment Required .........................................31
Section 7.11.           Notice of Adjustment ................................................32
Section 7.12.           Voluntary Increase ..................................................32
Section 7.13.           Notice of Certain Transactions ......................................32
Section 7.14.           Reorganization of Company; Special Distributions ....................33
Section 7.15.           Company Determination Final .........................................33

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
Section 7.16.   Trustee's Adjustment Disclaimer .............................................33
Section 7.17.   Simultaneous Adjustments ....................................................34
Section 7.18.   Successive Adjustments ......................................................34
Section 7.19.   Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock Issued Upon
                Conversion ..................................................................34

                            ARTICLE 8
                          SUBORDINATION

Section 8.1.    Notes Subordinate to Senior Debt ............................................34
Section 8.2.    Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc. .............................34
Section 8.3.    No Payment When Senior Debt in Default ......................................36
Section 8.4.    Payment Permitted If No Default .............................................36
Section 8.5.    Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt .............................37
Section 8.6.    Provisions Solely To Define Relative Rights .................................37
Section 8.7.    Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .........................................37
Section 8.8.    No Waiver of Subordination Provisions .......................................37
Section 8.9.    Notice to Trustee ...........................................................38
Section 8.10.   Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent ..............38
Section 8.11.   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt ............................39
Section 8.12.   Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of
                Trustee's Rights ............................................................39
Section 8.13.   Article Applicable to Paying Agents .........................................39
Section 8.14.   Subsidiaries ................................................................39
Section 8.15.   Rescission ..................................................................39
Section 8.16.   Payment .....................................................................39

                            ARTICLE 9
                          MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1.    Notices .....................................................................40
Section 9.2.    Communication by Holders with Other Holders .................................41
Section 9.3.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent ..........................41
Section 9.4.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion ...............................41
Section 9.5.    Separability Clause .........................................................41

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
Section 9.6.            Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and
                        Registrar ...........................................................41
Section 9.7.            Legal Holidays ......................................................42
Section 9.8.            GOVERNING LAW .......................................................42
Section 9.9.            No Recourse Against Others ..........................................42
Section 9.10.           Successors ..........................................................42
Section 9.11.           Multiple Originals ..................................................42

-iv-

America Online, Inc. Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2019

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 1, dated as of December 6, 1999, between America Online, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a trust company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as Trustee (the "Trustee").

RECITALS

The Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed an Indenture (the "Base Indenture" and, together with this Supplemental Indenture, the "Indenture"), dated as of December 6, 1999, providing for the issuance from time to time of series of the Company's Securities to be issued in one or more series as therein provided.

Sections 2.1 and 3.1 of the Base Indenture provide for various matters with respect to any series of Securities issued under the Base Indenture to be established in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture.

Section 8.1 of the Base Indenture provides for the Company and the Trustee to enter into an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as provided by Sections 2.1 and 3.1 of the Base Indenture.

For and in consideration of the premises and the issuance of the Notes provided for herein, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE 1

RELATION TO BASE INDENTURE; DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Relation to Base Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture constitutes an integral part of the Indenture. In the event of inconsistencies between the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the terms hereof shall govern.

Section 1.2. Certain Definitions. For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified in the Base Indenture;

(2) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;


(3) all other terms used herein which are defined in the TIA, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(4) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America;

(5) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article" or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Supplemental Indenture; and

(6) the words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Capital Stock" for any corporation means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock issued by that corporation.

"Common Stock" means the shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company as it exists on the date of this Supplemental Indenture or any other shares of Capital Stock of the Company into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed.

"Conversion Price" means the Redemption Price at the relevant date of determination divided by the Conversion Rate at such date.

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company as depository for the Global Notes, or any successor thereto.

"DTC Letter of Representations" means the letter of representations from the Company and the Trustee to DTC dated December 3, 1999 with respect to the Global Notes.

"Global Notes" means Notes that are in the form of the Notes attached hereto as Exhibit A.

"Issue Date" of the Note means the date on which the Note was originally issued or deemed issued as set forth on the face of the Note.

"Issue Price" of the Note means, in connection with the original issuance of the Note, the initial issue price at which the Note is sold as set forth on the face of the Note.

"Original Issue Discount" of the Note means the difference between the Issue Price and the Principal Amount at Maturity of the Note.

"Principal Amount at Maturity" means the Principal Amount at Maturity as set forth on the face of the Note.

2

"Redemption Date" or "redemption date" means the date specified for redemption of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

"Redemption Price" or "redemption price" has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes.

"Senior Debt" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on, and all fees and other amounts (including collection expenses, attorneys' fees and late charges) owing with respect to, the following, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, outstanding at the date of execution of this Supplemental Indenture or thereafter incurred, created or assumed:

(a) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments;

(b) reimbursement obligations of the Company with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and similar facilities issued for the account of the Company;

(c) every obligation of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services purchased by the Company, excluding any trade payables and other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(d) (i) obligations of the Company as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under United States generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) if the Company's 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2002 are no longer outstanding, obligations of the Company under leases required to be accounted for as operating leases, provided either (A) such operating lease requires, at the end of the term thereof, that the Company make a payment other than accrued periodic rent if it does not acquire the leased property subject to such lease or (B) the Company has an option to acquire the leased property exercisable at any time under specified circumstances;

(e) obligations of the Company under interest rate and currency swaps, caps, floors, collars or similar arrangements intended to protect the Company against fluctuations in interest or currency exchange rates;

(f) indebtedness of others of the kinds described in the preceding clauses (a) through (e) that the Company has assumed or guaranteed or of which the Company has otherwise assured the payment, directly or indirectly; and/or

(g) deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness or obligation described in the preceding clauses (a) through (f), whether or not there is any notice to or consent of the Holders of Notes;

provided, however, that the following shall not constitute Senior Debt:

3

(i) any particular indebtedness or obligation that is owed by the Company to any of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, and

(ii) any particular indebtedness or obligation, or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of such indebtedness or obligation, if it is expressly stated in the governing terms or in the assumption thereof that the indebtedness or obligation involved is not senior in right of payment to the Securities or that such indebtedness or obligation is pari passu with or junior to the Securities.

"Supplemental Indenture" means this Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of December 6, 1999.

"Tax Event" means that the Company shall have received an opinion from independent tax counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, on or after December 6, 1999, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change, including any announced prospective change, in, the laws, or any regulations thereunder, of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein or (b) any amendment to, or change in, an interpretation or application of such laws or regulations by any legislative body, court, governmental agency or regulatory authority, in each case which amendment or change is enacted, promulgated, issued or announced or which interpretation is issued or announced or which action is taken, on or after December 6, 1999, there is more than an insubstantial risk that interest, including original issue discount, payable on the Notes either: (a) would not be deductible on a current accrual basis, or (b) would not be deductible under any other method, in either case in whole or in part, by the Company, by reason of deferral, disallowance, or otherwise, for United States federal income tax purposes.

"trading day" means a day during which trading in securities generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or, if the Common Stock is not quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded.

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, provided, however, that in the event the TIA is amended after such date, TIA means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the TIA as so amended.

Section 1.3. Other Definitions.

                                                                    Defined in
      Term                                                           Section
      ----                                                           -------
"Average Market Price"...............................................3.7(d)
"Average Sale Price"....................................................7.7
"Bankruptcy Law"........................................................4.1
"Base Indenture"...................................................Preamble
"beneficial owner"...................................................3.8(a)

4

                                                                    Defined in
      Term                                                           Section
      ----                                                           -------
"cash"...............................................................3.7(b)
"Company"..........................................................Preamble
"Company Notice".....................................................3.7(e)
"Company Notice Date"................................................3.7(c)
"Conversion Agent"......................................................2.4
"Conversion Date".......................................................7.2
"Conversion Rate".......................................................7.1
"Custodian".............................................................4.1
"Defaulted Interest".................................................6.2(b)
"Event of Default".....................................................4.1
"Exchange Act".......................................................3.7(d)
"Ex-Dividend Time"......................................................7.7
"Extraordinary Cash Dividend"...........................................7.8
"Fundamental Change".................................................3.8(a)
"Fundamental Change Purchase Date"...................................3.8(a)
"Fundamental Change Purchase Notice".............................. .3.8(c)
"Fundamental Change Purchase Price"..................................3.8(a)
"Indenture"........................................................Preamble
"Interest Payment Date".................................................6.1
"issuer tender offer"..................................................3.11
"Legal Holiday".........................................................9.7
"Notice of Default".....................................................4.1
"Notes".................................................................2.1
"Notes Payment".........................................................8.2
"Option Exercise Date"..................................................6.1
"Paying Agent"..........................................................2.4
"payment in full"......................................................8.16
"Proceeding"............................................................8.2
"Purchase Date"......................................................3.7(a)
"Purchase Notice"....................................................3.7(a)
"Purchase Price".....................................................3.7(a)
"Registrar".............................................................2.4
"Regular Record Date"...................................................6.1
"Restated Principal Amount".............................................6.1
"Rights"...............................................................7.19
"Rights Agreement".....................................................7.19
"Sale Price".........................................................3.7(d)
"Securities Act".....................................................3.7(d)
"Tax Event Date"........................................................6.1
"Time of Determination".................................................7.7
"Trustee"..........................................................Preamble

5

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.1. Title of the Securities. There shall be a series of Securities designated the "Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2019" (the "Notes").

Section 2.2. Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes. The aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes shall be limited to $2,607,663,000.

Section 2.3. Form, Dating and Denomination of the Notes. The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement required by usage is in a form acceptable to the Company). The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. The Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. The Notes shall be issued in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity and integral multiples of $1,000. The form of legend on the Notes shall be as set forth in Exhibit A.

Section 2.4. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar"), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for purchase or payment ("Paying Agent") and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for conversion ("Conversion Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more additional conversion agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent. The term Conversion Agent includes any additional conversion agent. Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar and State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., New York, New York will act as an additional paying agent.

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or co-registrar (provided, however, that a separate agreement shall not be necessary in the case of the Trustee serving in any such capacity). The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor. The Company or any Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, Conversion Agent or co-registrar.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Conversion Agent and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes, and the Trustee accepts such appointment. In acquiring such appointments, the Trustee shall, to the extent serving in any such capacity, be entitled to each of the immunities, benefits, indemnifications and rights of reimbursement provided to it under the Indenture as Trustee.

6

Section 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money and Notes in Trust. Except as otherwise provided herein, on or prior to each due date of payments in respect of any Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on the due date) or Common Stock sufficient to make such payments when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money and Common Stock held by the Paying Agent for the making of payments in respect of the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. At any time during the continuance of any such default, the Paying Agent shall, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all money and Common Stock so held in trust. If the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money and Common Stock held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money and Common Stock held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds and Common Stock disbursed by it. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money or Common Stock.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASES

Section 3.1. Right to Redeem; Notices to Trustee. The Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 5 and 7 of the Notes. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Principal Amount at Maturity of Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price.

The Company shall give the notice to the Trustee provided for in this
Section 3.1 by a Company Order, in the case of any redemption of less than all of the Notes, at least 20 Business Days before the Redemption Date and, in the case of any redemption of all of the Notes, on or prior to the date of notice to the Holders of the Notes of redemption pursuant to Section 3.3 (in each case, unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee).

Section 3.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate (so long as such method is not prohibited by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Notes are then listed, as notified in writing to the Trustee by the Company). The Trustee shall make the selection at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in Principal Amounts at Maturity of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.

If any Note selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Note so selected, the converted portion of such Note shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption. Notes

7

which have been converted during a selection of Notes to be redeemed may be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection.

Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 20 Business Days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall provide a notice of redemption by first class mail to the Holders of the Note and by publication in The Wall Street Journal and notice on the Company's Web site.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price;

(3) the Conversion Rate;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption may be converted at any time before the close of business on the Redemption Date;

(6) that Holders who want to convert Notes must satisfy the requirements set forth in paragraph 8 of the Notes;

(7) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(8) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate number and Principal Amounts at Maturity of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(9) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Redemption Price, Original Issue Discount on Notes called for redemption, and interest, if any, will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; and

(10) the CUSIP number of the Notes.

At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense, provided that the Company makes such request at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such notice of redemption (unless a shorter advance notice is acceptable to the Trustee) and provided that the Company shall prepare and provide to the Trustee such notice (or, if acceptable to the Trustee, provides sufficient information to allow for the preparation of such notice by the Trustee).

Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is given, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice except for Notes which are converted in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the notice.

8

Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to or on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which on or prior thereto have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of conversion of Notes pursuant to Article 7. If such money is then held by the Company in trust and is not required for such purpose, it shall be discharged from such trust.

Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in Principal Amount at Maturity to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.7. Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder.

(a) General. Notes shall be purchased by the Company pursuant to paragraph 6 of the Notes as of December 6, 2004 (the "Purchase Date"), at the purchase price specified therein (the "Purchase Price"), at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

(1) delivery to the Paying Agent (and the Trustee, if different than the Paying Agent) by the Holder of a written notice of purchase (a "Purchase Notice") at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the Purchase Date until the close of business on such Purchase Date stating:

(A) the certificate number of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be purchased,

(B) the portion of the Principal Amount at Maturity of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,

(C) that such Note shall be purchased as of the Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 6 of the Notes and in this Indenture, and

(D) in the event the Company elects, pursuant to Section 3.7(b), to pay the Purchase Price to be paid as of such Purchase Date, in whole or in part, in shares of Common Stock but such portion of the Purchase Price shall ultimately be payable to such Holder entirely in cash because any of the conditions to payment of the Purchase Price in Common Stock is not satisfied prior to the close of business on such Purchase Date, as set forth in Section 3.7(d), whether such Holder elects (i) to withdraw such Purchase Notice as to some or all of the Notes to which such Purchase Notice relates (stating the Principal Amount at Maturity and certificate numbers of the Notes as to which such withdrawal shall relate), or (ii) to

9

receive cash in respect of the entire Purchase Price for all Notes (or portions thereof) to which such Purchase Notice relates; and

(2) delivery of such Note (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations) to the Paying Agent prior to, on or after the Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent, such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Purchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.7 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Purchase Notice.

If a Holder, in such Holder's Purchase Notice and in any written notice of withdrawal delivered by such Holder pursuant to the terms of Section 3.9, fails to indicate such Holder's choice with respect to the election set forth in clause (D) of Section 3.7(a)(1), such Holder shall be deemed to have elected to receive cash in respect of the Purchase Price for all Notes subject to such Purchase Notice in the circumstances set forth in such clause (D).

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this
Section 3.7, a portion of a Note if the Principal Amount at Maturity of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.7 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Purchase Date and the time of delivery of the Note (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.7(a) shall have the right to withdraw such Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9.

The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(b) Company's Right to Elect Manner of Payment of Purchase Price. The Notes to be purchased pursuant to Section 3.7(a) may be paid for, at the election of the Company, in U.S. legal tender ("cash") or Common Stock, or in any combination of cash and Common Stock, subject to the conditions set forth in Sections 3.7(c) and (d). The Company shall designate, in the Company Notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.7(e), whether the Company will purchase the Notes for cash or Common Stock, or, if a combination thereof, the percentages of the Purchase Price of Notes in respect of which it will pay in cash or Common Stock; provided that the Company will pay cash for fractional interests in Common Stock. For purposes of determining the existence of potential fractional interests, all Notes subject to purchase by the Company held by a Holder shall be considered together (no matter how many separate certificates are to be presented). Each Holder whose Notes are purchased pursuant to

10

this Section 3.7 shall receive the same percentage of cash or Common Stock in payment of the Purchase Price for such Notes, except (i) as provided in Section 3.7(d) with regard to the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock and (ii) in the event that the Company is unable to purchase the Notes of a Holder or Holders for Common Stock because any necessary qualifications or registrations of the Common Stock under applicable state securities laws cannot be obtained, the Company may purchase the Notes of such Holder or Holders for cash. The Company may not change its election with respect to the consideration (or components or percentages of components thereof) to be paid once the Company has given its Company Notice to Holders of the Notes except pursuant to this
Section 3.7(b) or pursuant to Section 3.7(d) in the event of a failure to satisfy, prior to the close of business on the Purchase Date, any condition to the payment of the Purchase Price, in whole or in part, in Common Stock.

At least three Business Days before the Company Notice Date, the Company shall deliver a written notice to the Trustee specifying:

(i) the manner of payment selected by the Company,

(ii) the information required by Section 3.7(e),

(iii) if the Company elects to pay the Purchase Price, or a specified percentage thereof, in Common Stock, that the conditions to such manner of payment set forth in Section 3.7(d) have been or will be complied with, and

(iv) whether the Company desires the Trustee to give the Company Notice required by Section 3.7(e).

(c) Purchase with Cash. On the Purchase Date, at the option of the Company, the Purchase Price of Notes in respect of which a Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.7(a) has been given, or a specified percentage thereof, may be paid by the Company with cash equal to the aggregate Purchase Price of such Notes. If the Company elects to purchase Notes with cash, the Company Notice, as provided in Section 3.7(e), shall be sent to Holders not less than 20 Business Days prior to such Purchase Date (the "Company Notice Date").

(d) Payment by Issuance of Common Stock. On the Purchase Date, at the option of the Company, the Purchase Price of Notes in respect of which a Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.7(a) has been given, or a specified percentage thereof, may be paid by the Company by the issuance of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the amount of cash to which the Holders of the Notes would have been entitled had the Company elected to pay all or such specified percentage, as the case may be, of the Purchase Price of such Notes in cash by (ii) the Average Market Price of a share of Common Stock, determined with respect to the Purchase Date (and as certified to the Trustee by the Officer's Certificate of the Company) subject to the next succeeding paragraph.

The Company will not issue a fractional share of Common Stock in payment of the Purchase Price. Instead the Company will pay cash for the current market value of the fractional share. The current market value of a fraction of a share shall be determined by multiplying the Average Market Price by such fraction and rounding the product to the nearest whole cent. It is understood that if a Holder elects to have more than one Note purchased, the

11

number of shares of Common Stock shall be based on the aggregate amount of Notes to be purchased.

If the Company elects to purchase the Notes by the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the Company Notice, as provided in Section 3.7(e), shall be sent to the Holders not later than the Company Notice Date.

The Company's right to exercise its election to purchase the Notes pursuant to Section 3.7 through the issuance of shares of Common Stock shall be conditioned upon:

(i) the Company's not having given its Company Notice of an election to pay entirely in cash and its giving of timely Company Notice of election to purchase all or a specified percentage of the Notes with Common Stock as provided herein;

(ii) the registration of the shares of Common Stock to be issued in respect of the payment of the Purchase Price under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), in each case, if required;

(iii) any necessary qualification or registration under applicable state securities laws or the availability of an exemption from such qualification and registration; and

(iv) the receipt by the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that (A) the terms of the issuance of the Common Stock are in conformity with this Indenture and (B) the shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price in respect of Notes have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in payment of the Purchase Price in respect of the Notes, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, free from preemptive rights, and, in the case of such Officers' Certificate, stating that conditions (i), (ii) and
(iii) above and the condition set forth in the second succeeding sentence have been satisfied and, in the case of such Opinion of Counsel, stating that conditions (ii) and (iii) above has been satisfied.

Such Officers' Certificate shall also set forth the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued for each $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity of Notes and the Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on each trading day falling within the period during which the Average Market Price is calculated, and the Average Market Price of a share of Common Stock (taking into account any necessary adjustments pursuant to Article 7). The Company may pay the Purchase Price (or any portion thereof) in Common Stock only if the information necessary to calculate the Average Market Price is published in a daily newspaper of national circulation. If the foregoing conditions are not satisfied with respect to a Holder or Holders prior to the close of business on the Purchase Date and the Company has elected to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.7 through the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay the entire Purchase Price of the Notes of such Holder or Holders in cash. The Trustee shall be under no duty to verify or recalculate any information set forth in such Officers' Certificate.

12

The "Average Market Price" means the average of the Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the five trading day period ending on the third Business Day prior to the relevant Purchase Date or the date of the transaction or event with respect to which the Average Market Price is to be determined, as the case may be, or if such day is not a trading day then on the last trading day prior to such day, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence, during the period commencing on the first of such trading days during such five trading day period and ending on such Purchase Date, of any event described in Section 7.6, 7.7 or 7.8; subject, however, to the conditions set forth in Sections 7.9 and
7.10. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively, in good faith, upon the Company's certification of Average Market Price set forth in the relevant Officers' Certificate.

"Sale Price" means, for any given day, the last reported per share sale price (or, if no sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and average ask prices) on such day of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, in the event shares of Common Stock are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, in the composite transactions for such other national or regional securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed, or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed on a national or regional securities exchange, as quoted on the National Association of Notes Dealers Automated Quotation System or by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated. In the absence of such quotations, the Company shall be entitled to determine the Sale Price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon the Company's certification of Sale Price set forth in the Officer's Certificate provided for above.

(e) Notice of Election. The Company's notice of election to purchase with cash or Common Stock or any combination thereof shall be sent to the Holders in the manner provided in Section 9.1 at the time specified in Section 3.7(c) or (d), as applicable (the "Company Notice"). The Company Notice will also be published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and posted on the Company's web site. Such Company Notice shall state the manner of payment elected and shall contain the following information:

In the event the Company has elected to pay the Purchase Price (or a specified percentage thereof) with Common Stock, the Company Notice shall:

(1) state that each Holder will receive Common Stock with an Average Market Price determined as of a specified date prior to the Purchase Date equal to such specified percentage of the Purchase Price of the Notes held by such Holder (except any cash amount to be paid in lieu of fractional shares);

(2) set forth the method of calculating the Average Market Price of the Common Stock; and

(3) state that because the Average Market Price of Common Stock will be determined prior to the Purchase Date, Holders will bear the market risk with respect to the value of the Common Stock to be received from the date such Average Market Price is determined to the Purchase Date.

13

In any case, each Company Notice shall include a form of Purchase Notice to be completed by a Holder of the Notes and shall state:

(i) the Purchase Price and the Conversion Rate;

(ii) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

(iii) that Notes as to which a Purchase Notice has been given may be converted pursuant to Article 7 hereof only if the applicable Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) that Notes must be surrendered (by means of book entry delivery, if applicable) to the Paying Agent to collect payment;

(v) that the Purchase Price for any security as to which a Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the later of the Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in (iv);

(vi) the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under
Section 3.7 and a brief description of those rights;

(vii) briefly, the conversion rights of the Notes; and

(viii) the procedures for withdrawing a Purchase Notice (including, without limitation, for a conditional withdrawal pursuant to the terms of
Section 3.7(a)(1)(D) or Section 3.9).

At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give such Company Notice in the Company's name and at the Company's expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

Upon determination of the actual number of shares of Common Stock to be issued for each $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity of Notes, the Company will publish such determination on the Company's Web site on the World Wide Web.

(f) Covenants of the Company. All shares of Common Stock delivered upon purchase of the Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

The Company shall use its best efforts to list or cause to have quoted any shares of Common Stock to be issued to purchase Notes on each national securities exchange or over-the-counter or other domestic market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

(g) Procedure upon Purchase. The Company shall deposit cash (in respect of a cash purchase under Section 3.7(c) or for fractional interests, as applicable) or shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof, as applicable, at the time and in the manner as provided in Section 3.10, sufficient to pay the aggregate Purchase Price of all Notes to be

14

purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7. As soon as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall deliver to each Holder entitled to receive Common Stock through the Paying Agent, a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of the Purchase Price and cash in lieu of any fractional interests. The person in whose name the certificate for Common Stock is registered shall be treated as a holder of record of shares of Common Stock on the Business Day following the Purchase Date. Subject to Section 3.7(d), no payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on the Common Stock the record date for which occurred on or prior to the Purchase Date.

(h) Taxes. If a Holder of a Note is paid in Common Stock, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on such issue of shares of Common Stock. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares of Common Stock to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. The Paying Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder's name until the Paying Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares of Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. Nothing herein shall preclude any income tax withholding required by law or regulations.

Section 3.8. Purchase of Notes at Option of the Holder upon Fundamental Change. (a) If on or after December 6, 1999 there shall have occurred a Fundamental Change, Notes shall be purchased by the Company, at the option of the Holder thereof, at the purchase price specified in paragraph 6 of the Notes (the "Fundamental Change Purchase Price"), as of the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Fundamental Change (the "Fundamental Change"), subject to satisfaction by or on behalf of the Holder of the requirements set forth in Section 3.8(c).

A "Fundamental Change" means the occurrence of any transaction or event in connection with which all or substantially all Common Stock shall be exchanged for, converted into, acquired for or constitute solely the right to receive (whether by means of an exchange offer, liquidation, tender offer, consolidation, merger, combination, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) consideration which is not all or substantially all common stock listed (or, upon consummation of or immediately following such transaction or event which will be listed) on a United States national securities exchange or approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market or any similar United States system or automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices.

(b) Within 15 Business Days after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall mail a written notice of Fundamental Change by first-class mail to the Trustee and to each Holder. The notice shall include a form of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder of the Notes and shall state:

(1) briefly, the events causing a Fundamental Change and the date of such Fundamental Change;

(2) the date by which the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 must be given;

15

(3) the Fundamental Change Purchase Date;

(4) the Fundamental Change Purchase Price;

(5) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent;

(6) the Conversion Rate and any adjustments thereto;

(7) that Notes as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given may be converted pursuant to Article 7 hereof only if the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(8) that Notes must be surrendered by means of book entry delivery to the Paying Agent to collect payment;

(9) that the Fundamental Change Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in (8);

(10) briefly, the procedures the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.8;

(11) briefly, the conversion rights of the Notes; and

(12) the procedures for withdrawing a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations, a Holder may exercise such Holder's rights specified in Section 3.8(a) upon delivery of a written notice of purchase (a "Fundamental Change Purchase Notice") to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, stating:

(1) the certificate number of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be purchased;

(2) the portion of the Principal Amount at Maturity of the Note which the Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

(3) that such Note shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 6 of the Notes.

The delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations) prior to, on or after the Fundamental Change Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the offices of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price therefor; provided, however, that such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall

16

be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.8 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Fundamental Change Purchase Notice.

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this
Section 3.8, a portion of a Note if the Principal Amount at Maturity of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.8 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date and the time of delivery of the Note (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations) to the Paying Agent in accordance with this Section 3.8.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and subject to the provisions of the DTC Letter of Representations, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.8(c) shall have the right to withdraw such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9.

The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company (and the Trustee, if different than the Paying Agent) in writing of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof.

Section 3.9. Effect of Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice. Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice specified in Section 3.7(a) or Section 3.8(c), as applicable, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, was given shall (unless such Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, with respect to such Note. Such Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipts of funds and/or securities by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (x) the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, with respect to such Note (provided the conditions in Section 3.7 or Section 3.8, as applicable, have been satisfied) and (y) the time of delivery of such Note to the Paying Agent (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.7 or Section 3.8, as applicable. Notes in respect of which a Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article 7 hereof on or after the date of the delivery of such Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, unless such Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, has first been validly withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs.

17

A Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent in accordance with the Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, at any time prior to the close of business on the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, specifying:

(1) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(2) the Principal Amount at Maturity of the Note with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(3) the Principal Amount at Maturity, if any, of such Note which remains subject to the original Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, and which has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

A written notice of withdrawal of a Purchase Notice may be in the form set forth in the preceding paragraph or may be in the form of (i) a conditional withdrawal contained in a Purchase Notice pursuant to the terms of Section 3.7(a)(1)(D) or (ii) a conditional withdrawal containing the information set forth in Section 3.7(a)(1)(D) and the preceding paragraph and contained in a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent as set forth in the preceding paragraph.

There shall be no purchase of any Notes pursuant to Section 3.7 (other than through the issuance of Common Stock in payment of the Purchase Price, including cash in lieu of fractional shares) or 3.8 if there has occurred (prior to, on or after, as the case may be, the giving, by the Holders of such Notes, of the required Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be) and is continuing an Event of Default (other than a default in the payment of the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, with respect to such Notes). The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes (x) with respect to which a Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, has been withdrawn in compliance with this Indenture, or (y) held by it during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than a default in the payment of the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, with respect to such Notes) in which case, upon such return, the Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

Section 3.10. Deposit of Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price. Prior to 1:00 p.m. (local time in The City of New York) on the Business Day following the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day) or Common Stock, sufficient to pay the aggregate Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, of all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be purchased as of the Purchase Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be.

18

Section 3.11. Covenant to Comply With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Notes. In connection with any offer to purchase or purchase of Notes under
Section 3.7 or 3.8 hereof (provided that such offer or purchase constitutes an "issuer tender offer" for purposes of Rule 13e-4 (which term, as used herein, includes any successor provision thereto) under the Exchange Act at the time of such offer or purchase), the Company shall (i) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, (ii) file the related Schedule 13E-4 (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act, and (iii) otherwise comply with all Federal and state securities laws so as to permit the rights and obligations under Sections 3.7 and 3.8 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified in Sections 3.7 and 3.8.

Section 3.12. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash or shares of Common Stock that remain unclaimed as provided in paragraph 13 of the Notes, together with dividends, if any, received thereon, held by them for the payment of the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be; provided, however, that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash or shares of Common Stock deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.10 exceeds the aggregate Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, of the Notes or portions thereof which the Company is obligated to purchase as of the Purchase Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, then promptly after the Business Day following the Purchase Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Company.

Section 3.13. No Defeasance. The Notes shall not be subject to the provisions of Article IV of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.14. Payment Terms; Place of Payment. The Principal Amount at Maturity shall be payable on December 6, 2019 on any Note that has not been redeemed, purchased or converted pursuant to this Indenture. Original Issue discount and, if applicable, interest on the Notes shall accrue at the rate and be payable on the date and on the terms described in Section 1 of the Notes. Principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes shall be payable by the Paying Agent at the places described in Section 3 of the Notes.

Section 3.15. Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption. In connection with any redemption of Notes, the Company may arrange for the purchase and conversion of any Notes called for redemption by an agreement with one or more investment bankers or other purchasers to purchase such Notes by paying to the Trustee in trust for the Noteholders, on or before the close of business on the Redemption Date, an amount that, together with any amounts deposited with the Trustee by the Company for the redemption of such Notes, is not less than the Redemption Price of such Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 3, the obligation of the Company to pay the Redemption Price of such Notes shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such purchasers. If such an agreement is entered into, any Notes not duly surrendered for conversion by the Holders thereof may, at the option of the Company, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, acquired by such purchasers from such Holders and surrendered by such purchasers for conversion, all as of immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date, subject to payment of the above amount as aforesaid. The Trustee shall hold and pay to the Holders whose Notes are selected for redemption any such amount paid to it for purchase and

19

conversion in the same manner as it would moneys deposited with it by the Company for the redemption of Notes.

ARTICLE 4

DEFAULTS

Section 4.1. Events of Default. An "Event of Default" occurs if:

(1) the Company defaults in the payment of the Principal Amount at Maturity (or, if the Notes have been converted to semiannual coupon notes following a Tax Event pursuant to Article 6, the Restated Principal Amount), Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon declaration, when due for purchase by the Company or otherwise;

(2) after exercise of its option pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof following a Tax Event, the Company defaults in the payment of interest upon any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

(3) the Company fails to comply with any of its agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) above) and such failure continues for 90 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default;

(4) the Company pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of any case against it;

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; or

(F) consents to the filing of such petition or the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian; or

(5) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or adjudicates the Company insolvent or bankrupt;

20

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for any substantial part of its property; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause (3) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee in writing of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default (and such Default is not waived) within the time specified in clause (3) above after actual receipt of such notice. Any such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default" (referred to herein as a "Notice of Default").

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after it becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under clause (3) above, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

If an Event of Default occurs (and, if required pursuant to this
Section 4.1, is continuing), the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately at the Issue Price plus accrued Original Issue Discount or, if the Company has exercised its option to convert the Notes pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Supplemental Indenture following a Tax Event, the Restated Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.

ARTICLE 5

MODIFICATION

Section 5.1. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of the Notes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to comply with Article VII of the Base Indenture or Section 7.14 hereof;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes so long as such uncertificated Notes are in registered form for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

21

(4) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes;

(5) to add to the Company's covenants or obligations under the Indenture or surrender any right, power or option conferred by the Indenture on the Company; or

(6) to make any change to comply with the TIA, or any amendment thereto, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.

Section 5.2. With Consent of Holders. With the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding, the Company and the Trustee may amend this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder of the Notes affected, an amendment to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes may not:

(1) make any change in the manner or rate of accrual in connection with Original Issue Discount, reduce the rate of interest referred to in paragraph 1 of the Notes, reduce the rate of interest referred to in
Section 6.1 upon the occurrence of a Tax Event, or extend the time for payment of Original Issue Discount or interest, if any, on any Note;

(2) reduce the Principal Amount at Maturity, Restated Principal Amount or the Issue Price of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(3) reduce the Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Note;

(4) make any Note payable in money or securities other than that stated in the Note;

(5) make any change that adversely affects the right to convert any Note

(6) restrict a Holder's right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payments or conversion; or

(7) make any change that adversely affects the right to require the Company to purchase the Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and this Indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 5.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment under this Section 5.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to each Holder a notice briefly describing the amendment.

Section 5.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions. Until an amendment, waiver or other action by Holders becomes effective, a consent thereto by a

22

Holder of a Note hereunder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same obligation as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent, waiver or action is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, waiver or action as to such Holder's Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, waiver or action becomes effective. After an amendment, waiver or action becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of the Notes.

Section 5.4. General Requirements. In no instance shall the Trustee be obligated to enter into, execute or deliver any supplement or amendment hereto which, in its judgment, adversely affects its obligations, duties, liabilities or immunities hereunder. In connection with any amendment hereof or supplement hereto, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in such counsel's opinion, such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted hereunder, and under the Indenture, as applicable, and all conditions precedent herein or therein contained and applicable to such amendment or supplement have been satisfied.

ARTICLE 6

SPECIAL TAX EVENT CONVERSION

Section 6.1. Optional Conversion to Semiannual Coupon Note Upon Tax Event. At the option of the Company, from and after (i) the date (the "Tax Event Date") of the occurrence of a Tax Event and (ii) the date the Company exercises such option, whichever is later (the "Option Exercise Date"), interest in lieu of future Original Issue Discount shall accrue at the rate of 3.00 % per annum on a restated principal amount per $1,000 original Principal Amount at Maturity (the "Restated Principal Amount") equal to the Issue Price plus Original Issue Discount accrued through the Option Exercise Date and shall be payable semiannually on June 6 and December 6 of each year (each an "Interest Payment Date") to holders of record at the close of business on May 22 or November 21 (each a "Regular Record Date") immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Option Exercise Date. Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Tax Event, the Company shall mail a written notice of such Tax Event by first-class mail to the Trustee and no later than 30 days prior to its exercise of such option the Company shall mail a written notice of the Option Exercise Date by first-class mail to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes; provided, however, that such notice shall include or be accompanied by an Officer's Certificate of the Company certifying the Restated Principal Amount (per $1,000 original Principal Amount at Maturity) and the amount of interest payable thereon on each Interest Payment Date and at Stated Maturity as a result of the exercise of such option. The Trustee shall be under no obligation or duty to recalculate or verify such amounts. From and after the Option Exercise Date, (i) the Company shall be obligated to pay at Stated Maturity, in lieu of the Principal Amount at Maturity of a Note, the Restated Principal Amount thereof and (ii) "Issue Price and accrued Original Issue Discount," "Issue Price plus Original Issue Discount" or similar words, as used herein, means Restated Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to any Note. Notes authenticated and delivered after the Option Exercise Date may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in a form approved by

23

the Trustee as to the conversion of the Notes to semiannual coupon notes. On or after the Option Exercise Date, the Company may require Holders to tender their Notes to the Trustee in exchange for amended Notes stating the Restated Principal Amount thereof and reflecting the other changes to the terms of the Notes specified herein.

Section 6.2. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the person in whose name that Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose. Each installment of interest on any Note shall be paid in same-day funds by transfer to an account maintained by the payee located inside the United States. In the case of a Global Note, interest payable on any Interest Payment Date will be paid to DTC, with respect to that portion of such permanent Global Note held for its account by Cede & Co. for the purpose of permitting such party to credit the interest received by it in respect of such permanent Global Note to the accounts of the beneficial owners thereof.

(b) Except as otherwise specified with respect to the Notes, any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, within 30 days following on any Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest," which term shall include any accrued and unpaid interest that has accrued on such defaulted amount in accordance with paragraph 1 of the Notes), shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, as its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the persons in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Notes at such Holder's address as it appears on the list of Holders of the Notes maintained pursuant to Section 2.4 not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the persons in whose

24

names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Notes in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.5 of the Base Indenture, each Note delivered under this Supplemental Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

ARTICLE 7

CONVERSION

Section 7.1. Conversion Privilege. A Holder of a Note may convert such Note into Common Stock at any time during the period stated in paragraph 8 of the Notes. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Note per $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity thereof (the "Conversion Rate") shall be that set forth in paragraph 8 in the Notes, subject to adjustment as herein set forth.

A Holder may convert a portion of the Principal Amount at Maturity of a Note if the portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Note also apply to conversion of a portion of a Note.

Section 7.2. Conversion Procedure. To convert a Note, a Holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 8 of the Notes. The date on which the Holder satisfies all those requirements is the conversion date (the "Conversion Date"). As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, through the Conversion Agent, a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and cash in lieu of any fractional share determined pursuant to Section 7.3; and shall certify to the Conversion Agent and the Trustee the amount of Notes (and related Holder) so converted, and shall certify that such conversion has been completed in compliance with the terms hereof. The person in whose name the certificate is registered shall be treated as a stockholder of record on and after the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Note on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the date that such Note shall have been surrendered for conversion, as if the stock transfer books of the Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Note,

25

such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Note. Neither the Trustee nor Calculation Agent shall be under any duty or obligation to verify or recalculate the Company's determination of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion (or cash amount payable in respect of fractional shares).

No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on, or other distributions with respect to, any Common Stock except as provided in this Article 7. On conversion of a Note, that portion of accrued Original Issue Discount (or interest, if the Company has exercised its option provided for in
Section 6.1) attributable to the period from the Issue Date (or, if the Company has exercised the option provided for in Section 6.1, the later of (x) the date of such exercise and (y) the date on which interest was last paid) of the Note through the Conversion Date with respect to the converted Note shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed to be paid in full to the Holder thereof through delivery of the Common Stock (together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of fractional shares) in exchange for the Note being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof; and the fair market value of such shares of Common Stock (together with any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares) shall be treated as issued, to the extent thereof, first in exchange for Original Issue Discount (or interest, if the Company has exercised its option provided for in Section 6.1) accrued through the Conversion Date, and the balance, if any, of such fair market value of such Common Stock (and any such cash payment) shall be treated as issued in exchange for the Issue Price of the Note being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof.

If the Holder converts more than one Note at the same time, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the total Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes converted.

If the last day on which a Note may be converted is a Legal Holiday, the Note may be surrendered on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday.

Upon surrender of a Note that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and upon Company order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in Principal Amount at Maturity to the unconverted portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 7.3. Fractional Shares. The Company will not issue a fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of a Note. Instead, the Company will deliver cash for the current market value of the fractional share. The current market value of a fractional share shall be determined, to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share, by multiplying the Sale Price, on the last trading day prior to the Conversion Date, of a full share by the fractional amount and rounding the product to the nearest whole cent.

Section 7.4. Taxes on Conversion. If a Holder converts a Note, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder's name until the Conversion Agent

26

receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.

Section 7.5. Company to Provide Stock. The Company shall, prior to issuance of any Notes under this Article 7, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Notes.

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

The Company will endeavor promptly to comply with all Federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Notes, if any, and will list or cause to have quoted such shares of Common Stock on each national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market or such other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

Section 7.6. Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock. If, after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company:

(1) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock;

(2) subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

(3) combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

(4) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Common Stock or rights, warrants or options for its Capital Stock); or

(5) issues by reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of its Capital Stock (other than rights, warrants or options for its Capital Stock),

then the conversion privilege and the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of a Note thereafter converted may receive the number of shares of Capital Stock of the Company which such Holder would have owned immediately following such action if such Holder had converted the Note immediately prior to such action.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.

27

If, after an adjustment a Holder of a Note upon conversion of such Note may receive shares of two or more classes of Capital Stock of the Company, the Conversion Rate shall thereafter be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of an action taken with respect to any such class of Capital Stock as is contemplated by this Article 7 with respect to the Common Stock, on terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Article 7.

Section 7.7. Adjustment for Rights Issue. If, after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company distributes any rights, warrants or options to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them, for a period expiring within 60 days after the record date for such distribution, to purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Sale Price as of the Time of Determination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

R' = R x (O + N)


(O + (N x P)/M)

where:

R' = the adjusted Conversion Rate.

R = the current Conversion Rate.

O = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 7.7 is being applied.

N = the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered pursuant to the distribution.

P = the offering price per share of the additional shares.

M = the Average Sale Price, minus, in the case of (i) a distribution to which Section 7.6(4) applies or (ii) a distribution to which
Section 7.8 applies, for which, in each case, (x) the record date shall occur on or before the record date for the distribution to which this Section 7.7 applies and (y) the Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of the Time of Determination for the distribution to which this Section 7.7 applies, the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this
Section 7.7 applies) of the

(1) Capital Stock of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 7.6(4) distribution and

(2) assets of the Company or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such
Section 7.8 distribution.

"Average Sale Price" means the average of the Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the shortest of:

28

(i) 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated,

(ii) the period (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the first public announcement of (a) the issuance of rights, warrants or options or
(b) the distribution, in each case, in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated (excluding days within such period, if any, which are not trading days), or

(iii) the period, if any, (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the Ex-Dividend Time with respect to the next preceding (a) issuance of rights, warrants or options or (b) distribution, in each case, for which an adjustment is required by the provisions of Section 7.06(4), 7.07 or 7.08 and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated (excluding days within such period, if any, which are not trading days).

In the event that the Ex-Dividend Time (or in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the effective date with respect thereto) with respect to a dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification to which Section 7.6(1), (2), (3) or (5) applies occurs during the period applicable for calculating "Average Sale Price" pursuant to the definition in the preceding sentence, "Average Sale Price" shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Board of Directors to reflect the impact of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification on the Sale Price of the Common Stock during such period.

"Time of Determination" means the time and date of the earlier of (i) the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights, warrants or options or a distribution, in each case, to which Section 7.7 or 7.8 applies and
(ii) the time ("Ex-Dividend Time") immediately prior to the commencement of "ex-dividend" trading for such rights, warrants or options or distribution on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

The Board of Directors shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 7.7.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive the rights, warrants or options to which this Section 7.7 applies. If all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such rights, warrants or options have not been issued when such rights, warrants or options expire, then the Conversion Rate shall promptly be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the issuance of such rights, warrants or options been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options.

29

No adjustment shall be made under this Section 7.7 if the application of the formula stated above in this Section 7.7 would result in a value of R' that is equal to or less than the value of R.

Section 7.8. Adjustment for Other Distributions. If, after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock any of its assets, or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company (including securities or cash, but excluding
(x) distributions of Capital Stock referred to in Section 7.6 and distributions of rights, warrants or options referred to in Section 7.7 and (y) cash distributions that are not Extraordinary Cash Dividends) the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted, subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of this
Section 7.8, in accordance with the formula:

R' = R x M
M-F

where:

R' = the adjusted Conversion Rate.

R = the current Conversion Rate.

M = the Average Sale Price, minus, in the case of a distribution to which Section 7.6(4) applies, for which (i) the record date shall occur on or before the record date for the distribution to which this
Section 7.8 applies and (ii) the Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of the Time of Determination for the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies, the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies) of any Capital Stock of the Company distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 7.6(4) distribution.

F = the fair market value (on the record date for the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies) of the assets, securities, rights, warrants or options to be distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in the distribution to which this Section 7.8 is being applied (including, in the case of cash dividends or other cash distributions giving rise to an adjustment, all such cash distributed concurrently).

The Board of Directors shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 7.8.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies.

The term "Extraordinary Cash Dividend" means any distribution of cash with respect to the Common Stock (a) that is made upon a merger or consolidation or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (b) the amount of which, together with (i) the aggregate amount of any other distributions to all holders of Common Stock made exclusively in cash within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no adjustment pursuant to this Article 7 has been made and (ii) the aggregate

30

of any cash plus the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Trustee) of consideration payable in respect of any tender offer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock concluded within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no adjustment pursuant to this article 7 has been made, exceeds 12.5% of the product of the Sale Price of the Common Stock on the date prior to the Ex-Dividend Time with respect to such distribution times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date. Upon the distribution of an Extraordinary Cash Dividend, an adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Article 7 for an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount of such Extraordinary Cash Dividend and (y) any distribution described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence for which no prior adjustment has been made.

In making the determinations required by items (i) and (ii) above, the amount of cash dividends paid on a per share basis shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence during such period of any event described in this Article 7.

In the event that, with respect to any distribution to which this
Section 7.8 would otherwise apply, the difference "M-F" as defined in the above formula is less than $1.00 or "F" is equal to or greater than "M," then the adjustment provided by this Section 7.8 shall not be made and in lieu thereof the provisions of Section 7.14 shall apply to such distribution.

Section 7.9. When Adjustment May Be Deferred. No adjustment in the Conversion Rate need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate. Any adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

All calculations under this Article 7 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share, as the case may be.

Section 7.10. When No Adjustment Required. No adjustment need be made for a transaction referred to in Section 7.6, 7.7, 7.8 or 7.14 if Holders of the Notes are to participate in the transaction on a basis and with notice that the Board of Directors determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice on which holders of Common Stock participate in the transaction. Such participation by Holders of the Notes may include participation upon conversion provided that an adjustment shall be made at such time as the Holders of the Notes are no longer entitled to participate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holders of the Notes shall be deemed to participate in a distribution of assets described in the first paragraph of Section 7.8 (other than debt securities or rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company) on a fair and appropriate basis if the Company enters into a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of a Note may convert it into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which such Holder would have received immediately after such distribution of assets if such Holder had converted the Note immediately before the effective date of the transaction and providing for adjustments in the event of changes in capital stock, rights issues or other distributions or dilutive events affecting such distributed assets analogous to those provided for in respect of the Common Stock in this Article 7 which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article 7

31

with such notice to Holders of the Notes of the basis upon which they will participate in the transaction as the Board of Directors determines to be fair and appropriate.

No adjustment need be made for rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest.

No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock.

To the extent the Notes become convertible pursuant to this Article 7 into cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash. Interest will not accrue on the cash.

Section 7.11. Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes a notice of the adjustment. The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent such notice and a certificate from the Company's independent public accountants briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof.

Section 7.12. Voluntary Increase. The Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased, the Company shall mail to Holders of the Notes and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a notice of the increase. The Company shall mail the notice at least 15 days before the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect. The notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period it will be in effect.

A voluntary increase of the Conversion Rate does not change or adjust the Conversion Rate otherwise in effect for purposes of Section 7.6, 7.7 or 7.8.

Section 7.13. Notice of Certain Transactions. If:

(1) the Company takes any action that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 7.6, 7.7 or 7.8 (unless no adjustment is to occur pursuant to Section 7.10); or

(2) the Company takes any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 7.14; or

(3) there is a liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

then the Company shall mail to Holders of the Notes and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a notice stating the proposed record date for a dividend or distribution or the proposed effective date of a subdivision, combination, reclassification, consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, transfer, liquidation or dissolution. The Company shall file and mail the notice at least 15 days before such date. Failure to file or mail the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of the transaction.

32

Section 7.14. Reorganization of Company; Special Distributions. If the Company is a party to a transaction described in Article VII of the Base Indenture (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a transaction in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction do not receive securities, cash or other assets of the Company or any other person) or a merger or binding share exchange which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, the person obligated to deliver securities, cash or other assets upon conversion of Notes shall enter into a supplemental indenture. If the issuer of securities deliverable upon conversion of Notes is an Affiliate of the successor Company, that issuer shall join in the supplemental indenture.

The supplemental indenture shall provide that the Holder of a Note may convert it into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which such Holder would have received immediately after the consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or transfer if such Holder had converted the Note immediately before the effective date of the transaction, assuming (to the extent applicable) that such Holder (i) was not a constituent person or an Affiliate of a constituent person to such transaction; (ii) made no election with respect thereto; and (iii) was treated alike with the plurality of non-electing Holders. The supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article 7. The successor Company shall mail to Holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture.

If this Section applies, neither Section 7.6 nor 7.7 applies.

If the Company makes a distribution to all holders of its Common Stock of any of its assets, or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company that, but for the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 7.8, would otherwise result in an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.8, then, from and after the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution, a Holder of a Note that converts such Note in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture shall upon such conversion be entitled to receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock into which the Note is convertible, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets comprising the distribution that such Holder would have received if such Holder had converted the Note immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution.

Section 7.15. Company Determination Final. Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must make pursuant to Section 7.3, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.14 or 7.17 is conclusive.

Section 7.16. Trustee's Adjustment Disclaimer. The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 7 should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether a supplemental indenture under Section 7.14 need be entered into or whether any provisions of any supplemental indenture are correct. The Trustee shall not be accountable for and makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company's failure to comply with this Article
7. Each Conversion Agent shall have the same protection under this Section 7.16 as the Trustee.

33

Section 7.17. Simultaneous Adjustments. In the event that this Article 7 requires adjustments to the Conversion Rate under more than one of Section 7.6(4), 7.7 or 7.8, and the record dates for the distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the same date, then such adjustments shall be made by applying, first, the provisions of Section 7.6, second, the provisions of Section 7.8 and, third, the provisions of Section 7.7.

Section 7.18. Successive Adjustments. After an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Article 7, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 7 shall cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.

Section 7.19. Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock Issued Upon Conversion. Each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes pursuant to this Article 7 shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of common stock or preferred stock purchase rights, as the case may be (the "Rights"), if any, and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any shareholder rights agreement adopted by the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time (in each case, a "Rights Agreement"). Provided that such Rights Agreement requires that each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes at any time prior to the distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights be entitled to receive such Rights, then, notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Article 7, there shall not be any adjustment to the conversion privilege or Conversion Rate as a result of the issuance of Rights, the distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights, the exercise or redemption of such Rights in accordance with any such Rights Agreement, or the termination or invalidation of such Rights.

ARTICLE 8

SUBORDINATION

Section 8.1. Notes Subordinate to Senior Debt. The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Note, by such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Article (subject to the provisions of Article IV of the Base Indenture), the indebtedness represented by the Notes, and the payment of the principal of, interest on and all other amounts, if any, owing with respect to each and all of the Notes are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or other immediately available funds of all Senior Debt of the Company. The Notes shall rank pari passu with the 4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due November 15, 2002 issued under the Indenture dated as of November 17, 1997 between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee.

Section 8.2. Payment Over of Proceeds Upon Dissolution, Etc. In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or to its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets and liabilities of the Company, then and in any such event specified in (a),

34

(b) or (c) above (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a "Proceeding") the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Senior Debt, in cash or other immediately available funds or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or other immediately available funds or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to each holder of Senior Debt with respect to its indebtedness, before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether (i) in cash, property or securities, on account of principal of, interest on or any other amount, if any, owing with respect to the Notes or on account of any purchase or other acquisition of Notes by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) by way of cancellation, forgiveness or offset of the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes against any indebtedness owed by a Holder to the Company or (iii) payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Notes (all such payments, distributions, purchases and acquisitions herein referred to, individually and collectively, as a "Notes Payment"), and to that end the holders of all Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment thereof, any Notes Payment which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the Notes in any such Proceeding.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Trustee or the Holder of any Note shall have received any Notes Payment before all Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or other immediately available funds or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to each holder of Senior Debt with respect to its indebtedness, and if such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such Notes Payment, have been made actually known to a responsible officer of the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then and in such event such Notes Payment shall be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company for application to the payment of all Senior Debt, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

For purposes of this Article only, the words "any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include a payment or distribution of stock or securities of the Company provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment giving effect to these subordination provisions authorized by an order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in a reorganization proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy law or of any other corporation provided for by such plan of reorganization or readjustment which stock or securities are subordinated in right of payment to all then outstanding Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as the Notes are so subordinated as provided in this Article, which shall require that (A) the final maturity of any such subordinated securities shall exceed the term of the Senior Debt provided for by such plan of reorganization or readjustment, and there shall not be any scheduled principal payment in respect of such subordinated securities prior to that of such Senior Debt and (B) such subordinated securities shall be unsecured and unguaranteed. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer, sale or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to another Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article VII of the Base Indenture shall not be deemed a Proceeding for the purposes of this Section if the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by

35

conveyance, transfer, sale or lease such properties and assets, as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, sale or lease comply with the conditions set forth in the Indenture.

Section 8.3. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default. In the event that any Notes are declared or otherwise shall become due and payable before their Stated Maturity (including by reason of a Fundamental Change) and there shall have occurred (i) a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including a default under any repurchase or redemption obligation) with respect to any Senior Debt or (ii) any other event of default with respect to any Senior Debt, permitting the holders thereof to accelerate the maturity thereof, then and in such event the holders of the Senior Debt outstanding at the time such Notes so become due and payable shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts then due on or in respect of all Senior Debt in cash or other immediately available funds or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Debt, before the Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any Notes Payment.

In the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of any amount owing in respect of any Senior Debt beyond any applicable grace period with respect thereto, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing permitting the holders of such Senior Debt (or a trustee or other representative on behalf of the holders thereof) to declare such Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, unless and until such event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and such acceleration shall have been rescinded or annulled, or in the event any judicial proceeding shall be pending with respect to any such default in payment or event of default, then no Notes Payment shall be made.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make any Notes Payment to the Trustee or any Holder prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section, and if (1) such fact shall, at or prior to the time of such Notes Payment, have been made actually known to a responsible officer of the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder or (2) the Notes have been accelerated, then and in such event such Notes Payment shall be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Company.

The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any Notes Payment with respect to which Section 9.2 would be applicable.

Section 8.4. Payment Permitted If No Default. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time except during the pendency of any proceeding referred to in Section 9.2 or under the conditions described in Section 9.3, from making Notes Payments, or (b) the application by the Trustee of any money deposited with it hereunder to Notes Payments or the retention of such Notes Payment by the Holders, if, at the time of such application by the Trustee, it did not have actual knowledge that such Notes Payment would have been prohibited by the provisions of this Article.

36

Section 8.5. Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt. Subject to the payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of Senior Debt, in cash or other immediately available funds or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, the Holders of the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Debt to receive payments and distributions of cash, property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full. For purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article, and no payments over pursuant to the provisions of this Article to the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt.

Section 8.6. Provisions Solely To Define Relative Rights. The provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes on the one hand and the holders of Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes is intended to or shall
(a) impair, as among the Company, the creditors of the Company other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional (and which, subject to the rights under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt, is intended to rank equally with all other general obligations of the Company), to pay to the Holders of the Notes the principal of and interest on the Notes as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms; or (b) affect the relative rights against the Company of the Holders of the Notes and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Debt; or (c) prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Debt to receive cash, property and securities otherwise payable or deliverable to the Trustee or such Holder.

Section 8.7. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder of a Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 8.8. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, without incurring responsibility to the Holders of the Notes and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article or the obligations hereunder of the Holders of the Notes to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or more of the

37

following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of Senior Debt; and
(d) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

Section 8.9. Notice to Trustee. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes, unless and until a responsible officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee therefor or representative thereof; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of, the principal of or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the delivery to it of a written notice, and proof of ownership acceptable to the Trustee, by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee therefor or representative thereof) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee therefor or representative thereof). In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 8.10. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such Proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company,

38

the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

Section 8.11. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good faith and absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the Company or to any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.

Section 8.12. Rights of Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt; Preservation of Trustee's Rights. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Base Indenture.

Section 8.13. Article Applicable to Paying Agents. In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Sections 8.9 and 8.12 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.

Section 8.14. Subsidiaries. No payment, distribution of assets or other action may be taken by any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to the Notes if the Company would be prohibited by this Article IX from taking such action.

Section 8.15. Rescission. The provisions of this Article 8 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment in respect of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the holder thereof upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 8.16. Payment. For purposes of this Article 8, "payment in full" of Senior Debt means prior payment in full (including payment of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit) of such Senior Debt (including all interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed as a claim in any such proceeding) in cash or other immediately available funds and termination, cash collateralization or replacement of contingent obligations (including all letters of credit issued thereunder but excluding only any unasserted indemnity obligations) and termination of all commitments thereunder.

39

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1. Notices. Any request, demand, authorization, notice, waiver, consent or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by guaranteed overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers:

if to the Company:

America Online, Inc.
22000 AOL Way
Dulles, Virginia 20166-9323

Telephone No. (703) 265-1000

Facsimile No. (703) 265-2209

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Attention: General Counsel

if to the Trustee:

State Street Bank and Trust

Company
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02110

Telephone No. (617) 662-1723 Facsimile No. (617) 662-1460 Attention: Corporate Trust Department

The Company or the Trustee by notice given to the other in the manner provided above may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication given to a Holder of the Notes shall be mailed to the Holder of the Notes, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the Holder's address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder of the Notes or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders of the Notes. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not received by the addressee.

40

If the Company mails a notice or communication to the Holders of the Notes, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or co-registrar.

Section 9.2. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders of the Notes may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders of the Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Conversion Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 9.3. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 9.4. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that each person making such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

Section 9.5. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 9.6. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders of the Notes. The Registrar, Conversion Agent and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

41

Section 9.7. Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is any day other than a Business Day. If any specified date (including a date for giving notice) is a Legal Holiday, the action shall be taken on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and, if the action to be taken on such date is a payment in respect of the Notes, no Original Issue Discount or interest, if any, shall accrue for the intervening period.

Section 9.8. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

Section 9.9. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder of the Notes shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

Section 9.10. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

Section 9.11. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

42

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly authorized, have executed this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the respective parties hereto as of the date first above written.

         `                          AMERICA ONLINE, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Raymond G. Murphy
                                        -------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Raymond G. Murphy
                                    Title: Senior Vice President & Treasurer


Attest: /s/ Sheila A. Clark
-----------------------------
Name:  Sheila A. Clark
Title: Corporate Secretary


[SEAL]


                                    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                    By:   /s/ Carolina D. Altomare
                                        -------------------------------------
                                    Name:  Carolina D. Altomare
                                    Title: Assistant Vice President


Attest:

Arthur J. MacDonald
-------------------------------
Name:  J. MacDonald
Title: Vice President

[SEAL]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT WITH RESPECT TO EACH $1,000 OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF THIS NOTE IS $______, THE ISSUE DATE IS DECEMBER 6, 1999, THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS 3.00 %.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

AMERICA ONLINE INC.

Convertible Subordinated Note due 2019

No. R- CUSIP:
Issue Date: December 6, 1999 Aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity $

Original Issue Discount: $448.74 (for each $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity) Issue Price: $551.26 (for each $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity)

AMERICA ONLINE INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to or registered assigns, the Principal Amount at Maturity of Dollars on December 6, 2019.

This Note shall not bear interest except as specified on the other side of this Note. Original Issue Discount will accrue as specified on the other side of this Note. This Note is convertible as specified on the reverse side of this Note.

A-1

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side of this Note.

Dated:                                      AMERICA ONLINE INC.



[SEAL]                                      By:
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Title:


Attest:

---------------------------------

Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture.

[STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY],

as Trustee

By

Authorized Signatory

Dated:

A-2

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTES]

Convertible Subordinated Note Due 2019

1. Interest.

This Note shall not bear interest, except as specified in this paragraph or in paragraph 10 hereof. If the Principal Amount at Maturity hereof or any portion of such Principal Amount at Maturity is not paid when due (whether upon acceleration pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Supplemental Indenture and Section 5.2 of the Base Indenture, upon the date set for payment of the Redemption Price pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof, upon the date set for payment of the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price pursuant to paragraph 6 hereof or upon the Stated Maturity of this Note) or if interest due hereon or any portion of such interest is not paid when due in accordance with paragraph 10 hereof, then in each such case the overdue amount shall, to the extent permitted by law, bear interest at the rate of 3.00 % per annum, compounded semi-annually, which interest shall accrue from the date such overdue amount was originally due to the date payment of such amount, including interest thereon, has been made or duly provided for. All such interest shall be payable on demand. The accrual of such interest on overdue amounts shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the continued accrual of Original Issue Discount.

Original Issue Discount (the difference between the Issue Price and the Principal Amount at Maturity of the Note), in the period during which a Note remains outstanding, shall accrue at 3.00 % per annum, on a semiannual bond equivalent basis using a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months, from the Issue Date of this Note.

2. Method of Payment.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make payments in respect of Redemption Price, Purchase Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price and at Stated Maturity to Holders who surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Notes. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make such cash payments by check payable in such money.

3. Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar.

Initially, State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice, other than notice to the Trustee except that the Company will maintain at least one Paying Agent in the State of New York, City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (which shall initially be an office of State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., an affiliate of the Trustee). The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates may act as Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

A-3

4. Indenture.

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 6, 1999 (the "Base Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee and the Supplemental Indenture No. 1 thereto dated as of December 6, 1999 (the "Supplemental Indenture" and, together with the Base Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of the Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

The Notes are subordinated and unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $ 2,607,663,000 aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity. The Indenture does not limit other indebtedness of the Company, secured or unsecured.

The defeasance provisions described in Article IV of the Base Indenture will not apply to the Notes.

5. Redemption at the Option of the Company.

No sinking fund is provided for the Notes. The Notes are not redeemable prior to December 6, 2002. The Notes are redeemable as a whole, but not in part, on or after , 2002 and prior to December 6, 2004 at the option of the Company at the Redemption Price set forth below if the closing price for the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange is equal to or greater than 150 % of the Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 trading days in any consecutive 30 trading days preceding such redemption provided that the Company provides notice of such redemption within five trading days following the last of the 30 days' trading period. The Notes are redeemable in cash as a whole, or from time to time in part, at any time on or after December 6, 2004 at the option of the Company at the Redemption Prices set forth below.

The table below shows Redemption Prices of a Note per $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity on the dates shown below and at Stated Maturity, which prices reflect accrued Original Issue Discount calculated to each such date. The Redemption Price of a Note redeemed between such dates shall include an additional amount reflecting the additional Original Issue Discount accrued since the next preceding date in the table.

A-4

                                      (1)                      (2)                (3)
                                                             Accrued
                                                            Original
                                                              Issue            Redemption
                                     Notes                  Discount              Price
Redemption Date                   Issue Price               at 3.00 %           (1) + (2)
---------------                   -----------               ---------         ------------
December 6, 2002.................   $551.26                    51.51             $602.77
December 6, 2003..............       551.26                    69.73              620.99
December 6, 2004..................   551.26                    88.50              639.76
December 6, 2005.................    551.26                   107.84              659.10
December 6, 2006..................   551.26                   127.76              679.02
December 6, 2007..................   551.26                   148.28              699.54
December 6, 2008..................   551.26                   169.42              720.68
December 6, 2009..................   551.26                   191.21              742.47
December 6, 2010..................   551.26                   213.65              764.91
December 6, 2011..................   551.26                   236.77              788.03
December 6, 2012..................   551.26                   260.59              811.85
December 6, 2013..................   551.26                   285.12              836.38
December 6, 2014..................   551.26                   310.40              861.66
December 6, 2015..................   551.26                   336.45              887.71
December 6, 2016..................   551.26                   363.28              914.54
December 6, 2017..................   551.26                   390.92              942.18
December 6, 2018..................   551.26                   419.40              970.66
At Stated Maturity................   551.26                   448.74            1,000.00

If converted to a semiannual coupon note following the occurrence of a Tax Event, this Note will be redeemable at the Restated Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest from the date of such conversion through the Redemption Date; but in no event will this Note be redeemable before December 6, 2002.

6. Purchase By the Company at the Option of the Holder.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase, at the option of the Holder, the Notes held by such Holder on December 6, 2004 at the Purchase Price of $ 639.76 per $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity, upon delivery of a Purchase Notice containing the information set forth in the Indenture, at any time from the opening of business on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to such Purchase Date until the close of business on such Purchase Date and upon delivery of the Notes to the Paying Agent (or surrender of the beneficial interest therein pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the DTC Letter of Representations) by the Holder as set forth in the Indenture.

The Purchase Price (equal to the Issue Price plus accrued Original Issue Discount to the Purchase Date) may be paid, at the option of the Company, in cash or by the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company, or in any combination thereof.

If prior to a Purchase Date this Note has been converted to a semiannual coupon note following the occurrence of a Tax Event, the Purchase Price will be equal to the Restated

R-1

Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest from the date of conversion to the Purchase Date.

At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase the Notes held by such Holder 40 Business Days after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change occurring on or after December 6, 1999 for a Fundamental Change Purchase Price equal to the Issue Price plus accrued Original Issue Discount to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, which Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid, at the option of the Company, in cash or in Common Stock. If paid in Common Stock, the Common Stock will be valued at 97.5% of the Average Market Price of the Common Stock. If prior to a Fundamental Change Purchase Date this Note has been converted to a semiannual coupon note following the occurrence of a Tax Event, the Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be equal to the Restated Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest from the date of conversion to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date.

Holders have the right to withdraw any Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, as the case may be, by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

If cash (and/or Common Stock, if applicable) sufficient to pay the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, of all Notes or portions thereof to be purchased as of the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, is deposited with the Paying Agent on the Business Day following the Purchase Date or the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, Original Issue Discount ceases to accrue on such Notes (or portions thereof) immediately after such Purchase Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, and the Holder thereof shall have no other rights as such (other than the right to receive the Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, upon surrender of such Note).

7. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 20 Business Days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. The Notice of Redemption will also be published in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL and posted on the Company's web site. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, immediately after such Redemption Date Original Issue Discount ceases to accrue on such Notes or portions thereof. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity.

8. Conversion.

Subject to the next two succeeding sentences, a Holder of a Note may convert it into Common Stock of the Company at any time before the close of business on December 6, 2019. If the Note is called for redemption, the Holder may convert it at any time before the close of business on the Redemption Date. A Note in respect of which a Holder has delivered a

R-2

Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Note may be converted only if such notice of exercise is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

The initial Conversion Rate is 5.8338 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 Principal Amount at Maturity, subject to adjustment in certain events described in the Supplemental Indenture. The Company will deliver cash or a check in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock.

In the event the Company exercises its option pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Supplemental Indenture to have interest in lieu of Original Issue Discount accrue on the Note following a Tax Event, the Holder will be entitled on conversion to receive the same number of shares of Common Stock such Holder would have received if the Company had not exercised such option. If the Company exercises such option, Notes surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business of such Interest Payment Date (except Notes to be redeemed on a date within such period) must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest thereon that the registered Holder is to receive. Except where Notes surrendered for conversion must be accompanied by payment as described above, no interest on converted Notes will be payable by the Company on any Interest Payment Date subsequent to the date of conversion.

To convert a Note, a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the conversion notice below (or complete and manually sign a facsimile of such notice) and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent or, if applicable, complete and deliver to DTC the appropriate instruction form for conversion, (2) surrender the Note to the Conversion Agent by book entry delivery unless physical certificates have been issued, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Conversion Agent, the Company or the Trustee and (4) pay any required transfer or similar tax for which the Holder is responsible.

A Holder may convert a portion of a Note if the Principal Amount at Maturity of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on the Common Stock except as provided in the Indenture. On conversion of a Note, that portion of accrued Original Issue Discount (or interest if the Company has exercised its option provided for in paragraph 10 hereof) attributable to the period from the Issue Date (or, if the Company has exercised the option referred to in paragraph 10 hereof, the later of (x) the date of such exercise and (y) the date on which interest was last paid) through the Conversion Date with respect to the converted Note shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed to be paid in full to the Holder thereof through the delivery of the Common Stock (together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of fractional shares) in exchange for the Note being converted pursuant to the terms hereof; and the fair market value of such shares of Common Stock (together with any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares) shall be treated as issued, to the extent thereof, first in exchange for Original Issue Discount (or interest, if the Company has exercised its option provided for in paragraph 10 hereof) accrued through the Conversion Date, and the balance, if any, of such fair market value of such Common Stock (and any such cash payment) shall be treated as issued in exchange for the Issue Price of the Note being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof.

R-3

The Conversion Rate will be adjusted for dividends or distributions on Common Stock payable in Common Stock or other Capital Stock; distributions to all holders of Common Stock of certain rights to purchase Common Stock for a period expiring within 60 days at less than the Sale Price at the Time of Determination; subdivisions, combinations or certain reclassifications of Common Stock; and distributions to such holders of assets or debt securities of the Company or certain rights to purchase securities of the Company (excluding certain cash dividends or distributions). However, no adjustment need be made if Holders may participate in the transaction or in certain other cases. The Company from time to time may voluntarily increase the Conversion Rate.

If the Company is a party to a consolidation, merger or binding share exchange or a transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or upon certain distributions described in the Indenture, the right to convert a Note into Common Stock may be changed into a right to convert it into securities, cash or other assets of the Company or another person.

9. Conversion Arrangement on Call for Redemption.

Any Notes called for redemption, unless surrendered for conversion before the close of business on the Redemption Date, may be deemed to be purchased from the Holders of such Notes at an amount not less than the Redemption Price, by one or more investment bankers or other purchasers who may agree with the Company to purchase such Notes from the Holders, to convert them into Common Stock of the Company and to make payment for such Notes to the Trustee in trust for such Holders.

10. Tax Event

(a) At the option of the Company, from and after (i) the date (the "Tax Event Date") of the occurrence of a Tax Event and (ii) the date the Company exercises such option, whichever is later (the "Option Exercise Date"), interest in lieu of future Original Issue Discount shall accrue at the rate of 3.00 % per annum on a principal amount per Note (the "Restated Principal Amount") equal to the Issue Price plus Original Issue Discount accrued through the Option Exercise Date and shall be payable semiannually on June 6 and December 6 of each year (each an "Interest Payment Date") to holders of record at the close of business on May 22 or November 21 (each a "Regular Record Date") immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Option Exercise Date.

(b) Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the person in whose name that Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose. Each installment of interest on any Note shall be paid in same-day funds by transfer to an account maintained by the payee located inside the United States.

(c) Except as otherwise specified with respect to the Notes, any Defaulted Interest on any Note shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the

R-5

relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company as provided for in Section 10.2(b) of the Supplemental Indenture.

11. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

The Notes are in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes in respect of which a Purchase Notice or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given and not withdrawn (except, in the case of a Note to be purchased in part, the portion of the Note not to be purchased) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

12. Persons Deemed Owners.

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

13. Unclaimed Money or Notes.

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company upon written request any money or securities held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After return to the Company, Holders entitled to the money or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

14. Amendment; Waiver.

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding and (ii) certain Defaults may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article VII of the Base Indenture or Section 7.14 of the Supplemental Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.

15. Defaults and Remedies.

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) if the Notes have been converted to semiannual coupon notes following a Tax Event, default in the payment of interest

R-5

which default continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) default in payment of the Principal Amount at Maturity (or, if the Notes have been converted to semiannual coupon notes following a Tax Event, the Restated Principal Amount), Redemption Price, Purchase Price or Fundamental Change Purchase Price, as the case may be, in respect of the Notes when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, subject to notice and lapse of time; and (iv) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately at the Issue Price plus accrued Original Issue Discount or, if the Company has exercised its option to convert the Notes pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Supplemental Indenture following a Tax Event, the Restated Principal Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes becoming due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes at the time outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of amounts specified in clause (i) or (ii) above) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Company.

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others.

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder of the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

18. Authentication.

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually signs the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication on the other side of this Note. The statements and recitals in this Note, other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication, are statements of the Company, and not the Trustee, and the Trustee is not responsible for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of the Indenture or this Note.

R-6

19. Reductions in Amount.

While this Note is in global form, reductions in the Principal Amount at Maturity outstanding resulting from any redemption, purchase or conversion of a portion hereof shall be reflected in accordance with the provisions of the DTC Letter of Representations or other procedures in effect from time to time at the depositary for the Notes.

20. Abbreviations.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of the Notes or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

21. GOVERNING LAW.

THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THIS

NOTE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


The Company will furnish to any Holder of the Notes upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

America Online, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
22000 AOL Way
Dulles, VA 20166
IR@aol.com

R-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM CONVERSION NOTICE

To assign this Note,                To convert this Note into the Common Stock
fill form below:                    of the Company, check the box:




I or we assign and                         -----

transfer this Note to: : :

: :

                                          To convert only part of this Note, state the
(Insert assignee's Soc.                   Principal Amount at Maturity to be converted (which
 Sec. or tax ID no.)                      must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000):

                                            ---------------------------------
--------------------------                  :$                               :
--------------------------                  ---------------------------------
--------------------------
                                           If you want the stock certificate made out in
                                           another person's name, fill in the form below
--------------------------
(Print or type assignee's
Name, address and zip code and soc. sec.
Or tax ID no.)                              --------------------------------
                                            :                               :
                                            --------------------------------
irrevocably appoint
--------------  agent
to transfer this Note on the books
of the Company.
The agent may substitute another to
act for him.

--------------------------------
--------------------------------
--------------------------------
--------------------------------
(Print or type other person's name,
 address and zip code)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date:
     ---------------------------

Your signature:

     ---------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

R-8


AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2019


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 2

Dated as of January 11, 2001


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

TRUSTEE



America Online, Inc.

Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2019

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 2

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 2 (this "Supplemental Indenture No. 2") dated as of January 11, 2001, among America Online, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), AOL Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("AOL Time Warner"), Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation ("TWI" and collectively with AOL Time Warner, the "Guarantors"), Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ("TBS"), Time Warner Companies, Inc. ("TWCI") and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture dated as of December 6, 1999 (the "Base Indenture" and as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of December 6, 1999 and as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, the "Indenture"), providing for the issuance and sale by the Company from time to time of its debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the "Securities"), which term shall include any Securities issued under the Indenture after the date hereof;

WHEREAS the Company proposes in and by this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to supplement and amend the Indenture in certain respects as it applies to Securities issued thereunder;

WHEREAS pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 10, 2000, among AOL Time Warner, the Company, TWI, America Online Merger Sub Inc. and Time Warner Merger Sub Inc., the Company and TWI will each merge with and become wholly owned subsidiaries of AOL Time Warner (the "Mergers");

WHEREAS Section 8.1 of the Base Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, to enter into indentures supplemental to the Base Indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for the purpose of adding guarantees with respect to any or all of the Securities;

WHEREAS Section 5.1 of Supplemental Indenture No. 1 permits the Company and the Trustee to amend Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to comply with Section 7.14 thereof;

WHEREAS each of AOL Time Warner and TWI desire to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, on a subordinated basis, the full and punctual payment of principal of an interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Securities (the "AOL Time Warner Guarantee" and the "TWI Guarantee," respectively);

WHEREAS AOL Time Warner desires to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 in accordance with Article 7 of Supplemental Indenture No. 1, pursuant to which the Company issued Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2019 (the "Notes"), to provide, among other things, that common

2

stock of AOL Time Warner shall be deliverable upon conversion of the Notes and may be deliverable upon redemption of the Notes; and

WHEREAS AOL Time Warner further desires to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, on a subordinated basis, all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee and the Securities (the "Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee", and together with the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the "AOL Time Warner Guarantees") and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the AOL Time Warner Guarantees;

WHEREAS each of TBS and TWCI desire to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, on a subordinated basis, all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee and the Securities (the "Supplemental TBS Guarantee" and the "Supplemental TWCI Guarantee," respectively) and to extend to the Holders of Securities certain rights and privileges in connection with the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, as applicable;

WHEREAS the Company, the Guarantors, TBS and TWCI have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 a valid instrument in accordance with its terms and to make the guarantees provided for herein the valid obligation of the Guarantors, TBS and TWCI, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors, TBS, TWCI and the Trustee hereby agree that the following Sections of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 supplement the Base Indenture and Supplemental Indenture No. 1, as applicable, with respect to Securities issued thereunder:

SECTION 1. Definitions.

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Base Indenture and Supplemental Indenture No. 1.

(b) For purposes of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 only, the term "Officers' Certificate" when used expressly with respect to an "Officers' Certificate" of AOL Time Warner means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, President, any Executive Vice President or any Senior Vice President of AOL Time Warner, signing alone, or by any Vice President of AOL Time Warner signing together with the Corporate Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of AOL Time Warner.

(c) For purposes of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 only, the term "Subsidiary" when used with respect to a "Subsidiary" of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI means any Person of which such entity at the time owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the shares of outstanding stock or other equity interests having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees, as the case may be, of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes or other equity interests of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency.)

3

(d) Article One, Section 1.1, of the Indenture is hereby supplemented to amend the following definitions to read in their entirety as follows:

"Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or of AOL Time Warner, as applicable, or the applicable Executive Committee or any duly authorized committee thereof.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of one or more resolutions of the Board of Directors, certified by the Corporate Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or AOL Time Warner, as applicable, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate, and delivered to the Trustee.

(e) Article One, Section 1.2, of Supplemental Indenture No. 1 is hereby supplemented to amend the following definition to read in its entirety as follows:

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of AOL Time Warner Inc. as it exists on the date of this Supplemental Indenture or any other shares of AOL Time Warner Inc. into which the Common Stock shall be reclassified or changed.

(f) Article One, Section 1.2, of Supplemental Indenture No. 1 is hereby supplemented to add the following definitions:

"AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness" means all indebtedness or obligations of AOL Time Warner, whether outstanding at the date of execution of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or thereafter incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created, unless the terms of the instrument or instruments by which AOL Time Warner incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created any such indebtedness or obligations expressly provide that such obligations or obligations is subordinated to all other indebtedness of AOL Time Warner or that such indebtedness is not superior or is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, with respect to any of the following (including, without limitation, interest accruing on or after a bankruptcy or other similar event, whether or not an allowed claim therein): (a) any indebtedness incurred by AOL Time Warner or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by AOL Time Warner (i) for money borrowed, (ii) in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or other assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) or (iii) for advances or progress payments in connection with the construction or acquisition of any building, motion picture, television production or other entertainment of any kind; (b) any obligation of AOL Time Warner (or of a Subsidiary of AOL Time Warner which is guaranteed by AOL Time Warner) as lessee under a lease of real or personal property; (c) any obligation of AOL Time Warner to purchase property at a future date in connection with a financing by AOL Time Warner or a Subsidiary thereof; (d) letters of credit; (e) currency swaps and interest rate hedges; and (f) a deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any of the foregoing.

"AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representative" means any Person whom AOL Time Warner has, by written notice to the Trustee, identified as the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness.

"TBS Senior Indebtedness" means all indebtedness or obligations of TBS, whether outstanding at the date of execution of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or thereafter incurred,

4

assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created, unless the terms of the instrument or instruments by which TBS incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created any such indebtedness or obligations expressly provide that such obligations or obligations is subordinated to all other indebtedness of TBS or that such indebtedness is not superior or is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, with respect to any of the following (including, without limitation, interest accruing on or after a bankruptcy or other similar event, whether or not an allowed claim therein): (a) any indebtedness incurred by TBS or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TBS (i) for money borrowed, (ii) in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or other assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) or (iii) for advances or progress payments in connection with the construction or acquisition of any building, motion picture, television production or other entertainment of any kind; (b) any obligation of TBS (or of a Subsidiary of TBS which is guaranteed by TBS) as lessee under a lease of real or personal property; (c) any obligation of TBS to purchase property at a future date in connection with a financing by TBS or a Subsidiary thereof; (d) letters of credit; (e) currency swaps and interest rate hedges; and (f) a deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any of the foregoing.

"TBS Senior Indebtedness Representative" means any Person whom TBS has, by written notice to the Trustee, identified as the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of TBS Senior Indebtedness.

"TWI Senior Indebtedness" means all indebtedness or obligations of TWI, whether outstanding at the date of execution of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or thereafter incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created, unless the terms of the instrument or instruments by which TWI incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created any such indebtedness or obligations expressly provide that such obligations or obligations is subordinated to all other indebtedness of TWI or that such indebtedness is not superior or is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, with respect to any of the following (including, without limitation, interest accruing on or after a bankruptcy or other similar event, whether or not an allowed claim therein): (a) any indebtedness incurred by TWI or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TWI (i) for money borrowed, (ii) in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or other assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) or
(iii) for advances or progress payments in connection with the construction or acquisition of any building, motion picture, television production or other entertainment of any kind; (b) any obligation of TWI (or of a Subsidiary of TWI which is guaranteed by TWI) as lessee under a lease of real or personal property; (c) any obligation of TWI to purchase property at a future date in connection with a financing by TWI or a Subsidiary thereof; (d) letters of credit; (e) currency swaps and interest rate hedges; and (f) a deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any of the foregoing.

"TWI Senior Indebtedness Representative" means any Person whom TWI has, by written notice to the Trustee, identified as the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of TWI Senior Indebtedness.

"TWCI Senior Indebtedness" means all indebtedness or obligations of TWCI, whether outstanding at the date of execution of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or thereafter incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created, unless the terms of the instrument or instruments by which TWCI incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created any such indebtedness or obligations

5

expressly provide that such obligations or obligations is subordinated to all other indebtedness of TWCI or that such indebtedness is not superior or is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, with respect to any of the following (including, without limitation, interest accruing on or after a bankruptcy or other similar event, whether or not an allowed claim therein):
(a) any indebtedness incurred by TWCI or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TWCI (i) for money borrowed, (ii) in connection with the acquisition of any business, property or other assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business) or (iii) for advances or progress payments in connection with the construction or acquisition of any building, motion picture, television production or other entertainment of any kind; (b) any obligation of TWCI (or of a Subsidiary of TWCI which is guaranteed by TWCI) as lessee under a lease of real or personal property; (c) any obligation of TWCI to purchase property at a future date in connection with a financing by TWCI or a Subsidiary thereof; (d) letters of credit; (e) currency swaps and interest rate hedges; and (f) a deferral, renewal, extension or refunding of any of the foregoing.

"TWCI Senior Indebtedness Representative" means any Person whom TWCI has, by written notice to the Trustee, identified as the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for an issue of TWCI Senior Indebtedness.

SECTION 2. The AOL Time Warner Guarantee. (a) AOL Time Warner irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Base Indenture after the date of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, on a subordinated basis as set forth herein, (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Base Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Base Indenture and the Securities. AOL Time Warner further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TWCI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms.)

(b) AOL Time Warner further agrees that the AOL Time Warner Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) AOL Time Warner further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any successor thereto and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, any successor thereto or any other Person. The obligations of AOL Time Warner shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

6

(d) The obligation of AOL Time Warner to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) AOL Time Warner also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the AOL Time Warner Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, as it relates to AOL Time Warner, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 3. The TWI Guarantee. (a) TWI irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Base Indenture after the date of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, on a subordinated basis as set forth herein, (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Base Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and
(ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under the Base Indenture and the Securities. TWI further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TWCI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms.)

(b) TWI further agrees that the TWI Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) TWI further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the TWI Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any successor thereto and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, any successor thereto or any other Person. The obligations of TWI shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of TWI to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI any amount

7

paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the TWI Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) TWI also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the TWI Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the TWI Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, as it relates to TWI, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 4. The Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee. (a) AOL Time Warner irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Base Indenture after the date of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, on a subordinated basis as set forth herein, the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee. AOL Time Warner further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TWCI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms.)

(b) AOL Time Warner further agrees that the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) AOL Time Warner further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any successor thereto and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, any successor thereto or any other Person. The obligations of AOL Time Warner shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of AOL Time Warner to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or TWI to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

8

(e) AOL Time Warner also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, as it relates to AOL Time Warner, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 5. The Supplemental TBS Guarantee. (a) TBS irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Base Indenture after the date of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, on a subordinated basis as set forth herein, the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee. TBS further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TWCI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms.)

(b) TBS further agrees that the Supplemental TBS Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) TBS further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any successor thereto and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, any successor thereto or any other Person. The obligations of TBS shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of TBS to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or TWI to make such payment.

(e) TBS also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the Supplemental TBS Guarantee. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

9

(f) Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, as it relates to TBS, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 6. The Supplemental TWCI Guarantee. (a) TWCI irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Base Indenture after the date of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, on a subordinated basis as set forth herein, the full and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of TWI under the TWI Guarantee. TWCI further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TWCI or TBS (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of the Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms.)

(b) TWCI further agrees that the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.

(c) TWCI further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any successor thereto and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, any successor thereto or any other Person. The obligations of TWCI shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under the Indenture or the Securities of any series.

(d) The obligation of TWCI to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or TWI to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) TWCI also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee.

(f) Any term or provision of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, as it relates to TWCI, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

10

SECTION 7. Covenant of AOL Time Warner. AOL Time Warner hereby covenants and agrees to undertake and perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture to be undertaken by AOL Time Warner and otherwise agrees to comply with all covenants applicable to it under the Indenture.

SECTION 8. Amendments to Base Indenture

(a) Amendment of Defeasance and Discharge. Section 4.4 of Article IV of the Base Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended by adding the following sentence at the end of said Section 4.4:

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities to which the provisions of Article IV apply, satisfies the applicable conditions of Section 4.6 of the Base Indenture, then, in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to a defeasance and elects to have Section 4.4 apply, each of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the AOL Time Warner Guarantees, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, respectively, of the Securities of such Series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and each of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article 7 (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.1 to be subject to this provision), and clause (3) (ii), (4)(ii) and 5(ii) of Section
5.1 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.1 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

(b) Amendment Of Covenant Defeasance. Section 4.5 of Article IV of the Base Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended by adding the following sentence at the end of said Section 4.5:

"If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities to which Article IV applies, satisfies the applicable conditions of Section 4.6 of the Base Indenture, then each of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article 7 (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.1 to be subject to this provision), and clause (3)(ii), 4(ii) or 5(ii) of Section 5.1 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.1 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter."

11

(c) Amendments to the Events of Default and Remedies. (A) Clause (3) of Section 5.1 of Article V of the Base Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (3) as clause (3) (i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any covenant or warranty of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and such default or breach continues for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable by the Trustee or to AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder ;".

(B) Clause (4) of Section 5.1 of Article V of the Base Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (4) as clause (4) (i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the consent by AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by any such entity of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any Bankruptcy Law, or the consent by any such entity to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by any such entity of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by any such entity in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of any corporate action by AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI in furtherance of any such action;".

(C) Clause (5) of Section 5.1 of Article V of the Base Indenture is hereby amended by redesignating clause (5) as clause (5) (i) and by adding thereto at the end thereof the following:

"; or (ii) the entry of an order for relief against AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI under any Bankruptcy Law by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI bankrupt or insolvent under any Bankruptcy Law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other

12

similar official) of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI or of any substantial part of any such entity's property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of any such entity's affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days".

(d) Amendments to Article VII. (A) Article VII of the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended to read in its entirely as follows:

"Section 7.1. Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms. Each of the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI may consolidate with or into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all of substantially all of its assets to any Person if:

(i) in the case of the Company, (A) (1) in the case of a merger or consolidation, the Company is the surviving corporation or (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation where the Company is not the surviving corporation and in the case of any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a State thereof and such Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and under this Indenture, (B) immediately thereafter giving effect to such merger or consolidation, or such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (C) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. In the event of the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company as provided in clause
(i)(A)(2) of the immediately preceding sentence, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company hereunder and under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and all such obligations of the Company shall terminate; and

(ii) in the case of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable (A) (1) in the case of a merger or consolidation, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation where AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, is not the surviving corporation and in the case of any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a State thereof and such Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all the obligations of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and under this Indenture, (B) immediately thereafter giving effect to such merger or consolidation, or such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (C) AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of

13

Counsel each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition complies with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. In the event of the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, as provided in clause (ii)(A)(2) of the immediately preceding sentence, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, hereunder and under the Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto and all such obligations of AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, as applicable, shall terminate."

(e) Supplemental Indentures. Clauses (1) and (2) of Section 8.1 of Article VIII of the Base Indenture are supplemented and amended to read in their entirety as follows:

"(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI herein and in the Securities contained; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to comply with any requirement of the Commission or otherwise in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise; or"

SECTION 9. Amendments to the Supplemental Indenture No. 1. (a) Paragraph (d)(iv) of Section 3.7 of Article 3 of the Supplemental Indenture No. 1 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"(iv) the receipt by the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate (which in the case of item (B) below may be an Officer's Certificate of AOL Time Warner) and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that (A) the terms of the delivery of the Common Stock are in conformity with this Indenture and (B) the shares of Common Stock to be issued by AOL Time Warner in payment of the Purchase Price in respect of Notes have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in payment of the Purchase Price in respect of the Notes, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, free from preemptive rights, and, in the case of such Officers' Certificate, stating that conditions (i),
(ii) and (iii) above and the condition set forth in the second succeeding sentence have been satisfied and, in the case of such Opinion of Counsel, stating that the conditions (ii) and (iii) above have been satisfied."

(b) paragraph (f) of 3.7 of Article 3 of Supplemental Indenture No.1 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"(f) Covenants of the Guarantor. AOL Time Warner hereby warrants that all shares of Common Stock delivered upon purchase of the Notes shall be newly issued

14

shares or treasury shares, shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

AOL Time Warner shall use its best efforts to list or cause to have quoted any shares of Common Stock to be issued to purchase Notes on each national securities exchange or over-the-counter or other domestic market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted."

(c) Article 7 of Supplemental Indenture No. 1 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

"ARTICLE VII"

Conversion

Section 7.1. Conversion Privilege. A Holder of a Note may convert such Note into Common Stock at any time during the period stated in paragraph 8 of the Notes. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Note per $1,000 of Principal Amount at Maturity thereof (the "Conversion Rate") shall be that set forth in paragraph 8 in the Notes as the same may have been adjusted (i) for events occurring prior to the effective time of the Mergers (the "Effective Time"), with respect to the common stock of the Company into which the Notes were convertible prior to such effective time as set forth in Article VII prior to the effective date of Supplemental Indenture No. 2 and (ii) for events occurring after the Effective Time, with respect to the Common Stock as set forth herein.

A Holder may convert a portion of the Principal Amount of a Note if the portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Note also apply to conversion of a portion of a Note.

Section 7.2. Conversion Procedure. To convert a Note a Holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 8 of the Notes. The date on which the Holder satisfies all those requirements is the conversion date (the "Conversion Date"). As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder, through the Conversion Agent, a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and cash in lieu of any fractional share determined pursuant to Section 7.3; and shall certify to the Conversion Agent and the Trustee the amount of Notes (and related Holder) so converted, and shall certify that such conversion has been completed in compliance with the terms hereof. The person in whose name the certificate is registered shall be treated as a stockholder of record of AOL Time Warner on and after the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Note on any date when the stock transfer books of AOL Time Warner shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the date that such Note shall have been surrendered for conversion, as if the stock transfer books of AOL Time Warner had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Note, such person shall not longer be a Holder of such Note. Neither the Trustee nor Calculation Agent shall be under any duty or obligation to verify or recalculate the Company's

15

determination of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion (or cash amount payable in respect of fractional shares).

No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on, or other distributions with respect to, any Common Stock except as provided in this Article 7. On conversion of a Note, that portion of accrued Original Issue Discount (or interest if the Company has exercised its option provided in
Section 6.1) attributable to the period from the Issue Date (or, if the Company has exercised the option provided for in Section 6.1, the later of (x) the date of such exercise and (y) the date on which interest was last paid) of the Note through the Conversion Date with respect to the converted Note shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed to be paid in full to the Holder thereof through delivery of the Common Stock (together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of fractional shares) in exchange for the Note being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof; and the fair market value of such shares of Common Stock (together with any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares) shall be treated as issued, to the extent thereof, first in exchange for Original Issue Discount (or interest, if the Company has exercised its option provided for in Section 6.1) accrued through the Conversion Date, and the balance, if any, of such fair market value of such Common Stock (and any such cash payment) shall be treated as issued in exchange for the Issue Price of the Note being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof.

If the Holder converts more than one Note at the same time, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be computed based on the Total Principal Amount at Maturity of the Notes converted.

If the last day on which a Note may be converted is a Legal Holiday, the Note may be surrendered on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday.

Upon surrender of a Note that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and upon Company order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in Principal Amount at Maturity to the unconverted portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 7.3. Fractional Shares. AOL Time Warner will not deliver a fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of a Note. Instead, the Company will deliver cash for the current market value of the fractional share. The current market value of a fractional share shall be determined to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share by multiplying the Sale Price on the last trading day prior to the Conversion Date, of a full share by the fractional amount and rounding the product to the nearest whole cent.

Section 7.4. Taxes on Conversion. If a Holder converts a Note, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of shares of Common Stock upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder's name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.

16

Section 7.5. AOL Time Warner to Provide Stock. AOL Time Warner shall, from time to time as may be necessary, reserve out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of the Notes.

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

AOL Time Warner will endeavor promptly to comply with all Federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Notes, if any, and will list or cause to have quoted such shares of Common Stock on each national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market or such other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

Section 7.6. Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock. If, after the Effective Date, AOL Time Warner :

(1) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock;

(2) subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;

(3) combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;

(4) pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Common Stock or rights, warrants or options for its Capital Stock); or

(5) issues by reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of its Capital Stock (other than rights, warrants or options for its Capital Stock),

then the conversion privilege and the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of a Note thereafter converted may receive the number of shares or other units of Capital Stock of AOL Time Warner which such Holder would have owned immediately following such action if such Holder had converted the Note immediately prior to such action.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.

If after an adjustment a Holder of a Note upon conversion of such Note may receive shares of two or more classes or series of Capital Stock of AOL Time Warner , the Conversion Rate shall thereafter be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of an action taken with respect to any such class of Capital Stock as is contemplated by this Article 7 with respect to the Common Stock, on terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Article 7.

Section 7.7. Adjustment for Rights Issue. If after the Effective Time, AOL Time Warner distributes any rights, warrants or options to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them, for a

17

period expiring within 60 days after the record date for such distribution, to purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Sale Price as of the Time of Determination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

                    R' = R x                 (O + N)
                                  -------------
                                (O + (N x P)/M)

where:

         R'       =        the adjusted Conversion Rate.

         R        =        the current Conversion Rate.

         O        =        the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on
                           the record date for the distribution to which this
                           Section 7.7 is being applied.

         N        =        the number of additional shares of Common Stock
                           offered pursuant to such distribution.

         P        =        the offering price per share of the additional
                           shares.

         M        =        the Average Sale Price, minus, in the case of (i) a
                           distribution to which Section 7.6(4) applies or (ii)
                           a distribution to which Section 7.8 applies, for
                           which, in each case, (x) the record date shall occur
                           on or before the record date for the distribution to
                           which this Section 7.7 applies and (y) the
                           Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of
                           the Time of Determination for the distribution to
                           which this Section 7.7 applies, the fair market value
                           (on the record date for the distribution to which
                           this Section 7.7 applies) of the:

                                    (1) Capital Stock of AOL Time Warner
                           distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock
                           in such Section 7.6 (4) distribution; and

                                    (2) assets of AOL Time Warner or debt
                           securities or any rights, warrants or options to
                           purchase securities of AOL Time Warner distributed in
                           respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section
                           7.8 distribution.

"Average Sale Price" means the average of the Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the shortest of:

(i) 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated,

(ii) the period (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the first public announcement of (a) the issuance of rights, warrants or options or (b) the distribution, in each case, in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the

18

Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated (excluding days within such period, if any, which are not trading days), or

(iii) the period, if any, (x) commencing on the date next succeeding the Ex-Dividend Time with respect to the next preceding (a) issuance of rights, warrants or options or (b) distribution, in each case, for which an adjustment is required by the provisions of Section 7.06(4), 7.07 or 7.08 and (y) proceeding through the last full trading day prior to the Time of Determination with respect to the rights, warrants or options or distribution in respect of which the Average Sale Price is being calculated (excluding days within such period, if any, which are not trading days).

In the event that the Ex-Dividend Time (or in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification, the effective date with respect thereto) with respect to a dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification to which Section 7.6(1), (2), (3) or (5) applies occurs during the period applicable for calculating "Average Sale Price" pursuant to the definition in the preceding sentence, "Average Sale Price" shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner to reflect the impact of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification on the Sale Price of the Common Stock during such period.

"Time of Determination" means the time and date of the earlier of (i) the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights, warrants or options or a distribution, in each case, to which Section 7.7 or 7.8 applies and
(ii) the time (the "Ex-Dividend Time") immediately prior to the commencement of "ex-dividend" trading for such rights, warrants or options or distribution on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

The Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 7.7.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive the rights, warrants or options to which this Section 7.7 applies. If all the shares of Common Stock subject to such rights, warrants or options have not been issued when such rights, warrants or options expire, then the Conversion Rate shall promptly be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect had the adjustment upon the issuance of such rights, warrants or options been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such rights, warrants or options.

No adjustment shall be made under this Section 7.7 if the application of the formula stated above in this Section 7.7 would result in a value of R' that is equal to or less than the value of R.

Section 7.8. Adjustment for Other Distributions. If after the Effective Time AOL Time Warner distributes to all holders of its Common Stock any of its assets or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of AOL Time Warner (including securities or cash, but excluding (x) distributions of Capital Stock referred to in Section 7.6 and distributions of rights, warrants or options referred to in Section 7.7 and (y) cash distributions by AOL Time Warner that are not Extraordinary Cash Dividends) the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted, subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of this Section 7.8, in accordance with the formula:

19

R x M
R' = M-F

where:

         R'    =    the adjusted Conversion Rate.

         R     =    the current Conversion Rate.

         M     =    the Average Sale Price, minus, in the case of a distribution
                    to which Section 7.6 (4) applies for which (i) the record
                    date shall occur on or before the record date for the
                    distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies and (ii) the
                    Ex-Dividend Time shall occur on or after the date of the
                    Time of Determination for the distribution to which this
                    Section 7.8 applies, the fair market value (on the record
                    date for the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies)
                    of any Capital Stock of AOL Time Warner distributed in
                    respect of each share of Common Stock in such Section 7.6
                    (4) distribution.

         F     =    the fair market value (on the record date for the
                    distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies) of the
                    assets, securities, rights, warrants or options to be
                    distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock in the
                    distribution to which this Section 7.8 is being applied
                    (including, in the case of cash dividends or other cash
                    distributions giving rise to an adjustment, all such cash
                    distributed concurrently).

The Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner shall determine fair market values for the purpose of this Section 7.8.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive the distribution to which this Section 7.8 applies.

The term "Extraordinary Cash Dividend" shall mean any distribution of cash with respect to the Common Stock (a) that is made upon a merger or consolidation or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of AOL Time Warner or (b) the amount of which, together with (i) the aggregate amount of any other distributions to all holders of Common Stock made exclusively in cash within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no adjustment pursuant to this Article 7 has been made and (ii) the aggregate of any cash plus the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner filed with the Trustee) of consideration payable in respect of any tender offer by AOL Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock concluded within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of such distribution and in respect of which no adjustment pursuant to this Article 7 has been made, exceeds 12.5% of the product of the Sale Price of the Common Stock on the date prior to the Ex-Dividend Time with respect to such distribution times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date. Upon the distribution of an Extraordinary Cash Dividend, an adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Article 7 for an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount of such Extraordinary Cash Dividend and (y) any distribution described in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence for which no prior adjustment has been made.

20

In making the determinations required by items (i) and (ii) above, the amount of cash dividends paid on a per share basis shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the occurrence during such period of any event described in this Article 7.

In the event that, with respect to any distribution to which this
Section 7.8 would otherwise apply, "M-F" as defined in the above formula is less than $1.00 or "F" is equal to or greater than "M", then the adjustment provided by this Section 7.8 shall not be made and in lieu thereof the provisions of
Section 7.14 shall apply to such distribution.

Section 7.9. When Adjustment May Be Deferred. No adjustment in the Conversion Rate need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate. Any adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

All calculations under this Article 7 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/1,000th of a share, as the case may be.

Section 7.10. When No Adjustment Required. No adjustment need be made for a transaction referred to in Section 7.6, 7.7, 7.8 or 7.14 if Holders of the Notes are to participate in the transaction on a basis and with notice that the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice on which holders of Common Stock participate in the transaction. Such participation by Holders of the Notes may include participation upon conversion provided that an adjustment shall be made at such time as the Holders of the Notes are no longer entitled to participate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holders of the Notes shall be deemed to participate in a distribution of assets described in the first paragraph of
Section 7.8 (other than debt securities or rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of AOL Time Warner) on a fair and appropriate basis if AOL Time Warner enters into a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of a Note may convert it into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which such Holder would have received immediately after such distribution of assets if such Holder had converted the Note immediately before the effective date of the transaction and providing for adjustments in the event of changes in capital stock, rights issues or other distributions or dilutive events affecting such distributed assets analogous to those provided for in respect of the Common Stock in this Article 7 which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article 7 with such notice to Holders of the Notes of the basis upon which they will participate in the transaction as the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner determines to be fair and appropriate.

No adjustment need be made for right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to a AOL Time Warner plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest.

No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock.

To the extent the Notes become convertible pursuant to this Article 7 into cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash. Interest will not accrue on the cash.

Section 7.11. Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted, AOL Time Warner shall file with the Trustee and Holders of the Notes a notice of the adjustment. AOL Time Warner shall file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent such notice and a certificate from AOL Time Warner's independent public accountants briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the

21

manner of computing it. The certificate shall be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof.

Section 7.12. Voluntary Increase. The Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased, the Company shall mail to Holders of the Notes and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a notice of the increase. The Company shall mail the notice at least 15 days before the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect. The notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period it will be in effect.

A voluntary increase of the Conversion Rate does not change or adjust the Conversion Rate otherwise in effect for purposes of Section 7.6, 7.7 or 7.8.

Section 7.13. Notice of Certain Transactions. If:

(1) the Company or AOL Time Warner takes any action that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 7.6, 7.7 or 7.8 (unless no adjustment is to occur pursuant to Section 7.10); or

(2) the Company or AOL Time Warner takes any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 7.14; or

(3) there is a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or AOL Time Warner;

then the Company shall mail to Holders and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a notice stating the proposed record date for a dividend or distribution or the proposed effective date of a subdivision, combination, reclassification, consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, transfer, liquidation or dissolution. The Company shall file and mail the notice at least 15 days before such date. Failure to file or mail the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of the transaction.

Section 7.14. Reorganization of AOL Time Warner; Special Distributions. If AOL Time Warner is a party to a transaction described in Article VII of the Base Indenture (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of AOL Time Warner in a transaction in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction do not receive securities, cash or other assets of AOL Time Warner or of any other person) or a merger or binding share exchange which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, the person obligated to deliver securities, cash or other assets upon conversion of Notes shall enter into a supplemental indenture. If the issuer of securities deliverable upon conversion of Notes is an Affiliate of the successor to AOL Time Warner, that issuer shall join in the supplemental indenture.

The supplemental indenture referred to above shall provide that the Holder of a Note may convert it into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which such Holder would have received immediately after the consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or transfer if such Holder had converted the Note immediately before the effective date of the transaction, assuming (to the extent applicable) that such Holder (i) was not a constituent person or an Affiliate of a constituent person to such transaction; (ii) made no election with respect thereto; and (iii) was treated alike with the plurality of non-electing Holders. The supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustment which shall be as

22

nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Article 7. The successor to AOL Time Warner shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture.

If this Section applies, neither Section 7.6 nor 7.7 applies.

If AOL Time Warner makes a distribution to all holders of its Common Stock of any of its assets, or debt securities or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of AOL Time Warner that, but for the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 7.8, would otherwise result in an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.8, then, from and after the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution, a Holder of a Note that converts a Note in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture shall upon such conversion be entitled to receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock into which the Note is convertible, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets comprising the distribution that such Holder would have received if such Holder had converted the Note immediately prior to the record date for determining the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive the distribution.

Section 7.15. AOL Time Warner Determination Final. Any determination that AOL Time Warner or the Board of Directors of AOL Time Warner must make pursuant to this Section 7.3, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 7.10, 7.14 or 7.17 is conclusive.

Section 7.16. Trustee's Adjustment Disclaimer. The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 7 should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether a supplemental indenture under Section 7.14 need be entered into or whether any provisions of any supplemental indenture are correct. The Trustee shall not be accountable for and makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for either the Company's or AOL Time Warner's failure to comply with this Article 7. Each Conversion Agent shall have the same protection under this Section 7.16 as the Trustee.

Section 7.17. Simultaneous Adjustments. In the event that this Article 7 requires adjustments to the Conversion Rate under more than one of Section 7.6(4), 7.7 or 7.8, and the record dates for the distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the same date, then such adjustment shall be made by applying, first, the provisions of Section 7.6, second, the provisions of Section 7.8 and, third, the provisions of Section 7.7.

Section 7.18. Successive Adjustments. After an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Article 7, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 7 shall cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.

Section 7.19. Rights Issued in Respect of Common Stock Issued Upon Conversion. Each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes pursuant to this Article 7 shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of common stock or preferred stock purchase rights, as the case may be (the "Rights"), if any, and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any shareholder rights agreement adopted by the Company prior to the Effective Time and by AOL Time Warner after the Effective Time, as the same may be amended from time to time (in each case, a "Rights Agreement"). Provided that such Rights Agreement requires that each share of Common Stock issued upon conversion

23

of Notes at any time prior to the distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights be entitled to receive such Rights, then, notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Article 7, there shall not be any adjustment to the conversion privilege or Conversion Right as a result of the issuance of Rights, the distribution of separate certificates representing the Rights, the exercise or redemption of such Rights in accordance with any such Rights Agreement, or the termination or invalidation of such Rights."

SECTION 10. Conversion Rate. AOL Time Warner and the Company hereby represent that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required under Article 7 as a result of the Merger.

SECTION 11. (a) Subordination of AOL Time Warner Guarantee. Except as may be otherwise expressly stated in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture with respect to the guarantee of any Senior Debt of the Company, the AOL Time Warner Guarantee is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, and such subordination is for the benefit of the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of all or substantially all the assets of AOL Time Warner, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon any reorganization, readjustment, arrangement or similar proceeding relating to AOL Time Warner or its property, whether or not AOL Time Warner is a party thereto and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, or upon any assignment by AOL Time Warner for the benefit of creditors or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of AOL Time Warner:

(i) all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or provisions made for such payment by deposit thereof in trust with bank or banks (either theretofore acting as trustees under indentures pursuant to which AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall have been issued or duly appointed paying agents for the purpose), before any payment is made in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee;

(ii) any payment in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee to which the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section shall be paid or delivered by AOL Time Warner or the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or other trustee or agent, directly and ratably to the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness or the AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representatives (subject to any subordination of any class of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, by the provisions thereof, to any other class or classes of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness), according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and the premium, if any, and interest on, AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness; and

(iii) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment of any kind or character in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision made as aforesaid for its payment, such payment shall be held in trust for the ratable

24

benefit of and shall be ratably paid over or delivered to the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or the AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representatives, as provided in the foregoing clause (ii), for application to the payment of all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness.

The provisions of this Section 11(a) and of Sections 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be inapplicable to the AOL Time Warner Guarantee to the extent it guarantees Senior Debt of the Company with respect to which an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture expressly states that such provisions are inapplicable to such guarantee.

(b) Subordination of TWI Guarantee. Except as may be otherwise expressly stated in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture with respect to the guarantee of any Senior Debt of the Company, the TWI Guarantee is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all TWI Senior Indebtedness, and such subordination is for the benefit of the holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of all or substantially all the assets of TWI, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon any reorganization, readjustment, arrangement or similar proceeding relating to TWI or its property, whether or not TWI is a party thereto and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, or upon any assignment by TWI for the benefit of creditors or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of TWI:

(i) all TWI Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or provisions made for such payment by deposit thereof in trust with bank or banks (either theretofore acting as trustees under indentures pursuant to which TWI Senior Indebtedness shall have been issued or duly appointed paying agents for the purpose), before any payment is made in respect of the TWI Guarantee;

(ii) any payment in respect of the TWI Guarantee to which the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section shall be paid or delivered by TWI or the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or other trustee or agent, directly and ratably to the holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness or the TWI Senior Indebtedness Representatives (subject to any subordination of any class of TWI Senior Indebtedness, by the provisions thereof, to any other class or classes of TWI Senior Indebtedness), according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and the premium, if any, and interest on, TWI Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all TWI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TWI Senior Indebtedness; and

(iii) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment of any kind or character in respect of the TWI Guarantee shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all TWI Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision made as aforesaid for its payment, such payment shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of and shall be ratably

25

paid over or delivered to the holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or the TWI Senior Indebtedness Representatives, as provided in the foregoing clause (ii), for application to the payment of all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such TWI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such TWI Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TWI Senior Indebtedness.

The provisions of this Section 11(b) and of Sections 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be inapplicable to the TWI Guarantee to the extent it guarantees Senior Debt of the Company with respect to which an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture expressly states that such provisions are inapplicable to such guarantee.

(c) Subordination of Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee. Except as may be otherwise expressly stated in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture with respect to the guarantee of any Senior Debt of the Company, the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, and such subordination is for the benefit of the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of all or substantially all the assets of AOL Time Warner, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon any reorganization, readjustment, arrangement or similar proceeding relating to AOL Time Warner or its property, whether or not AOL Time Warner is a party thereto and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, or upon any assignment by AOL Time Warner for the benefit of creditors or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of AOL Time Warner:

(i) all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or provisions made for such payment by deposit thereof in trust with bank or banks (either theretofore acting as trustees under indentures pursuant to which AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall have been issued or duly appointed paying agents for the purpose), before any payment is made in respect of the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee;

(ii) any payment in respect of the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee to which the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section shall be paid or delivered by AOL Time Warner or the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or other trustee or agent, directly and ratably to the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness or the AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representatives (subject to any subordination of any class of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, by the provisions thereof, to any other class or classes of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness), according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and the premium, if any, and interest on, AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness; and

(iii) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment of any kind or character in respect of the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee shall be received by the

26

Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision made as aforesaid for its payment, such payment shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of and shall be ratably paid over or delivered to the holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or the AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representatives, as provided in the foregoing clause (ii), for application to the payment of all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness.

The provisions of this Section 11(c) and of Sections 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be inapplicable to the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee to the extent it guarantees Senior Debt of the Company with respect to which an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture expressly states that such provisions are inapplicable to such guarantee.

(d) Subordination of Supplemental TBS Guarantee. Except as may be otherwise expressly stated in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture with respect to the guarantee of any Senior Debt of the Company, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all TBS Senior Indebtedness, and such subordination is for the benefit of the holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of all or substantially all the assets of TBS, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon any reorganization, readjustment, arrangement or similar proceeding relating to TBS or its property, whether or not TBS is a party thereto and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, or upon any assignment by TBS for the benefit of creditors or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of TBS:

(i) all TBS Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or provisions made for such payment by deposit thereof in trust with bank or banks (either theretofore acting as trustees under indentures pursuant to which TBS Senior Indebtedness shall have been issued or duly appointed paying agents for the purpose), before any payment is made in respect of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee;

(ii) any payment in respect of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee to which the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section shall be paid or delivered by TBS or the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or other trustee or agent, directly and ratably to the holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness or the TBS Senior Indebtedness Representatives (subject to any subordination of any class of TBS Senior Indebtedness, by the provisions thereof, to any other class or classes of TBS Senior Indebtedness), according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and the premium, if any, and interest on, TBS Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all TBS Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TBS Senior Indebtedness; and

27

(iii) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment of any kind or character in respect of the TBS Guarantee shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all TBS Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision made as aforesaid for its payment, such payment shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of and shall be ratably paid over or delivered to the holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or the TBS Senior Indebtedness Representatives, as provided in the foregoing clause (ii), for application to the payment of all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such TBS Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such TBS Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TBS Senior Indebtedness.

The provisions of this Section 11(d) and of Sections 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be inapplicable to the Supplemental TBS Guarantee to the extent it guarantees Senior Debt of the Company with respect to which an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture expressly states that such provisions are inapplicable to such guarantee.

(e) Subordination of Supplemental TWCI Guarantee. Except as may be otherwise expressly stated in an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture with respect to the guarantee of any Senior Debt of the Company, the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all TWCI Senior Indebtedness, and such subordination is for the benefit of the holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness. Upon any payment or distribution of all or substantially all the assets of TWCI, whether voluntary or involuntary, or upon any reorganization, readjustment, arrangement or similar proceeding relating to TWCI or its property, whether or not TWCI is a party thereto and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, or upon any assignment by TWCI for the benefit of creditors or upon any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of TWCI:

(i) all TWCI Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, or provisions made for such payment by deposit thereof in trust with bank or banks (either theretofore acting as trustees under indentures pursuant to which TWCI Senior Indebtedness shall have been issued or duly appointed paying agents for the purpose), before any payment is made in respect of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee;

(ii) any payment in respect of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee to which the Holders of the Securities would be entitled except for the provisions of this Section shall be paid or delivered by TWCI or the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or other trustee or agent, directly and ratably to the holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness or the TWCI Senior Indebtedness Representatives (subject to any subordination of any class of TWCI Senior Indebtedness, by the provisions thereof, to any other class or classes of TWCI Senior Indebtedness), according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of, and the premium, if any, and interest on, TWCI Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all TWCI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TWCI Senior Indebtedness; and

28

(iii) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment of any kind or character in respect of the TWCI Guarantee shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all TWCI Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, or provision made as aforesaid for its payment, such payment shall be held in trust for the ratable benefit of and shall be ratably paid over or delivered to the holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid or unprovided for or the TWCI Senior Indebtedness Representatives, as provided in the foregoing clause (ii), for application to the payment of all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such TWCI Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such TWCI Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution, or provision therefor, to the holders of such TWCI Senior Indebtedness.

The provisions of this Section 11(e) and of Sections 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be inapplicable to the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee to the extent it guarantees Senior Debt of the Company with respect to which an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture expressly states that such provisions are inapplicable to such guarantee.

SECTION 12. (a) Default on AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, in the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, or other monetary obligation with respect to, any AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing, unless and until such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by AOL Time Warner in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee or the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee. Nothing contained in this
Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall, however, prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder by AOL Time Warner in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee or the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, if, at the time of such deposit, the Trustee did not have written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such deposit by AOL Time Warner.

AOL Time Warner shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys in respect of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee or the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, including any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of AOL Time Warner. Anything in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness or of any default or event of default with respect to any AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness or of any other facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys hereunder, unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing to that effect signed by an officer of AOL Time Warner or by a holder of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness who shall have been certified by AOL Time Warner or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such holder or by an AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness Representative.

(b) Default on TWI Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the provisions of
Section 13 hereof, in the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, or other monetary obligation with respect to, any TWI Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any TWI Senior

29

Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing, unless and until such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by TWI in respect of the TWI Guarantee. Nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall, however, prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder by TWI in respect of the TWI Guarantee, if, at the time of such deposit, the Trustee did not have written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such deposit by TWI.

TWI shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys in respect of the TWI Guarantee, including any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of TWI. Anything in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any TWI Senior Indebtedness or of any default or event of default with respect to any TWI Senior Indebtedness or of any other facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys hereunder, unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing to that effect signed by an officer of TWI or by a holder of TWI Senior Indebtedness who shall have been certified by TWI or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such holder or by a TWI Senior Indebtedness Representative.

(c) Default on TBS Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the provisions of
Section 13 hereof, in the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, or other monetary obligation with respect to, any TBS Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any TBS Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing, unless and until such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by TBS in respect of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee. Nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall, however, prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder by TBS in respect of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee, if, at the time of such deposit, the Trustee did not have written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such deposit by TBS.

TBS shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys in respect of the Supplemental TBS Guarantee, including any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of TBS. Anything in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any TBS Senior Indebtedness or of any default or event of default with respect to any TBS Senior Indebtedness or of any other facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys hereunder, unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing to that effect signed by an officer of TBS or by a holder of TBS Senior Indebtedness who shall have been certified by TBS or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such holder or by a TBS Senior Indebtedness Representative.

(d) Default on TWCI Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the provisions of
Section 13 hereof, in the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, or other monetary obligation with respect to, any TWCI Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that any event of default with respect to any TWCI Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and be continuing, unless and until such default or event of default

30

shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment shall be made by TWCI in respect of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee. Nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall, however, prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder by TWCI in respect of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, if, at the time of such deposit, the Trustee did not have written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such deposit by TWCI.

TWCI shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys in respect of the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, including any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of TWCI. Anything in this Section or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any TWCI Senior Indebtedness or of any default or event of default with respect to any TWCI Senior Indebtedness or of any other facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys hereunder, unless and until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing to that effect signed by an officer of TWCI or by a holder of TWCI Senior Indebtedness who shall have been certified by TWCI or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such holder or by a TWCI Senior Indebtedness Representative.

SECTION 13. (a) Disputes with Holders of Certain AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness. Any failure by AOL Time Warner to make any payment on or perform any other obligation under AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, other than any indebtedness incurred by AOL Time Warner or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by AOL Time Warner for money borrowed (or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any obligation as to which the provisions of this Section shall have been waived by AOL Time Warner in the instrument or instruments by which AOL Time Warner incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a default or event of default under Section 12 hereof for so long as (a) AOL Time Warner shall be disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and (b) either (i) such dispute shall not have resulted in a judgment against AOL Time Warner that shall have remained undischarged or unbonded and have remained in force for more than the applicable appeal period or (ii) in the event of such a judgment, AOL Time Warner shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or other proceeding for review and which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review.

(b) Disputes with Holders of Certain TWI Senior Indebtedness. Any failure by TWI to make any payment on or perform any other obligation under TWI Senior Indebtedness, other than any indebtedness incurred by TWI or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TWI for money borrowed (or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any obligation as to which the provisions of this Section shall have been waived by TWI in the instrument or instruments by which TWI incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a default or event of default under Section 12 hereof for so long as (a) TWI shall be disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and (b) either (i) such dispute shall not have resulted in a judgment against TWI that shall have remained undischarged or unbonded and have remained in force for more than the applicable appeal period or (ii) in the event of such a judgment, TWI shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or other proceeding for review and which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review.

31

(c) Disputes with Holders of Certain TBS Senior Indebtedness. Any failure by TBS to make any payment on or perform any other obligation under TBS Senior Indebtedness, other than any indebtedness incurred by TBS or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TBS for money borrowed (or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any obligation as to which the provisions of this Section shall have been waived by TBS in the instrument or instruments by which TBS incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a default or event of default under Section 12 hereof for so long as (a) TBS shall be disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and (b) either (i) such dispute shall not have resulted in a judgment against TBS that shall have remained undischarged or unbonded and have remained in force for more than the applicable appeal period or (ii) in the event of such a judgment, TBS shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or other proceeding for review and which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review.

(d) Disputes with Holders of Certain TWCI Senior Indebtedness. Any failure by TWCI to make any payment on or perform any other obligation under TWCI Senior Indebtedness, other than any indebtedness incurred by TWCI or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TWCI for money borrowed (or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any obligation as to which the provisions of this Section shall have been waived by TWCI in the instrument or instruments by which TWCI incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a default or event of default under Section 12 hereof for so long as (a) TWCI shall be disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and (b) either (i) such dispute shall not have resulted in a judgment against TWCI that shall have remained undischarged or unbonded and have remained in force for more than the applicable appeal period or (ii) in the event of such a judgment, TWCI shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or other proceeding for review and which a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review.

SECTION 14. When Payment Must Be Paid Over. If a payment is made pursuant to the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee or the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee that because of Section 12 or 13 should not have been made to the Holders of the Securities, the Holders of Securities who receive the payment shall hold it in trust for holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, TWI Senior Indebtedness, TBS Senior Indebtedness or TWCI Senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

SECTION 15. (a) Relative Rights under the AOL Time Warner Guarantee and the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee. This Section defines the relative rights of Holders of Securities with respect to the AOL Time Warner Guarantees, on the one hand, and holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, on the other. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between AOL Time Warner and Holders of Securities, the obligation of AOL Time Warner, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payment under the AOL Time Warner Guarantees when, as and if due pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture No. 2;

(ii) affect the relative rights of Holders of Securities and creditors of AOL Time Warner other than holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness; or

32

(iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies with respect to the AOL Time Warner Guarantees, subject to the rights of holders of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders of Securities.

(b) Relative Rights under the TWI Guarantee. This Section defines the relative rights of Holders of Securities with respect to the TWI Guarantee and holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between TWI and Holders of Securities, the obligation of TWI, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payment under the TWI Guarantee when, as and if due pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture No. 2;

(ii) affect the relative rights of Holders of Securities and creditors of TWI other than holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness; or

(iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies with respect to the TWI Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of TWI Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders of Securities.

(c) Relative Rights under the Supplemental TBS Guarantee. This Section defines the relative rights of Holders of Securities with respect to the Supplemental TBS Guarantee and holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between TBS and Holders of Securities, the obligation of TBS, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payment under the Supplemental TBS Guarantee when, as and if due pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture No. 2;

(ii) affect the relative rights of Holders of Securities and creditors of TBS other than holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness; or

(iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies with respect to the Supplemental TBS Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of TBS Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders of Securities.

(d) Relative Rights under the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee. This Section defines the relative rights of Holders of Securities with respect to the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee and holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between TWCI and Holders of Securities, the obligation of TWCI, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payment under the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee when, as and if due pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture No. 2;

(ii) affect the relative rights of Holders of Securities and creditors of TWCI other than holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness; or

33

(iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Securities from exercising its available remedies with respect to the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of TWCI Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders of Securities.

SECTION 16. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI. No right of any holder of AOL Time Warner Senior Indebtedness, TWI Senior Indebtedness, TBS Senior Indebtedness or TWCI Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the Additional AOL Time Warner Guarantee, the TWI Guarantee, the Supplemental TBS Guarantee or the Supplemental TWCI Guarantee, respectively, shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS or TWCI or by their failure to comply with this Supplemental Indenture No. 2.

SECTION 17. Reports. AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

SECTION 18. Incorporation of Supplemental Indenture No. 2. This Supplemental Indenture No. 2 shall be construed as supplemental to the Base Indenture and shall form a part of it, and the Base Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and each is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

SECTION 19. GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 2 SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 20. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture No. 2 may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute but one instrument.

SECTION 21. Headings. The headings of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 22. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company, AOL Time Warner, TWI, TBS and TWCI, and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2.

SECTION 23. Separability. In case any one or more or the provisions contained in this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or in the Securities shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 or of the Securities, but this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 and the Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

34

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first written above.

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

By: /s/ Paul T. Cappuccio
    ____________________________
Name:  Paul T. Cappuccio
Title: Exec. Vice President

AOL TIME WARNER, INC.

By: /s/ J. Michael Kelly
    ____________________________
Name:  J. Michael Kelly
Title: Exec. Vice President and
       Chief Financial Officer

TIME WARNER INC.,

By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
    ____________________________
Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
Title: Vice President

TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.

By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
    ____________________________
Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER COMPANIES, INC.,

By: /s/ Thomas W. McEnerney
    ____________________________
Name:  Thomas W. McEnerney
Title: Vice President

35

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as
Trustee

By: /s/ Jill Olson
    ____________________________
Name:  Jill Olson
Title: Vice President

36

As Amended Through January 18, 2001

AOL TIME WARNER INC.
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the AOL Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter the "Plan") is to provide for the granting of nonqualified stock options and stock appreciation rights to certain employees of and consultants and advisors to the Company and its Subsidiaries in recognition of the valuable services provided, and contemplated to be provided, by such employees, consultants and advisors. The general purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders and to reward dedicated employees, consultants and advisors of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing them additional incentives to continue and increase their efforts with respect to, and to remain in the employ of, the Company or its Subsidiaries.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option agreement and stock appreciation rights agreement specified in Section 12, both individually and collectively, as the context so requires.

(b) "Affiliate" means any corporation, company or other entity whose financial results are consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) "AOL Time Warner" means AOL Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(d) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the


Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than (x) a merger of Time Warner as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner, TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) a merger of the Company in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(e) "Award" means grants of Options and/or SARs under this Plan.

(f) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(h) "Change in Control" means either a Corporate Change in Control or a Transactional Change in Control.

(i) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(j) "Committee" means the Committee appointed pursuant to
Section 4.

(k) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(l) "Company" means (i) with respect to periods prior to January 11, 2001, Time Warner and (ii) with respect to periods on and after January 11, 2001, AOL Time Warner.

2

(m) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(n) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities).

(o) "Corporate Change in Control" means the happening of any of the following events:

(1) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (an "Entity"), including any "person" within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or
(ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition by virtue of the exercise of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege unless the security being so exercised, converted or exchanged was itself acquired directly from the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, or (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or by any corporation controlled by the Company; or

(2) a change in the composition of the Board since January 12, 2001, such that the individuals who, as of such date, constituted the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the

3

Company subsequent to January 12, 2001 whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person or Entity other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board.

(p) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 15.

(q) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(r) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date in question, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5.

(s) "General SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(b).

(t) "Holder" means an employee of or a consultant or advisor to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who has received an Award under this Plan.

(u) "Involuntary Employment Action" means any change in the terms and conditions of the Holder's employment with the Company or any successor, without cause (as defined herein), to such extent that:

(1) the Holder shall fail to be vested with power, authority and resources analogous to the Holder's title and/or office prior to the Change in Control, or

(2) the Holder shall lose any significant duties or responsibilities attending such office, or

4

(3) there shall occur a reduction in the Holder's base compensation or

5

(4) the Holder's employment with the Company, or its successor, is terminated without cause (as defined herein).

(v) "Limited SARs" means stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 6.5(c).

(w) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the Board shall take such action, as in its judgment it deems appropriate, to establish the cash value of such consideration, but such valuation shall not be less than the value, if any, attributed to such consideration by any other party to such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase.

(x) "Option" means any nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

(y) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.

(z) "SARs" means General SARs and Limited SARs.

(aa) "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(bb) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary of such person as such term is defined in section 425 of the Code and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(cc) "Survivors" means a deceased Holder's legal representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the Holder's rights to an Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

(dd) "Time Warner Inc." means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

6

(ee) "Total Disability" or "Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(ff) "Transactional Change in Control" means any of the following transactions to which the Company is a party:

(1) a reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a "Corporate Transaction") of the Company, unless securities representing 60% or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or the parent of such corporation) are held subsequent to such transaction by the person or persons who were the beneficial holders of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; or

(2) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is (x) 1.5 (one and one-half) times the sum of (a) 1.5% (one and one-half percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1993, (b) 1.25% (one and one-quarter percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1994, (c) 1% (one percent) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31, 1995, (d) 1.2% (one and two-tenths percent) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Series LMCN-V Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding on December 31, 1996, (e) 1.4% (one and four-tenths percent) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Series LMCN-V Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding on December 31, 1997, (f) 1.05% (one and five-hundredths percent) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Series LMCN-V Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding on December 31, 1998, (g) 1.175% (one and one hundred seventy five thousandths percent) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Series LMCN-V Common Stock, par value

7

$.01 per share, outstanding on December 31, 1999, and (h) two million, plus (y) 178,100,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be canceled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 6.5(a)), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or canceled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both.

3.3. Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in the Company's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Powers. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority, in its discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan and to determine the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of all Awards so granted, including without limitation, (a) the individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted or awarded, (b) the number of shares to be subject to each Award, (c) when an Option or SAR can be exercised and whether in whole or in installments, and (d) the form, terms and provisions of any Agreement (which terms may be amended, subject to Section 14).

4.2. Factors to Consider. In making determinations hereunder, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective employees, consultants or advisors, their dedication and past contributions to the Company and its Subsidiaries, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant.

4.3. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive. The Board's determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive,

8

Awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Agreements as to (a) the persons to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) the terms and provisions of Awards under the Plan and
(c) whether a termination of service with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate has occurred.

4.4. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan, including to the extent provided by the Board, the power to further delegate such authority. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

Prior to January 18, 2001, Awards may be made only to (a) employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including officers and directors of any of the Company's Subsidiaries), other than officers or directors of the Company who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) prospective employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) consultants or advisors to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. On or after January 18, 2001, Awards may be made only to (a) employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including officers and directors of any of the Company's Affiliates), other than officers and directors of the Company who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
(b) prospective employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates and (c) consultants to the Company or any of its Affiliates. The exercise of Options and SARs granted to a prospective employee shall be conditioned upon such person becoming an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as the case may be. For purposes of the Plan, the term "prospective employee"

9

shall mean any person who holds an outstanding offer of employment on specific terms from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as the case may be. Only employees designated by the Board to be eligible to be granted one or more Options or SARs under the Plan shall be eligible to receive Awards and "employee" shall not include any person who is not on the payroll of the Company as a full-time or part-time employee (regardless of whether a government agency, court or other entity subsequently determines that such person is an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for purposes of employment taxes, benefits or any other purpose). Awards may be made to employees, consultants and advisors who hold or have held Awards under this Plan or any similar or other awards under any other plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as the case may be.

6. OPTIONS AND SARS

6.1. Option Prices. The purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the applicable Agreement, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.2. Term of Options. The term of each Option shall be for such period as the Board shall determine, as set forth in the applicable Agreement.

6.3. Exercise of Options. An Option granted under the Plan shall become (and remain) exercisable during the term of the Option to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement and this Plan and, unless the Agreement otherwise provides, may be exercised to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time during such term; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part (without reducing the term of such Option). The Agreement may contain conditions precedent to the exercisability of Options, including without limitation, the achievement of minimum performance criteria.

6.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the person exercising an Option or, partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock; provided, however, that such payment may be made in whole or in part in shares of Common Stock only if and to the extent permitted by the applicable Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. The Company shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of the Company. No

10

Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

6.5. SARs. (a) General Conditions. The Board may (but shall not be obligated to) grant General SARs and/or Limited SARs pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.5 to a Holder of any Option (hereinafter called a "related Option"), with respect to all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the related Option.

A SAR may be granted either concurrently with the grant of the related Option or at any time thereafter prior to the complete exercise, termination, expiration or cancellation of such related Option. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, each SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable (and may be subject to such additional limitations on exercisability as the Agreement may provide), and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to the Company upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 4 and 6 through 21 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

(b) General SARs. General SARs shall be exercisable only at the time the related Option is exercisable and subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 6.5, upon the exercise of General SARs, the person exercising the General SAR shall be entitled to receive consideration (in the form hereinafter provided) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which such General SARs have been exercised over the aggregate related Option purchase price for such shares; provided, however, that the Board may, in any Agreement granting General SARs

11

provide that the appreciation realizable upon exercise thereof shall be measured from a base higher than the related Option purchase price.

Upon the exercise of a General SAR, the person exercising the General SAR may specify the form of consideration to be received by such person exercising the General SAR, which shall be in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such General SAR), or in cash, or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock. Any election by the person exercising the General SAR to receive cash in full or partial settlement of such General SAR shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to the discretion of the Board to settle General SARs only in shares of Common Stock if necessary or advisable in the judgment of the Board to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Agreement, the number of General SARs which may be exercised for cash, or partly for cash and partly for shares of Common Stock, during any calendar quarter, may not exceed 20% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock originally subject to the related Option (as such original number, without giving effect to the exercise of any portion of the related Option, shall have been retroactively adjusted in accordance with Section 13 or any corresponding provisions of an applicable Agreement).

For purposes of this Section 6.5, the date of exercise of a General SAR shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the General SAR of the exercise of such General SAR.

(c) Limited SARs. Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period
(a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day (or such other date specified in the Agreement) following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which the Company shall have received notice from the person exercising the Limited SAR of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and the immediately succeeding sentence, the person exercising the Limited SAR shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Nonqualified Stock Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised. The

12

Board shall have the discretion to settle Limited SARs by the delivery of Common Stock rather than cash if in the judgment of the Board such action is necessary or advisable to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving the Company.

6.6. Limited Transferability of Options and SARs. Except as set forth in this Section 6.6 and Section 22, Options and SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative). The Agreement may provide that Options and SARs are transferable by gift to such persons or entities and upon such terms and conditions specified in the Agreement.

7. ACCELERATION OF OPTIONS AND SARS

7.1 Death, Disability and Total Disability. Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, if a Holder's employment shall terminate by reason of Death, Disability or Total Disability, then notwithstanding any contrary waiting period or installment period in any Agreement or in the Plan, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby.

7.2 Approved Transaction, Board Change and Control Purchase. For Options and SARs granted prior to January 18, 2001, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, each outstanding Option or SAR granted under the Plan shall immediately become exercisable in full in respect of the aggregate number of shares covered thereby in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase.

7.3 Corporate Changes in Control. For Options and SARs granted on or after January 18, 2001, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a Corporate Change in Control,

(a) Each Option or SAR outstanding as of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which is not then exercisable, shall automatically accelerate so that the Option or SAR shall become fully exercisable on the first to occur of (i) the date the Option or SAR becomes exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options or SAR as otherwise would become exercisable during such one-year period under their terms), (ii) the first anniversary of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and (iii) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action; and

13

(b) The Options or SARs so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the Option or SAR and the earlier termination of the Option or SAR in accordance with the Plan and the Agreement.

7.4 Transactional Changes in Control. For Options and SARs granted on or after January 18, 2001, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a Transactional Change in Control,

(a) Each Option or SAR outstanding as of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred shall be (i) assumed by the successor corporation (or its parent) or replaced with a comparable option or stock appreciation right to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or its parent) on an equitable basis, (ii) terminated upon written notice to the Holders stating that all Options or SARs (for purposes of this clause (ii) all Options or SARs then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) must be exercised within a specified number of days (which shall not be less than 15 days) from the date such notice is given, at the end of which period the Options or SARs shall terminate, or (iii) terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such Options or SARs (for purposes of this clause (iii) all Options and SARs then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) over the exercise price thereof; provided, however, that if any of the treatments of Options or SARs pursuant to this Plan set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above would make a Transactional Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interest accounting under APB No. 16 such that but for the nature of such treatment such transaction would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Board shall have the ability to substitute for any cash or other consideration payable under such treatment shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value or other consideration with value equal to the cash or other consideration that would otherwise be payable pursuant to such treatment. The determination of which of the treatments set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) above to provide and of comparability under clause (i) above shall be made by the Board and its determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Each Option or SAR that is assumed or replaced in connection with a Transactional Change in Control shall automatically accelerate so that the Option or SAR shall become fully exercisable on the first to occur of (i) the date the Option or SAR becomes exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options or SARs as otherwise would become exercisable during such one-year period under their terms), (ii) the first anniversary of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and (iii) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action. The Options or SARs so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the

14

Option or SAR and the earlier termination of the Option or SAR in accordance with the Plan and the Agreement.

7.5 Corporate Transaction. For Options and SARs granted on or after January 18, 2001, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, in the event of a Corporate Transaction that does not constitute a Transactional Change in Control or in the event of a similar event, pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation or entity are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder upon exercising an Option or SAR shall be entitled to receive for the purchase price paid under such exercise the securities which would have been received if such Option or SAR had been exercised prior to such Corporate Transaction.

7.6 Dissolution or Liquidation of the Company. Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Awards granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have been exercised will terminate and become null and void; provided; however, that if the rights of a Holder have not otherwise terminated and expired, (i) the Holder will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise any Option to the extent that the Option is exercisable as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred within the twelve months immediately prior to the date of such dissolution or liquidation such Holder will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercises any Option then outstanding whether or not such Option is exercisable as of such date.

8. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

8.1. General. If a Holder's employment shall terminate prior to the complete exercise of an Option (or deemed exercise thereof, as provided in
Section 6.5(a)), then such Option shall thereafter be exercisable solely to the extent provided in the applicable Agreement; provided, however, that, unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, (a) no Option may be exercised after the scheduled expiration date of such Option; (b) if the Holder's employment terminates by reason of Death, Disability or Total Disability, the Option shall remain exercisable for a period of at least one year following such termination (but not later than the scheduled expiration of such Option); and (c) any termination by the employing company for cause will be treated in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2.

8.2. Termination for Cause. If a Holder's employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall be terminated for cause by the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate prior to the exercise of any Option, then unless the applicable Agreement provides

15

otherwise, all Options held by such Holder and any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6. shall terminate one month after the date of a termination for cause; provided, that if such termination for cause is for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, all Options shall terminate immediately. For the purposes of Options granted prior to January 18, 2001, cause (a) shall have the meaning provided for in any employment, advisory or consulting agreement to which such Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate are parties or
(b) in the absence thereof, shall mean insubordination, dishonesty, incompetence, moral turpitude, other misconduct of any kind and the refusal to perform such Holder's duties and responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity, except that if the termination occurs within 12 months after an Approved Transaction, Control Purchase or Board Change, cause under this clause (b) shall mean only a felony conviction for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement. For purposes of Options granted on or after January 18, 2001, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Agreement, (x) cause shall have the meaning provided for in any employment or consulting agreement to which the Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate are parties or (y) in the absence thereof, cause shall include (and is not limited to) dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, unauthorized disclosure of confidential information and conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate. For purposes of Options granted on or after January 18, 2001, cause is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Holder's termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Board's finding of cause occur prior to termination but rather, if the Board determines, subsequent to a Holder's termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option, that either prior or subsequent to the Holder's termination the Holder engaged in conduct which could constitute cause, then the right to exercise any Option is forfeited. The determination of the Board as to the existence of cause will be conclusive on the Holder and the Company.

8.3. Special Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may provide in the applicable Agreement that the Award shall become and/or remain exercisable at rates and times at variance with the rules otherwise herein set forth; provided, however, that any such Agreement provisions at variance with the exercisability rules otherwise set forth herein shall be effective only if reflected in the terms of an employment agreement approved or ratified by the Board.

8.4. Miscellaneous. The Board may determine whether any given leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment and may make other provisions in the applicable Agreement relating to leaves of absence. Awards made under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment so long as the Holder continues to be an employee of (a) for Options granted prior to January 18, 2001, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and (b) for Options granted on or after January 18, 2001, the Company or one of its Affiliates.

16

9. RIGHT OF COMPANY TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Holder any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of the Holder at any time, with or without cause; subject, however, to the provisions of any employment agreement between the Holder and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

10. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

Except as specifically provided in Section 6.6, no right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

11. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement and each SAR shall be evidenced by a stock appreciation rights agreement, each in such form and containing such terms and provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Board from time to time shall approve; provided, however, that such Awards may be evidenced by a single agreement. The effective date of the granting of an Award shall be the date on which the Board approves such grant. Each grantee of an Option or SAR shall be notified promptly of such grant and a written Agreement shall be promptly executed and delivered by the Company and the grantee, provided that for Options granted prior to January 18, 2001, such grant of Options or SARs shall terminate if such written Agreement is not signed by such grantee (or his attorney) and delivered to the Company within 90 days after the date the Agreement is sent to such grantee for signature. Any such written Agreement may contain (but shall not be required to contain) such provisions as the Board deems appropriate to ensure that the penalty provisions of section 4999 of the Code will not apply to any stock or cash received by the Holder or such Holder's permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.6 from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

17

12. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

12.1 Options Granted Prior to January 18, 2001. The provisions of this
Section 12.1 shall apply to Options and SARs granted prior to January 18, 2001. In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised, the Board shall make such adjustments in the character and number of shares subject to such Award and, in the option price, as shall be applicable, equitable and appropriate in order to make such Award, immediately after any such change, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to such Award, immediately prior to any such change. If any merger, consolidation or similar transaction affects the Common Stock subject to any unexercised Award theretofore granted under the Plan, the Board or any surviving or acquiring corporation shall take such action as is equitable and appropriate to substitute a new award for such Award or to assume such Award in order to make such new or assumed Award, as nearly as may be practicable, equivalent to the old Award. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

12.2 Options Granted On or After January 18, 2001. The provisions of this Section 12.2 shall apply to Options and SARs granted on or after January 18, 2001. If (a) the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or (b) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of an Option or SAR may be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments may be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend. The number of Shares subject to options to be granted pursuant to Section 3 of the Plan shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events, except as the Board shall otherwise determine in its sole discretion.

13. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

The Agreements may contain such provisions as the Board shall determine to the effect that if a Holder, or such other person exercising an Option, elects to sell all or any shares of Common Stock that such Holder or other person acquired upon the exercise of an Option

18

awarded under the Plan, then such Holder or other person shall not sell such shares unless such Holder or other person shall have first offered in writing to sell such shares to the Company at Fair Market Value on a date specified in such offer (which date shall be at least three business days and not more than 10 business days following the date of such offer). In any such event, certificates (or other evidence of ownership) representing shares issued upon exercise of Options shall bear a restrictive legend to the effect that transferability of such shares are subject to the restrictions contained in the Plan and the applicable Agreement and the Company may cause the registrar of its Common Stock to place a stop transfer order with respect to such shares.

19

14. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

14.1. General. Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated as hereinafter provided, no Awards may be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Board may at any time prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date terminate the Plan, and the Board may at any time modify or amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such modification or amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements.

14.2. Modification. (a) The following provisions shall apply to Options and SARs granted prior to January 18, 2001. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted (or a transferee of such person if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6), adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan. With the consent of the Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including
Section 14.1), the Board may amend outstanding Agreements with any Holder (or any such transferee), including, without limitation, any amendment which would
(a) accelerate the time or times at which the Award may be exercised and/or (b) extend the scheduled expiration date of the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board may but solely with the Holder's consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan held by such Holder and issue a new Award in substitution therefor, provided that the Award so substituted shall satisfy all of the requirements of the Plan as of the date such new Award is made.

(b) The following provisions shall apply to Options and SARs granted on or after January 18, 2001. The Plan may be amended by the Board, including, without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or all outstanding Options granted under the Plan or Options to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise), for as long as the Company has a class of stock registered pursuant to Section 12 of the 1934 Act and to the extent necessary to qualify the shares issuable upon exercise of any outstanding Options granted, or Options to be granted, under the Plan for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in any national automated quotation system of securities dealers. Any termination, modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a Holder (or a transferee of such Holder if the Award, or any part thereof, has been transferred pursuant to Section 6.6) materially adversely affect his or her rights under an Option or SAR previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the

20

affected Holder or any such transferee, the Board may amend outstanding Agreements in a manner which may be materially adverse to the Holder but which is not inconsistent with the Plan. In the discretion of the Board, outstanding Agreements may be amended by the Board in a manner which is not materially adverse to the Holder or any such transferee.

15. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on November 18, 1993.

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of the Company with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act.

17. WITHHOLDING

The Company's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid upon the exercise of any Option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

18. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of applicable law, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent necessary to avoid the conflict with applicable law without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

21

19. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and the awarding of stock and cash otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

20. EXCLUSION FROM PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING COMPUTATION

By acceptance of an Award, each Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award is special incentive compensation that will not be taken into account, in any manner, as salary, compensation or bonus in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement or other employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. In addition, each beneficiary of a deceased Holder shall be deemed to have agreed that such Award will not affect the amount of any life insurance coverage, if any, provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the life of the Holder which is payable to such beneficiary under any life insurance plan covering employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

21. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

22. BENEFICIARIES

Each Holder may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by such Holder at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by a Holder as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated as a beneficiary survives such Holder, the Holder's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

22

23. DEFERRAL OF OPTIONS GAINS

The Agreement may contain terms, conditions and procedures permitting Holders to elect to defer the receipt of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Options for a specific period or until a specified event.

23

As amended through January 18, 2001

AOL TIME WARNER INC.

1999 STOCK PLAN

1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN.

The Plan is intended to encourage ownership of Shares by Key Employees and directors of and certain consultants to the Company or its Affiliates in order to attract and retain such people, to motivate them to work for the benefit of the Company or an Affiliate, and to provide an additional incentive for them to promote the success of the Company or of an Affiliate. The Plan provides for the granting of ISOs and Non-Qualified Options and awards of Stock Purchase Rights.

2. DEFINITIONS.

Unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms, as used in this AOL Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, have the following meanings:

Administrator means the Board of Directors, unless it has delegated power to act on its behalf to the Committee, in which case the Administrator means the Committee.

Affiliate, with respect to ISOs, means a corporation which, for purposes of Section 424 of the Code, is a parent or subsidiary of the Company, direct or indirect, and, with respect to Non-Qualified Options, means any corporation, company or other entity whose financial results are consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, all as determined by the Administrator.

Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Change in Control means either a Corporate Change in Control or a Transactional Change in Control.

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, or its successor, or such other committee of the Board of Directors to which the Board


of Directors has delegated power to act under or pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee established by the Compensation Committee.

Common Stock means shares of the Company's common stock, $.01 par value per share.

Company means (i) with respect to the periods prior to January 11, 2001, America Online, Inc., a Delaware corporation and (ii) with respect to periods on and after January 11, 2001, AOL Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Corporate Change in Control means the happening of any of the following events:

(1) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (an "Entity"), including any "person" within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding any acquisition by virtue of the exercise of an exercise, conversion or exchange privilege unless the security being so exercised, converted or exchanged was itself acquired directly from the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, or (C) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or by any corporation controlled by the Company; or

(2) a change in the composition of the Board of Directors since October 28, 1999, such that the individuals who, as of such date, constituted the Board of Directors (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of such Board; provided that any individual who becomes a director of the Company subsequent to October 28, 1999 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by the vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board; and provided further, that any individual who was initially elected as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person or Entity other than the Board shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent Board.

Disability or Disabled means permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2

Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock means:

(1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and sales prices are regularly reported for the Common Stock, the average of the high and low sales prices of a share of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange or other comparable reporting system for the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date;

(2) If the Common Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange but is traded on the over-the-counter market, if sales prices are not regularly reported for the Common Stock for the trading day referred to in clause (1), and if bid and asked prices for the Common Stock are regularly reported, the mean between the bid and the asked price for the Common Stock at the close of trading in the over-the-counter market on the applicable date, or if the applicable date is not a trading day, on the trading day immediately preceding the applicable date; and

(3) If the Common Stock is neither listed on a national securities exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, such value as the Administrator, in good faith, shall determine.

Involuntary Employment Action shall mean any change in the terms and conditions of the Participant's employment with the Company or any successor, without cause (as defined herein), to such extent that:

(1) the Participant shall fail to be vested with power, authority and resources analogous to the Participant's title and/or office prior to the Change in Control, or

(2) the Participant shall lose any significant duties or responsibilities attending such office, or

(3) there shall occur a reduction in the Participant's base compensation, or

(4) the Participant's employment with the Company, or its successor, is terminated without cause (as defined herein).

ISO means an option meant to qualify as an incentive stock option under
Section 422 of the Code.

Key Employee means an employee of the Company or of an Affiliate (including, without limitation, an employee who is also serving as an officer or director of the Company or of an Affiliate), designated by the Administrator to be eligible to be granted one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan; provided however, that Key Employee shall not include any person who: (i) is not on the payroll of the Company or an Affiliate as a full-time or part-time employee or

(ii)

3

directly or indirectly provides services to the Company or an Affiliate pursuant to a contractual or other arrangement, written or otherwise between the Company or an Affiliate and either that person or a third party, which does not designate such person as an employee (regardless of whether a government agency, court or other entity subsequently determines that such person is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate for purposes of employment taxes or for any other purpose). Anything in the prior sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, a person who is providing services pursuant to a contractual or other arrangement may be eligible for participation in the Plan as a consultant who is designated by the Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 5 of the Plan.

Non-Qualified Option means an option which is not intended to qualify as an ISO.

Option means an ISO or Non-Qualified Option granted under the Plan.

Option Agreement means an agreement between the Company and a Participant delivered pursuant to the Plan, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.

Participant means a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate to whom one or more Options are granted under the Plan. As used herein, "Participant" shall include "Participant's Survivors" where the context requires.

Plan means this AOL Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan.

Restricted Stock means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of Stock Purchase Rights under Paragraph 14 below.

Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right, in such form as the Administrator shall approve.

Shares means shares of the Common Stock as to which Options or Stock Purchase Rights have been or may be granted under the Plan or any shares of capital stock into which the Shares are changed or for which they are exchanged within the provisions of Paragraph 3 of the Plan. The Shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or shares held by the Company in its treasury, or both.

Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Paragraph 14 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

4

Survivors means a deceased Participant's legal representatives and/or any person or persons who acquired the Participant's rights to an Option or Stock Purchase Right by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Transactional Change in Control shall mean any of the following transactions to which the Company is a party:

(1) a reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation (a "Corporate Transaction") of the Company, unless securities representing 60% or more of either the outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (or the parent of such corporation) are held subsequent to such transaction by the person or persons who were the beneficial holders of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction; or

(2) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

To Vest means that you have obtained a contingent right to exercise or purchase a defined number of your stock options, as defined by and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the pertinent Option Agreement and this Plan. Unless and until your stock options Vest pursuant to the terms of the pertinent Option Agreement and this Plan, as well as the vesting schedule included in your notice of grant, you have not obtained any such right to exercise or purchase any of your unvested stock options (except as may be provided in Paragraphs 12 and 13 of this Plan and in the pertinent Option Agreement in the event of Participant's Disability or death, respectively).

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

The number of Shares which may be issued from time to time pursuant to this Plan shall be 100,000,000 or the equivalent of such number of Shares after the effect of any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or similar transaction in accordance with Paragraph 17 of the Plan. No more than 5% of such number of Shares may be issued in connection with grants of Stock Purchase Rights.

If an Option ceases to be "outstanding", in whole or in part, the Shares which were subject to such Option shall be available for the granting of other Options under the Plan. Any Option shall be treated as "outstanding" until such Option is exercised in full, or terminates or expires under the provisions of the Plan, or by agreement of the parties to the pertinent Option Agreement. Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan upon exercise of a Stock

5

Purchase Right shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for the granting of other Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to:

a. Interpret the provisions of the Plan or of any Option, Option Agreement, Stock Purchase Right, or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and to make all rules and determinations which it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan;

b. Determine which employees of the Company or of an Affiliate shall be designated as Key Employees and which of the Key Employees, directors and consultants shall be granted Options or Stock Purchase Rights;

c. Determine the number of Shares for which an Option, Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall be granted, provided, however, that in no event shall Options or Stock Purchase Rights to purchase more than 4,000,000 Shares be granted to any Participant in any fiscal year;

d. Specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option, Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be granted; and

e. Award Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States, or both, on such terms and conditions, including imposing conditions on the exercise or Vesting of Options or Stock Purchase Rights, different from those applicable to Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted to Participants employed or located in the United States as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or customs;

provided, however, that all such interpretations, rules, determinations, terms and conditions shall be made and prescribed in the context of preserving the tax status under Section 422 of the Code of those Options which are designated as ISOs. Subject to the foregoing, the interpretation and construction by the Administrator of any provisions of the Plan or of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under it shall be final, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, if the Administrator is the Committee. The Administrator's determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Option Agreements or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements as to (a) the persons to receive Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, (b) the terms and

6

provisions of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (c) whether a termination of service with the Company and any Affiliate has occurred.

No member of the Board of Directors or the Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option.

5. ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION.

The Administrator will, in its sole discretion, name the Participants in the Plan, provided, however, that each Participant must be a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate at the time an Option or Stock Purchase Right is granted. Members of the Company's Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company or of an Affiliate may receive Options or Stock Purchase Rights pursuant to Paragraph 6, Subparagraph A (f), but only pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions, the Administrator may authorize the grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right to a person not then a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate. The actual grant of such Option or Stock Purchase Right, however, shall be conditioned upon such person becoming eligible to become a Participant at or prior to the time of the execution of the Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement evidencing such Option or Stock Purchase Right, as applicable. ISOs may be granted only to Key Employees. Non-Qualified Options may be granted to any Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or an Affiliate. Stock Purchase Rights shall be granted only in connection with the hiring or retention of a Key Employee. The granting of any Option or Stock Purchase Right to any individual shall neither entitle that individual to, nor disqualify him or her from, participation in any other grant of Options or Stock Purchase Rights.

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

Each Option shall be set forth in writing in an Option Agreement, duly executed by the Company and, to the extent required by law or requested by the Company, by the Participant. The Administrator may provide that Options be granted subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may deem appropriate including, without limitation, subsequent approval by the stockholders of the Company of this Plan or any amendments thereto. The Option Agreements shall be subject to at least the following terms and conditions:

A. Non-Qualified Options: Each Option intended to be a Non-Qualified Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions which the Administrator determines to be appropriate and in the best interest of the Company, subject to the following minimum standards for any such Non-Qualified Option:

a. Option Price: The option price (per share) of the Shares covered by each Option shall be determined by the Administrator but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value (per share) of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option.

7

b. Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares to which it pertains;

c. Each Option Agreement shall state the date or dates on which it first is exercisable and the date after which it may no longer be exercised, and may provide that the Option rights Vest or become exercisable in installments over a period of months or years, or upon the occurrence of certain conditions or the attainment of stated goals or events; and

d. Exercise of any Option may be conditioned upon the Participant's execution of a stock purchase agreement in form satisfactory to the Administrator providing for certain protections for the Company and its other stockholders, including requirements that:

i. The Participant's or the Participant's Survivors' right to sell or transfer the Shares may be restricted; and

ii. The Participant or the Participant's Survivors may be required to execute letters of investment intent and must also acknowledge that the Shares will bear legends noting any applicable restrictions.

e. Limitation on Grant of Non-Qualified Options: No Non-Qualified Option shall be granted after the date provided in Paragraph 23 of this Plan.

f. Directors' Options: Each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, upon first being elected or appointed to the Board of Directors, shall be granted a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 40,000 Shares; provided, however, that the Administrator shall be entitled to grant an Option for such higher number of Shares as may be appropriate (as determined by the Board of Directors) for recruitment purposes. Each director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate on January 18, 2001, shall be granted on such date a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 52,000 Shares as an initial grant for joining the Board of Directors. Beginning with the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002, on the date following the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company each year, giving effect to the election of any director or directors at such annual meeting of stockholders, each director who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate and who has served at least six months as a director shall be granted a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 40,000 Shares. Each Option granted pursuant to this Paragraph 6(A)(f) shall (i) have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value
(per share) of the Shares on the date of grant of the Option, (ii) have a term of ten (10) years, and (iii) Vest in installments of 25% annually over a four-year period and on the date of a meeting of

8

stockholders at which directors are elected if the director does not stand for re-election or is not re-elected at such meeting, unless a different vesting schedule is established by the Administrator in the applicable Option Agreement. The Board of Directors may amend this Paragraph 6(A)(f) to increase, reduce, eliminate, or institute option grants for Board, Committee or other individual or collective service under this Plan.

B. ISOs: Each Option intended to be an ISO shall so state and shall be issued only to a Key Employee and be subject to at least the following terms and conditions, with such additional restrictions or changes as the Administrator determines are appropriate but not in conflict with
Section 422 of the Code and relevant regulations and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service:

a. Minimum standards: The ISO shall meet the minimum standards required of Non-Qualified Options, as described in Paragraph 6(A) above, except clauses (a) and (f) thereunder.

b. Option Price: Immediately before the Option is granted, if the Participant owns, directly or by reason of the applicable attribution rules in Section 424(d) of the Code:

i. Ten percent (10%) or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option price per share of the Shares covered by each Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of the Shares on the date of the grant of the Option.

ii. More than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, the Option price per share of the Shares covered by each Option shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

c. Term of Option: For Participants who own

i. Ten percent (10%) or less of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each Option shall terminate ten (10) years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

ii. More than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, each Option shall terminate five (5) years from the date of the grant or at such earlier time as the Option Agreement may provide.

9

d. Limitation on Yearly Exercise: The Option Agreements shall restrict the amount of Options which may be exercisable in any calendar year
(under this or any other ISO plan of the Company or an Affiliate) so that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time each ISO is granted) of the stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant in any calendar year does not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), provided that this subparagraph (d) shall have no force or effect if its inclusion in the Plan is not necessary for Options issued as ISOs to qualify as ISOs pursuant to Section 422(d) of the Code.

e. Limitation on Grant of ISOs: No ISOs shall be granted after the date provided in Paragraph 23 of this Plan.

f. To the extent that an Option which is intended to be an ISO fails to so qualify, it shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Option.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised in accordance with procedures established by the Company by giving written notice to the Company at its principal executive office address, or such other address as the Company shall determine, together with provision for payment of the full purchase price in accordance with this Paragraph for the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, and upon compliance with any other condition(s) set forth in the Option Agreement. Such written notice shall be signed by the person exercising the Option, shall state the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall contain any representation required by the Plan or the Option Agreement. Payment of the purchase price for the Shares as to which such Option is being exercised shall be made (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Option, or (c) at the discretion of the Administrator, by delivery of the grantee's personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (d) at the discretion of the Administrator, in accordance with a cashless exercise program established with a securities brokerage firm, and approved by the Administrator, or (e) at the discretion of the Administrator, through such other method of payment approved by the Administrator, or (f) at the discretion of the Administrator, by any combination of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall accept only such payment on exercise of an ISO as is permitted by Section 422 of the Code.

The Company shall then reasonably promptly deliver the Shares as to which such Option was exercised to the Participant (or to the Participant's Survivors, as the case may be). In determining what constitutes "reasonably promptly," it is expressly understood that the delivery of the Shares may be delayed by the Company in order to comply with any law or regulation (including, without limitation, state securities or "blue sky" laws) which requires the Company to take any action with respect to the Shares prior to their issuance. The Shares shall, upon

10

delivery, be evidenced by an appropriate certificate or certificates for fully paid, non-assessable Shares.

The Administrator shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment of any Option; provided that the Administrator shall not accelerate the exercise date of any installment of any Option granted to any Key Employee as an ISO (and not previously converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Paragraph 20) if such acceleration would violate the annual vesting limitation contained in Section 422(d) of the Code, as described in Paragraph 6(B)(d).

The Administrator may, in its discretion, amend any term or condition of an outstanding Option provided (i) such term or condition as amended is permitted by the Plan, (ii) if any amendment is materially adverse to the Participant, any such amendment shall be made only with the consent of the Participant to whom the Option was granted, or in the event of the death of the Participant, the Participant's Survivors, and (iii) any such amendment of any ISO shall be made only after the Administrator, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such amendment would constitute a "modification" of any Option which is an ISO (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holder of such ISO.

8. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.

No Participant to whom an Option has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Option, except after due exercise of the Option and tender of the full purchase price for the Shares being purchased pursuant to such exercise (and satisfaction of such other conditions for the transfer of Shares as may be required pursuant to the Option) and registration of the Shares in the Company's share register in the name of the Participant. No Participant to whom a Stock Purchase Right has been granted shall have rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by such Stock Purchase Right, except after tender of the full purchase price for the Shares being purchased (and satisfaction of such other conditions for the transfer of Shares as may be required pursuant to the Stock Purchase Right) and registration of the Shares in the Company's share register in the name of the purchaser. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Paragraph 17 of this Plan.

9. ASSIGNABILITY AND TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

By its terms, an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted to a Participant shall not be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) as otherwise determined by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. The designation of a beneficiary of an

11

Option by a Participant shall not be deemed a transfer prohibited by this Paragraph. Except as provided above, an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable, during the Participant's lifetime, only by such Participant (or by his or her legal representative) and shall not be assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Option or Stock Purchase Right or of any rights granted thereunder contrary to the provisions of this Plan, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be null and void.

10. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE OTHER THAN "FOR CAUSE" OR DEATH OR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, in the event of a termination of service (whether as an employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate before the Participant has exercised all Options, the following rules apply:

a. A Participant who ceases to be an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate (for any reason other than termination "for cause", Disability, or death for which events there are special rules in Paragraphs 11, 12, and 13, respectively), may exercise any Option granted to him or her to the extent that the Option is exercisable on the date of such termination of service, but only within such term as the Administrator has designated in the pertinent Option Agreement. An Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination of service is canceled on such date and may not be exercised. An Option that is exercisable on the date of termination of service, but not exercised within the term as the Administrator has designated in the pertinent Option Agreement is canceled and may not be exercised thereafter.

b. Except as provided in Paragraph 12, in no event may an Option Agreement provide, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, that the time for exercise be later than three (3) months after the Participant's termination of employment.

c. The provisions of this Paragraph, and not the provisions of Paragraph 12 or 13, shall apply to a Participant who subsequently becomes Disabled or dies after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, provided, however, in the case of a Participant's Disability or death within three (3) months after the termination of employment, director status or consultancy, the Participant or the Participant's Survivors may exercise the Option within one (1) year after the date of the Participant's termination of employment, but in no event after the date of expiration of the term of the Option.

d. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if subsequent to a Participant's termination of employment, termination of director status or termination of consultancy, but prior to the exercise of an Option, the Board of Directors

12

determines that, either prior or subsequent to the Participant's termination, the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute "cause" (as defined in Paragraph 11 below), then such Participant shall forthwith cease to have any right to exercise any Option, whether or not such Option was previously exercisable.

e. A Participant to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan who is absent from work with the Company or with an Affiliate because of temporary disability (any disability other than a permanent and total Disability as defined in Paragraph 2 hereof), or who is on leave of absence for any purpose, shall not, during the period of any such absence, be deemed, by virtue of such absence alone, to have terminated such Participant's employment, director status or consultancy with the Company or with an Affiliate, except to the extent that the Administrator so determines as Company policy or to the extent that the Option Agreement may otherwise expressly provide.

f. Except as required by law or as set forth in the pertinent Option Agreement, Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change of a Participant's status within or among the Company and any Affiliates, so long as the Participant continues to be a Key Employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Affiliate.

11. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE "FOR CAUSE".

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, the following rules apply if the Participant's service (whether as an employee, director or consultant) with the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for "cause" prior to the time that all his or her outstanding Options have been exercised:

a. All outstanding and unexercised Options as of the time the Participant is notified his or her service is terminated for "cause" will immediately be forfeited.

b. For purposes of this Plan, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, "cause" shall include (and is not limited to) dishonesty with respect to the Company or any Affiliate, insubordination, substantial malfeasance or non-feasance of duty, unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, and conduct substantially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any Affiliate. The determination of the Administrator as to the existence of "cause" will be conclusive on the Participant and the Company.

c. "Cause" is not limited to events which have occurred prior to a Participant's termination of service, nor is it necessary that the Administrator's finding of "cause" occur prior to termination. If the Administrator determines, subsequent to a Participant's termination of service but prior to the exercise of an Option, that

13

either prior or subsequent to the Participant's termination the Participant engaged in conduct which would constitute "cause," then the right to exercise any Option is forfeited.

d. Any definition in an agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, which contains a conflicting definition of "cause" for termination and which is in effect at the time of such termination, shall supersede the definition in this Plan with respect to such Participant.

12. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOR DISABILITY.

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, a Participant who terminates his or her employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company or an Affiliate by reason of Disability may exercise any Option granted to such Participant:

a. To the extent exercisable but not exercised on the date of such cessation; and

b. In the event rights to exercise the Option Vest periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion of any additional rights as would have Vested had the Participant not terminated his or her employment, directorship or consultancy by reason of such Disability, prior to the end of the Vesting period which next ends following the date of such termination. The proration shall be based upon the number of days of such Vesting period prior to the date of such termination.

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, a Disabled Participant may exercise such rights only within the period ending one (1) year after the date of the Participant's termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, as the case may be, notwithstanding that the Participant might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if the Participant had not become disabled and had continued to be an employee, director or consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

The Company shall make the determination both of whether Disability has occurred and the date of its occurrence (unless a procedure for such determination is set forth in another agreement between the Company and such Participant, in which case such procedure shall be used for such determination). If requested, the Participant shall be examined by a physician selected or approved by the Company, the cost of which examination shall be paid for by the Company.

14

13. EFFECT OF DEATH WHILE AN EMPLOYEE, DIRECTOR OR CONSULTANT.

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, in the event of the death of a Participant while the Participant is an employee, director or consultant of the Company or of an Affiliate, such Option may be exercised by the Participant's Survivors:

a. To the extent exercisable but not exercised on the date of death; and

b. In the event rights to exercise the Option Vest periodically, to the extent of a pro rata portion of any additional rights which would have Vested had the Participant not died prior to the end of the Vesting period which next ends following the date of death. The proration shall be based upon the number of days of such Vesting period prior to the Participant's death.

Except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement, if the Participant's Survivors wish to exercise the Option, they must take all necessary steps to exercise the Option within one (1) year after the date of Participant's termination of employment, directorship or consultancy, as the case may be, notwithstanding that the decedent might have been able to exercise the Option as to some or all of the Shares on a later date if he or she had not died and had continued to be an employee, director or consultant or, if earlier, within the originally prescribed term of the Option.

14. STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.

a. Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing, by means of an Agreement, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the offeree shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (which shall not be less than the par value of the Shares), and the time within which the offeree must accept such offer, which shall in no event exceed six (6) months from the date upon which the Administrator made the determination to grant the Stock Purchase Right. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

b. Repurchase Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's employment with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator.

15

c. Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

15. PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.

Unless the offering and sale of the Shares to be issued upon the particular exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended (the "1933 Act"), the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the Shares covered by such exercise unless and until the following conditions have been fulfilled:

a. The person(s) who exercise(s) such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall warrant to the Company, prior to the receipt of such Shares, that such person(s) are acquiring such Shares for their own respective accounts, for investment, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares, in which event the person(s) acquiring such Shares shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend which shall be endorsed upon the certificate(s) evidencing their Shares issued pursuant to such exercise of such grant:

"The shares represented by this certificate have been taken for investment and they may not be sold or otherwise transferred by any person, including a pledgee, unless (1) either (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such shares shall be effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (b) the Company shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it that an exemption from registration under such Act is then available, and (2) there shall have been compliance with all applicable state securities laws."

b. At the discretion of the Administrator, the Company shall have received an opinion of its counsel that the Shares may be issued upon such particular exercise in compliance with the 1933 Act without registration thereunder.

The Company may delay issuance of the Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including, without limitation, state securities or "blue sky" laws.)

16. DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY.

Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted under this Plan which as of such date shall not have been exercised will terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that if the rights of a Participant or a Participant's Survivors have not otherwise terminated and expired, (i) the Participant or the Participant's Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise any

16

Option or Stock Purchase Right to the extent that the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercisable as of the date immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation; and (ii) if a Change in Control shall have occurred within the twelve months immediately prior to the date of such dissolution or liquidation, such Participant or such Participant's Survivors will have the right immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation to exercise any Option or Stock Purchase Right then outstanding whether or not such Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercisable as of such date.

17. ADJUSTMENTS.

Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the adjustments as hereinafter provided shall be made, unless otherwise specifically provided in a pertinent Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement:

A. Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If (i) the shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right may be appropriately increased or decreased proportionately, and appropriate adjustments may be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination or stock dividend. The number of Shares subject to options to be granted (i) pursuant to Paragraph 3 or to directors pursuant to Paragraph 6(A)(f) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events, except as the Administrator shall otherwise determine in its sole discretion or (ii) pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) shall also be proportionately adjusted upon the occurrence of such events.

B. Corporate Changes in Control. In the event of a Corporate Change in Control,

(i) Each Option or Stock Purchase Right outstanding as of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which is not then exercisable by reason of Vesting requirements, shall automatically accelerate the Vesting so that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall become fully exercisable and Vested on the first to occur of (x) the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes Vested and exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options or Stock Purchase Rights as otherwise would Vest during such one-year period under their terms), (y) the first anniversary of the date such Corporate Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and
(z) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action; and

(ii) The Options or Stock Purchase Rights so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the Option or Stock Purchase Right and the earlier termination of the Option or Stock Purchase Right in accordance with the Plan and the Agreement.

17

C. Transactional Changes in Control. In the event of a Transactional Change in Control,

(i) Each Option or Stock Purchase Right outstanding as of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred shall be: (a) assumed by the successor corporation (or its parent) or replaced with a comparable option or stock purchase right to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation (or its parent) on an equitable basis, (b) terminated upon written notice to the Participants stating that all Options or Stock Purchase Rights (for purposes of this Subparagraph all Options or Stock Purchase Rights then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) must be exercised within a specified number of days (which shall not be less than 15 days) from the date such notice is given, at the end of which period the Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall terminate, or (c) terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Purchase Rights (for purposes of this Subparagraph all Options then outstanding shall be deemed to be exercisable) over the exercise price thereof; provided, however, that if any of the treatments of Options or Stock Purchase Rights pursuant to this Plan set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above would make a Transactional Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interest accounting under APB No. 16 such that but for the nature of such treatment such transaction would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee (or the Administrator if no Committee has been appointed) shall have the ability to substitute for any cash or other consideration payable under such treatment shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value or other consideration with value equal to the cash or other consideration that would otherwise be payable pursuant to such treatment. The determination of which of the treatments set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to provide and of comparability under clause (a) above shall be made by the Administrator and its determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(ii) Each Option or Stock Purchase Right that is assumed or replaced in connection with a Transactional Change in Control shall automatically accelerate so that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall become fully exercisable and Vested on the first to occur of (x) the date the Option becomes Vested and exercisable under its original terms (with respect only to such Options or Stock Purchase Rights as otherwise would Vest during such one-year period under their terms), (y) the first anniversary of the date such Transactional Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and (z) the occurrence of an Involuntary Employment Action. The Options or Stock Purchase Rights so accelerated shall remain so exercisable until the earlier of the original expiration date of the Option and the earlier termination of the Option in accordance with the Plan and the Agreement.

D. Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction that does not constitute a Transactional Change in Control or in the event of a similar event, pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation or entity are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Participant upon exercising an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be entitled to receive for the purchase price paid upon such exercise the securities which would have been received if such Option or Stock Purchase Right had been exercised prior to such Corporate Transaction.

18

E. Modification of ISOs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Subparagraph A, B, C, or D with respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Administrator, after consulting with counsel for the Company, determines whether such adjustments would constitute a "modification" of such ISOs (as that term is defined in Section 424(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. If the Administrator determines that such adjustments made with respect to ISOs would constitute a "modification" of such ISOs, it may refrain from making such adjustments, unless the holder of an ISO specifically requests in writing that such adjustment be made and such writing indicates that the holder has full knowledge of the consequences of such "modification" on his or her income tax treatment with respect to the ISO.

18. ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES.

Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Options or Stock Purchase Rights. Except as expressly provided herein, no adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property (including without limitation, securities) of the Company. The Option Agreement may contain terms, conditions and procedures permitting Participants to elect to defer the receipt of Shares upon the exercise of Non-Qualified Options for a specific period or until a specified event.

19. FRACTIONAL SHARES.

No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the person exercising such right shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares equal to the Fair Market Value thereof.

20. CONVERSION OF ISOs INTO NON-QUALIFIED OPTIONS; TERMINATION OF ISOs.

The Administrator, at the written request of any Participant, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert such Participant's ISOs (or any portions thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the Participant is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate at the time of such conversion. Such actions may include, but not be limited to, extending the exercise period or reducing the exercise price of the appropriate installments of such Options. At the time of such conversion, the Administrator (with the consent of the Participant) may impose such conditions on the exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Administrator in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to have such Participant's ISOs converted into Non-Qualified Options,

19

and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Administrator takes appropriate action. The Administrator, with the consent of the Participant, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that has not been exercised at the time of such conversion.

21. WITHHOLDING.

In the event that any federal, state, or local income taxes, employment taxes, Federal Insurance Contributions Act ("F.I.C.A.") withholdings or other amounts are required by applicable law or regulation to be withheld from the Participant's salary, wages or other remuneration in connection with the exercise of an Option or a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in Paragraph 22) or the Vesting of Shares issued pursuant to Stock Purchase Rights, the Company may deduct from any amounts due to the Participant, such as compensation or reimbursements, or may require that the Participant advance in cash to the Company, or to any Affiliate of the Company which employs or employed the Participant, the amount of such withholdings unless a different withholding arrangement, including the use of shares of the Company's Common Stock or a promissory note, is authorized by the Administrator (and permitted by law), provided, however, that with respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, any such withholding arrangement shall be in compliance with any applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act. For purposes hereof, the fair market value of the shares withheld for purposes of payroll withholding shall be determined in the manner provided in Paragraph 2 above, as of the most recent practicable date prior to the date of exercise. If the fair market value of the shares withheld is less than the amount of payroll withholdings required, the Participant may be required to advance the difference in cash to the Company or the Affiliate employer. The Administrator in its discretion may condition the exercise of an Option for less than the then Fair Market Value on the Participant's payment of such additional withholding.

22. NOTICE TO COMPANY OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

Each Key Employee who receives an ISO must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Key Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. A Disqualifying Disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such shares before the later of (a) two years after the date the Key Employee was granted the ISO, or
(b) one year after the date the Key Employee acquired Shares by exercising the ISO. If the Key Employee has died before such stock is sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.

23. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

Unless sooner terminated by the Board of Directors, the Plan shall terminate on October 28, 2009, and no Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall thereafter be granted under the Plan. All Options or Stock Purchase Rights granted under the Plan prior to that date shall remain in

20

effect until such Options or Stock Purchase Rights shall have been exercised or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Option Agreements or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements. The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that any such termination will not materially impair any rights under any Option or Stock Purchase Right theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the Participant.

24. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AGREEMENTS.

The Plan may be amended by the stockholders of the Company. The Plan may also be amended by the Board of Directors or the Administrator, including, without limitation, to the extent necessary to qualify any or all outstanding Options granted under the Plan or Options to be granted under the Plan for favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, for as long as the Company has a class of stock registered pursuant to
Section 12 of the 1934 Act and to the extent necessary to qualify the shares issuable upon exercise of any outstanding Options granted, or Options to be granted, under the Plan for listing on any national securities exchange or quotation in any national automated quotation system of securities dealers. Any amendment approved by the Administrator which the Administrator determines is of a scope that requires stockholder approval shall be subject to obtaining such stockholder approval. Any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of a Participant, materially adversely affect his or her rights under an Option or Stock Purchase Right previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the Participant affected, the Administrator may amend outstanding Option Agreements or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements in a manner which may be materially adverse to the Participant but which is not inconsistent with the Plan. In the discretion of the Administrator, outstanding Option Agreements or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements may be amended by the Administrator in a manner which is not materially adverse to the Participant.

25. EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP.

Nothing in this Plan or any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to prevent the Company or an Affiliate from terminating the employment, consultancy or director status of a Participant, nor to prevent a Participant from terminating his or her own employment, consultancy or director status or to give any Participant a right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Affiliate for any period of time.

All Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall constitute a special incentive payment to the Participant and shall not be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participant for the purpose of determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or under

21

any agreement between the Company and the Participant, unless such plan or agreement specifically provides otherwise.

26. GOVERNING LAW.

With respect to Options and Stock Purchase Rights granted prior to January 18, 2001, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, the Company's state of incorporation and, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any and all disputes between a Participant and the Company related to or arising out of Options or Restricted Stock Purchase Rights granted under this Plan. With respect to Option and Stock Purchase Rights granted on or after January 18, 2001, this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and, except as otherwise provided in the pertinent Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, any and all disputes between a Participant and the Company related to or arising out of Options or Stock Purchase rights granted under this Plan shall be brought only in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Manhattan, New York.

22

Exhibit 10.8

As Amended Through
January 18, 2001

TIME WARNER INC.
1988 Restricted Stock Plan For

Non-Employee Directors

1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to supplement the compensation paid to Outside Directors and to increase their proprietary interest in the Company and their identification with the interests of the Company's stockholders, by grants of annual awards of Common Stock.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Average Market Price" shall mean the average (rounded to the nearest cent) of the means between the high and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the ten consecutive trading days ending on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company for the year with respect to which an annual grant of Restricted Shares is automatically made pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Plan.

(b) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(d) "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, par value $1 per share, of the Company.

(e) "Company" shall mean Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f) "Grant Date" shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Plan.

(g) "Outside Director" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who, as of the close of business on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, is not an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. For the purposes hereof, a "subsidiary" of the Company shall mean any corporation, partnership or other entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest of 50% or more.

(h) "Plan" shall mean this 1988 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors of the Company.


(i) "Retained Distributions" shall mean distributions which are retained by the Company pursuant to paragraph 6(b) of the Plan.

(j) "Restricted Shares" shall mean shares of Common Stock automatically granted to an Outside Director pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Plan.

(k) "Restriction Period" shall mean the period of time specified in paragraph 6(a) hereof applicable to all Restricted Shares granted under the Plan.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Restricted Shares which may be issued under the Plan in any calendar year, commencing with calendar year 1999, shall be equal to .003% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year. Any Restricted Shares available for grant in any calendar year which are not granted in that calendar year shall not be available for grant in any subsequent calendar year and any Restricted Shares awarded in any calendar year that are forfeited by the terms of the Plan in any subsequent calendar year shall not again be available for awards. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be granted or issued under the Plan.

The Restricted Shares may be, in whole or in part, authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Company.

4. ELIGIBILITY. Subject to the last sentence of paragraph 5 hereof, the only persons eligible to participate in the Plan shall be Outside Directors.

5. ANNUAL GRANTS. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, each Outside Director shall automatically be granted under the Plan, as of the conclusion of each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company (the "Grant Date"), that number of Restricted Shares equal to (a) for Grant Dates occurring during calendar years 1990 through 1998, $30,000 divided by the Average Market Price of the Common Stock on the Grant Date and (b) for Grant Dates occurring during calendar year 1999 and ending with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, that number of Restricted Shares equal to a dollar amount determined by the Board of Directors on or before the Grant Date divided by the Average Market Price of the Common Stock on the Grant Date, and except as hereinafter provided, the Company shall promptly thereafter issue such shares, in each case without any further action required to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Restricted Shares and in lieu thereof any fractional Restricted Share shall be rounded to the next whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Outside Director who, as of any Grant Date, has not continuously served as

2

a member of the Board for a period of at least six consecutive months (a "new Outside Director"), the Restricted Shares granted to such new Outside Director on such Grant Date shall not be issued in such new Outside Director's name until six months after such new Outside Director shall have first become a new Outside Director. An individual who shall become an Outside Director subsequent to the date of the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company for any year shall first become eligible to participate in the Plan commencing on the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

6. RESTRICTION PERIOD; RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO RESTRICTED SHARES; CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING RESTRICTED SHARES.

(a) All Restricted Shares granted to an Outside Director pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the possibility of forfeiture and the restrictions set forth in paragraph 6(b) below for a period (the "Restriction Period") commencing on the date such Restricted Shares shall have been automatically granted to such Outside Director pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Plan and ending on the earliest of the following events:

(i) the date such Outside Director ceases to be a director of the Company by reason of mandatory retirement pursuant to any policy or plan of the Company applicable to Outside Directors;

(ii) the date such Outside Director, having been nominated for reelection, is not reelected by the stockholders of the Company to serve as a member of the Board;

(iii) the date of death of such Outside Director;

(iv) the date such Outside Director terminates service on the Board on account of medical or health reasons which render such Outside Director unable to continue to serve as a member of the Board; or

(v) the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined in paragraph 6(c) below).

provided, however, that, in the discretion of the Board on a case by case basis, the Restriction Period applicable to all Restricted Shares granted to an Outside Director shall end and be deemed completed for all purposes of the Plan in the event an Outside Director (a "withdrawing Outside Director") terminates his or her service as a member of the Board (A) for reasons of personal or financial hardship; (B) to serve in any governmental, diplomatic or

3

any other public service position or capacity; (C) to avoid or protect against a conflict of interest of any kind; (D) on the advice of legal counsel; or (E) for any other extraordinary circumstance that the Board determines to be comparable to the foregoing. The withdrawing Outside Director shall abstain from participating in any determination made by the Board with respect to any matter relating to the foregoing.

(b) Restricted Shares, when issued, will be represented by a stock certificate or certificates registered in the name of the Outside Director to whom such Restricted Shares shall have been granted. Each such certificate shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"The shares represented by this certificate are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture and restrictions against transfer) contained in the Time Warner Inc. 1988 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors. A copy of such Plan is on file in the Office of the Secretary of Time Warner Inc."

Such certificates shall be deposited by such Outside Director with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of all or any portion of the Restricted Shares and any securities constituting Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or that shall not become vested in accordance with the Plan. Restricted Shares shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock for all corporate purposes. The Outside Director will have the right to vote such Restricted Shares, to receive and retain all regular cash dividends paid on such Restricted Shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a holder of Common stock with respect to such Restricted Shares, with the exception that (i) the Outside Director will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Shares until the Restriction Period shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled; (ii) the Company will retain custody of the stock certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares during the Restriction Period; (iii) other than regular cash dividends the Company will retain custody of all distributions ("Retained Distributions") made or declared with respect to the Restricted Shares (and such Retained Distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Shares) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Shares with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in separate accounts; (iv) an Outside Director may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of any Restricted Shares or any Retained Distributions during the Restriction Period; and (v) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Plan or established by the

4

Board with respect to any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions will cause a forfeiture of such Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto.

(c) A "Change in Control" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which (i) the board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of the Company) shall approve
(a) any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of the Company in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (b) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, or (c) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), corporation, or other entity shall purchase any Common Stock of the Company (or securities convertible into the Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or any such person, corporation or other entity (other than the Company or any benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any subsidiary) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire the Company's securities), or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directions then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period; provided, however, that, as to Restricted Shares granted after January 9, 2000, the consummation of the mergers and the other transactions contemplated in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 10, 2000 between America Online, Inc. and Time Warner Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, shall not constitute a Change in Control under the foregoing clauses (ii) or (iii).

7. COMPLETION OF RESTRICTION PERIOD; FORFEITURE. Upon the completion of the Restriction Period with respect to an Outside Director's Restricted Shares, and the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions, terms and conditions, all Restricted Shares issued to such Outside Director and any Retained Distributions with respect to such Restricted Shares shall become vested. The Company shall promptly thereafter issue and

5

deliver to the Outside Director new stock certificates or instruments representing the Restricted Shares and other distributions registered in the name of the Outside Director or, if deceased, his or her legatee, personal representative or distributee, which do not contain the legend set forth in paragraph 6(b) hereof.

If an Outside Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason other than as set forth in clauses (i) through (v) of paragraph 6(a) hereof or as the Board may otherwise approve in accordance with paragraph 6(a), then all Restricted Shares issued to such Outside Director and all Retained Distributions with respect thereto shall be forfeited to the Company and the Outside Director shall not thereafter have any rights (including dividend and voting rights) with respect to such Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions.

8. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNT. Each Outside Director shall receive an annual statement, on or about June 1st, showing the number of Restricted Shares granted to such Outside Director for that year and the aggregate number of Restricted Shares that have been granted to such Outside Director under the Plan.

9. ADJUSTMENT IN EVENT OF CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK. In the event of a recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or liquidation or the like, the aggregate number and class of Restricted Shares available for grant under the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.

10. NO RIGHT TO NOMINATION. Nothing contained in the Plan shall confer upon any Outside Director the right to be nominated for reelection to the Board.

11. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS. No right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefit. If any Outside Director or beneficiary hereunder should become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge any right or benefit hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Board, cease and terminate, and in such event, the Board in its discretion may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Outside Director, his or her beneficiary, spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such proportion as the Board may deem proper.

6

12. APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY-IN-FACT. Upon the issuance of any Restricted Shares hereunder and the delivery by an Outside Director of the stock power referred to in paragraph 6(b) hereof, such Outside Director shall be deemed to have appointed the Company, its successors and assigns, the attorney-in-fact of the Outside Director, with full power of substitution, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Plan and taking any action and executing any instruments which such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which appointment as attorney-in-fact shall be irrevocable and coupled with an interest. The Company as attorney-in-fact for the Outside Director may in the name and stead of the Outside Director make and execute all conveyances, assignments and transfers of the Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions deposited with the Company pursuant to paragraph 6(b) of the Plan and the Outside Director hereby ratifies and confirms all that the Company, as said attorney-in-fact, shall do by virtue thereof.

Nevertheless, the Outside Director shall, if so requested by the Company, execute and deliver to the Company all such instruments as may, in the judgment of the Company, be advisable for the purpose.

13. SECTION 4999 RULES. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the Plan, if the Payment (as hereinafter defined) due to the Outside Director hereunder upon the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 (or any successor thereto) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"), then any such Payment hereunder payable to the Outside Director shall be reduced to the largest amount that will result in no portion of the aggregate of the Payments from the Company being subject to such excise tax. The term "Payment" shall mean any transfer of property within the meaning of Section 280G (or any successor thereto) of the Code.

The determination of any reduction in Payments under the Plan shall be made by the Outside Director in good faith, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company. The Outside Director shall have the right to determine the extent to which the aggregate amount of any such reduction shall be applied against any cash or any shares of stock of the Company or any other securities or property to which the Outside Director would otherwise have been entitled under the Plan, the extent to which the Payments hereunder and any other payments due to the Outside Director from the Company shall be reduced, and whether to waive the right to the acceleration of any portion of the Payment due hereunder or otherwise due to the Outside Director from the Company, and any such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Company. To the extent that Payments hereunder are not paid as a consequence of the limitation contained in this paragraph 13, then the Restricted Shares and Retained Distributions not so accelerated shall be deemed to

7

remain outstanding and shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan as if no acceleration had occurred.

If (a) the Company shall make any Payments pursuant to the Plan to the Outside Director, (b) an excise tax under Section 4999 (or any successor thereto) of the Code is in fact paid by the Outside Director (or is claimed by the Internal Revenue Service to be due) as a result of any such Payment, either alone or together with any other Payments received or to be received by the Outside Director from the Company, and (c) if nationally recognized counsel to the Outside Director or the Company shall have given an opinion of counsel that repayment of all or a portion of such Payments would result in such excise tax being refunded to the Outside Director (or, if not paid, in such excise tax not being imposed), then the Outside Director shall repay to the Company all or such portion of such Payments so that such excise tax will be refunded (or will not apply).

The Company shall pay all legal fees and expenses which the Outside Director may incur in any contest of the Outside Director's interpretation of, or determinations under, the provisions of this paragraph 13.

14. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

(a) At the time any Restricted Shares or Retained Distributions become vested or payable, each Outside Director shall pay to the Company the amount of any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect thereto.

(b) If an Outside Director properly elects (which, apart from any other notice required by law, shall require that the Outside Director notify the Company of such election at the time it is made) within 30 days after the Company issues the certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares to the Outside Director to include in gross income for Federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the fair market value of such Restricted Shares at the time of such issuance, he or she shall pay to the Company in the year of award of such Restricted Shares the amount of any Federal, state or local taxes required to be withheld with respect to such Restricted Shares.

(c) If an Outside Director shall fail to make the payments required hereunder, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Outside Director any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such Restricted Shares.

15. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such amendments to the Plan as it shall deem advisable;

8

provided, however, that no termination or amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect the right of any Outside Director (without his or her consent) under any grant previously made and any amendment shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and stock exchange listing requirements.

16. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the obligations of the Company with respect to Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required or deemed appropriate by the Company. The Company reserves the right to delay or restrict, in whole or in part, the issuance or delivery of Common Stock pursuant to any grants of Restricted Shares under the Plan until such time as:

(a) any legal requirements or regulations shall have been met relating to the issuance of such Restricted Shares or to their registration, qualification or exemption from registration or qualification under the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable state securities laws; and

(b) satisfactory assurances shall have been received that such Restricted Shares when delivered will be duly listed on any applicable stock exchange.

17. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF PLAN. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including without limitation, the awarding of stock otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

18. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

19. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall become effective on a date which is the latter of (i) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 1988, or any adjournment thereof; and
(ii) the date on which the Company receives a favorable interpretative letter from the Commission to the effect that (x) the grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan is exempt from the operation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and
(y) Outside Directors who receive Restricted Shares under the Plan will continue to be "disinterested persons" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act with respect to administration of the Company's other stock related plans in which only

9

employees of the Company (including officers, whether or not they are directors) and its subsidiaries may participate.

20. BENEFICIARIES. Each Outside Director may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in writing on a form filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by an Outside Director at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of the Corporation or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by an Outside Director as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated by such Outside Director as his or her beneficiary survives such Outside Director, the Outside Director's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.

10

As Amended Through January 18, 2001

TIME WARNER 1996 STOCK OPTION
PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

The purpose of the Time Warner 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (hereinafter the "Plan") is to provide for the granting of nonqualified stock options and limited stock appreciation rights to Outside Directors and to increase their proprietary interest in Time Warner and their identification with the interests of Time Warner's stockholders through annual grants of stock options.

2. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms (whether used in the singular or plural) have the meanings indicated when used in the Plan:

(a) "Agreement" means the stock option and Limited SARs agreement specified in Section 10.

(b) "Approved Transaction" means any transaction in which the Board (or, if approval of the Board is not required as a matter of law, the stockholders of Time Warner) shall approve (i) any consolidation or merger of Time Warner in which Time Warner is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a merger of Time Warner
(x) as contemplated in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner Inc., TW Inc., Time Warner Acquisition Corp., TW Acquisition Corp. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, or (y) in which the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the merger, or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Time Warner, or (iii) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Time Warner.

(c) "Award" means grants of Options and Limited SARs under this Plan.


2

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Time Warner.

(e) "Board Change" means, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the entire Board ceased for any reason to constitute a majority thereof unless the election, or the nomination for election by Time Warner's stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.

(f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Code section shall include any successor section.

(g) "Common Stock" means, subject to Section 11 hereof, the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Time Warner.

(h) "Composite Tape" means the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape.

(i) "Control Purchase" means any transaction in which any person (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), corporation or other entity (other than Time Warner or any employee benefit plan sponsored by Time Warner or any of its Subsidiaries) (i) shall purchase any Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) for cash, securities or any other consideration pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer, without the prior consent of the Board, or (ii) shall become the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Time Warner representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of Time Warner ordinarily (and apart from the rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in Rule 13d-3(d) in the case of rights to acquire Time Warner's securities).

(j) "Effective Date" means the date the Plan becomes effective pursuant to Section 13.

(k) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any specific Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

(l) "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means the average of the high


3

and low sales prices of a share of Common Stock on the Composite Tape on the date in question.

(m) "Holder" means an Outside Director who has received an Award under this Plan.

(n) "Limited SARs" means limited stock appreciation rights subject to the terms of Section 7.6.

(o) "Minimum Price Per Share" means the highest gross price (before brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers' fees and similar charges) paid or to be paid for any share of Common Stock (whether by way of exchange, conversion, distribution, liquidation or otherwise) in, or in connection with, any Approved Transaction or Control Purchase which occurs at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which Limited SARs are exercised. If the consideration paid or to be paid in any such Approved Transaction or Control Purchase shall consist, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, the cash value of such consideration shall be the same as established by the Board under the provisions of Time Warner's 1994 Stock Option Plan or any successor thereto.

(p) "Option" means any nonqualified stock option granted pursuant to this Plan.

(q) "Outside Directors" shall mean a member of the Board who, as of the close of business on the date of the grant of any Option hereunder, is not an employee of Time Warner or any Subsidiary.

(r) "Plan" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.

(s) "Subsidiary" of a person means any present or future subsidiary corporation (as such term is defined in section 424 of the Code) of such person and any present or future trade or business, whether or not incorporated, controlled by or under common control with such person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of a person only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained.

(t) "Time Warner" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

(u) "Trading Day" means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.


4

(v) "Total Disability" means a permanent and total disability as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1. Number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and this
Section 3, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted is 250,000. If and to the extent that an Option shall expire, terminate or be cancelled for any reason without having been exercised (or without having been considered to have been exercised as provided in Section 7.6), the shares of Common Stock subject to such expired, terminated or cancelled portion of the Option shall again become available for purposes of the Plan.

3.2. Character of Shares. Shares of Common Stock deliverable under the terms of the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock or issued shares of Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both.

3.3 Reservation of Shares. Time Warner shall at all times reserve a number of shares of Common Stock (authorized and unissued Common Stock, issued Common Stock held in Time Warner's treasury, or both) equal to the maximum number of shares that may be subject to outstanding Awards and future Awards under the Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Interpretation. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The determinations of the Board on the matters referred to in this Section 4 shall be conclusive.

4.2. Delegation to Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may at any time, or from time to time, appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee the authority of the Board to administer the Plan. Upon such appointment and delegation, any such Committee shall have all the powers, privileges and duties of the Board, and shall be substituted for the Board, in the administration of the Plan to the extent provided in such delegation, except for the power to appoint members of the Committee and to terminate, modify or amend the Plan. The Board may from time to time appoint members


5

of any such Committee in substitution for or in addition to members previously appointed, may fill vacancies in such Committee and may discharge such Committee.

Any such Committee shall select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. A majority of members shall constitute a quorum and all determinations shall be made by a majority of such quorum. Any determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at a meeting duly called and held.

5. ELIGIBILITY

The only persons eligible to participate in the Plan shall be Outside Directors.

6. ANNUAL GRANTS

Each Outside Director shall automatically be granted 1,500 Options and related Limited SARs under the Plan on the day that is 10 Trading Days after each annual meeting of stockholders of Time Warner, commencing with the annual meeting to be held in 1996 and ending with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, and, except as hereinafter provided, the Company shall promptly thereafter execute and deliver to each Outside Director, an Agreement evidencing the grant of such Options and Limited SARs, in each case without any further action required to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof. An individual who shall become an Outside Director subsequent to the date of the annual meeting of stockholders of Time Warner for any year shall first become eligible to participate in the Plan commencing on the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders of Time Warner.

7. OPTIONS AND LIMITED SARS

7.1. Option Prices. The purchase price of the Common Stock under each Option shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

7.2. Terms of Options. The term of each Option shall be ten years from the date of grant.

7.3. Exercisability of Options. Subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 11, each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable (a) on and after the first anniversary of the


6

date of grant, to the extent of 500 shares, (b) on and after the second anniversary of the date of grant, to the extent of 1,000 shares and (c) on and after the third anniversary of the date of grant, to the extent of 1,500 shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable in full (a) on the date the Holder ceases to be a director of Time Warner for any reason other than as described in Section 7.5(d) and (b) in the event of any Approved Transaction, Board Change or Control Purchase; provided, however, that, as to Options granted after January 9, 2000, the consummation of the mergers and the other transactions contemplated in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 10, 2000 between America Online, Inc. and Time Warner Inc., as the same may be amended from time to time, shall not constitute a Board Change or Control Purchase.

7.4. Manner of Exercise. Payment of the Option purchase price shall be made in cash or in whole shares of Common Stock already owned by the Holder or partly in cash and partly in such Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement. An Option shall be exercised by written notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement. Time Warner shall effect the transfer of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Option as soon as practicable, and within a reasonable time thereafter such transfer shall be evidenced on the books of Time Warner. No Holder or other person exercising an Option shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of Time Warner with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Option granted under the Plan until due exercise and full payment has been made. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such due exercise and full payment.

7.5. Termination of Options. The unexercised portion of each Option shall automatically and without notice irrevocably terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to occur of (a) ten years from the date of grant of such Option, (b) five years from the date the Holder ceases to be a director of Time Warner by reason of retirement, Total Disability or any reason other than as described in the succeeding clauses (c) and (d), (c) one year from the date the Holder dies or (d) the date the Holder is removed from the Board for cause.

7.6. Limited SARs. Limited SARs shall be granted pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7.6 with respect to each grant of Options under the Plan (hereinafter called a "related Option"). Subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 7.6, each Limited SAR shall be exercisable to the extent the related Option is then exercisable and in no event after the complete termination or full exercise of the related Option. Limited SARs shall be exercisable in whole or in part upon notice to Time Warner upon such terms and conditions as provided in the Agreement.


7

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs, the related Option shall be considered to have been exercised to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are exercised and shall be considered to have been exercised to that extent for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which other Awards may be granted. Upon the exercise or termination of the related Option, the Limited SARs with respect thereto shall be considered to have been exercised or terminated to the extent of the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the related Option was so exercised or terminated.

The provisions of Sections 7 through 19 (to the extent that such provisions are applicable to Options) shall also be applicable to Limited SARs unless the context otherwise requires.

Limited SARs may be exercised only during the period (a) beginning on the first day following either (i) the date of an Approved Transaction, (ii) the date of a Control Purchase, or (iii) the date of a Board Change, and (b) ending on the ninetieth day following such date. The effective date of exercise of a Limited SAR shall be deemed to be the date on which Time Warner shall have received notice from the Holder of the exercise thereof.

Upon the exercise of Limited SARs granted in connection with an Option, except as otherwise provided in the Agreement and the immediately succeeding sentence, the Holder thereof shall receive in cash an amount equal to the product computed by multiplying (a) the excess of (i) the higher of (A) the Minimum Price Per Share, or (B) the highest reported closing sales price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the Composite Tape at any time during the period beginning on the sixtieth day prior to the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised and ending on the date on which such Limited SARs are exercised over (ii) the per share Option price of the related Option, by (b) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which such Limited SARs are being exercised. The Board shall have the discretion to settle Limited SARs by the delivery of Common Stock rather than cash if in the judgment of the Board such action is necessary or advisable to preserve pooling of interests accounting treatment for any proposed transaction involving Time Warner.

7.7. Nontransferability of Options and Limited SARs. Options and Limited SARs shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and Limited SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the Holder thereof only by such Holder (or his or her court appointed legal representative).


8

8. NO RIGHT TO NOMINATION

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award shall confer on any Outside Director the right to be nominated for reelection to the Board.

9. NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

No right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, hypothecation, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge, exchange, transfer, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits.

10. WRITTEN AGREEMENT

Each grant of an Option and Limited SARs shall be evidenced by an Agreement consistent with the terms of the Plan.

11. ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, ETC.

In the event of any stock split, dividend, distribution, combination, reclassification or recapitalization that changes the character or amount of the Common Stock while any portion of any Award theretofore granted under the Plan is outstanding but unexercised, the character and number of shares subject to such Award and the option price shall be appropriately adjusted by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive. If any such change or transaction shall occur, the number and kind of shares for which Awards may thereafter be granted under the Plan shall be adjusted to give effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, upon consummation of the mergers contemplated by the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 22, 1995 among Time Warner, Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., TW Inc. ("New Time Warner"), Time Warner Acquisition Corp. and TW Acquisition Corp. and the assumption of this Plan by New Time Warner: (i) New Time Warner shall be substituted for Time Warner for all purposes of this Plan, (ii) Common Stock as used in this Plan shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of New Time Warner ("New Time Warner


9

Common Stock"), (iii) the Board shall mean the Board of New Time Warner, and
(iv) each outstanding Option and Limited SAR shall automatically become an Option to purchase and a Limited SAR with respect to New Time Warner Common Stock on a one-for-one basis at the same exercise price.

12. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

The Board may at any time terminate the Plan or make such amendments to the Plan as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that the Plan may not be amended more than once every six months (other than to comply with changes to the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), and any amendment to the Plan shall comply with all applicable laws and stock exchange listing requirements, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. No termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the person to whom any Award shall theretofore have been granted, adversely affect the rights of such person with respect to such Award. No modification, extension, renewal or other change in any Award granted under the Plan shall be made after the grant of such Award, unless the same is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.

13. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon approval by the stockholders of Time Warner entitled to vote at the annual meeting of such stockholders to be held in 1996, or any adjournment thereof.

14. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS

The obligation of Time Warner with respect to Awards shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approvals by any governmental agencies as may be required, including, without limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement required under the Securities Act of 1933, and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed. For so long as the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, Time Warner shall use its reasonable efforts to comply with any legal requirements (a) to maintain a registration statement in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to all shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Holders under the Plan, and (b) to file in a timely manner all reports required to be filed by it


10

under the Exchange Act.

15. WITHHOLDING

Time Warner's obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in respect of any Award under the Plan shall be subject to applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Federal, state and local withholding taxes paid by a Holder upon the exercise of any Option may be paid in shares of Common Stock upon such terms and conditions as the Board shall determine; provided, however, that the Board in its sole discretion may disapprove such payment and require that such taxes be paid in cash.

16. SEPARABILITY

If any of the terms or provisions of this Plan conflict with the requirements of applicable law or Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, then such terms or provisions shall be deemed inoperative to the extent necessary to avoid the conflict with applicable law or such Rule without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

17. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of Time Warner for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements for Outside Directors as it may deem desirable.

18. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

19. BENEFICIARIES.

Each Outside Director may designate any person(s) or legal entity(ies), including his or her estate, as his or her beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made in


11

writing on a form filed with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee and may be revoked or changed by an Outside Director at any time by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Secretary of Time Warner or his or her designee. If no person shall be designated by an Outside Director as his or her beneficiary or if no person designated by such Outside Director as his or her beneficiary survives such Outside Director, the Outside Director's beneficiary shall be his or her estate.


Exhibit 10.13

AMERICA ONLINE, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE PLAN

The America Online, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") is intended to satisfy the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). The Incentive Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Management Development Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of Directors of America Online, Inc. (the "Company"). The Committee shall select those executive officers of the Company with significant operating and financial responsibility and who are likely to be "covered employees" (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) for the relevant fiscal year, to be eligible to earn annual cash incentive compensation payments to be paid under the Incentive Plan.

The Committee shall establish performance goals within the first 90 days of each fiscal year. The performance goals selected by the Committee shall be based on any one or more of the following: price of the Company's Common Stock, stockholder return, return on equity, return on investment, return on capital, economic profit, economic value added, net income, operating income, sales, free cash flow, earnings per share, operating company contribution or market share.

These goals shall have a minimum performance standard below which no payments will be made, and a maximum performance standard above which no additional payments will be made. Any performance goals established may be based on an analysis of historical performance and growth expectations, financial results of comparable businesses, and progress toward achieving the Company's long-range strategic plan. These performance goals and determination of results shall be based entirely on financially-based measures. The Committee may not use any discretion to modify award results except as permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code.

Annual incentive compensation targets (the "Target Percentage") may be established for eligible executives ranging from 50% to 250% of base salary. Executives may earn their target incentive compensation if the business achieves the pre-established performance goals. The Target Percentage for each executive will be based on the level and functional responsibility of his or her position, size of the business for which the executive is responsible, and competitive practices. The amount of incentive compensation paid to participating executives may range from 0 to 2.0 times their incentive compensation target, based upon the extent to which performance goals are achieved or exceeded. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, the minimum level at which a participating executive will earn any incentive payment, and the level at which an executive will bear the maximum incentive payment of double the target, must be established by the Committee prior to the commencement of each bonus period. Actual payouts must be based on either a straight-line or pre-established graded interpolation based on these minimum and maximum levels and the performance goals.

The maximum dollar amount to be paid for any year under the Incentive Plan to any participant may not exceed $5,000,000.


AMENDMENT NO. 11
TO THE
AOL TIME WARNER INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Effective January 11, 2001, the name of the Plan is changed to the "AOL Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan."

2. Section 1.1 is amended to read as follows:

1.1 Establishment of Plan. Time Warner Inc. has established this plan effective as of November 18, 1998, to be known as the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. Effective January 11, 2001 AOL Time Warner Inc. (the "Company") became the plan sponsor and the plan was renamed the AOL Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

3. Section 2.8 is amended to read as follows:

2.8 Company: AOL Time Warner Inc. (Effective January 11, 2001; previously Time Warner Inc.)

4. Section 2.11 is amended by adding "(effective January 11, 2001, the AOL Time Warner Long-Term Disability Plan)" after "The Time Warner Inc. Long- Term Disability Plan."

5. Section 2.21 is amended to read as follows:

2.21 Plan: This plan, the AOL Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan as set forth herein and as it may be amended from time to time. (Effective January 11, 2001; previously the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.)

6. Section 4.2(a) is amended by adding the following parenthetical sentence at the end thereof:

(Effective January 11, 2001 the Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust was renamed the "AOL Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust", and the Time Warner Inc. Stock Fund became the "AOL Time Warner Inc. Stock Fund.")

7. All items are effective January 11, 2001.


AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT made as of March 25, 1999, effective as of January 1, 1999 (the "Effective Date"), as amended on October 26, 2000, between AOL Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), as assignee of Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Richard D. Parsons (the "Executive").

The Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Employment Agreement made as of March 18, 1998 (the "Prior Agreement"). The Company wishes to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and secure the services of the Executive on a full-time basis for the period to and including January 31, 2005 (the "Term Date") on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Executive is willing for the Prior Agreement to be so amended and restated and to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. The Executive's "term of employment", as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement, shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Term Date, subject, however, to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Employment. During the term of employment, the Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive shall serve, as the Co-Chief Operating Officer of the Company. In such capacity the Executive shall have responsibility for the direction and supervision of the following functions, divisions and subsidiaries of the Company, with the authority, duties and powers appropriate and customary to discharge such responsibility: Warner Bros. (except the WB Television Network), New Line Cinema Corporation, Warner Music Group (both before and after the consummation of the publicly announced proposed transaction with EMI Group, plc), Time Warner Trade Publishing and the legal and human resources or people development corporate staff functions. The chief executive officer of each such division or subsidiary and the Executive or Senior Vice President of each such staff function shall report to the Executive. In addition, the Executive shall have such other authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may from time to time delegate to the Executive in addition thereto, consistent with his stature as the Co-Chief Operating Officer of the Company. The Executive shall, subject to his election as such from time to time and without additional compensation, serve during the term of employment in such additional offices of comparable or greater stature and responsibility in the Company and its subsidiaries and as a director and as a member of any committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and its


2

subsidiaries, to which he may be elected from time to time. During the term of employment, (i) the Executive's services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and he will apply on a full-time basis all of his skill and experience to the performance of his duties in such employment, (ii) the Executive shall report only to the Company's Board of Directors and to the Company's Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Executive shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of the Executive's time and (iv) the place for the performance of the Executive's services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company which shall be in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be appropriate or required in the performance of the Executive's duties in the business of the Company. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company's written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like and shall not prevent the Executive from devoting such time to his personal affairs as shall not interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder, provided that the Executive complies with the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 and any generally applicable written policies of the Company on conflicts of interest and service as a director of another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity ("Entity").

The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be a member of its Board of Directors throughout the term of employment and shall include him in the management slate for election as a director at every stockholders' meeting at which his term as a director would otherwise expire.

3. Compensation.

3.1 Base Salary. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid to the Executive a base salary of not less than $750,000 per annum during the term of employment (the "Base Salary"). The Company may increase, but not decrease, the Base Salary at any time and from time to time during the term of employment and upon each such increase the term "Base Salary" shall mean such increased amount (subject to Section 5). Base Salary shall be payable in monthly or more frequent installments in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives. For the purposes of this Agreement "senior executives" shall mean the executive officers of the Company.

3.2 Bonus. In addition to Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus based on the performance of the Company and of the Executive in an amount commensurate with the position and duties of the Executive relative to other senior executives of the Company. The actual amount of any such annual cash bonus to be paid to the Executive will be determined by the Compensation


3

Committee of the Company's Board of Directors based upon a recommendation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Such determination with respect to the amount, if any, of annual cash bonuses to be paid to the Executive under this Agreement shall be final and conclusive except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement. Payments of any bonus compensation under this
Section 3.2 shall be made in accordance with the Company's then current practices and policies with respect to senior executives, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of the period for which the bonus is payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, determination and payment of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 may be made pursuant to a plan intended to assure the deductibility of such bonus compensation pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code").

3.3 Deferred Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and bonus as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Executive shall be credited with a defined contribution which shall be determined and paid out on a deferred basis ("deferred compensation") as provided in this Agreement, including Annex A hereto. Unless the Executive shall make the election described in the last sentence of this Section 3.3, during the term of employment, the Company shall pay to the trustee (the "Trustee") of a Company grantor trust (the "Rabbi Trust") for credit to a special account maintained on the books of the Rabbi Trust for the Executive (the "Trust Account"), monthly, an amount equal to 50% of one-twelfth of the Executive's then current Base Salary. If a lump sum payment is made pursuant to Section 4.2.2, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account at the time of such payment an amount equal to 50% of the Base Salary portion of such lump sum payment; provided, however, that the Executive may elect by written notice to the Company at least 15 days prior to the date of any such lump sum payment, to have such amount credited instead to the Deferred Compensation Plan established by the Company on November 18, 1998, as the same may be amended from time to time (as so amended, the "Deferred Plan"). The Trust Account shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A, and the trust agreement (the "Trust Agreement") establishing the Rabbi Trust (which Trust Agreement shall in all respects be in furtherance of, and not inconsistent with, the terms of this Agreement, including Annex A), until the full amount which the Executive is entitled to receive therefrom has been paid in full. The Company shall maintain the Rabbi Trust as a grantor trust within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code and shall pay all fees and expenses of the Trustee and shall enforce the provisions of the Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Executive. The Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment (except that for calendar year 1999, such election shall be made no later than January 31, 1999) to have (a) all of the payments to be made to the Rabbi Trust pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.3 to be credited instead to the Deferred Plan or (b) to have 50% of the payments to be made by the


4

Company pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 3.3 to be credited instead to the Deferred Plan and the remaining 50% to be paid to the Rabbi Trust.

3.4 Deferred Bonus. In addition to any other deferred bonus plan in which the Executive may be entitled to participate, the Executive may elect by written notice delivered to the Company at least 15 days prior to the commencement of any calendar year during the term of employment during which an annual cash bonus would otherwise accrue or to which it would relate (except that for calendar year 1999, such election shall be made no later than January 31, 1999), to defer payment of and to have the Company credit all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year to either the Trust Account or the Deferred Plan, or a combination of both, subject in the case of a deferral to the Deferred Plan to the terms and conditions of the Deferred Plan. Any such election shall only apply to the calendar year during the term of employment with respect to which such election is made and a new election shall be required with respect to each successive calendar year during the term of employment.

3.5 Prior Account. The parties confirm that the Company has maintained a deferred compensation account (the "Prior Account") for the Executive in accordance with the Prior Agreement. The Prior Account shall be promptly transferred to, and shall for all purposes be deemed part of, the Trust Account and shall be maintained by the Trustee in accordance with this Agreement and the Trust Agreement. All prior credits to the Prior Account shall be deemed to be credits made under this Agreement, all "Account Retained Income" thereunder shall be deemed to be Account Retained Income under this Agreement and all increases or decreases to the Prior Account as a result of income, gains, losses and other changes shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement.

3.6 Reimbursement. The Company shall reasonably promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the term of employment in the performance of his services under this Agreement provided such expenses are incurred or paid in accordance with the Company's then current written practices and policies with respect to senior executives of the Company and upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as the Company may customarily require of its senior executives.

3.7 No Anticipatory Assignments. Except as specifically contemplated in Section 12.8 or under the life insurance policies and benefit plans referred to in Sections 7 and 8, respectively, neither the Executive, his legal representative nor any


5

beneficiary designated by him shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or Entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company.

3.8 Indemnification. The Executive shall be entitled throughout the term of employment in his capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or an officer or member of the Board of Representatives or other governing body of any partnership or joint venture in which the Company has an equity interest or as a trustee or fiduciary of any plan, program, trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their respective employees in connection with the business of the Company (and after the term of employment, to the extent relating to his service as such officer, director, member, trustee or fiduciary) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date of execution hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to the Executive by those provisions), to the extent not prohibited by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against the Executive.

4. Termination.

4.1 Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company's obligations hereunder, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for "cause" but only if the term of employment has not previously been terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement. Termination by the Company for "cause" shall mean termination by action of the Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, after a hearing at which the Executive has had the opportunity to address the Board, because of the Executive's conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) or willful refusal without proper cause to perform his obligations under this Agreement or because of the Executive's breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to the Executive and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of the Executive's willful refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of his obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to the Executive under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice the Executive shall cease his refusal and shall use his best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.


6

In the event of such termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive other than (i) to pay Base Salary and make credits of deferred compensation as provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 accrued through the effective date of termination, (ii) to pay any annual bonus pursuant to Section 3.2 to the Executive in respect of the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which such termination is effective, in the event such annual bonus has been determined but not yet paid as of the date of such termination and (iii) with respect to any rights the Executive has in respect of amounts credited to the Trust Account through the effective date of termination or pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company maintained for the benefit of its senior executives. The Executive hereby disclaims any right to receive a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs. The fourth sentence of Section 3.3 and the provisions of Sections 3.8, 8.2, 8.3 and 9 through 12 and Annex A shall survive any termination pursuant to this Section 4.1.

4.2 Termination by Executive for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause. Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, the Executive shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment (other than those provisions that specifically survive such termination) effective 15 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company shall be in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2 and within such 15 day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches of its obligations under this Agreement. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company failing to cause the Executive to retain the title of President or, if the Executive is appointed President and Chief Operating Officer, to thereafter retain such title, (ii) the Executive being required to report to persons other than those specified in Section 2; (iii) the Company violating the provisions of Section 2 or any written delegation from the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the Executive's authority, functions, duties, powers or responsibilities (whether or not accompanied by a change in title); (iv) the Company requiring the Executive's primary services to be rendered at a place other than at the Company's principal executive offices in the New York City metropolitan area;
(v) the Company breaching its obligations under the last paragraph of Section 2; and (vi) the Company failing to cause the successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.


7

The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Executive, to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement without cause, effective at least 30 days after the giving of such notice, which notice shall specify the effective date of such termination.

In the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company as provided in Section 4.2.2. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

4.2.1 After the effective date of such termination, the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.6 and 4.8 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive any earned and unpaid Base Salary and deferred compensation accrued through the effective date of such termination and a pro rata portion of the Executive's annual bonus for the year in which such termination occurs through the date of such termination based on the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs, all or a portion of which pro rata bonus will be credited to the Trust Account or the Deferred Plan in accordance with any previous election made by the Executive to defer all or any portion of the Executive's bonus for such year pursuant to Section 3.4.

4.2.2 After the effective date of termination pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Executive shall remain an employee of the Company for the period ending on the Term Date, and during such period the Executive shall be entitled to receive, whether or not the Executive becomes disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) salary at an annual rate equal to the Base Salary, (b) an annual bonus (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to Section 3.4) in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such annual bonus will be payable) during such period equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs (with any partial calendar year bonus appropriately pro rated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year) and (c) deferred compensation as provided in Section 3.3. Except as provided in the second succeeding sentence, if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any other Entity during such period or notifies the Company in writing of his intention to terminate his status as an employee during such period, then the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company effective upon the commencement of such employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by


8

the Executive in such notice, whichever is applicable, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive as severance in a lump sum within 30 days after such commencement or such effective date (provided that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such lump sum payment shall be made within 30 days after the end of the calendar year in which such commencement or effective date occurred) an amount (discounted as provided in the immediately following) equal to the balance of the Base Salary, deferred compensation (which shall be credited as provided in the third sentence of Section 3.3) and regular annual bonuses (assuming no deferral pursuant to
Section 3.4) the Executive would have been entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.2 had the Executive remained on the Company's payroll until the Term Date. The lump sum payment required to be made to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 4.2.2 shall be discounted to present value as of the date of payment from the times at which such amounts would have become payable absent any such termination at an annual discount rate for the relevant periods equal to 120% of the "applicable Federal rate" (within the meaning of Section 1274(d) of the Code), in effect on the date of such termination, compounded semi-annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive accepts employment with any not-for-profit Entity, then the Executive shall be entitled to remain an employee of the Company and receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.2; and if the Executive accepts full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments (and credits) provided for in this Section 4.2.2 shall cease and the Executive shall not be entitled to any such lump sum payment. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "affiliate" shall mean any Entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

4.3 Optional Termination by Executive. The Executive shall have the right to elect by delivery of written notice to the Company, which notice may be delivered at any time on or after July 1, 2001, to terminate the term of employment and the Executive's position with the Company effective six months after the delivery of such notice and to serve as an advisor to the Company from the effective date of such notice through January 31, 2005 (the "Advisory Period"). During the Advisory Period, the Executive will remain an employee of the Company and will provide such advisory services concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as may be required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, but shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such service, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties and consistent with the Executive's other activities. If at any time during the Advisory Period, the Executive engages in other full-time employment, the Executive shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Section 4.3, but unless such employment consists of the Executive providing services to one or more (i) charitable or non-profit organizations or (ii) family owned corporations, trusts, or partnerships, the


9

Advisory Period shall terminate, the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company and the Company shall have no further obligations under this agreement other than with respect to earned and unpaid compensation and benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 9 of this Agreement, during the Advisory Period the Executive may provide part-time services to third parties (including serving as a member of the Board of Directors of any such party). During the Advisory Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a Base Salary paid at the rate of $500,000 per annum and shall continue to be entitled to the benefits described in Sections 7 and 8 of the Agreement; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be entitled to deferred compensation, an annual bonus or any additional grants of stock options during the Advisory Period, shall not accrue any vacation time during the Advisory Period and shall not be entitled to any severance pay at the end thereof. In addition, during the Advisory Period, the Company shall provide the Executive with an office, office facilities and a secretary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 of this Agreement.

4.4 After the Term Date. If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed in writing to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new written employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue and the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 90 days written notice delivered to the other party. Such 90-day notice may be given by either party on or after October 1, 2004 so that the term of employment may end on the Term Date or any date thereafter. If this Agreement shall be terminated on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than by the Company for cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply), then the Executive shall receive Base Salary, deferred compensation and a pro rata annual bonus through the effective date of termination with the pro rata annual bonus being equal to the portion of the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination occurs based on the number of whole or partial months in such year prior to the date of termination. At the end of the 90-day notice period provided for in the first sentence of this Section 4.4, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company and the Executive shall have no further obligations or liabilities to the Company whatsoever, except that Sections 3.8, 4.6 and 4.8 and Sections 6 through 12 and Annex A shall survive such termination.

4.5 Office Facilities. In the event of a termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 4.2 , 4.3 or 4.4, then for the period beginning on the effective date of such termination and ending one year thereafter, the Company shall, without charge to


10

the Executive, make available to the Executive office space at the Executive's principal job location immediately prior to his termination of employment, or other location reasonably close to such location, together with secretarial services, office facilities, services and furnishings, in each case reasonably appropriate to an employee of the Executive's position and responsibilities prior to such termination of employment but taking into account the Executive's reduced need for such office space, secretarial services and office facilities, services and furnishings as a result of the Executive no longer being a full-time employee.

4.6 Release. In partial consideration for the Company's obligation to make the payments described in Section 4.2, the Company shall be entitled to require the Executive to execute and deliver to the Company a release in substantially the form attached hereto as Annex B. If the Company so elects, the Company shall deliver such release to the Executive within 10 days after the written notice of termination is delivered pursuant to Section 4.2 and the Executive shall execute and deliver such release to the Company within 21 days after receipt thereof. Upon receipt by the Company of such release signed by the Executive, the Company shall deliver to the Executive a release substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex C, signed by the Company. If the Company shall request the Executive to execute an Annex B release and the Executive shall fail to execute and deliver such release to the Company within such 21 day period, or if the Executive shall revoke his consent to such release as provided therein, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver the Annex C release and the Executive's term of employment shall terminate as provided in Section 4.2, but the Executive shall receive, in lieu of the payments provided for in said Section 4.2, a lump sum cash payment in an amount determined in accordance with the written personnel policies of the Company relating to notice and severance then generally applicable to senior executives of the Company with length of service and compensation level of the Executive.

4.7 Retirement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.2, 4.4 or 5, if the term of employment is in effect and the Executive is still employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement on the date the Executive first becomes eligible for normal retirement as defined in any applicable retirement plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (the "Retirement Date"), then this Agreement shall terminate automatically on such date and the Executive's employment with the Company shall thereafter be governed by the policies generally applicable to employees of the Company, and the Executive shall not thereafter be entitled to the payments provided in such Sections to the extent not received by the Executive on or prior to the Retirement Date. In addition, no benefits or payments provided in Sections 4.2, 4.4 or 5 shall include any period after the Retirement Date and if the provision of benefits or calculation of payments provided in any such Section would include any period subsequent to the Retirement Date, such provision of


11

benefits shall end on the Retirement Date and the calculation of payments shall cover only the period ending on the Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Annex A and the Trust Agreement shall apply to the investment and payment of deferred compensation after such termination, the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination and the provisions of Sections 12.1 and 12.7 shall apply to any dispute with respect to this Agreement that arises after any such termination.

4.8 Mitigation. The payments provided for in this Agreement in the event of a termination without cause are not subject to mitigation unless the Executive's failure to mitigate would result in the Company losing tax deductions to which it would otherwise have been entitled. In such an event, the Executive will engage in whatsoever mitigation is necessary to preserve the Company's tax deductions. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which the Executive is entitled by reason of the termination of employment without cause shall be considered as damages hereunder. Any obligation of the Executive to mitigate the damages pursuant to this Section 4.8 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company's obligation to pay the Executive in full the amounts provided in this Agreement upon the occurrence of a termination without cause, at the time provided herein, or the timely and full performance of any of the Company's other obligations under this Agreement.

4.9 Payments. So long as the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, payments of salary, deferred compensation and bonus required to be made pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4 shall be made at the same times as such payments are made to senior executives of the Company or such subsidiary.

5. Disability. If during the term of employment and prior to any termination of this Agreement under Section 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, the Executive shall become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that he is prevented from performing his usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay the Executive his full compensation and continue to make the deferred compensation credits when otherwise due, as provided in Section 3, through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the "Disability Date"). If the Executive has not resumed his usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay the Executive a pro rata bonus for the portion of the calendar year in which the Disability Date occurs that shall precede such date and shall pay the Executive disability benefits for the period from the Disability Date through the Term Date (the "Disability Period"), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) the Base Salary (and


12

this reduced amount shall also be deemed to be the Base Salary for purposes of determining the amounts to be credited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.3 as further disability benefits) and (b) the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Disability Date occurs (all or a portion of which may be deferred by the Executive pursuant to
Section 3.4), with the bonus for any partial calendar year pro rated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year. If during the Disability Period the Executive shall fully recover from his disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from the Executive of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore the Executive to full-time service at full compensation. The Disability Period shall continue during such 60-day period. If the Company elects to restore the Executive to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects, including without limitation, the provisions of Section 3 which shall apply in lieu of the Disability provisions of this Section 5, and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service, the Executive may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Company within 60 days after the termination of the sixty-day period provided for above, in which case neither party shall have any further obligations hereunder after the date of such termination. If the Company elects not to restore the Executive to full-time service and the Executive does not elect to terminate this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) the Executive shall be obligated to perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall continue to apply to the Executive during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but the Executive shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company's obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to the Executive during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by the Executive during the Disability Period from Workmen's Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to the Executive from such disability insurance policies are not includible in his income for federal income tax purposes, the Company's deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of


13

federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 with respect to periods after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and the Executive shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Section 4.2 shall not apply during the Disability Period (unless the Company terminates this Agreement in breach hereof in which case Section 4.2 shall apply) and unless the Company has restored the Executive to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and the Executive shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.

6. Death. Upon the death of the Executive during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall terminate except that (i) the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive, to the extent being received by the Executive immediately prior to his death, Base Salary and deferred compensation to the last day of the month in which his death occurs and bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the average of the regular annual bonuses (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which such death occurs, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months the Executive was employed by the Company in such calendar year, and (ii) the Trust Account shall be liquidated and revalued as provided in Annex A as of the date of the Executive's death (except that all taxes shall be computed and charged to the Trust Account as of such date of death to the extent not theretofore so computed and charged) and the entire balance thereof (plus any amount due under the last paragraph of
Section A.7 of Annex A) shall be paid to the Executive's estate (or a designated beneficiary) in a single payment not later than 75 days following such date of death.

7. Life Insurance. Subject to the Executive's satisfactory completion of any applications and other documentation and any physical examinations that may be required by the insurer for any additional insurance, the Company shall obtain $5,000,000 face amount of split ownership life insurance on the life of the Executive, to be owned by the Executive or the trustees of a trust for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or descendants. Until the death of the Executive, and irrespective of any termination of this Agreement except pursuant to Section 4.1, the Company shall pay all premiums on such policy and shall maintain such policy (without reduction of the face amount of the coverage). The Company shall not borrow from the cash value of such policy. The Executive shall be entitled to designate the


14

beneficiary or beneficiaries of such policy, which may include a trust. At the death of the Executive, or on the earlier surrender of such policy by the owner, the Executive agrees that the Executive's estate or the owner of the policy shall promptly pay to the Company an amount equal to the premiums on such policy paid by the Company (net of (i) tax benefits, if any, to the Company in respect of payments of such premiums, (ii) any amounts payable by the Company which had been paid by or on behalf of the Executive with respect to such insurance, (iii) dividends received by the Company in respect of such premiums, but only to the extent such dividends are not used to purchase additional insurance on the life of the Executive, and (iv) any unpaid borrowings by the Company on the policy), whether before, during or after the term of this Agreement but in no event shall such payment to the Company exceed the amount of the death benefit paid under the policy. If other than the Company, the owner of the policy from time to time shall execute, deliver and maintain a customary split dollar insurance and collateral assignment form, assigning to the Company the proceeds of such policy but only to the extent necessary to secure the reimbursement obligation contained in the preceding sentence. In addition to the foregoing, during the Executive's employment with the Company, the Company shall (x) provide the Executive with $50,000 of group life insurance and (y) pay to the Executive annually an amount equal to the premium that the Executive would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life ("GUL") insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to (i) twice the Executive's Base Salary minus (ii) $50,000. The Executive shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Section 7 shall not be considered as "salary" or "compensation" or "bonus" in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

8. Other Benefits.

8.1 General Availability. To the extent that (a) the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its senior executives, during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in any pension, profit-sharing, stock option or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance (to the extent set forth in Section 7), hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled during the term of employment and so long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, to receive other benefits generally available to all


15

senior executives of the Company to the extent the Executive is eligible under the general provisions thereof, including, without limitation, to the extent maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives, an automobile allowance and financial services.

In addition to any retirement benefits to which the Executive is entitled under the Time Warner Employees' Pension Plan, any supplemental retirement or excess benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates or any successor plans thereto (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Pension Plan"), the Company will, following the Executive's termination of employment for any reason, except by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1 and except for a termination by the Executive in breach of this Agreement, pay or cause to be paid to the Executive or his beneficiary as the case may be, in accordance with the following provisions, an amount which is equivalent to the excess of (the "Excess Amount") (i) the amount such Executive or beneficiary would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan assuming the Executive had five additional years of service (as such term is defined in the Pension Plan) taking into account all the provisions of the Pension Plan as are from time to time in effect and applicable to the Executive or his beneficiary over (ii) the amount such Executive or beneficiary would be entitled to receive under the Pension Plan based on actual years of service taking into account all the provisions of the Pension Plan as are from time to time in effect and applicable to the Executive or his beneficiary.

If the Executive or his beneficiary is entitled to an Excess Amount as described in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall pay the Excess Amount to the Executive or his beneficiary as follows. If the Executive is otherwise entitled to benefits under the Pension Plan, then the Excess Amount shall be paid at the same times and in the same manner as shall be elected by the Executive or his beneficiary for payment of amounts under the Pension Plan. If the Executive is not otherwise entitled to benefits under the Pension Plan, then the Excess Amount shall be paid at the time(s) and in one of the forms of payment permitted under the Pension Plan as elected by the Executive or his beneficiary. If the Executive or his beneficiary dies before any payments described above have been made, the payments shall be made to the beneficiary thereof at the same time and in the same manner as they would have been paid if the payments were to be made under the Pension Plan.

8.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability. During the period the Executive remains on the payroll of the Company after a termination pursuant to Section 4.2 and during the Disability Period, the Executive shall continue to be eligible to participate in the benefit plans and to receive the benefits required to be provided to the Executive under Sections 7 and 8.1 to the extent such benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its senior executives; provided, however, the Executive shall not be entitled to any additional


16

awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock based incentive plan. The Executive shall continue to be an employee of the Company for purposes of any stock option and restricted shares agreements and any other incentive plan awards during the term of employment and until such time as the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company. At the time the Executive's term of employment with the Company terminates and he leaves the payroll of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 5 or 6, the Executive's rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans, programs or practices or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company or under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other plan of the Company shall be determined, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans, programs or practices and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if the Executive leaves the payroll of the Company as a result of a termination pursuant to
Section 4.2 or 4.3, then (i) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall vest and become immediately exercisable at the time the Executive shall leave the payroll of the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, (ii) all stock options granted to the Executive by the Company shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) during the remainder of the term of employment and for a period of three months thereafter or such longer period as shall be specified in any applicable stock option agreement and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that the Executive's employment was terminated for "unsatisfactory performance" within the meaning of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive.

8.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits. In the event the term of employment and the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 5 or 6, the Executive shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such Sections being in lieu thereof.

8.4 Stock Options. During the term of employment, the Executive shall be eligible to receive grants of stock options in the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.3, then all stock options granted to the Executive after the Effective Date shall become immediately exercisable in full on the date of such termination and shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the expiration of the option term) for five years after the date of such termination.


17

9. Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete. The Executive acknowledges that his employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 9 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. The Executive further acknowledges that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other Entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of the Executive's services, position and expertise are such that he is capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees as set forth below in this Section 9.

9.1 Confidentiality Covenant. The Executive covenants and agrees that (i) through the date he ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, and (ii) for twelve months after the effective date of termination of the Executive's employment and of the other provisions of this Agreement pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, and
(iii) with respect to Sections 9.1.1. and 9.1.2, for an additional 36 months after the later of the dates described in clauses (i) and (ii) above:

9.1.1 The Executive shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not intentionally disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, either during or after the term of employment, except during the term of employment, in connection with his duties hereunder, or except with the Company's written consent, provided that (i) the Executive shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of the Executive's breach of his obligations hereunder and (ii) the Executive may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process.

9.1.2 The Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of his employment by the Company, or at any other time the Company may so request, at the Company's expense, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company's business, other than publicly available documents or documents relating to the terms and conditions of the Executive's employment, which he obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf


18

of, the Company and which he may then possess or have under his control; provided that if the Executive is to continue as a director, consultant or advisor to the Company after such termination, the Executive may retain such documents as are necessary or appropriate to the performance of his duties unless and until the Company requests that such documents be delivered to it; and

9.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 , 4.3 or 4.4, the Executive shall not employ, and shall not cause any Entity of which he is an affiliate to employ, without the prior written consent of the Company, any person who was a full-time exempt employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto.

9.2 Non-Compete. The Executive covenants and agrees that (i) through the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, and (ii) with respect to an Entity that is engaged in competition with the Company and that had, or the parent Entity or predecessor Entity of which had, consolidated gross revenues from all sources, including non-competitive businesses, of $2 billion or more for the fiscal year preceding the Executive's commencement of service for such Entity, through the date that is the earlier of (a) twelve months after the effective date of any notice of termination of the Executive's employment with the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 and (b) the Term Date, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to any person or Entity or acquire any interest of any type in any Entity, that shall be deemed in competition with the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit the Executive from (a) acquiring, solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as he is not part of any control group of such Entity and such securities, if converted, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that Entity or (b) acquiring, solely as an investment, any securities of an Entity (other than an Entity that has outstanding securities covered by the preceding clause (a)) so long as he remains a passive investor in such Entity and does not become part of any control group thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4.3, then the provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply to the Executive after the effective date of such termination. For purposes of the foregoing, a person or Entity shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company if such person or it engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of operating business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to the knowledge of the Executive, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company and as


19

to which, to the knowledge of the Executive, the Company covenants in writing, in connection with the disposition of such business, not to compete therewith. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, following the effective date of any termination under Section 4 of this Agreement (including during the Advisory Period contemplated by Section 4.3), only the following Entities shall be deemed to be in competition with the Company: AT&T Corporation, Bertelsmann A.G., The Walt Disney Company, General Electric Corporation, The News Corporation, The Seagram Company, Ltd., Sony Corporation, Viacom Inc. and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates and any successor to any of the media and entertainment business thereof.

9.3 Specific Remedy. In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if the Executive commits a material breach of any of the provisions of Section 9.1, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company.

9.4 Liquidated Damages. If the Executive commits a material breach of the provisions of Section 9.2, the Executive shall pay to the Company as liquidated damages an amount equal to three times the Executive's then current Base Salary, or if the Executive is not employed by the Company at the time of such breach, an amount equal to three times the most recent Base Salary paid to the Executive by the Company. The Company shall be entitled to offset any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company under this Section 9.4 against any amounts owed by the Company to the Executive under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise, including without limitation, amounts payable to the Executive under Sections 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4. The Company and the Executive agree that it is impossible to determine with any reasonable accuracy the amount of prospective damages to the Company upon a breach of Section 9.2 by the Executive and further agree that the damages set forth in this Section 9.4 are reasonable, and not a penalty, based upon the facts and circumstances of the parties and with due regard to future expectations.

10. Ownership of Work Product. The Executive acknowledges that during the term of employment, he may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improvements, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as "Work Product"), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to him by reason of his employment by the Company. The Executive acknowledges that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that he shall have no personal


20

interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company's time or with the use of the Company's facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to him for the possible interest or participation of the Company. The Executive shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of his inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. The Executive agrees that he will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by him prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, provided that Section 9.2 is complied with, acquire an interest in any business opportunity presented to the Company hereunder if the Company declines to pursue such business opportunity and if such investment is approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in writing.

11. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

11.1 If to the Company:

Time Warner Inc. 75 Rockefeller Plaza New York, New York 10019 Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(with a copy, similarly addressed but Attention: General Counsel)

11.2 If to the Executive, to his residence address set forth on the records of the Company.


21

12. General.

12.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.

12.2 Captions. The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

12.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including Annexes A, B and C, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement.

12.4 No Other Representations. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.

12.5 Assignability. This Agreement and the Executive's rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may (but is not obligated to) assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder (a) to AOL Time Warner Inc., or (b) in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its business and assets; and upon any such assignment, such rights and obligations shall inure to and be binding upon AOL Time Warner Inc. and any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise, as the case may be.

12.6 Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party's right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.


22

12.7 Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement shall, at the election of either the Company or the Executive, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.7. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a nonjudicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.7. If the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon demand of the Executive, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

12.8 Beneficiaries. Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to the Executive's estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company. The Executive shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.

12.9 No Conflict. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Executive and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Executive's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Executive is a party (including, without limitation,


23

any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to the Executive that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company's obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

12.10 Withholding Taxes. Payments made to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.

12.11 No Offset. Except as provided in Section 9.4 of this Agreement, neither the Company nor the Executive shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and the Company and the Executive shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

12.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.

12.13 Definitions. The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:

Account Retained Income - Section A.6 of Annex A affiliate - Section 4.2.2 Applicable Tax Law - Section A.5 of Annex A Base Salary - Section 3.1 cause - Section 4.1
Code - Section 3.2
Company - the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 9.1 deferred compensation - Section 3.3 Disability Date - Section 5 Disability Period - Section 5 Effective Date - the first paragraph on page 1 eligible securities - Section A.1 of Annex A Entity - Section 2
Excess Amount - Section 8.1


24

Executive - the first paragraph in page 1 fair market value - Section A.1 of Annex A Investment Advisor - Section A.1 of Annex A Pay-Out Period - Section A.6 of Annex A Pension Plan - Section 8.1 Prior Account - Section 3.5 Prior Agreement - the second paragraph on page 1 Rabbi Trust - Section 3.3 Retirement Date - Section 4.7 senior executives - Section 3.1 Term Date - the second paragraph on page 1 term of employment - Section 1 Trust Account - Section 3.3 Trust Agreement - Section 3.3 Trustee - Section 3.3 Valuation Date - Section A.6 of Annex A Work Product - Section 10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TIME WARNER INC.

By  /s/ Gerald M. Levin
    ----------------------------
    Gerald M. Levin
    Chairman and Chief
    Executive Officer


     /s/ Richard D. Parsons
    ----------------------------
     Richard D. Parsons


ANNEX A

Deferred Compensation Account

A.1 Investments. Funds credited to the Trust Account shall be actually invested and reinvested in an account in securities selected from time to time by an investment advisor designated from time to time by the Company (the "Investment Advisor"), substantially all of which securities shall be "eligible securities". The designation from time to time by the Company of an Investment Advisor shall be subject to the approval of the Executive, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably. "Eligible securities" are common and preferred stocks, warrants to purchase common or preferred stocks, put and call options, and corporate or governmental bonds, notes and debentures, either listed on a national securities exchange or for which price quotations are published in newspapers of general circulation, including The Wall Street Journal, and certificates of deposit. Eligible securities shall not include the common or preferred stock, any warrants, options or rights to purchase common or preferred stock or the notes or debentures of the Company or any corporation or other entity of which the Company owns directly or indirectly 5% or more of any class of outstanding equity securities. The Investment Advisor shall have the right, from time to time, to designate eligible securities which shall be actually purchased and sold for the Trust Account on the date of reference. Such purchases may be made on margin; provided that the Company may, from time to time, by written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, limit or prohibit margin purchases in any manner it deems prudent and, upon three business days written notice to the Executive, the Trustee and the Investment Advisor, cause all eligible securities theretofore purchased on margin to be sold. The Investment Advisor shall send notification to the Executive and the Trustee in writing of each transaction within five business days thereafter and shall render to the Executive and the Trustee written quarterly reports as to the current status of his or her Trust Account. In the case of any purchase, the Trust Account shall be charged with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities purchased multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of securities so purchased. In the case of any sale, the Trust Account shall be charged with the quantity and kind of securities sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of securities sold multiplied by the fair market value of such securities on the date of reference. Such charges and credits to the Trust Account shall take place immediately upon the consummation of the transactions to which they relate. As used herein "fair market value" means either (i) if the security is actually purchased or sold by the Rabbi Trust on the date of reference, the actual purchase or sale price per security to the Rabbi Trust or (ii) if the security is not purchased or sold on the date of reference, in the case of a listed security, the closing price per security on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the


A-2

closing price per security on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and, in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices per security on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. If no bid or asked price information is available with respect to a particular security, the price quoted to the Trustee as the value of such security on the date of reference (or the nearest preceding date for which such information is available) shall be used for purposes of administering the Trust Account, including determining the fair market value of such security. The Trust Account shall be charged currently with all interest paid by the Trust Account with respect to any credit extended to the Trust Account. Such interest shall be charged to the Trust Account, for margin purchases actually made, at the rates and times actually paid by the Trust Account. The Company may, in the Company's sole discretion, from time to time serve as the lender with respect to any margin transactions by notice to the then Investment Advisor and the Trustee and in such case interest shall be charged at the rate and times then charged by an investment banking firm designated by the Company with which the Company does significant business. Brokerage fees shall be charged to the Trust Account at the rates and times actually paid.

A.2 Dividends and Interest. The Trust Account shall be credited with dollar amounts equal to cash dividends paid from time to time upon the stocks held therein. Dividends shall be credited as of the payment date. The Trust Account shall similarly be credited with interest payable on interest bearing securities held therein. Interest shall be credited as of the payment date, except that in the case of purchases of interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of purchase, and in the case of sales of such interest-bearing securities the Trust Account shall be credited with the dollar amount of interest accrued to the date of sale. All dollar amounts of dividends or interest credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Section A.2 shall be charged with all taxes thereon deemed payable by the Company (as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5). The Investment Advisor shall have the same right with respect to the investment and reinvestment of net dividends and net interest as he has with respect to the balance of the Trust Account.

A.3 Adjustments. The Trust Account shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations and other changes affecting the securities held therein.

A.4 Obligation of the Company. Without in any way limiting the obligations of the Company otherwise set forth in the Agreement or this Annex A, the


A-3

Company shall have the obligation to establish, maintain and enforce the Rabbi Trust and to make payments to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of the Agreement, to use due care in selecting the Trustee or any successor trustee and to in all respects work cooperatively with the Trustee to fulfill the obligations of the Company and the Trustee to the Executive. The Trust Account shall be charged with all taxes (including stock transfer taxes), interest, brokerage fees and investment advisory fees, if any, payable by the Company and attributable to the purchase or disposition of securities designated by the Investment Advisor (in all cases net after any tax benefits that the Company would be deemed to derive from the payment thereof, as and when determined pursuant to Section A.5) and only in the event of a default by the Company of its obligation to pay such fees and expenses, the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, but no other costs of the Company. Subject to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the securities purchased for the Trust Account as designated by the Investment Advisor shall remain the sole property of the Company, subject to the claims of its general creditors, as provided in the Trust Agreement. Neither the Executive nor his legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by the Executive shall have any right, other than the right of an unsecured general creditor, against the Company or the Trust in respect of any portion of the Trust Account.

A.5 Taxes. The Trust Account shall be charged with all federal, state and local taxes deemed payable by the Company with respect to income recognized upon the dividends and interest received by the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.2 and gains recognized upon sales of any of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1, A.6 or A.7. The Trust Account shall be credited with the amount of the tax benefit received by the Company as a result of any payment of interest actually made pursuant to Section A.1 or A.2 and as a result of any payment of brokerage fees and investment advisory fees made pursuant to Section A.1. If any of the sales of the securities which are sold pursuant to Section A.1, A.6 or A.7 results in a loss to the Trust Account, such net loss shall be deemed to offset the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence (and thus reduce the charge for taxes referred to therein) to the extent then permitted under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and under applicable state and local income and franchise tax laws (collectively referred to as "Applicable Tax Law"); provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section A.5 the Trust Account shall, except as provided in the third following sentence, be deemed to be a separate corporate taxpayer and the losses referred to above shall be deemed to offset only the income and gains referred to in the second preceding sentence. Such losses shall be carried back and carried forward within the Trust Account to the extent permitted by Applicable Tax Law in order to minimize the taxes deemed payable on such income and gains within the Trust Account. For the purposes of this Section A.5, all


A-4

charges and credits to the Trust Account for taxes shall be deemed to be made as of the end of the Company's taxable year during which the transactions, from which the liabilities for such taxes are deemed to have arisen, are deemed to have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that in any year there is a net loss in the Trust Account that cannot be offset against income and gains in any prior year, then an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company of such net loss (after such net loss is reduced by the amount of any net capital loss of the Trust Account for such year) shall be credited to the Trust Account on the last day of such year. If and to the extent that any such net loss of the Trust Account shall be utilized to determine a credit to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence, it shall not thereafter be carried forward under this Section A.5. For purposes of determining taxes payable by the Company under any provision of this Annex A it shall be assumed that the Company is a taxpayer and pays all taxes at the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes and state and local income and franchise taxes (net of assumed federal income tax benefits) applicable to business corporations and that all of such dividends, interest, gains and losses are allocable to its corporate headquarters, which are currently located in New York City.

A.6 One-Time Transfer to Deferred Plan. So long as the Executive is an employee of the Company, the Executive shall have the right to elect at any time, but only once during the Executive's lifetime, by written notice to the Company to transfer to the Deferred Plan all or a portion of the Net Transferable Balance (determined as provided in the next sentence) of the Trust Account. If the Executive shall make such an election, the Net Transferable Balance shall be determined as of the end of the calendar quarter following the date of such election (unless such election is made during the ten calendar days following the end of a calendar quarter, in which case such determination shall be made as of the end of such preceding calendar quarter) by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from such value the amount of all outstanding indebtedness and any other amounts payable by the Trust Account. Transfers to the Deferred Plan shall be made in cash as promptly as reasonably practicable after the end of such calendar quarter and the Investment Advisor (or the Company or the Trustee if the Investment Advisor shall fail to act in a timely manner) shall cause securities held in the Trust Account to be sold to provide cash equal to the portion of the Net Transferable Balance of the Trust Account selected to be transferred by the Executive. If the Executive elects to transfer more than 75% of the Net Transferable Balance of the Trust Account to the Deferred Plan, the Company or the Trustee shall be permitted to take such action as they may deem reasonably appropriate, including but not limited to, retaining a portion of such Net Transferable Balance


A-5

in the Trust Account, to ensure that the Trust Account will have sufficient assets to pay the Company the amount of taxes payable on such sales of securities at the end of the year in which such sales are made.

A.7 Payments. Payments of deferred compensation shall be made as provided in this Section A.7. Unless the Executive makes the election referred to in the next succeeding sentence, deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly for a period of ten years (the "Pay-Out Period") commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the later of (i) the Term Date and (ii) the date the Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company and leaves the payroll of the Company for any reason, provided, however, that if the Executive was named in the compensation table in the Company's then most recent proxy statement, such payments shall commence on the first Company payroll date in January of the year following the year in which the latest of such events occurs. The Executive may elect a shorter Pay-Out Period by delivering written notice to the Company or the Trustee at least one-year prior to the commencement of the Pay-Out Period, which notice shall specify the shorter Pay-Out Period. On each payment date, the Trust Account shall be charged with the dollar amount of such payment. On each payment date, the amount of cash held in the Trust Account shall be not less than the payment then due and the Company or the Trustee may select the securities to be sold to provide such cash if the Investment Advisor shall fail to do so on a timely basis. The amount of any taxes payable with respect to any such sales shall be computed, as provided in Section A.5 above, and deducted from the Trust Account, as of the end of the taxable year of the Company during which such sales are deemed to have occurred. Solely for the purpose of determining the amount of payments during the Pay-Out Period, the Trust Account shall be valued on the fifth trading day prior to the end of the month preceding the first payment of each year of the Pay-Out Period, or more frequently at the Company's or the Trustee's election (the "Valuation Date"), by adjusting all of the securities held in the Trust Account to their fair market value (net of the tax adjustment that would be made thereon if sold, as estimated by the Company or the Trustee) and by deducting from the Trust Account the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. The extent, if any, by which the Trust Account, valued as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, plus any amounts that have been transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section
A.6 hereof and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed therefrom, exceeds the aggregate amount of credits to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement as of each Valuation Date and not theretofore distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to this Section A.6 is herein called "Account Retained Income". The amount of each payment for the year, or such shorter period as may be determined by the Company or the Trustee, of the Pay-Out Period immediately succeeding such Valuation Date, including the payment then due, shall be determined by dividing the aggregate value of the Trust Account, as valued and adjusted pursuant to the second preceding sentence, by the number of payments remaining to be paid in the Pay-Out


A-6

Period, including the payment then due; provided that each payment made shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income (to the extent remaining after all prior distributions thereof since the last Valuation Date). The balance of the Trust Account, after all the securities held therein have been sold and all indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive in the final payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment.

If this Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.1 or if the Executive terminates this Agreement or the term of employment in breach of this Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) twelve months after termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, and the balance of the Trust Account, after the securities held therein have been sold and all related indebtedness liquidated, shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable and in any event within 75 days following the later of such dates in a final lump sum payment, which shall be decreased by deducting therefrom the amount of all taxes attributable to the sale of any securities held in the Trust Account since the end of the preceding taxable year of the Company, which taxes shall be computed as of the date of such payment. Payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

If the Executive becomes disabled within the meaning of
Section 5 of the Agreement and is not thereafter returned to full-time employment with the Company as provided in said Section 5, then deferred compensation shall be paid bi-weekly during the Pay-Out Period commencing on the first Company payroll date in the month following the end of the Disability Period in accordance with the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section
A.7.

If the Executive shall die at any time whether during or after the term of employment, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of the Executive's death and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary within 75 days of such death in accordance with the provisions of the second preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section A.7, if the Rabbi Trust shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement, the Trust Account shall be valued as of the date of such termination and the balance of the Trust Account shall be paid to the Executive within 15 days of such termination in accordance with the provisions of the third preceding paragraph.


A-7

If a transfer to the Deferred Plan has been made pursuant to
Section A.6 hereof, payments made to the Executive from the Deferred Plan (a) shall be deemed made first from the amounts transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section A.6 and (b) shall be deemed made first out of Account Retained Income.

Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year of the Company in which payments are made, directly or indirectly, to the Executive from the Trust Account or from the Deferred Plan with respect to amounts transferred to the Deferred Plan from the Trust Account pursuant to Section A.6 and at the time of the final payment from the Trust Account, the Company or the Trustee shall compute and the Company shall pay to the Trustee for credit to the Trust Account, the amount of the tax benefit assumed to be received by the Company from the payment to the Executive of amounts of Account Retained Income during such taxable year or since the end of the last taxable year, as the case may be. No additional credits shall be made to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence in respect of the amounts credited to the Trust Account pursuant to the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Section A.7, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to this Annex A (including any amounts that have been transferred to the Deferred Plan pursuant to Section A.6 hereof) an aggregate amount that shall exceed the sum of
(i) all credits made to the Trust Account pursuant to Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5 of the Agreement, (ii) the net cumulative amount (positive or negative) of all income, gains, losses, interest and expenses charged or credited to the Trust Account pursuant to this Annex A (excluding credits made pursuant to the second preceding sentence), after all credits and charges to the Trust Account with respect to the tax benefits or burdens thereof, and (iii) an amount equal to the tax benefit to the Company from the payment of the amount (if positive) determined under clause (ii) above; and the final payment(s) otherwise due may be adjusted or eliminated accordingly. In determining the tax benefit to the Company under clause (iii) above, the Company shall be deemed to have made the payments under clause (ii) above with respect to the same taxable years and in the same proportions as payments of Account Retained Income were actually made from the Trust Account. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the computation of all taxes and tax benefits referred to in this Section A.7 shall be determined in accordance with Section A.5 above.


ANNEX B

RELEASE

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement made as of _____________, between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10019 and the undersigned (the "Agreement"), and in consideration of the payments made to me and other benefits to be received by me pursuant thereto, I, [Name], being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company and its officers, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, and employees, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of my employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the termination of such employment, which I may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the undersigned from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have been given at least 21 days from the day I received a copy of this Release to sign it and that I have been advised to consult an attorney. I understand that I have the right to revoke my consent to this Release for seven days following my signing. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven-day period following the date it is signed by me.

I further state that I have read this document and the Agreement referred to herein, that I know the contents of both and that I have executed the same as my own free act.

WITNESS my hand this ____ day of ___________ , ____.


[Name]

ANNEX C

RELEASE

In connection with the Employment Agreement made as of , between TIME WARNER INC., (the "Company"), and [TK] (the "Agreement"), the Company does hereby release and forever discharge [TK] and his estate, heirs, beneficiaries and representatives, from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney's fees, expenses, or other compensation, which in any way relate to or arise out of his employment with the Company or any of its affiliates or the termination of such employment, which the Company may now or hereafter have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent the Company from bringing a lawsuit against [TK] (x) to enforce his obligations under [Section 9] of the Agreement or (y) to seek damages or reimbursement for fraud or embezzlement committed by him during his employment with the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Release to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer this day of , 199 .

TIME WARNER INC.



AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

Dated as of February 1, 2001


AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
OF
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                         Page
                                                                                         ----
SECTION 1   DEFINITIONS....................................................................1
1.1      Terms Defined in this Section.....................................................1
1.2      Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement........................................22

SECTION 2   THE PARTNERSHIP AND ITS BUSINESS..............................................24
2.1      Formation........................................................................24
2.2      Partnership Name and Trade Names.................................................24
2.3      Term of the Partnership..........................................................25
2.4      Purposes.........................................................................25
2.5      Principal Office and Other Offices...............................................26
2.6      Foreign Qualification............................................................26
2.7      Fiscal Year......................................................................26
2.8      Addresses of the Partners........................................................26
2.9      Property.........................................................................26
2.10     Certain Operating Policies.......................................................27

SECTION 3   MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP.................................................27
3.1      Generally........................................................................27
3.2      Limitations On Managing Partner..................................................34
3.3      Business Plans...................................................................37

SECTION 4   PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL...........................................................38
4.1      Capital Contributions............................................................38
4.2      Partnership Units................................................................42
4.3      Indebtedness.....................................................................44

SECTION 5   CASH DISTRIBUTIONS; ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES.........................45
5.1      Distributions....................................................................45
5.2      Redemption of Preferred Partnership Units........................................50
5.3      Allocations of Preferred Profit; Preferred Loss; Net Profit and Net Loss.........51
5.4      Section 754 Adjustment...........................................................54
5.5      Other Allocation Rules...........................................................54
5.6      Tax Allocations..................................................................56
5.7      Allocation in Event of Transfer..................................................56
5.8      Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets...............................56
5.9      Set-off..........................................................................57

SECTION 6   TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS............................................58
6.1      Restrictions on Transfer.........................................................58


SECTION 7   ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE REPRESENTATION ON TWE COMMITTEE..............................59
7.1      TWE Full Service Network Management Committee....................................59

SECTION 8   RESTRUCTURING OF PARTNERSHIP AT ELECTION OF EITHER PARTNER....................59
8.1      Election by Partner..............................................................59
8.2      Restructuring of Partnership.....................................................60
8.3      Provision of Interim Services by TWE.............................................64
8.4      TWE Right of First Refusal.......................................................66

SECTION 9   ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PUT OPTION...................................................66

SECTION 10  OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.....................................................72
10.1     Cable Television Systems.........................................................72
10.2     Programming Opportunities........................................................74
10.3     Other Services...................................................................75
10.4     Programming Carriage Commitment..................................................76
10.5     Advance/Newhouse Right of First Offer............................................76

SECTION 11  BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; FISCAL YEAR....................................77
11.1     Books and Records................................................................77
11.2     Annual Financial Statements......................................................77
11.3     Additional Financial Information.................................................78
11.4     Tax Return Information...........................................................78
11.5     Other Information................................................................78
11.6     Bank Accounts....................................................................79
11.7     Other Audit Procedures...........................................................79
11.8     Tax Allocations..................................................................79

SECTION 12  DISSOLUTION...................................................................80
12.1     Causes of Dissolution............................................................80
12.2     Effect of Dissolution............................................................80
12.3     Winding Up and Liquidation.......................................................81

SECTION 13  INDEMNIFICATION...............................................................81
13.1     Indemnification by Partnership...................................................81
13.2     Indemnification by Partners......................................................82
13.3     Procedures.......................................................................82
13.4     Survival.........................................................................83

SECTION 14  REPRESENTATIONS...............................................................83
14.1     Organization, Standing, and Authority............................................83
14.2     Absence of Conflicting Agreements................................................83
14.3     Claims and Legal Actions.........................................................83

SECTION 15  MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................84
15.1     Acknowledgments..................................................................84
15.2     Bill for Partition...............................................................84


15.3     Notices..........................................................................84
15.4     Amendments.......................................................................84
15.5     Waivers and Further Assurances; Entire Agreement.................................84
15.6     Severability.....................................................................85
15.7     Specific Enforcement; Attorneys  Fees............................................85
15.8     Counterparts.....................................................................85
15.9     Captions; Gender.................................................................85
15.10    Governing Law; Venue; Disputes...................................................85
15.11    Binding Effect...................................................................85
15.12    Third Parties....................................................................86
15.13    Confidentiality..................................................................86
15.14    Liability of Partners............................................................86


AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

This Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement (this "Agreement") was entered into as of February 1, 2001 by and between Advance/Newhouse Partnership, a New York general partnership ("Advance/Newhouse"), Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TWE"), and Paragon Communications, a Colorado general partnership ("Paragon").

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Partnership was formed pursuant to a Partnership Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 (the "Original Agreement") between Advance/Newhouse and TWE, pursuant to which, and in accordance with the Contribution Agreement (as defined below), Advance/Newhouse and TWE each agreed, subject to certain conditions, to contribute or to cause to be contributed certain cable television systems and other assets to the Partnership. The parties hereto amended the Original Agreement pursuant to the First Amendment, dated as of February 12, 1998, the Second Amendment, dated as of December 31, 1998, and the Third Amendment, dated as of March 1, 1999 (collectively the "Prior Amendments"), pursuant to which, among other things, Paragon became a Partner. The parties desire to enter into this Agreement to continue the Partnership, and to provide for the allocation of profit and loss, cash flow, and other proceeds of the Partnership among the Partners, the respective rights, obligations, and interests of the Partners to each other and to the Partnership, and certain other matters.

AGREEMENTS

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties, intending to be bound legally, agree as follows.

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

1.1 Terms Defined in this Section. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Act" means the New York Uniform Partnership Law, as from time to time in effect.


2

"Adjusted Tax Amount" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, the product of (i) such Partner's Percentage Interest, and (ii) the amount determined by dividing (a) the product of (I) the Special Tax Amount of Advance/Newhouse for such year, and (II) the Rate Differential, by (b) the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest.

"Advance" means Advance Publications, Inc., a New York corporation.

"Advance/Newhouse Accountants" means the independent auditors or other auditors selected by Advance/Newhouse.

"Advance/Newhouse Loss Amount" means, with respect to a Fiscal Year, an estimate of the maximum amount of Taxable Loss of the Partnership for such Fiscal Year that is utilizable to offset other income, whether from the Partnership or any other source, of Advance/Newhouse or the Persons that are the taxpayers with respect to income of Advance/Newhouse (after taking into account the Special Income of Advance/Newhouse for such Fiscal Year).

"Advance/Newhouse Owner" means any Person owning a direct or indirect equity interest in Advance/Newhouse or any Affiliate of such Person.

"Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest" means a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the number of Common Partnership Units owned by Advance/Newhouse and the denominator of which is the total number of Common Partnership Units owned by all Partners.

"Advance/Newhouse Redemption Event" means:

(i) the death of any individual that requires Advance or Newhouse to redeem stock to pay estate taxes or other expenses described in Section 303 of the Code;

(ii) any action by the Board of Directors or other body or Person exercising similar management authority of Advance/Newhouse, any Advance/Newhouse Owner, or any Affiliate of Advance/Newhouse obligating Advance/Newhouse, such Advance/Newhouse Owner, or such Affiliate to make capital expenditures for aggregate consideration in excess of $10 million in any single transaction or series of transactions;

(iii) the decision by the Board of Directors or other body or Person exercising similar management authority of Advance/Newhouse, any Advance/Newhouse Owner, or any Affiliate of Advance/Newhouse to reduce indebtedness of Advance/Newhouse, such Advance/Newhouse Owner, or such Affiliate by an amount in excess of $10 million;

(iv) receipt by Advance/Newhouse of notice from the Partnership that it is obligated to contribute cash to the Partnership pursuant to the Contribution Agreement subsequent to the Initial Closing Date;

(v) the failure of the Partnership to maintain a ratio of Indebtedness to EBITDA that is less than or equal to 6:1;


3

(vi) the failure of the Partnership to maintain a ratio of net worth to Indebtedness that is greater than 1:1;

(vii) the failure of the Partnership to maintain a ratio of (A) EBITDA for the preceding four full fiscal quarters minus aggregate capital expenditures for such period, to (B) interest expense that is greater than 4:1;

(viii) the entry of a judgment or any other determination of liability in excess of $10 million by a court or other governmental authority against Advance/Newhouse, any Advance/Newhouse Owner, or any Affiliate of Advance/Newhouse; or

(ix) the receipt by Advance/Newhouse of an Indebtedness Notice pursuant to Section 4.3(c) which indicates that the Indebtedness intended to be incurred, created or assumed by the Partnership would restrict in any manner distributions by the Partnership with respect to any Preferred Partnership Units.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, except that:

(i) neither the Partnership nor any Person controlled by the Partnership shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of a Partner or of any Affiliate of such Partner solely by virtue of such Partner's Partnership Interest;

(ii) no Partner nor any Affiliate of any Partner shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the other Partners or of any Affiliate of the other Partners solely by virtue of the Partners' Partnership Interests; and

(iii) neither Paragon nor USW shall be deemed an Affiliate of TWE, the TWE Cable Division or TWX.

"Agreement" means this Partnership Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

"Applicable Contribution Period" means, with respect to any asset contributed to the Partnership, (a) if for Federal income tax purposes such asset was deemed contributed to the Partnership on or before June 8, 1997, five years, (b) if for Federal income tax purposes such asset was deemed contributed to the Partnership after June 8, 1997, seven years, and (c) in the event that the time period specified in Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code (or any successor provision) is amended, then for any asset deemed for Federal income tax purposes to be contributed on or after the effective date of such amendment, the time period specified in such amendment.

"Beneficial Asset" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Contribution Agreement.


4

"Capital Account" means an account to be maintained for each Partner which, subject to any contrary requirements of the Code, shall equal the aggregate value of such Partner's Partnership Interest on the Fourth Effective Date,

(A) increased by (i) the amount of cash contributed by such Partner to the Partnership after the Fourth Effective Date (not including interest paid by such Partner pursuant to Section 4.1(b)(ii), Section 4.1(b)(iii), Section 4.1(b)(iv), Section 4.1(b)(v), Section 5.1(a)(iii)(z) or Section 5.1(b)(iii)(z) and not including cash deemed contributed by any Partner pursuant to Section 4.1(e)); (ii) the fair market value without regard to Code Section 7701(g) of property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership after the Fourth Effective Date (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752) (treating any Subsidiary Beneficial Assets and other Beneficial Assets as if they had been contributed on the Initial Closing Date, the First Effective Date, the Second Effective Date, the Third Effective Date or the Fourth Effective Date, as applicable, and disregarding any subsequent actual contribution of such Subsidiary Beneficial Assets and other Beneficial Assets and any cash flow related thereto); (iii) allocations to it after the Fourth Effective Date of Preferred Profit, Gross Profit and Net Profit pursuant to Section 5; (iv) the amount of any liabilities of the Partnership that are assumed by such Partner pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(c); and (v) other additions made in accordance with the Code and the provisions of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv); and

(B) decreased by (i) the amount of cash distributed to such Partner by the Partnership after the Fourth Effective Date; (ii) allocations to the Partner after the Fourth Effective Date of Preferred Loss, Gross Loss and Net Loss pursuant to Section 5; (iii) the fair market value without regard to Code Section 7701(g) of property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership after the Fourth Effective Date (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property or that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Code Section 752) (taking into account any deemed distributions of Subsidiary Beneficial Assets and other Beneficial Assets); (iv) the amount of such Partner's individual liabilities that are assumed by the Partnership after the Fourth Effective Date pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(c); and (v) other deductions made in accordance with the Code and the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Capital Accounts, (u) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be made subsequent to the Initial Closing Date and the contribution of TWE pursuant to Section 4.1(c)(ii) hereof shall be treated as if they had been made on the Initial Closing Date, (v) the Paragon Adjustment Amount and the TWE Adjustment Amount (as such terms are defined in Section 10 of the First Transaction Agreement)


5

shall be treated as if they had been made on the First Effective Date, (w) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Second Transaction Agreement or the TCI Contribution Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Second Effective Date, (x) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Third Transaction Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Third Effective Date, (y) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Fourth Transaction Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Fourth Effective Date and (z) such adjustments, contributions, distributions, and Adjustment Amounts shall not give rise to any adjustments to Capital Account balances or redetermination of amounts contributed by or distributed to any Partner.

"Capital Contribution" means either a Common Capital Contribution, a Preferred Capital Contribution, a Series A Preferred Capital Contribution, a Series B Preferred Capital Contribution or a Series C Preferred Capital Contribution.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any subsequent federal law of similar import, and, to the extent applicable, the Treasury Regulations.

"Common Capital Contribution" means, (i) with respect to Advance/Newhouse, the amount of cash contributed by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash deemed contributed in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e)) plus the fair market value without regard to Code Section 7701(g) of property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement (net of liabilities that are secured by such contributed property or that either Partner is considered to assume under Code Section 752); and (ii) with respect to each of Paragon and TWE, the excess of (A) the amount of cash contributed by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash deemed contributed in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e)) plus the fair market value without regard to Code Section 7701(g) of property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement (net of liabilities that are secured by such contributed property or that either Partner is considered to assume under Code Section 752), over (B) in the case of Paragon, the sum of the Series A Preferred Capital Contribution and the Series B Preferred Capital Contribution and the Series C Preferred Capital Contribution of such Partner and, in the case of TWE, the Series C Preferred Capital Contribution of such Partner; and (iii) with respect to all Partners treating any Subsidiary Beneficial Assets and other Beneficial Assets as if they had been contributed on the Initial Closing Date, the First Effective Date, the Second Effective Date, the Third Effective Date or the Fourth Effective Date, as applicable, and disregarding any subsequent actual contribution of such Subsidiary Beneficial Assets or other Beneficial Assets and any cash flow related thereto.

"Common Partnership Unit" means the measure of a Partner's right to certain distributions and allocations, as specified in Section 5.


6

"Common Tax Amount" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, the amount obtained by multiplying (a) the Effective Tax Rate for such year by (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the Net Profit or Gross Profit allocated to such Partner for such year (other than pursuant to Sections 5.3(b)(i), 5.3(b)(ii), 5.3(b)(iii), 5.3(d)(i) and 5.3(d)(ii)), over (ii) the Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for each prior year (other than pursuant to
Section 5.3(d)(ii) and 5.3(c)(ii)) but only to the extent that the amounts set forth in this clause (ii) were not used in reducing the Common Tax Amount for such prior year or any intervening year.

"Contribution Agreement" means the Contribution Agreement, dated as of September 9, 1994, as amended from time to time, among the Partnership, the Partners, Advance and Newhouse.

"control" (including the terms "controlled by," and "under common control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

"Controlled Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such Person that is controlled by such Person, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

"Debt Shift Tax Amount" means, in the case of Paragon and TWE, with respect to a restructuring pursuant to Section 8.2, the sum of :

(i) the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the excess, if any, of (I) the amount of the Partnership's liabilities at the time of such restructuring that prior to such restructuring was allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 752 of the Code and that are assumed by Advance/Newhouse pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(iv), over (II) the sum of (x) the tax basis of such Partner in its Partnership Interest immediately prior to such restructuring (taking into account adjustments required by Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code, if any), and (y) the amount of the Partnership's liabilities at the time of such restructuring guaranteed by such Partner pursuant to Section 8.2(b)(iv), and

(ii) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each of the Remaining Years equal to the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the product of
(I)(y) the amount determined under clause (i)(b) above with respect to such Partner divided by (z) the number of Remaining Years, and (II) the Tax Adjustment Percentage for such year of restructuring.

"Depreciation" means, for each fiscal period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such fiscal period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes Depreciation shall be determined as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d).


7

"Determined Percentage" means 35%.

"Discount Rate" means the product of (a) the sum of (i) the rate on outstanding obligations of the United States with remaining periods to maturity equal to the weighted average of the remaining useful lives at the time of determination of the assets contributed to the Partnership and (ii) one and one-half percentage points, and (b) the excess of one (1) over the effective combined rate of Federal, state and local income and franchise tax applicable to corporations at the time of determination, assuming the combined state and local income and franchise tax is 2.5% (after benefit of Federal taxes).

"Distributable Cash" means, at any time, all cash of the Partnership other than cash attributable to the Preferred Investment Pool that, in the judgment of the Managing Partner, can then be distributed to the Partners without violating any contractual restriction to which the Partnership or any Subsidiary is subject and that is not otherwise necessary for the operation of the Partnership (including any reserves of such cash established by the Partnership for any Partnership purpose).

"DMA" means "Designated Market Area" in the Code of Federal Regulations at 47 C.F.R. 76.55.

"EBITDA" means, for any period, operating income before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization for such period determined in accordance with the prior practices of the Managing Partner, consistently applied, or as the Partners shall mutually agree.

"Effective Tax Rate" means, at any time, and from time to time, the percentage determined by the Managing Partner to be a reasonable estimate of the highest marginal combined Federal, state, and local income tax rate (giving effect to the deduction of state and local income taxes, as applicable, for Federal and state income tax purposes), applicable to corporations doing business in New York City or individuals residing in New York City (whichever is higher), with respect to taxable income allocated to the Partners by the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes.

"Excess Debt Shift Tax Amount" means, in the case of Paragon and TWE with respect to a restructuring pursuant to Section 8.2 and with respect to the assets contributed by Paragon and TWE, respectively and specified in calculating the Restructuring Deferred Tax Amount, the excess, if any, of (a) the Debt Shift Tax Amount with respect to such Partner over (b) the product of (y) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (z) the sum of (1) such Partner's Special Income attributable to such assets for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) subsequent to such restructuring (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), and (2) such Partner's Maximum Income Amount for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) based on the Special Income determined in clause (1).

"Final Determination" means (i) a decision, judgment, decree or other order by a court of original jurisdiction which has become final (i.e., the time for filing an appeal


8

shall have expired), (ii) a closing agreement made under Section 7121 of the Code or any other settlement agreement entered into in connection with an administrative or judicial proceeding, provided, however, that any refund claim shall be deemed approved without regard to any required approval by the Joint Committee on Taxation, (iii) the expiration of the time for instituting a claim for refund, or if a claim was filed, the expiration of the time for instituting suit with respect thereto or (iv) in any case where judicial review shall be unavailable, a decision, judgment, decree or other order of an administrative official or agency which has become final.

"First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" has the meaning ascribed to "Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" in Section 5 of the First Transaction Agreement.

"First Effective Date" means February 12, 1998.

"First Transaction Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1997, among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, TW Holding Co. and the Partnership.

"Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" has the meaning ascribed to "Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" in Section 4 of the Fourth Transaction Agreement.

"Fourth Effective Date" means February 1, 2001.

"Fourth Transaction Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2001, among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon and the Partnership.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

"Gross Asset Value" means, with respect to any asset, the asset's adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(i) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined in accordance with Sections 4.1(b), 4.1(c) and 4.1(d);

(ii) The Gross Asset Value of all assets of the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as agreed to by the Partners, as of the following times: (a) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Common Capital Contribution (other than any Common Capital Contribution made pursuant to the Contribution Agreement or the proviso of Section 4.1(d)(ii)); (b) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership (other than any redemption of Preferred Partnership Units


9

pursuant to Section 5.2); and (c) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided, however, that the adjustments pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above shall be made only if the Partners agree that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

(iii) The Gross Asset Value of any asset distributed by the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) to any Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by such Partner and the Partnership; and

(iv) The Gross Asset Value of the assets of the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and Section 5.4; provided, however, that Gross Asset Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph (iv) to the extent that an adjustment was made pursuant to paragraph
(ii) of this definition in connection with any transaction that would otherwise have resulted in an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (iv).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraph (i), (ii), or (iv) of this definition, the Gross Asset Value of such asset shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profit and Net Loss. In the event that, pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, any adjustment, contribution or distribution is made subsequent to the Initial Closing Date, the Gross Asset Values of the assets of the Partnership shall be adjusted, as of the first day of the Fiscal Year in which such adjustment, contribution or distribution occurs, so as to reflect the gross fair market values of such assets on a basis consistent with the determinations giving rise to such adjustment, contribution or distribution, as determined by the Managing Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement.

"Gross Loss" means, with respect to any year, the items of deduction or loss of the Partnership computed on the same basis that Net Profit and Net Loss are computed for purposes of this Agreement.

"Gross Profit" means, with respect to any year, the items of income and gain of the Partnership computed on the same basis that Net Profit and Net Loss are computed for purposes of this Agreement.

"Indebtedness" means (i) debt for money borrowed and similar monetary obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments, other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) obligations with respect to letters of credit, and (iii) guaranties, endorsements, and other contingent obligations whether direct or indirect in respect of liabilities of others of any of the types


10

described in clauses (i) and (ii) above (other than endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business).

"Initial Closing Date" means April 1, 1995.

"Maximum Income Amount" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Tax Adjustment Percentage for such year, and (ii) the Special Income of such Partner for such year.

"Modification of Final Judgment" means the Modification of Final Judgment entered on August 24, 1982, in U.S. v. American Telephone and Telegraph Company, 552 F. Supp. 131 (D.D.C. 1982), or any of its terms which may have been statutorily codified, as amended or modified to date and from time to time hereafter.

"Negative Put Deferred Tax Amount" means, with respect to a sale of Advance/Newhouse Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9, the product of
(x) the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest at the time of such sale and (y) the sum of the amounts determined as follows with respect to each of TWE and Paragon with respect to the assets of the Partnership at the time of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing that were contributed by TWE and Paragon, respectively:

(a) the product of (i) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such sale occurs, and (ii) the sum of (A) the Special Income attributable to such assets for the Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) in which such sale occurs, (B) the excess of (y) the Maximum Income Amount of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)) and for all prior years, over (z) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to
Section 5.3(b)(iii) for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) and all prior Fiscal Years, and (C) to the extent any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year (pursuant to clause (b)(ii)(y) of the definition of Special Tax Amount) and was not subsequently used to increase such Partner's Special Tax Amount (pursuant to clause (b)(i)(z) of such definition), an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, and

(b) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) subsequent to such sale equal to the product of
(I) the Special Effective Tax Rate of such Partner for the year in which such sale occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income attributable to such assets for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof), and (B) the Maximum Income Amount for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)).

"Net Cumulative Preferred Taxable Income" means, with respect to a distribution pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i), the net cumulative income, gain, deduction and loss realized by the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes with respect to the Preferred Investment Pool during the period commencing on the Initial Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such distribution.


11

"Net Profit" and "Net Loss" mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership's taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(i) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from Federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(ii) Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section
705(a)(2)(B), or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), that are not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(iii) If the Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Partnership is adjusted pursuant to paragraph (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss;

(iv) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Partnership property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for Federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(v) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year or other period;

(vi) To the extent any adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset of the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner's interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profit and Net Loss;

(vii) For purposes of this Agreement, any deduction for a loss on a sale or exchange of Partnership property that is disallowed to the Partnership under Code Section 267(a)(1) or Code Section 707(b) shall be treated as a Code
Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure;


12

(viii) Net Profit and Net Loss shall be calculated after eliminating any amounts of Preferred Profit or Preferred Loss for any Fiscal Year or other period; and

(ix) Net Profit and Net Loss shall be calculated as if the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets had been contributed to the Partnership on the Initial Closing Date, the First Effective Date, the Second Effective Date, the Third Effective Date or the Fourth Effective Date, as applicable, and the amount of taxes subtracted in determining the Free Cash Flow Amount pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Contribution Agreement shall be subtracted from the Partnership's taxable income or taxable loss for such year or period.

"Net Tax Amount" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, the sum of (i) the Common Tax Amount of such Partner for such year, (ii) the Special Tax Amount of such Partner for such year, and (iii) the Adjusted Tax Amount of such Partner for such year.

"Newhouse" means Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation, a New York corporation.

"Paragon" means Paragon Communications, a Colorado general partnership (or any successor).

"Paragon 704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount" means, on a restructuring and with respect to assets described in Section 8.2(b)(vii)(A)(I), the sum of:

(i) the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the gain recognized as a result of such restructuring by Paragon with respect to such assets pursuant to Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code (taking into account Section 704(c)(2) and assuming, for purposes of calculating such gain, that the fair market value of such assets is equal to their Gross Asset Value at the time of such restructuring), and

(ii) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each of the Remaining Years equal to the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the product of (I)
(y) the amount determined under clause (i)(b) above divided by (z) the number of Remaining Years, and (II) the Tax Adjustment Percentage for such year of restructuring.

"Paragon Percentage Interest" means a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the number of Common Partnership Units owned by Paragon and the denominator of which is the total number of Common Partnership Units owned by all Partners.

"Paragon Redemption Event" means the delivery of a written notice by Paragon to the Partnership indicating that it wishes the Partnership to redeem its Preferred Partnership Units.


13

"Partners" means Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon and their respective successors-in-interest as Partners under this Agreement, and "Partner" means any of such Partners.

"Partnership" means the partnership created by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement.

"Partnership Interest" means, as to any Partner or as to any other Person subsequently admitted as a partner of the Partnership, all of the interest of such Person in the Partnership, including such Person's (i) right to a distributive share of the income, gain, losses, and deductions of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, which shall be measured by the number and type of Partnership Units held by such Person under this Agreement,
(ii) right to a distributive share of the Partnership's assets, which shall be measured by the number and type of Partnership Units held by such Person under this Agreement, (iii) obligations as a partner, and (iv) rights with respect to the management of the business and affairs of the Partnership, as provided herein or by law.

"Partnership Systems" means the cable television systems now owned or hereafter acquired, directly or indirectly, by the Partnership including, without limitation, the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets (other than cable television systems owned by Paragon).

"Partnership Unit" means either a "Common Partnership Unit," a "Preferred Partnership Unit," a "Series A Preferred Partnership Unit," a "Series B Preferred Partnership Unit" or a "Series C Preferred Partnership Unit," as defined in this Agreement.

"Percentage Interests" means the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest, the TWE Percentage Interest and the Paragon Percentage Interest.

"Person" means any natural person, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association, unincorporated entity of any kind, or a government or any department or agency thereof.

"Positive Put Deferred Tax Amount" means, with respect to a sale of Advance/Newhouse Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9, the product of
(x) one (1) minus the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest at the time of such sale and (y) the sum of the amounts determined as follows with respect to the assets of the Partnership at the time of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing that were contributed by Advance/Newhouse:

(a) the product of (i) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such sale occurs, and (ii) the sum of (A) the Special Income attributable to such assets for the Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) in which such sale occurs, (B) the excess of (y) the Maximum Income Amount of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)) and for all prior years, over (z) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to
Section 5.3(b)(iii) for such Fiscal Year (or portion


14

thereof) and all prior Fiscal Years, and (C) to the extent any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year (pursuant to clause (b)(ii)(y) of the definition of Special Tax Amount) and was not subsequently used to increase such Partner's Special Tax Amount (pursuant to clause (b)(i)(z) of such definition), an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, and

(b) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) subsequent to such sale equal to the product of
(I) the Special Effective Tax Rate of such Partner for the year in which such sale occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income attributable to such assets for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof), and (B) the Maximum Income Amount for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) based on the Special Income determined in clause (A).

"Preferred Capital Contribution" means, with respect to any Partner, the contribution that a Partner is treated as having made to the Partnership in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e).

"Preferred Cluster Area" means the areas described on Schedule 3.2 hereto and such other areas designated as Preferred Cluster Areas by the Executive Committee in accordance with Section 3.2.

"Preferred Partnership Unit" means a Partner's right to distributions of that portion of the Preferred Investment Pool relating to such Preferred Partnership Unit together with all allocations of Preferred Profit and Preferred Loss attributable thereto.

"Preferred Profit" and "Preferred Loss" mean, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership's taxable income or loss for such year or period determined by taking into account only items of income, gain, deduction or loss directly attributable to the Preferred Investment Pool, with the same type of adjustments set forth in the definition of Net Profit and Net Loss except for clauses (viii) and (ix) thereof.

"Priority Return" shall mean the sum of the Series A Priority Return, the Series B Priority Return and the Series C Priority Return.

"Rate Differential" means, for any year, (i) the excess, if any, of (a) the Effective Tax Rate for such year, over (b) the Special Effective Tax Rate for such year, divided by (ii) the Special Effective Tax Rate for such year.

"Remaining Years" means the number of years following a restructuring pursuant to Section 8 equal to the remaining useful lives as of the time of such restructuring of the assets contributed to the Partnership.


15

"Restructuring Deferred Tax Amount" means, on a restructuring pursuant to
Section 8.2 and with respect to the assets specified in such Section, and (i) with respect to Paragon and TWE:

(1) if there is an Excess Debt Shift Tax Amount with respect to the assets contributed by such Partner, the excess of:

(a) the product of (I) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income, attributable to such assets that were contributed by such Partner for the Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) in which such restructuring occurs (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), (B) the excess of (y) the Maximum Income Amount for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)) and the Maximum Income Amount of such Partner for all prior years with respect to all assets contributed by such Partner, over (z) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) and all prior Fiscal Years, and (C) to the extent any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year (pursuant to clause (b)(ii)(y) of the definition of Special Tax Amount) and was not subsequently used to increase such Partner's Special Tax Amount (pursuant to clause (b)(i)(z) of such definition), an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, over

(b) such Excess Debt Shift Tax Amount; or

(2) if there is not an Excess Debt Shift Tax Amount with respect to the assets contributed by such Partner, the sum of:

(a) the product of (I) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income, attributable to such assets that were contributed by such Partner, for the Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) in which such restructuring occurs (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), (B) the excess of (y) the Maximum Income Amount for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)) and the Maximum Income Amount of such Partner, for all prior years with respect to all assets contributed by such Partner, over (z) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner, pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) and all prior Fiscal Years, and (C) to the extent any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year (pursuant to clause (b)(ii)(y) of the definition of Special Tax Amount) and was not subsequently used to increase such Partner's Special Tax Amount (pursuant to clause (b)(i)(z) of such definition), an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, and


16

(b) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) subsequent to such restructuring equal to the excess of (y) the product of (I) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income, attributable to such assets that were contributed by such Partner, for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), and (B) the Maximum Income Amount for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)), over (z) for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof), a proportionate share (based on the ratio of the Special Income for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) to total Special Income for all such subsequent Fiscal Years (or portion thereof) of the Debt Shift Tax Amount; and

(ii) with respect to Advance/Newhouse, the sum of:

(a) the product of (I) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income, attributable to such assets that were contributed by such Partner, for the Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) in which such restructuring occurs (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), (B) the excess of (y) the Maximum Income Amount for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)) and the Maximum Income Amount of such Partner for all prior years with respect to all assets contributed by such Partner, over (z) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) and all prior Fiscal Years, and (C) to the extent any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year (pursuant to clause (b)(ii)(y) of the definition of Special Tax Amount) and was not subsequently used to increase such Partner's Special Tax Amount (pursuant to clause (b)(i)(z) of such definition), an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, and

(b) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) subsequent to such restructuring equal to the product of (I) the Special Effective Tax Rate of such Partner for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (II) the sum of (A) the Special Income, attributable to such assets that were contributed by such Partner, for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) (assuming that such restructuring did not occur), and (B) the Maximum Income Amount for each such subsequent Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) based on the Special Income determined in clause (A)).

"Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" has the meaning ascribed to "Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" in Section 4 of the Second Transaction Agreement.

"Second Effective Date" means December 31, 1998.


17

"Second Transaction Agreement" means the Transaction Agreement No. 2, dated as of June 23, 1998, among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon and the Partnership.

"Series A Preferred Capital Contribution" means, with respect to Paragon, a Capital Contribution by Paragon pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash deemed contributed in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to
Section 4.1(e)) of assets having a fair market value of $1,000 for each Series A Preferred Partnership Unit issued to Paragon pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(i).

"Series A Preferred Partnership Unit" means Paragon's right to distributions in an amount equal to the Series A Priority Return allocable to the Series A Preferred Capital Contribution of $1,000 and the right to a return of such Series A Preferred Capital Contribution in redemption thereof, all of which shall be payable in accordance with Section 5, together with all allocations of income attributable thereto, as specified in Section 5.

"Series A Priority Return" means, with respect to each outstanding Series A Preferred Partnership Unit, a sum equal to 10 1/4 percent for the actual number of days in the period for which the Series A Priority Return is being calculated, cumulative and compounded annually, on the amount of $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid Series A Priority Return with respect to such Series A Preferred Partnership Unit, commencing on the First Effective Date.

"Series B Preferred Capital Contribution" means with respect to Paragon, a Capital Contribution by Paragon pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash deemed contributed in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to
Section 4.1(e)) of assets having a fair market value of $1,000 for each Series B Preferred Partnership Unit issued to Paragon pursuant to Sections 4.2(b)(ii) and 4.2(b)(iii).

"Series B Preferred Partnership Unit" means, with respect to Paragon, such Partner's right to distributions in an amount equal to the Series B Priority Return allocable to such Partner's Series B Preferred Capital Contribution of $1,000 and the right to a return of such Series B Preferred Capital Contribution in redemption thereof, all of which shall be payable in accordance with Section 5, together with all allocations of income attributable thereto, as specified in
Section 5.

"Series B Priority Return" means, with respect to each outstanding Series B Preferred Partnership Unit, a sum equal to 2% plus the Partnership's cost of borrowing under its senior credit facility for the actual number of days in the period for which the Series B Priority Return is being calculated, cumulative and compounded annually, on the amount of $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid Series B Priority Return with respect to such Series B Preferred Partnership Unit, commencing on the (i) Second Effective Date, in the case of Series B Preferred Partnership Units issued pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(ii) or (ii) the Third Effective Date, in the case of Series B Preferred Partnership Units issued pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(iii).


18

"Series C Preferred Capital Contribution" means with respect to TWE and Paragon, a Capital Contribution by such Partner pursuant to this Agreement (other than cash deemed contributed in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.1(e)) of assets having a fair market value of $1,000 for each Series C Preferred Partnership Unit issued to such Partner pursuant to
Section 4.2(a)(v)(B) or Section 4.2(b)(iv).

"Series C Preferred Partnership Unit" means, with respect to TWE and Paragon, such Partner's right to distributions in an amount equal to the Series C Priority Return allocable to such Partner's Series C Preferred Capital Contribution of $1,000 and the right to a return of such Series C Preferred Capital Contribution in redemption thereof, all of which shall be payable in accordance with Section 5, together with all allocations of income attributable thereto, as specified in Section 5.

"Series C Priority Return" means, with respect to each outstanding Series C Preferred Partnership Unit, a sum equal to 2% plus the Partnership's cost of borrowing under its Senior Credit facility for the actual number of days in the period for which the Series C Priority Return is being calculated, cumulative and compounded annually, on the amount of $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid Series C Priority Return with respect to such Series C Preferred Partnership Unit, commencing on the Fourth Effective Date.

"Special Effective Tax Rate" means, at any time, and from time to time, the effective combined rate of Federal, state and local income and franchise tax that the Partnership would be required to pay, if it were a corporation, on its taxable income for such year, for Federal income tax purposes.

"Special Income" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, the sum of:

(i) the excess, if any, of (a) such Partner's distributive share of Depreciation and loss determined as provided in clause (iv) of the definition of Net Profit and Net Loss for such year, over (b) such Partner's distributive share of depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions and loss for such year for Federal income tax purposes, to the extent such excess results from a difference between the basis for Federal income tax purposes of any assets contributed to the Partnership by any Partner and the Gross Asset Value of such assets;

(ii) the excess, if any, of (a) such Partner's distributive share of gain for Federal income tax purposes for such year, over (b) such Partner's distributive share of gain determined as provided in clause (iv) of the definition of Net Profit and Net Loss for such year, to the extent such excess results from a difference between the basis for Federal income tax purposes of any assets contributed to the Partnership by any Partner and the Gross Asset Value of such assets;

(iii) any remedial items allocated to such Partner pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d) for such year; and


19

(iv) any income or loss for Federal income tax purposes recognized by such Partner with respect to any of such Partner's Subsidiary Beneficial Assets (or recognized by an Affiliate of such Partner which holds any of such Partner's Subsidiary Beneficial Assets).

"Special Tax Amount" means, for any year, with respect to any Partner, the amount obtained by multiplying (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for such year, by (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the sum of the Net Profit and Gross Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Sections 5.3(b)(iii) and 5.3(d)(ii) for such year, (y) the Special Income, if any, allocated to such Partner for such year, and (z) to the extent that the Common Tax Amount of such Partner for such year is reduced by any Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for any prior year which was used to reduce such Partner's Special Tax Amount for any prior year, an amount (expressed as a positive number) equal to the sum of such Net Loss and Gross Loss, over (ii) the sum of (x) the Gross Loss allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(d)(ii) for the current year, and (y) the Net Loss or Gross Loss allocated to such Partner for the current or prior year (other than pursuant to Section 5.3(c)(ii) and 5.3(d)(ii)) but only to the extent that the amounts set forth in this clause (y) were not used in reducing the Common Tax Amount for the current year or the Special Tax Amount for any prior year.

"Spin-Off Restructuring Notice" means a Restructuring Notice delivered by Advance/Newhouse no later than ninety (90) days following a change in the Chief Executive Officer of the Time Warner Cable Division, or the installment as the Chief Executive Officer of TWE or its corporate successor of someone other than a member at such time of the senior management of TWX or the Chief Executive Officer of the Time Warner Cable Division, as contemplated by a "spin off" or other distribution of TWE or its corporate successor to the shareholders of TWX; provided as to such a change in management (following such a spin-off or other distribution) prior to April 1, 2000, the ninety (90) days period shall be deemed to begin on April 1, 2000.

"Subscriber" means a subscriber to basic cable television service on the applicable cable television system.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlled by such first Person.

"Subsidiary Beneficial Asset" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Contribution Agreement.

"Tax Adjustment Percentage" means, with respect to any year, the amount obtained by dividing (A) the Special Effective Tax Rate for such year by (B) the excess of one (1) over such Special Effective Tax Rate.

"Taxable Income" or "Taxable Loss" means net income or loss of the Partnership as determined for Federal income tax purposes.


20

"TCI Contribution Agreement" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Second Transaction Agreement.

"Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" has the meaning ascribed to "Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" in Section 4 of the Third Transaction Agreement.

"Third Effective Date" means March 1, 1999.

"Third Transaction Agreement" means the Transaction Agreement No. 3, dated as of September 15, 1998 among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon and the Partnership.

"Transaction Agreements" means, collectively, the First Transaction Agreement, the Second Transaction Agreement, the Third Transaction Agreement and the Fourth Transaction Agreement.

"Treasury Regulations" means the Income Tax Regulations, including Temporary Regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

"TWE Accountants" means the independent auditors or other auditors selected by TWE.

"TWE Cable Division" means the Cable Division of TWE.

"TWE Partnership Agreement" means the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of October 29, 1991, as amended from time to time, among TWX, Itochu Corporation, Toshiba Corporation, USW and certain of their respective subsidiaries.

"TWE Percentage Interest" means a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the number of Common Partnership Units owned by TWE and the denominator of which is the total number of Common Partnership Units owned by all Partners.

"TWE Redemption Event" means the delivery of a written notice by TWE to the Partnership indicating that it wishes the Partnership to redeem its Preferred Partnership Units.

"TWE 704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount" means, on a restructuring and with respect to assets described in Section 8.2(b)(vii)(A)(II), the sum of:

(i) the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the gain recognized as a result of such restructuring by TWE with respect to such assets pursuant to Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code (taking into account Section 704(c)(2) and assuming, for purposes of calculating such gain, that the fair market value of such assets is equal to their Gross Asset Value at the time of such restructuring), and


21

(ii) the present value, using the Discount Rate, of an amount for each of the Remaining Years equal to the product of (a) the Special Effective Tax Rate for the year in which such restructuring occurs, and (b) the product of (I)
(y) the amount determined under clause (i)(b) above divided by (z) the number of Remaining Years, and (II) the Tax Adjustment Percentage for such year of restructuring.

"TWX" means Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"USW" means U S WEST, Inc., a Colorado corporation, and its successors and assigns in respect of its interests under the TWE Partnership Agreement.

1.2 Terms Defined Elsewhere in this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in the sections indicated:

Term                                              Section
----                                              -------
Acceleration Notice                               9(f)(iii)
Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool                       8.2(b)(ii)
Advance/Newhouse Cable Affiliates                 10.3(a)
Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing               9(g)(ii)
Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price                 9(a)
Advance/Newhouse Preferred  Put Price             9(a)
Advance/Newhouse Put Event                        9(a)
Ancillary Business Opportunity                    10.3(a)
Asset Pool Criteria                               8.2(b)
Asset Pool Notice                                 8.2(b)(i)
Appraiser                                         9(d)
Asset Pools                                       8.2(b)
Cash Purchase Notice                              9(f)(iii)
Closing Price                                     3.1(h)(iii)
Consideration Notice                              9(e)
Cost Notice                                       9(f)(iii)
Eligible Option Holder                            3.1(h)(iii)
Election Notice                                   9(c)
Executive Committee                               3.1(c)
Exercise Notice                                   9(b)
Fiscal Year                                       2.7
Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio                         3.2(e)
Indebtedness Notice                               4.3(d)


22

Term                                              Section
----                                              -------
Liquidator                                        12.3(a)
Long Term Strategic Plan                          3.3(a)(i)
Managed Systems                                   3.1(h)(i)
Managing Partner                                  3.1(a)
Newhouse Family Member                            6.1(a)
Notifying Partner                                 10.1(a)
NYSE                                              3.1(h)(iii)
Opportunity Notice                                10.1(a)
Other Programming Investors                       10.2(b)
Other TWE Systems                                 3.1(d)
Partnership Financial Statements                  11.2(a)
Partnership Value                                 9(d)
Preferred Investment Pool                         4.1(e)(iii)
Programming Opportunity                           10.2(a)
Pro Rata Assets                                   8.2(b)(i)
Put Note                                          9(f)(iii)
Qualified Assets                                  9(e)
Redeemed Preferred Partnership Units              5.2
Redemption Notice                                 5.2
Refusal Period                                    8.4
Rejection Notice                                  9(f)(i)
Restructuring Notice                              8.1
Sale Notice                                       10.5
Sale Taxes                                        9(f)(iii)
Sale Terms                                        10.5
Subject System                                    10.5
System Opportunity                                10.1(a)
Taxable Consideration                             9(c)
Tax Deferred Consideration                        9(c)
Tax Matters Partner                               3.1(g)
Third Party Programming                           3.1(h)(ii)
Transfer Assets                                   8.4


23

Term                                              Section
----                                              -------
Transfer Notice                                   8.4
Transfer Terms                                    8.4
TWE Asset Pools                                   8.2(b)(ii)
TWE Cable Expenses                                3.1(h)(i)
TWX Securities                                    3.1(h)(iii)
Valuation Notice                                  9(d)
Wholly-Owned Affiliates                           3.1(h)(ii)

SECTION 2 THE PARTNERSHIP AND ITS BUSINESS

2.1 Formation. The Partnership was initially formed as a general partnership as of September 9, 1994 pursuant to the provisions of the Act. The Partners hereby expressly agree to continue the Partnership. Except as provided in this Agreement, all rights, liabilities, and obligations of the Partners (in their capacities as such), both as among themselves and with respect to Persons not parties to this Agreement, shall be as provided in the Act, and this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Act. To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Partner are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement from what they would be under the Act in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.

2.2 Partnership Name and Trade Names.

(a) Partnership Name. The name of the Partnership shall be "Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership" or such other name(s) as may from time to time be agreed to by each of the Partners. In using its name in any written material, the Partnership shall, to the extent appropriate and feasible, identify itself as "a Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse partnership" or such other name(s) as may from time to time be agreed to by each of the Partners.

(b) Trade Names. The business of each of the cable television systems contributed to the Partnership by Advance/Newhouse shall be conducted under the trade names agreed to by the parties. In using its trade name in any written material, each cable television system owned by the Partnership shall, to the extent appropriate and feasible, identify itself as a division of the Partnership. Each other business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of the Partnership or, upon compliance with applicable laws, any other name that the Managing Partner deems appropriate or advisable.

(c) Change of Names. The name of the Partnership may be changed at any time by the Executive Committee in accordance with Section 3.2(q) hereof. Any decision to change the name of the Partnership shall be based on such market research and other information as the Executive Committee deems appropriate.


24

(d) Assumed Name Filings. The Partnership shall file any assumed name certificates and similar filings, and any amendments thereto, that the Managing Partner considers appropriate or advisable.

2.3 Term of the Partnership. The term of the Partnership commenced on September 9, 1994 and, unless the Partnership is earlier terminated pursuant to
Section 12 of this Agreement or otherwise, shall continue until December 31, 2045.

2.4 Purposes.

(a) Generally. The purposes of the Partnership shall be, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to engage in the business, directly or indirectly through interests in one or more Subsidiaries, of:

(i) acquiring, developing, owning, operating, managing, and selling the cable television systems and other assets from time to time contributed to the Partnership by the Partners pursuant to the Contribution Agreement and the Transaction Agreements;

(ii) acquiring, developing, owning, operating, managing and selling additional cable television systems, with the goal of operating clusters of cable television systems, and with particular emphasis on developing and expanding systems in the Preferred Cluster Areas;

(iii) acquiring, developing, owning, operating, managing, and selling, or investing in, businesses related to the operation of cable television systems, including without limitation programming and information services, personal communications and cable advertising businesses;

(iv) developing, owning, operating, managing, and selling residential and business telephony services associated with such cable television systems, including alternative access services, personal communications services and other similar services;

(v) developing, owning, operating, managing, and selling other businesses that utilize broadband distribution facilities, in addition to residential and business telephony services;

(vi) managing cable television systems;

(vii) selling at the retail level equipment and other goods used or useful in connection with the businesses described in clauses (i) through (vi) above;

(viii) conducting other businesses contemplated by the Long Term Strategic Plan or otherwise agreed to by the Partners; and

(ix) engaging in all activities and transactions incidental to the foregoing (including owning or leasing real property and incurring Indebtedness).


25

(b) Effect on Powers of Partners. The listing of the purposes of the Partnership in this Section 2.4 shall not be construed to impair the limitations on the powers of the Managing Partner set forth in Section 3.2 or any of the other limitations expressly set forth in this Agreement.

2.5 Principal Office and Other Offices. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 300 First Stamford Place, Stamford, Connecticut. The Partnership may maintain other offices at other places as the Managing Partner deems advisable.

2.6 Foreign Qualification. The Partners shall take all necessary actions to cause the Partnership to be authorized to conduct business legally in all appropriate jurisdictions, including registration or qualification of the Partnership in those jurisdictions that provide for registration or qualification.

2.7 Fiscal Year. The Partnership's fiscal year (each, a "Fiscal Year") shall be the calendar year. The Partnership shall have the same Fiscal Year for income tax purposes and for financial and partnership accounting purposes.

2.8 Addresses of the Partners. The respective addresses of the Partners are set forth on the signature page to this Agreement.

2.9 Property. Except as otherwise contemplated herein or in the Contribution Agreement, all assets and property, whether real, personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible, including contractual rights, owned or possessed by the Partnership shall be held or possessed in the name of the Partnership or in the name of an appropriate nominee, and such assets, property, and rights shall be deemed to be owned or possessed by the Partnership as an entity; and no Partner shall have any separate ownership interest in such assets, property, or rights. Each Partner's interest in the Partnership is personal property for all purposes.

2.10 Certain Operating Policies.

(a) Activities Prior to Initial Closing Date. Except as agreed to by the Partners, the Partnership did not conduct any business activities prior to the Initial Closing Date except as necessary or appropriate in connection with the formation and qualification of the Partnership or to consummate the contribution by Advance/Newhouse and TWE to the Partnership of certain cable television systems and other assets in accordance with the Contribution Agreement.

(b) Proprietary Interests. The Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to develop and protect a proprietary interest in any discovery, development, idea, improvement, innovation, invention, process, program, system, technique, or other intellectual property right, whether or not patentable, arising in the course of the Partnership's business, and the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to exploit any such proprietary interest throughout the world.


26

(c) Compliance With Modification of Final Judgment. The Partnership will conduct its business and operations in such a manner so as to comply with the Modification of Final Judgment, to the extent applicable. The Partners shall consult and cooperate with each other in furtherance of the foregoing.

SECTION 3 MANAGEMENT OF THE PARTNERSHIP

3.1 Generally.

(a) Appointment of Managing Partner. TWE is hereby appointed to act as the Managing Partner of the Partnership ("Managing Partner").

(b) Rights, Powers, and Duties. The Managing Partner shall be responsible for the management and operations of the Partnership and shall have all powers necessary to manage and control the Partnership, to conduct its business, and to implement any decision of the Partners adopted pursuant to this Agreement, and all powers possessed by general partners under the Act. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the exercise by the Managing Partner of any of the powers described in the preceding sentence or listed below in this
Section 3.1(b) is subject to Section 3.1(c), Section 3.2 and the other limitations set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, no Partner other than the Managing Partner shall have any right to vote on, or consent to, any action of any nature whatsoever taken or proposed to be taken by the Partnership and no Partner other than the Managing Partner shall give any consent on any matter or take any action as a Partner, including, without limitation, acting on behalf of or binding the Partnership, unless such matter or action shall first have been approved or consented to by the Managing Partner or the Executive Committee. Subject to the foregoing, the powers of the Managing Partner include, without limitation, the power on behalf of the Partnership, for itself or on behalf of any Subsidiary of the Partnership, to:

(i) construct, operate, maintain, improve, expand, buy, own, sell, convey, assign, mortgage, finance, refinance, rent, or lease real or personal property, which may be held in the name of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

(ii) enter into, perform, and carry out contracts and agreements of any kind necessary to, in connection with, or incidental to accomplishing the purposes of the Partnership;

(iii) negotiate for and conclude agreements for the sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or any part of the property of the Partnership or of any Subsidiary of the Partnership, for property, cash, or on terms, or any combination thereof, or for the purchase or lease of additional property of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

(iv) bring and defend actions in law and equity;

(v) execute and modify leases and other agreements (including leases and agreements for terms extending beyond the term of the Partnership or the term


27

of any Subsidiary of the Partnership), and execute and modify options, licenses, or agreements with respect to any of the assets or the business of the Partnership or any Subsidiary;

(vi) obtain loans, secured and unsecured, for the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership and secure the same by mortgaging, assigning for security purposes, pledging, or otherwise hypothecating, all or any part of the property and assets of the Partnership or of any Subsidiary of the Partnership (and in connection therewith to place record title to any such property or assets in the name or names of a nominee or nominees);

(vii) prepay in whole or in part, refinance, recast, increase, decrease, modify, amend, restate, or extend any such mortgage, security assignment, pledge, or other security instrument, and in connection therewith to execute and deliver, for and on behalf of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership, any extensions, renewals, or modifications thereof, any new mortgage, security assignment, pledge, or other security instrument in lieu thereof;

(viii) draw, make, accept, endorse, sign, and deliver any notes, drafts, or other negotiable instruments or commercial paper;

(ix) establish, maintain, and draw upon checking, savings, and other accounts in the name or any trade name of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership in such banks or other financial institutions as the Managing Partner may from time to time select;

(x) employ, fix the compensation of, oversee, and discharge agents and employees of the Partnership and of any Subsidiary of the Partnership as the Managing Partner deems advisable in the operation and management of the business of the Partnership, including accountants (pursuant to Section 11.2 and otherwise), attorneys, architects, consultants, engineers, and appraisers, on such terms and for such compensation, as the Managing Partner shall determine;

(xi) enter into management agreements with third parties pursuant to which the management, supervision, or control of the business or assets of the Partnership may be delegated to third parties for reasonable compensation;

(xii) enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships, or other agreements relating to the Partnership's purposes;

(xiii) compromise any claim or liability due to the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

execute, acknowledge, verify, and file any notifications, applications, statements, and other filings that the Managing Partner considers necessary or desirable to be filed with any state or federal securities administrator or commission;


28

(xiv) execute, acknowledge, verify, and file any and all certificates, documents, and instruments that the Managing Partner considers necessary or desirable to permit the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership to conduct business in any state;

(xv) do any or all of the foregoing, discretionary or otherwise, through agents selected by the Managing Partner and compensated or uncompensated by the Partnership; and

(xvi) take any other actions and execute any other contracts, documents, and instruments that the Managing Partner deems appropriate to carry out the intents and purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Executive Committee. The Managing Partner also shall act upon the advice of a committee (the "Executive Committee") which shall be composed of from three to five individuals. The Executive Committee shall oversee the management and operations of the Partnership, shall make significant business decisions of the Partnership (including without limitation those set forth in
Section 3.2 hereof) and shall participate regularly in the overall supervision, direction and control of the Partnership and its employees. Up to two of the members of the Executive Committee shall be designated from time to time by TWE, up to two of the members of the Executive Committee shall be designated from time to time by Advance/Newhouse, and one of the members of the Executive Committee shall be designated from time to time by Paragon. Any member of the Executive Committee may be removed and replaced at any time, and from time to time, by the Partner that originally designated such member. The Executive Committee shall hold regular meetings quarterly or at more frequent intervals as determined by the Executive Committee. At each meeting of the Executive Committee, the Managing Partner shall report on its ongoing efforts to acquire on behalf of the Partnership, by swap or otherwise, cable television systems located within the Preferred Cluster Areas. Any Partner, or at least two members of the Executive Committee, may call a special meeting of the Executive Committee upon no less than 48 hours' notice to each member. The designees of each of the Partners on the Executive Committee shall in the aggregate have voting power proportional to their respective Percentage Interests. Except as otherwise provided herein (including without limitation Section 3.2 hereof) or by applicable law, the affirmative vote (or written consent) of a majority of the voting power of all members of the Executive Committee (whether or not present) shall constitute action by the Executive Committee. Regular or special meetings of the Executive Committee may be held in person or telephonically. Each member of the Executive Committee entitled to vote at any meeting of the Executive Committee may authorize another person to act for him by proxy (provided that such proxy must be signed by such member or his attorney-in-fact and shall be revocable by such member at any time prior to such meeting).

(d) Conduct of Partnership Business. The day-to-day operations of the Partnership shall be the responsibility of the Managing Partner, who shall report regularly to the Executive Committee. The Managing Partner shall devote such time and resources to the management of the Partnership as are reasonably necessary or desirable to the


29

prudent operation and development of the business of the Partnership, and shall treat the Partnership Systems using the same general standard of care that it uses in the operation of the cable television systems owned by TWE or its Affiliates other than the Partnership Systems (the "Other TWE Systems").

(e) Executive Officers. The Managing Partner may delegate that part of its day-to-day operational responsibility for the Partnership as the Managing Partner deems reasonable and prudent to individuals, who will be the Executive Officers of the Partnership.

(f) Fiduciary Obligations. A Partner shall be liable under this Agreement for benefits improperly received, willful misconduct, recklessness and gross negligence with respect to the business of the Partnership, but shall not be liable to the Partnership or the other Partners for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute the improper receipt of benefits, willful misconduct, recklessness or gross negligence with respect to the business of the Partnership.

(g) Tax Matters Partner. The tax matters partner of the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 6231(a)(7) (the "Tax Matters Partner") shall be TWE or any successor tax matters partner designated by agreement of all Partners. The Tax Matters Partner shall have all powers necessary to perform fully its responsibilities under the Code. To the extent and in the same manner as provided by applicable law, the Tax Matters Partner (i) shall furnish the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each Partner to the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate and (ii) shall keep each Partner informed of any administrative and judicial proceedings for the adjustment at the Partnership level of any items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes. The Tax Matters Partner shall give notice to each Partner of a Partnership audit. The Tax Matters Partner shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all tax returns (including amended tax returns) filed by the Partnership. The Tax Matters Partner shall be reimbursed by the Partnership for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to any tax matter involving the Partnership or the Partners in their capacity as Partners.

(h) Compensation of Partners and Reimbursement of Expenses.

(i) TWE shall be compensated by the Partnership for its services as Managing Partner in an amount equal to (A) the Partnership's pro rata share, based on the ratio of the number of Subscribers served by the Partnership Systems to the total number of Subscribers served by the Partnership Systems and the Other TWE Systems, of the following: (1) TWE Cable Expenses (as defined below), (2) after receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Advance/Newhouse of services received by the TWE Cable Division therefor, the management fees payable by TWE to USW pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Admission Agreement, dated as of May 16, 1993, between TWE and USW, attributable to such services, and (3) TWE's obligations under Section 17.7(b) of the TWE Partnership Agreement to reimburse TWX with respect to options exercised by employees of TWE's Cable Division (other than (x) Eligible Option Holders (who are covered by paragraph (iii) below) and (y) system-level employees of TWE who perform


30

substantially all of their duties on behalf of one or more Other TWE Systems), and (B) all specific costs and expenses incurred by TWE and its Affiliates on behalf of the Partnership. For purposes of the foregoing, "TWE Cable Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred in connection with managing and operating the TWE Cable Division (other than direct and identifiable costs or expenses relating to the Other TWE Systems, which would not be appropriately allocated to the Partnership); provided that such expenses shall be calculated net of any management fees received by TWE with respect to the management of partially owned cable television systems ("Managed Systems"), it being understood that in determining the Partnership's pro rata share of any costs or expenses described in this Section 3.1(h), the Subscribers served by the Managed Systems shall be excluded from the number of Subscribers served by the Partnership Systems and the number of Subscribers served by the Other TWE Systems. By way of example, TWE Cable Expenses include, without limitation, the general costs and expenses incurred by or allocated to the TWE Cable Division in connection with the development of the Full Service Network and telephony service and legal expenses incurred by the TWE Cable Division in connection with legal proceedings (such as "test cases") which generally affect the TWE Cable Division, but do not include expenses incurred in connection with the current operations of NY 1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any TWE Cable Expenses are paid more than one year beyond the end of the year in which such expenses arise, the Partnership shall reimburse TWE for such expenses when such expenses are paid; and to the extent that any TWE Cable Expenses are paid more than one year in advance of the year in which they arise, the Partnership shall reimburse TWE for such expenses when they are paid. The Partnership shall reimburse TWE for all costs and expenses for each calendar month for which TWE is entitled to reimbursement hereunder on the fifteenth day of such month based on TWE's reasonable estimate thereof; provided that any discrepancies between actual costs (as set forth in a certificate signed by an appropriate officer of TWE) and estimated costs and expenses shall be settled quarterly in arrears by payment by the Partnership to TWE of the amount of any underpayment for such quarter or by allocating to the Partnership a credit against future payments required by this paragraph in the amount of any overpayment for such quarter. The Advance/Newhouse Accountants shall have the right to audit annually TWE's records relevant to reimbursements from the Partnership pursuant to this subparagraph. The costs and expenses of such audit shall be borne by Advance/Newhouse. TWE and Advance/Newhouse agree that no adjustment shall be made to any annual reimbursement in the event that the extent of any disagreement between the parties shall be, as to such year, less than $1,500,000.

(ii) TWE, as Managing Partner, shall make all programming and any other service or product decisions with respect to the Partnership Systems, and shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such systems to be included in all programming and other relevant agreements to which the TWE Cable Division or any of its Controlled Affiliates is a party. TWE shall be compensated by the Partnership for such programming as follows (whether or not the Partnership Systems are included within such programming or other agreements):

(A) With respect to Third Party Programming (as defined below), the Partnership shall pay TWE for such programming at a net


31

effective rate (taking into account the appropriate economic benefit and/or detriment to TWE, if any, including, without limitation, discounts, credits, marketing support, rate reimbursement, advertising support, channel position fees, rebates, prepayment loans, deductions for unallocated accounts and other incentives) equal to the net effective rate per subscriber paid or accrued for such programming by the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliate pursuant to the master programming agreement or similar agreement between the provider of such programming and the TWE Cable Division or such Controlled Affiliate.

(B) With respect to any other programming, the Partnership shall pay TWE for such programming at a rate equal to the pro rata portion of the costs to TWE or such Affiliate of producing such programming (such pro rata portion to be determined based on the ratio of the number of Subscribers served by the Partnership Systems offering such programming to the total number of Subscribers served by the Partnership Systems and the Other TWE Systems offering such programming, or, in the case of a la carte programming, the ratio of the number of Partnership System Subscribers subscribing to such programming to the number of Subscribers of the Partnership Systems and the Other TWE Systems subscribing to such programming).

For the purpose of the foregoing, "Third Party Programming" shall mean
(x) any programming purchased by the TWE Cable Division or any of its Controlled Affiliates from any person that is not a Wholly-Owned Affiliate (as defined below) of TWE and (y) any programming (including, without limitation, HBO and Cinemax) purchased by the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates from TWE or any of its Wholly-Owned Affiliates (as defined below), provided, with respect to this clause (y), that (1) such programming is offered by TWE or such Affiliate to unaffiliated third parties for use on cable television systems, and
(2) the amount paid by the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates for such programming is consistent with the amount paid for such programming by similarly situated third parties and is otherwise consistent with the principles previously agreed to by the parties. "Wholly-Owned Affiliate" of TWE shall mean
(x) any division or subdivision of TWE or (y) any direct or indirect subsidiary of TWE all of the capital stock or other equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by TWE.

(iii) Upon exercise by any Eligible Option Holder (as defined below) of options to purchase securities of TWX or any of its Affiliates ("TWX Securities"), the Partnership shall pay to TWE for each share of stock or each $1,000 principal amount of debt securities, as the case may be (such share or $1,000 principal amount being referred to herein as a "unit" of TWX Securities), issuable upon exercise of such options an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Closing Price (as defined below) of a unit of such TWX Securities as of the date of exercise, over (B) either (1) for options issued prior to the Initial Closing Date, the greater of (x) the exercise price paid by such Eligible Option Holder for each such unit of TWX Securities and (y) the Closing Price of a unit of such TWX Securities on the Initial Closing Date, or (2) for options issued after the Initial Closing Date, the exercise price paid by such Eligible Option Holder for each such unit of TWX Securities.


32

For the purpose of this Section 3.1(h)(iii), the term "Eligible Option Holder" shall mean any officer or other employee of the Partnership or of TWE or any of its Subsidiaries who (x) in such capacity performs substantially all of his or her duties on behalf of the Partnership and (y) has been, or from time to time is, issued options to purchase units of TWX Securities; and the term "Closing Price" shall mean, with respect to any TWX Securities on any day, the last reported sale price of a unit of such TWX Securities (regular way) on such day as shown on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") Composite Transaction Tape, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of a unit of such TWX Securities on such day on the NYSE, or, if such TWX Securities are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such TWX Securities are listed or admitted to trading, or, if they are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of such TWX Securities on such day as reported by NASDAQ, or if such TWX Securities are not so reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of a unit of such TWX Securities on such day as furnished by any member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by TWX for that purpose; provided that in each case, the Closing Price shall be equitably adjusted to take into account any recapitalizations, reclassifications, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, extraordinary dividends or distributions, subdivisions or combinations or the like affecting the TWX Securities.

(iv) Except as expressly provided herein, including without limitation Section 3.1(g), Section 3.1(h) and Section 13.1 of this Agreement, or in the Contribution Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled, without the prior written consent of the other Partners, to compensation for its services on behalf of the Partnership or to be reimbursed for any costs or expenses incurred by such Partner or any of its Affiliates, agents, or representatives.

(v) Each of the Partners shall bear its own expenses, including fees and expenses of legal counsel, financial advisors, brokers or finders, and consultants incurred by it or its Affiliates in the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.

3.2 Limitations On Managing Partner. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, and in addition to any other consent or approval that may be required by the express terms of this Agreement, neither the Partnership nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, and neither the Managing Partner nor any Partner individually shall have the authority to cause the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries to, take any of the following actions without (i) the consent of the Partners or (ii) the unanimous consent (in person or by proxy) of all members of the Executive Committee:

(a) sell, assign, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets), taken as a whole, except upon the liquidation and dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Section 8 or Section 12;


33

(b) merge or consolidate with any other Person, other than the merger or consolidation of a Subsidiary of the Partnership with and into another Subsidiary of the Partnership or the Partnership;

(c) liquidate or dissolve, except in accordance with Section 8,
Section 12 or as otherwise may be required by the Act, and except for any liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary of the Partnership permitted by clause (b) above;

(d) admit any new partner to the Partnership (other than pursuant to
Section 6.1), or establish the terms and conditions of the admission of any new partner to the Partnership;

(e) incur, create, or assume any additional Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness relating to a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset) if the ratio of (i) Indebtedness of the Partnership (including such additional Indebtedness and any Indebtedness relating to a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset), to (ii) EBITDA of the Partnership for the last four fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available (the "Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio"), would exceed 5:1; provided that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio of the Partnership throughout this Agreement, both the Indebtedness and the EBITDA of Paragon Communications shall be excluded; and provided further that if the Partnership shall incur, create or assume any additional Indebtedness prior to the date on which financial statements for the first four fiscal quarters of the Partnership shall be available, then the Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that the Partnership had operated the Partnership Systems since the beginning of the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements of the Partners are available, which pro forma calculation shall be subject to the approval of the Advance/Newhouse Accountants, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) subject to Section 3.2(e), incur, create or assume any additional Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness relating to a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset), the proceeds of which are to be distributed to the Partners pursuant to Section 5.1, if the Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio, calculated without taking into account any Indebtedness incurred by the Partnership for purposes other than distributions to the Partners, would exceed 2:1; provided that if the Partnership shall incur, create or assume any additional Indebtedness prior to the date on which financial statements for the first four fiscal quarters of the Partnership shall be available, then the Indebtedness/EBITDA Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that the Partnership had operated the Partnership Systems since the beginning of the most recent four fiscal quarter period for which financial statements of the Partners are available, which pro forma calculation shall be subject to the approval of the Advance/Newhouse Accountants, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(g) enter into any agreement restricting the ability of the Partnership to make distributions to the Partners with respect to their Partnership Interests, except for reasonable restrictions contained in agreements entered into by the Partnership in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Partnership permitted by this


34

Agreement (provided that no such restrictions prohibit distributions in connection with the redemption of Preferred Partnership Units by the Partnership unless there exists a default or a circumstance which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default under the agreement governing such Indebtedness);

(h) dispose of any Partnership System serving more than 25,000 Subscribers for any consideration other than cash, dispose of any Partnership System with more than 10,000 Subscribers in a Preferred Cluster Area, or dispose of one or more Partnership Systems for aggregate cash consideration in excess of $50,000,000, in each case in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(i) except as provided in Section 10.1, acquire one or more cable television systems (other than cable television systems acquired pursuant to the Contribution Agreement) with more than 25,000 Subscribers for any consideration other than cash, or acquire one or more cable television systems for aggregate cash consideration in excess of $50,000,000, in either case in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(j) except as provided in Section 10, acquire any assets (other than cable television systems in accordance with paragraph (i) above, assets acquired pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, or assets acquired in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in accordance with the Long Term Strategic Plan) for aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, or enter into a new line of business that is reasonably expected to require an investment in excess of $50,000,000 (other than as contemplated by the Long Term Strategic Plan), in either case in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(k) dispose of any assets (including any assets represented by a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset) (other than in the ordinary course of business and other than cable television systems in accordance with paragraph (h) above) for aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000 in any transaction or series of related transactions;

(l) except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, enter into any contract (or series of related contracts) or engage in any transaction (or series of related transactions) with a Partner or any Affiliate of a Partner other than on an arm's length basis;

(m) designate any additional area as a Preferred Cluster Area;

(n) make material amendments or modifications to the Long Term Strategic Plan (as defined below);

(o) make any material deviations from the Long Term Strategic Plan taken as a whole;

(p) require additional Capital Contributions by any Partner; or


35

(q) change the name of the Partnership.

3.3 Business Plans.

(a) Long Term Strategic Plan.

(i) On or about March 6, 1995, TWE presented to Advance/Newhouse a statement of the Partnership's strategic objectives for the first five years of the Partnership's operations (the "Long Term Strategic Plan"), which plan included the Partnership's strategic objectives with respect to acquisitions and investments, asset dispositions, capital expenditures and the entry into or withdrawal from any material line of business as well as overall timing and numerical parameters with respect thereto. The Long Term Strategic Plan was prepared in a manner materially consistent with the long term strategic plan of TWE's Cable Division. On March 9, 1995 Advance/ Newhouse approved the Long Term Strategic Plan.

(ii) On August 18, 1998, TWE presented a successor Long Term Strategic Plan as required by Section 11(a) of the First Transaction Agreement. On October 21, 1998, Advance/Newhouse approved such successor Long Term Strategic Plan.

(iii) Prior to September 30, 2001 and within three years following the adoption and approval of each successor long term strategic plan in accordance with this paragraph (iii), the Managing Partner shall present to Advance/Newhouse a new long term strategic plan for the five year period beginning no later than the first day of the calendar year following the date which is three years following the adoption of the previous Long Term Strategic Plan. Such long term strategic plan shall be prepared in a manner materially consistent with the long term strategic plan of TWE's Cable Division and shall be subject to the approval of Advance/Newhouse. Any long term strategic plan approved by Advance/Newhouse and adopted by the Partnership shall upon the effective date stated in such plan be the Long Term Strategic Plan for all purposes of this Agreement. Until a successor Long Term Strategic Plan is approved by Advance/Newhouse, the Long Term Strategic Plan then in effect shall continue in effect; provided that upon the expiration of the five year period covered by such Long Term Strategic Plan, such Long Term Strategic Plan shall remain in effect as if it applied to such fiscal year, but shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for any capital expenditures required to be incurred by the Partnership by the terms of any franchise agreement or other requirement of law or to enable the Partnership to continue or complete any project or activity in progress that was contemplated by a previously approved Long Term Strategic Plan or was approved by the Executive Committee with the consent of Advance/Newhouse's representatives.

(b) Divisional Budget. Within a reasonable period of time prior to the beginning of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Partner shall provide to Advance/Newhouse division-by-division annual budgets for each group of Partnership Systems comprising a management division, which budgets shall not be materially inconsistent with the Long Term Strategic Plan without the written consent of Advance/Newhouse or its


36

representatives on the Executive Committee. The Managing Partner shall provide Advance/Newhouse's representatives on the Executive Committee reasonable opportunity to consult with the Managing Partner with respect to such plans.

(c) Other Business Plans. If TWE prepares other business plans with respect to the operation of TWE's Cable Division, then TWE shall provide such plans to Advance/Newhouse. The Managing Partner shall provide Advance/Newhouse's representatives on the Executive Committee reasonable opportunity to consult with the Managing Partner with respect to such plans.

SECTION 4 PARTNERSHIP CAPITAL

4.1 Capital Contributions.

(a) Initial Contributions. Upon the execution of the Original Agreement, Advance/Newhouse contributed to the Partnership cash in the amount of $30.00 and TWE contributed to the Partnership cash in the amount of $60.00.

(b) Additional Contributions by Advance/Newhouse.

(i) On the Initial Closing Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Contribution Agreement, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement, Advance/Newhouse contributed or caused to be contributed to the Partnership those assets (including the Beneficial Assets and the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) specified to be so contributed in the Contribution Agreement. As of the Initial Closing Date the fair market value of the assets contributed by Advance/Newhouse pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) was determined in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Contribution Agreement and included in the Partnership's records.

(ii) At any time after the date that is six months following the First Effective Date and on or before the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the First Effective Date, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2, or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section
9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of the First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount. In addition, Advance/Newhouse shall pay interest on the First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 5 of the First Transaction Agreement) compounded (to the extent not paid) on a quarterly basis, from July 1, 1996 until the date on which the First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount is paid. On the First Effective Date, Advance/Newhouse executed the Advance/Newhouse Note (as defined in Section 5 of the First Transaction Agreement) which is not an asset of the Partnership but secures Advance/Newhouse's obligation to contribute the First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount to the Partnership, plus interest, as provided in this
Section 4.1(b)(ii).

(iii) At any time after the date that is six months following the Second Effective Date and on or before the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the Second Effective Date, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to
Section 8.2, or the


37

purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of the Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount. In addition, Advance/Newhouse shall pay interest on the Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 4 of the Second Transaction Agreement) compounded (to the extent not paid) on a quarterly basis, from the Second Effective Date until the date on which the Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount is paid. On the Second Effective Date, Advance/Newhouse shall execute the Advance/Newhouse Note (as defined in Section 4 of the Second Transaction Agreement) which shall not be an asset of the Partnership but shall secure Advance/Newhouse's obligation to contribute the Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount to the Partnership, plus interest, as provided in this
Section 4.1(b)(iii).

(iv) At any time after the date that is six months following the Third Effective Date and on or before the earlier of July 1, 2000, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2, or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of the Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount. In addition, Advance/Newhouse shall pay interest on the Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 4 of the Third Transaction Agreement) compounded (to the extent not paid) on a quarterly basis, from July 1, 1998 until the date on which the Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount is paid in full, subject to a prepayment penalty if paid prior to July 1, 2000 as described in Section 4 of the Third Transaction Agreement. On the Third Effective Date, Advance/Newhouse shall execute the Advance/Newhouse Note (as defined in Section 4 of the Third Transaction Agreement) which shall not be an asset of the Partnership but shall secure Advance/Newhouse's obligation to contribute the Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount to the Partnership, plus interest, as provided in this
Section 4.1(b)(iv).

(v) On or before the fourth anniversary of the Fourth Effective Date a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2, or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of the Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount. In addition, Advance/Newhouse shall pay interest on the Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 4 of the Fourth Transaction Agreement) compounded (to the extent not paid) on a quarterly basis, from the Fourth Effective Date until the date on which the Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount is paid in full, as described in Section 4 of the Fourth Transaction Agreement. On the Fourth Effective Date, Advance/Newhouse shall execute the Advance/Newhouse Note (as defined in Section 4 of the Fourth Transaction Agreement) which shall not be an asset of the Partnership but shall secure Advance/Newhouse's obligation to contribute the Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount to the Partnership, plus interest, as provided in this Section 4.1(b)(v).

(c) Additional Contributions by TWE.


38

(i) On the Initial Closing Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Contribution Agreement, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement, TWE contributed to the Partnership those assets (including the Beneficial Assets and the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) specified to be so contributed in the Contribution Agreement. As of the Initial Closing Date the fair market value of the assets contributed by TWE pursuant to this Section 4.1(c) was determined in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Contribution Agreement and included in the Partnership's records.

(ii) On the First Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the First Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Transaction Agreement, TWE contributed to the Partnership those assets specified in Section 2(a) of the First Transaction Agreement, subject to the liabilities set forth in the First Transaction Agreement. Such contribution by TWE was in satisfaction of certain of its obligations, including under the Contribution Agreement, as provided in Section 2(d) of the First Transaction Agreement.

(iii) On the Fourth Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Fourth Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Fourth Transaction Agreement, TWE shall contribute to the Partnership those assets specified in Section 1(a)(i) and Section 1(a)(ii) of the Fourth Transaction Agreement, subject to liabilities as set forth in the Fourth Transaction Agreement. For purposes of establishing Capital Accounts, the Partners agree that as of the Fourth Effective Date, the fair market value of the assets contributed by TWE pursuant to this Section 4.1(c)(iii) shall be determined in accordance with the Fourth Transaction Agreement.

(d) Contributions by Paragon.

(i) On the First Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the First Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Transaction Agreement, Paragon contributed to the Partnership those assets specified on Schedule 1 of the First Transaction Agreement and in Section 2(b) of the First Transaction Agreement, subject to the liabilities set forth in the First Transaction Agreement. For purposes of establishing Capital Accounts, the Partners agree that as of the First Effective Date, the fair market value of the assets contributed by Paragon pursuant to this Section 4.1(d)(i) was determined in accordance with the First Transaction Agreement.

(ii) On the Second Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Second Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Transaction Agreement, Paragon contributed to the Partnership those assets specified on Schedule 1 of the Second Transaction Agreement, subject to the liabilities set forth in the Second Transaction Agreement. For purposes of establishing Capital Accounts, the Partners agree that as of the Second Effective Date, the fair market value of the assets contributed by Paragon pursuant to this Section 4.1(d)(ii) shall be determined in accordance with the Second Transaction Agreement.


39

(iii) On the Third Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Third Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Third Transaction Agreement, Paragon shall contribute to the Partnership those assets specified on Schedule 1 of the Third Transaction Agreement, subject to the liabilities set forth in the Third Transaction Agreement. For purposes of establishing Capital Accounts, the Partners agree that as of the Third Effective Date, the fair market value of the assets contributed by Paragon pursuant to this Section 4.1(d)(iii) was determined in accordance with the Third Transaction Agreement.

(iv) On the Fourth Effective Date and from time to time thereafter as provided in the Fourth Transaction Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Fourth Transaction Agreement, Paragon shall contribute to the Partnership those assets specified in Section 1(a)(iii) of the Fourth Transaction Agreement, subject to liabilities as described in the Fourth Transaction. For purposes of establishing Capital Accounts, the Partners agree that as of the Fourth Effective Date, the fair market value of the assets contributed by Paragon pursuant to this Section 4.1(d)(iv) was determined in accordance with the Fourth Transaction Agreement.

(e) Preferred Capital Contributions.

(i) Prior to the Fourth Effective Date, no Preferred Partnership Units were issued to Advance/Newhouse in exchange for Preferred Capital Contributions pursuant to Section 4.2(c).

(ii) At any time that TWE, Advance/Newhouse or Paragon elects not to receive a proposed distribution from the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.1(c), the amount of such proposed distribution shall be treated as a contribution to the Partnership, in increments of $1,000, in exchange for Preferred Partnership Units as provided in Section 4.2(c); provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if at such time TWE, Advance/Newhouse and Paragon are all treated as having made a concurrent contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.1(e)(ii), then the amount of the proposed distribution to TWE, Advance/Newhouse and Paragon shall be treated as Common Capital Contributions and no Preferred Partnership Units shall be issued therefor.

(iii) Any Distributable Cash retained by the Partnership and treated as a Preferred Capital Contribution in accordance with Section 4.1(e)(i) or 4.1(e)(ii) shall be invested by the Partnership in debt securities in the manner directed by the holder of the applicable Preferred Partnership Units and any amounts received on such debt securities (as interest or otherwise), to the extent not distributed pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(i), 5.1(b)(i) or 5.2, shall be reinvested in debt securities in the manner directed by the holder of the applicable Preferred Partnership Units. All such debt securities, together with any uninvested amounts received thereon, shall be referred to herein as the "Preferred Investment Pool" with respect to the Preferred Partnership Units held by such Partner.


40

(f) Other Additional Capital Contributions. Except as agreed to by the Partners in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof, there shall be no further assessments for additional Common Capital Contributions, Series A Preferred Capital Contributions, Series B Preferred Capital Contributions or Series C Preferred Capital Contributions by the Partners to the Partnership.

4.2 Partnership Units.

(a) Advance/Newhouse and TWE.

(i) On September 9, 1994, the Partnership issued:

(A) to Advance/Newhouse, 300 Common Partnership Units in exchange for Advance/Newhouse's agreement to make the Common Capital Contributions described in Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b)(i); and

(B) to TWE, 600 Common Partnership Units in exchange for TWE's agreement to make the Common Capital Contributions described in Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(c).

(ii) As of the First Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Advance/Newhouse the number of Common Partnership Units equal to fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Partnership Units issued to Paragon pursuant to
Section 4.2(b)(i) hereof. Such Common Partnership Units were issued to Advance/Newhouse in exchange for Advance/Newhouse's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(b)(ii).

(iii) As of the Second Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Advance/Newhouse the number of Common Partnership Units equal to fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Partnership Units issued to Paragon pursuant to
Section 4.2(b)(ii) hereof. Such Common Partnership Units were issued to Advance/Newhouse in exchange for Advance/Newhouse's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(b)(iii).

(iv) As of the Third Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Advance/Newhouse the number of Common Partnership Units equal to fifty percent (50%) of the number of Common Partnership Units issued to Paragon pursuant to
Section 4.2(b)(iii) hereof. Such Common Partnership Units were issued to Advance/Newhouse in exchange for Advance/Newhouse's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(b)(iv).

(v) On the Fourth Effective Date, the Partnership shall issue:

(A) to Advance/Newhouse, the number of Common Partnership Units equal to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate number of Common Partnership Units issued to TWE pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(v)(B) hereof and issued to Paragon pursuant to Section 4.2(b)(iv) hereof. Such Common Partnership Units shall be issued to Advance/Newhouse in exchange for


41

Advance/Newhouse's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in
Section 4.1(b)(v); and

(B) to TWE, the number of Series C Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units provided in Section 1(c) of the Fourth Transaction Agreement. Such Series C Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units shall be issued to TWE in exchange for its agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(c)(iii).

(b) Paragon.

(i) As of the First Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Paragon the number of Series A Preferred Partnership Units and the number of Common Partnership Units provided in Sections 1(c) and 2(d) of the First Transaction Agreement. Such Series A Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units were issued to Paragon in exchange for Paragon's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(d)(i).

(ii) As of the Second Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Paragon the number of Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the number of Common Partnership Units provided in Section 1(c) of the Second Transaction Agreement. Such Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units were issued to Paragon in exchange for Paragon's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(d)(ii).

(iii) As of the Third Effective Date, the Partnership issued to Paragon the number of Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the number of Common Partnership Units provided in Section 1(c) of the Third Transaction Agreement. Such Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units were issued to Paragon in exchange for Paragon's agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(d)(iii).

(iv) On the Fourth Effective Date, the Partnership shall issue to Paragon the number of Series C Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units provided in Section 1(d) of the Fourth Transaction Agreement. Such Series C Preferred Partnership Units and Common Partnership Units shall be issued to Paragon in exchange for its agreement to make the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.1(d)(iv).

(c) Preferred Partnership Units. At any time that a Partner is treated as having made a contribution to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1(e) (unless all Partners are treated as having made such a contribution as provided in the proviso to Section 4.1(e)(ii)), the Partnership shall issue to such Partner, on the date on which such contribution is deemed made, one Preferred Partnership Unit for each $1,000 deemed contributed by such Partner on such date.

4.3 Indebtedness.


42

(a) (i) In accordance with the First Transaction Agreement, the Partnership assumed and otherwise took subject to, the Assumed CVI Liabilities and the Assumed Paragon Liabilities (as such terms are defined in Sections 1(a) and 2(b) of the First Transaction Agreement).

(ii) In accordance with the Second Transaction Agreement, the Partnership assumed or otherwise took subject to, the Assumed Second Liabilities (as such terms are defined in Section 1(a) of the Second Transaction Agreement).

(iii) In accordance with the Third Transaction Agreement, the Partnership assumed or otherwise took subject to, the Assumed Third Liabilities (as such terms are defined in Section 1(a) of the Third Transaction Agreement).

(iv) In accordance with the Fourth Transaction Agreement, the Partnership shall assume or otherwise take subject to, the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities (as such terms are defined in Section 1(a) of the Fourth Transaction Agreement).

(b) Subject to Sections 3.2(e) and 3.2(f), from time to time upon the written request of any Partner, the Partnership shall incur Indebtedness which, in the good faith judgment of the Managing Partner is available on commercially reasonable terms, provided such Indebtedness expressly is non-recourse to any Partner.

(c) Subject to the limitation in Section 5.1(a)(iv), in the event the Partnership incurs Indebtedness pursuant to this Section 4.3, the proceeds of such Indebtedness shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with
Section 5.1 below.

(d) As promptly as practicable after the Managing Partner determines to cause the Partnership to incur, create or assume any Indebtedness, but not less than 10 days before the incurrence, creation or assumption by the Partnership of such Indebtedness, the Managing Partner shall give Advance/Newhouse notice and a reasonably detailed description thereof, including a description of any restrictions on distributions of the type referred to in the next sentence contained in the agreement governing such Indebtedness (the "Indebtedness Notice"). The Managing Partner shall use reasonable best efforts in negotiating such agreement to exclude from the credit (or other) agreement(s) entered into by the Partnership in connection with such Indebtedness any restrictions on distributions by the Partnership with respect to any Preferred Partnership Units (it being understood that, subject to Section 3.2(g), the Partnership shall not be required to exclude any restrictions on distributions with respect to any Preferred Partnership Units from any such agreement if as a result of such exclusion the Indebtedness governed by such agreement would bear a higher rate of interest or such agreement would contain more restrictive covenants than if such agreement did not exclude such restrictions, assuming for such purpose that the Partnership did not own the assets held in the Preferred Investment Pool).

SECTION 5 CASH DISTRIBUTIONS; ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES


43

5.1 Distributions.

(a) Distributions Prior to Sixth Anniversary. Except as provided in Sections 5.1(d), 5.1(e), 5.2 and 8.2, prior to the sixth anniversary of the First Effective Date, all distributions by the Partnership shall be made as follows:

(i) The Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) to the holders of the Preferred Partnership Units all cash received with respect to the Preferred Investment Pool associated with such Preferred Partnership Units, until each holder of Preferred Partnership Units shall have received aggregate distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(i) in an amount equal to the product of the Effective Tax Rate times the Net Cumulative Preferred Taxable Income allocated to such holder of Preferred Partnership Units during the period commencing on the Initial Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of distribution.

(ii) With respect to any Fiscal Year in which Paragon and TWE are expected (based on the Managing Partner's good faith estimate) to be allocated Net Profit pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii), the Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) all Distributable Cash to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated for each of them in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) until Paragon shall have received distributions, with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it in an amount equal to the excess of (I) the sum of (x) such estimated Net Profit expected to be allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) and (y) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, over (II) the distributions to Paragon pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, which distributions shall be allocated among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion to such excess amount calculated for each of them; and

(B) until TWE shall have received distributions with respect to the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it in an amount equal to the excess of (I) the sum of (x) such estimated Net Profit expected to be allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) and (y) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years, over (II) the distributions to TWE pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(iii) After the Partnership has made distributions with respect to the Preferred Partnership Units, the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii), the Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not


44

prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) to the Partners Distributable Cash, in proportion to the respective amounts required to be distributed to each such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii), in an amount equal to 25 percent of such Partner's Net Tax Amount for the taxable year that includes such calendar quarter (as estimated in good faith by the Managing Partner). The Managing Partner's estimate of such Partner's Net Tax Amount for such year shall be revised prior to each distribution for such year and upon the filing of the Partnership's Federal income tax return for such year, and following such revision, (y) the Partnership shall distribute to such Partner the excess (if any) of the amount that should have been distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii) based on such revised estimate, over the amount actually distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii), plus interest thereon at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness, or (z) such Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the excess (if any) of the amount actually distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii) over the amount that should have been distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii) based on such revised estimate, plus interest thereon at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness. To the extent there is insufficient available cash to make distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii) at the time required, the Partnership shall pay interest on such shortfall at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness, and such interest shall be paid out of the Partnership's first available Distributable Cash.

(iv) After the Partnership has made the distributions required by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), any remaining Distributable Cash shall, at least quarterly, be distributed to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests, unless they make the election provided in Section 5.1(c); provided, however, that during the period ending on the third anniversary of the Fourth Effective Date, distributions to any Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iv) shall not, without the consent of TWE, exceed an amount which, when added to the distributions to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii), exceed the sum of (x) such Partner's permitted "operating cash flow distribution," as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-4(b), and (y) the amount of Partnership indebtedness incurred by the Partnership during the taxable year that includes such calendar quarter and the proceeds of which are distributed to the Partners, to the extent such indebtedness is included in such Partner's basis in its interest in the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 752 and Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-5(a)(2).

(b) Distributions After Sixth Anniversary. Except as provided in Sections 5.1(d), 5.1(e), 5.2 and 8.2, on and after the sixth anniversary of the First Effective Date, all distributions by the Partnership shall be made as follows:

(i) The Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) to the holders of the Preferred Partnership Units all cash received with respect to the Preferred Investment Pool associated with such Preferred Partnership Units, until each holder of Preferred Partnership Units shall have received aggregate distributions pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(i) and this Section 5.1(b)(i) in an amount equal to the product of the Effective Tax Rate times the Net Cumulative Preferred Taxable Income allocated to such holder of Preferred


45

Partnership Units during the period commencing on the Initial Closing Date and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of distribution.

(ii) With respect to any Fiscal Year in which Paragon and TWE are expected (based on the Managing Partner's good faith estimate) to be allocated Net Profit pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii), the Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) all Distributable Cash to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated for each of them in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) until Paragon shall have received distributions, with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it in an amount equal to the excess of (I) the sum of (x) such estimated Net Profit expected to be allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) and (y) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, over (II) the distributions to Paragon pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(ii)(A) and Section 5.1(a)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, which distributions shall be allocated among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion to such excess amount calculated for each of them; and

(B) until TWE shall have received distributions with respect to the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it in an amount equal to the excess of (I) the sum of (x) such estimated Net Profit expected to be allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) and (y) the Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years, over (II) the distributions to TWE pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(ii)(B) and Section 5.1(a)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(iii) After the Partnership has made distributions with respect to the Preferred Partnership Units, the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii), the Partnership shall, at least quarterly, distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) to the Partners Distributable Cash, in proportion to the respective amounts required to be distributed to each such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii), in an amount equal to 25 percent of such Partner's Net Tax Amount for the taxable year that includes such calendar quarter (as estimated in good faith by the Managing Partner). The Managing Partner's estimate of such Partner's Net Tax Amount for such year shall be revised prior to each distribution for such year and upon the filing of the Partnership's Federal income tax return for such year, and following such revision, (y) the Partnership shall distribute to such Partner the excess (if any) of the amount that should have been distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) based on such revised estimate, over the amount actually distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii), plus interest thereon at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness, or (z) such Partner shall contribute


46

to the Partnership the excess (if any) of the amount actually distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) over the amount that should have been distributed to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) based on such revised estimate, plus interest thereon at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness. To the extent there is insufficient available cash to make distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) at the time required, the Partnership shall pay interest on such shortfall at the rate paid by the Partnership on its senior Indebtedness, and such interest shall be paid out of the Partnership's first available Distributable Cash.

(iv) After the Partnership has made the distributions required by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Partnership shall distribute (to the extent not prohibited by any applicable contractual restrictions) any remaining Distributable Cash to Paragon and TWE on a pari passu basis in redemption of outstanding Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units, at a redemption price of $1,000 per Series A Preferred Partnership Unit, Series B Preferred Partnership Unit or Series C Preferred Partnership Unit, as the case may be, so that the Partnership shall have redeemed such Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units in accordance with the following:

(A) Prior to the seventh anniversary of the First Effective Date, the Partnership shall have redeemed one-third of the number of Series A Preferred Partnership Units and Series B Preferred Partnership Units originally issued pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(v)(B) or Section 4.2(b);

(B) Prior to the eighth anniversary of the First Effective Date, the Partnership shall have redeemed, in the aggregate, two-thirds of the number of Series A Preferred Partnership Units and Series B Preferred Partnership Units, plus one-third of the number of Series C Preferred Partnership Units, in each case that were originally issued pursuant to Sections 4.2(a)(v)(B) and 4.2(b); and

(C) Prior to the ninth anniversary of the First Effective Date, the Partnership shall have redeemed, in the aggregate, all of the outstanding number of Series A Preferred Partnership Units and Series B Preferred Partnership Units, plus two-thirds of the number of Series C Preferred Partnership Units, in each case that were originally issued pursuant to Sections 4.2(a)(v)(B) and 4.2(b); and

(D) On and after the tenth anniversary of the First Effective Date, the Partnership shall have redeemed all outstanding Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units.

Each distribution pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iv) shall be made with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and


47

Series C Preferred Partnership Units, as applicable, held by Paragon and TWE, pari passu, in proportion to the number of each outstanding.

(v) After the Partnership shall have made all distributions required by clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), any remaining Distributable Cash shall, at least quarterly, be distributed to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests, unless they make the election provided in Section 5.1(c).

(c) Election Not to Receive Distribution. Notwithstanding
Section 5.1(a)(iv) or Section 5.1(b)(v), at any time that the Partnership proposes to make distributions to the Partners pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iv) or
Section 5.1(b)(v), any of such Partners may elect not to receive the distribution proposed to be distributed to it, and the amount of such proposed distribution shall be treated as a contribution to the Partnership by such Partner pursuant to Section 4.1(d), and shall no longer be considered to be part of Distributable Cash for purposes of Section 5.1.

(d) Net Proceeds of Sale. Following the sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, or upon the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), and after payment of, or adequate provision for, the debts and obligations of the Partnership, the remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, allocations, and other Capital Account adjustments for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs) as follows:

(i) First, the applicable Preferred Investment Pool shall be distributed to the holder of Preferred Partnership Units in redemption of all such Preferred Partnership Units;

(ii) Second, the Priority Return accrued and unpaid as of the date of liquidation shall be distributed to Paragon and TWE in respect of the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by each of them, as applicable, on a pari passu basis in proportion to the amounts of such returns;

(iii) Third, all outstanding Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Partnership Units shall be redeemed at a redemption price of $1,000 per Series A Preferred Partnership Unit, Series B Partnership Unit or Series C Partnership Unit, as the case may be; and

(iv) Finally, the remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners so as to effectuate the agreement among the Partners that the distributions remaining after paying taxes on the Partners' Special Income and Gross Profit and Gross Loss allocated under Section 5.3(d)(ii) with respect to the year of such distribution are in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, assuming all Partners are taxed at the Special Effective Tax Rate and taking into account any


48

additional tax paid by Advance/Newhouse due to the inability of it (or the Persons that are the taxpayers with respect to income of it) to use all Taxable Loss allocable to it.

(e) Withholding. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment or distribution to a Partner shall be treated as amounts distributed to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes of this Agreement.

5.2 Redemption of Preferred Partnership Units. Upon an Advance/Newhouse Redemption Event, TWE Redemption Event, or Paragon Redemption Event, Advance/Newhouse, TWE or Paragon, respectively, shall have the option to require the Partnership to redeem all or some of the Preferred Partnership Units held by such Partner. Such redemption option shall be exercisable by delivery of a written notice (the "Redemption Notice") to the Partnership indicating that an Advance/Newhouse Redemption Event, TWE Redemption Event, or Paragon Redemption Event, as applicable, has occurred, and setting forth the number of Preferred Partnership Units to be redeemed by the Partnership (the "Redeemed Preferred Partnership Units"). As soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than five business days following the delivery of the Redemption Notice, the Partnership shall distribute to Advance/Newhouse, TWE or Paragon, as applicable, the applicable Preferred Investment Pool (or pro rata portion thereof based on the ratio of the number of Redeemed Preferred Partnership Units to the total number of Preferred Partnership Units held by Advance/Newhouse, TWE or Paragon, as applicable).

5.3 Allocations of Preferred Profit; Preferred Loss; Net Profit and Net Loss.

(a) Priority Allocations. All Preferred Profit and Preferred Loss with respect to a Preferred Investment Pool for any Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated to the holder of Preferred Partnership Units to which such Preferred Investment Pool relates.

(b) Allocations of Net Profit. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.3(d) and 5.3(e), after giving effect to the allocations provided in Sections 5.3(a), 5.5 and 5.8, the Net Profit for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated to the Partners as follows:

(i) First, Net Profit shall be allocated to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) until Paragon shall have been allocated, with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it, Net Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the aggregate Net Loss allocated to Paragon pursuant to Section 5.3(c)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(i)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, which allocation shall be divided


among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion to such excess amount calculated for each of them; and

(B) until TWE shall have been allocated, with respect to the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it, Net Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the aggregate Net Loss allocated to TWE pursuant to Section 5.3(c)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(i)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(ii) Second, Net Profit shall be allocated to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) until Paragon shall have been allocated, with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by it, Net Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the cumulative Series A Priority Return, the cumulative Series B Priority Return and the cumulative Series C Priority Return, in each case accrued through the end of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, which amount of Net Profit shall be allocated among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion to such excess amount calculated for each of them; and

(B) until TWE shall have been allocated with respect to the Series C Partnership Units held by it, Net Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the cumulative Series C Priority Return accrued through the end of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(iii) Third, Net Profit shall be allocated to the Partners, in proportion to and to the extent of the amount required to be allocated pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iii), until each such Partner has been allocated Net Profit pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iii) in an amount equal to the excess of (y) such Partner's aggregate Maximum Income Amount for such Fiscal Year and all prior Fiscal Years, over (z) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years; and

(iv) Thereafter, Net Profit shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.


50

(c) Allocations of Net Loss. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.3(d) and 5.3(e), after giving effect to the allocations provided in Sections 5.3(a), 5.5 and 5.8, Net Loss for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, Net Loss for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests until Advance/Newhouse's Capital Account is reduced to the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Profit allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years, over the aggregate Special Tax Amounts distributed to such Partner pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(iii) and 5.1(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(ii) Second, Net Loss for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units and the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, until Paragon's Capital Account has been reduced to the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Profit allocated to Paragon pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years, over the aggregate Special Tax Amounts distributed to pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(iii) and 5.1(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years, which allocation shall be divided among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion the amount calculated with respect to each of them; and

(B) with respect to the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by TWE, until TWE's Capital Account has been reduced to the excess, if any, of the aggregate Net Profit allocated to TWE pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years, over the aggregate Special Tax Amounts distributed to pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(iii) and 5.1(b)(iii) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(iii) Thereafter, Net Loss for such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(d) Allocation of Gain or Loss Upon Sale. Notwithstanding
Section 5.3(b) and Section 5.3(c), and after giving effect to the allocations provided in Section 5.3(a), in the event of a sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, or upon the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), beginning in the year in which the contract or agreement for such sale is entered into or, if such contract or agreement is entered into on or prior to the date on which the Partnership's Federal income tax return with respect to the prior year is required to be filed (not including any extensions), beginning in such prior year:


51

(i) First, Gross Profit shall be allocated to Paragon and TWE (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the excess amounts calculated in clauses (A) and (B) below, respectively):

(A) until Paragon shall have been allocated Gross Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the sum of (x) the aggregate Net Loss allocated to Paragon pursuant to Section 5.3(c)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, and (y) the cumulative Series A Priority Return, Series B Priority Return and Series C Priority Return accrued through the end of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof), over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to Paragon pursuant to Sections 5.3(b)(i)(A) and Section 5.3(b)(ii)(A) for all prior Fiscal Years, which allocation shall be divided among the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon, pari passu, in proportion to such excess amount calculated for each of them; and

(B) Until TWE shall have been allocated Gross Profit in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the sum of (x) the aggregate Net Loss allocated to TWE pursuant to Section 5.3(c)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years, and (y) the cumulative Series C Priority Return accrued through the end of such Fiscal Year (or portion thereof), over (II) the aggregate Net Profit allocated to TWE pursuant to Sections 5.3(b)(i)(B) and Section 5.3(b)(ii)(B) for all prior Fiscal Years.

(ii) Finally, Gross Profit and Gross Loss shall be allocated to the Partners so as to cause the credit balance in each Partner's Capital Account to equal, as nearly as possible, the amount each Partner would receive in a distribution on dissolution, if the distribution were made in accordance with Section 5.1(d).

In the event that such sale or liquidation does not take place within the year following the year of the signing of the contract or agreement, or upon the termination of such contract or agreement, if earlier, allocations of Gross Profit or Gross Loss shall be made to reverse, as rapidly as possible, the effect of any such allocations made pursuant to this Section 5.3(d).

5.4 Section 754 Adjustment. To the extent any adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset of the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations. Any Partner may cause the Partnership to make any election permitted under Code Section 754.

5.5 Other Allocation Rules.


52

(a) In the event that the Partnership is entitled to an income tax deduction for the excess of the Closing Price of a unit of TWX Securities on the Initial Closing Date over the exercise price paid by the Eligible Option Holder for such unit of TWX Securities, such deduction and an equal amount of Gross Loss shall be specifically allocated to TWE or Paragon, as appropriate, and TWE or Paragon, as appropriate, shall be deemed to have made a capital contribution to the Partnership in the same amount.

(b) In the event that, pursuant to any Final Determination of the Partnership's Taxable Income or Taxable Loss or the Partner's distributive shares thereof, (i) the Partnership's Taxable Income or Taxable Loss is adjusted or (ii) the Partners' distributive shares of the Partnership's Taxable Income or Taxable Loss are adjusted, Gross Profit or Gross Loss shall be allocated to the Partners to reflect the adjustments to the Partnership's Taxable Income or Taxable Loss or the Partners' distributive shares thereof so as to place the Partners as rapidly as possible, in conjunction with any distribution or contribution pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) and Section 5.1(b)(iii), in the same relative positions they would have been in had the Taxable Income or Taxable Loss or distributive shares thereof as adjusted been taken into account originally (including any interest with respect to any deficiency or any refund).

(c) In the event that interest is paid by the Partnership to a Partner pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(iii) or Section 5.1(b)(iii), a special allocation of Gross Profit shall be made to such Partner in an amount equal to the amount of such interest.

(d) If any fees or other payments deducted for federal income tax purposes by the Partnership are recharacterized by a final determination of the Internal Revenue Service as nondeductible distributions to any Partner, then, notwithstanding all other allocation provisions, Gross Profit shall be allocated to such Partner (for each Fiscal Year in which such recharacterization occurs) in an amount equal to the fees or payments recharacterized.

(e) All items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be allocated among the Partners in the same proportion as they share the Preferred Profits, Preferred Losses, Net Profits, Net Losses, Gross Profits or Gross Loss to which such items relate for the Fiscal Year. Any credits against income tax shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

(f) For any year with respect to which the Partnership is required to pay New York City Unincorporated Business Tax, such tax shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner so that the benefit of any deduction, credit, exemption or exclusion that is available to the Partnership as a result of the activities, income or status of or payments by a particular Partner (a "Credit Partner") shall be allocated entirely to such Credit Partner. The foregoing shall be accomplished by charging the amount of such tax to the Capital Account of any Partner that is not a Credit Partner and by distributing to any Credit Partner an amount that bears the same proportion to such tax as such Credit Partner's Percentage Interest bears to the Percentage Interests of the Partners that are not Credit Partners.


53

(g) Notwithstanding Section 5.3(b), in the event that the Net Profit allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 5.3(b)(iii) results in an allocation of Taxable Loss to Advance/Newhouse, then Net Profit shall be reallocated among the Partners so as to effectuate the agreement of the Partners that on an annual basis the distributions pursuant to Sections 5.1(a)(iii), 5.1(a)(iv), 5.1(b)(iii) and 5.1(b)(v) remaining after paying taxes on Special Income and Net Profit allocated pursuant to Sections 5.3(b)(iii) and 5.3(b)(iv) shall be in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, assuming all Partners are taxed at the Special Effective Tax Rate and taking into account any additional tax paid by Advance/Newhouse due to the inability of it (or the Persons that are the taxpayers with respect to income of it) to use all Taxable Loss allocable to it.

5.6 Tax Allocations.

(a) Income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership, including property purchased with cash contributed to the capital of the Partnership by a Partner shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value in accordance with the remedial allocation method set forth in Treasury Regulations
Section 1.704-3(d).

(b) If the Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Partnership is adjusted pursuant to paragraph (ii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for Federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in accordance with Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, including Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) and 1.704-3(d).

(c) Subject to Section 11.8, any election or other decision relating to any allocations pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall be made by the Partnership, upon the approval of such election or other decision by the Managing Partner, in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.6 are solely for purposes of Federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner's Capital Account or share of Net Profit, Net Loss, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(d) For purposes of Sections 5.1(d) and 5.5, within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Advance/Newhouse shall provide the Managing Partner with the Advance/Newhouse Loss Amount for such Fiscal Year.

5.7 Allocation in Event of Transfer. If any Partnership Units are transferred in accordance with Section 6.1, the Preferred Profit, Preferred Loss, Net Profit and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be allocated between the periods before and after the transfer by the closing of the books method. As of the date of such transfer, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account, Common Capital Contribution, Preferred Capital


54

Contribution, Series A Preferred Capital Contribution, Series B Preferred Capital Contribution and Series C Preferred Capital Contribution of the transferor Partner, to the extent that the transferor's Capital Account, Common Capital Contribution, Preferred Capital Contribution, Series A Preferred Capital Contribution, Series B Preferred Capital Contribution and Series C Preferred Capital Contribution relate to the transferred interest. This Section shall apply for purposes of computing a Partner's Capital Account and for federal income tax purposes.

5.8 Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets. The Partnership shall (and the Partners shall not, except as Partners of the Partnership) report, for Federal income tax purposes, the income, gain, deduction and loss with respect to the Beneficial Assets that are not Subsidiary Beneficial Assets, and the Partners shall (and the Partnership shall not) report, for Federal income tax purposes, the income, gain, deduction and loss with respect to the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets. In the event that, pursuant to any Final Determination (as defined below), the Partnership either (x) is treated as the beneficial owner of any of the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets prior to the actual contribution of such Subsidiary Beneficial Assets to the Partnership or (y) is treated as not the beneficial owner of any of the Beneficial Assets that are not Subsidiary Beneficial Assets prior to the actual contribution of such Beneficial Assets to the Partnership, to the extent necessary, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the distributions provided for in Section 5.1 so as to place the Partners and the Partnership in the same positions they would have been in had the Partnership's beneficial ownership of the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets or lack of beneficial ownership of such other Beneficial Assets been taken into account originally.

5.9 Set-off. If (a) by the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the First Effective Date, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2, or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section
9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall not have contributed to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the First Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount plus interest thereon in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(ii), (b) by the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the Second Effective Date, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2, or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall not have contributed to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Second Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount plus interest thereon in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(iii), or (c) by the earlier of July 1, 2000, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to
Section 8.2 or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to
Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall not have contributed to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the Third Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount plus interest thereon in accordance with Section 4.1(b)(iv), or (d) by the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the Fourth Effective Date, a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2 or the purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units pursuant to Section 9(g)(ii), Advance/Newhouse shall not have contributed to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the Fourth Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount plus interest thereon in accordance with
Section 4.1(b)(v), then, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the Partnership may have, the Partnership is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without prior notice


55

to Advance/Newhouse (or any successor to or transferee of its Partnership Interests), to recoup, set-off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing or otherwise payable by the Partnership to Advance/Newhouse (or any successor to or transferee of its Partnership Interests), including, without limitation, any distributions payable in accordance with Section 5 and any distributions to, or Partnership liabilities assumed by, Advance/Newhouse in accordance with Section 8.2, and any amounts payable to Advance/Newhouse pursuant to Section 9, to satisfy Advance/Newhouse's obligations to make such contribution. To the extent that any amounts distributable in accordance with Section 5 or Section 8.2 are applied in accordance with the preceding sentence rather than distributed to Advance/Newhouse (or any successor to or transferee of its Partnership Interests), then such amounts shall be deemed distributed by the Partnership to Advance/Newhouse (or such successor or transferee) and recontributed by Advance/Newhouse (or such successor or transferee) to the Partnership and the Capital Account of Advance/Newhouse (or such successor or transferee) shall be adjusted to reflect such deemed distribution and recontribution.

SECTION 6 TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

6.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Transfers Generally Prohibited. No Partner shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, assign, grant a participation in, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its Partnership Interest (including through the issuance of equity interests in such Partner) unless:

(i) the transaction complies with all agreements entered into by the Partnership with third parties to which transfers of Partnership Interests are subject; and

(ii) the transferee of the Partner's Partnership Interest is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner and agrees to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement; and

(iii) the transaction is (A) a transfer of all of a Partner's Partnership Interest (1) to a Newhouse Family Member, or to an Affiliate of Advance/Newhouse so long as at least 80% of the equity of such Affiliate is owned directly or indirectly by one or more Newhouse Family Members, in the case of Advance/Newhouse, (2) to a Wholly-Owned Affiliate of TWE, in the case of TWE, or (3) to TWE, TWX or a Wholly-Owned Affiliate of TWE or TWX, in the case of Paragon, (B) a transfer to the partners of TWE pursuant to a liquidation of TWE in which TWX or one or more of its Affiliates receives a majority of the Common Partnership Units owned by TWE, and TWX or such Affiliates agree to assume all the obligations of Managing Partner of the Partnership hereunder, (C) a transfer in connection with the incorporation of TWE (including any public offering of the stock of the corporate successor of TWE) pursuant to Article XIII of the TWE Partnership Agreement or otherwise, provided that TWX (or its Affiliates) exercises control over the corporate successor to TWE, and such corporate successor agrees to assume all the obligations of Managing Partner of the


56

Partnership hereunder, (D) a transfer in connection with the incorporation of Advance/Newhouse or pursuant to a public offering of partnership units in Advance/Newhouse (or of stock in the corporate successor of Advance/Newhouse) so long as, after giving effect to such public offering, Newhouse Family Members would own directly or indirectly at least 20% of the equity interests, and a majority of the voting interests, in Advance/Newhouse (or its corporate successor); (E) an issuance by TWE of any partnership interest in TWE so long as, after giving effect to such issuance, TWX would directly or indirectly own an interest at least equal to the TWI Minimum Interest (as defined in the TWE Partnership Agreement as in effect on September 9, 1994); (F) a "spinoff" or other distribution of TWE or its corporate successor to the shareholders of TWX; or (G) a pledge by any Partner of all or any portion of its Partnership Interests to a bank or other financial institution in connection with securing a bona fide loan made to such Partner; and

(iv) the transferee of such Partner's Partnership Interests is a domestically incorporated corporation or a partnership, all of the partners of which are domestically incorporated corporations.

For the purposes of the foregoing, "Newhouse Family Member" shall mean any Person who is a lineal descendant (including adoptees) of Meyer and Rose Newhouse, or any entity which is wholly-owned directly or indirectly by one or more of such lineal descendants, or any trust established for the sole benefit of one or more of such lineal descendants or their spouses.

(b) Ownership. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, each Partner shall (i) be the owner of the Partnership Interest indicated in the Partnership's records as being owned by such Partner, and (ii) have sole voting power with respect to its Partnership Interest and will not grant any proxy with respect to such Partnership Interest, enter into any voting trust or other voting agreement or arrangement with respect to such Partnership Interest, or grant any other rights to vote such Partnership Interest; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of a Partner to enter into agreements not inconsistent with this Agreement that restrict such Partner's ability to transfer its Partnership Interest.

(c) Transferees Bound. After any sale, assignment, transfer, or other conveyance of a Partnership Interest in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the transferred Partnership Interest shall continue to be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this Section 6.

SECTION 7 ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE REPRESENTATION ON TWE COMMITTEE

7.1 TWE Full Service Network Management Committee. TWE shall cause one individual designated from time to time by Advance/Newhouse to be appointed a member of the Full Service Network Management Committee of TWE. Such Advance/Newhouse designee shall have the same rights and privileges as the members of the Full Service Network Management Committee of TWE that the Class A Partners (as


57

defined in the TWE Partnership Agreement) other than USW are entitled to designate (it being understood that such designee shall not be entitled to vote on matters before such committee).

SECTION 8 RESTRUCTURING OF PARTNERSHIP AT ELECTION OF EITHER PARTNER

8.1 Election by Partner. Advance/Newhouse or TWE, on and after the third anniversary of the Initial Closing Date, and Advance/Newhouse, on and after the occurrence of a "spin off" or other distribution of TWE or its corporate successor to the shareholders of TWX, may upon written notice (the "Restructuring Notice") to the other Partner, state its intention to cause a restructuring of the Partnership.

8.2 Restructuring of Partnership.

(a) Upon delivery of a Restructuring Notice in accordance with
Section 8.1 above, Advance/Newhouse and TWE shall negotiate in good faith the restructuring of the Partnership in a manner intended to minimize federal, state and local taxes. Within 60 days after delivery of a Restructuring Notice, upon the request of any Partner, the Managing Partner shall provide all Partners with a report listing all assets of the Partnership, including all projects in development and/or for which the Partnership has been charged.

(b) If, after a period of three months from the date of delivery of the Restructuring Notice, Advance/Newhouse and TWE have failed to agree on the terms of the restructuring of the Partnership, the Partnership shall be restructured by the withdrawal of Advance/Newhouse from the Partnership as follows:

(i) Within 15 days following the expiration of such three-month period, (A) if at such time Advance/Newhouse holds Preferred Partnership Units the Partnership shall distribute the Preferred Investment Pool attributable to such Preferred Partnership Units in redemption of all Preferred Partnership Units then held by Advance/Newhouse, (B) the Partnership shall calculate the "Restructuring Indebtedness Amount" (as defined in Section 8.2(b)(v) and the "Excess Tax Amount" (as defined in Section 8.2(b)(vi)) of Advance/Newhouse, if any, (C) subject to obtaining any required governmental or other third-party consents or approvals, the Partnership shall distribute 33 1/3% of the Pro Rata Assets (as defined below) to Advance/Newhouse, and (D) TWE shall (1) divide the remaining assets (and related liabilities) of the Partnership into three pools (the "Asset Pools") which shall meet the Asset Pool Criteria (as defined below) but which shall in any event be of equal value (in TWE's judgment), and (2) deliver a written notice to Advance/Newhouse setting forth the cable television systems and other assets contained in each such Asset Pool (the "Asset Pool Notice"). To the extent physically possible without impairing their inherent operability, assets of the Partnership which relate to more than one cable television system or to the Partnership as a whole shall be allocated either equally to every pool or on a 2/3:1/3 basis to the Partnership and Advance/Newhouse, respectively. Prior to making any distribution under this
Section 8.2(b) or delivering the Asset Pool Notice, the Partnership or TWE, as applicable,


58

shall contribute the assets comprising all developmental projects in which the Partnership has an interest and/or for which the Partnership has been charged (subject to the associated liabilities) to a separate legal entity or otherwise reconstitute such assets (subject to the associated liabilities) in a form (on terms agreed upon by each of the Partners) that allows an allocation of such assets (subject to the associated liabilities) to Advance/Newhouse and the Partnership as described in the previous sentence. For the purposes of the foregoing, "Pro Rata Assets" shall mean those assets of the Partnership, including without limitation those Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets, that are readily divisible into three identical pools without any material diminution in the aggregate value of such assets resulting from such division (such as stock, partnership interests and similar investments). For purposes of the foregoing, "Asset Pool Criteria" shall mean (I) no Preferred Cluster Area may be allocated to more than one Asset Pool, except in accordance with the following: (A) if the number of Subscribers in the Preferred Cluster Area having the largest number of Subscribers exceeds the product of the Determined Percentage and the number of all Subscribers in all Preferred Cluster Areas, then such excess may be allocated to more than one Asset Pool; and (B) if the Preferred Cluster Area having the largest number of Subscribers has been allocated to more than one Asset Pool, and if the number of Subscribers in the Preferred Cluster Area having the second largest number of Subscribers exceeds 33% of all Subscribers of all the Partnership Systems, then such excess may be allocated to more than one Asset Pool, and (II) (A) Subscribers in the same DMA in a Preferred Cluster Area may not be allocated to more than one pool, except to the extent that any one DMA in a Preferred Cluster Area is permitted to be split under clause (I) above, and (B) to the extent any DMA's are split they shall be split only along the lines of operable units.

(ii) Within 30 days following the delivery by TWE of the Asset Pool Notice, Advance/Newhouse shall select and retain ownership of one of the Asset Pools and the Partnership shall retain ownership of the remaining Asset Pools; provided that if Advance/Newhouse fails to make such selection within such 30-day period, then the Partnership shall be entitled to select and retain ownership of two of the Asset Pools and Advance/Newhouse shall retain ownership of the remaining Asset Pool. The Asset Pools allocated to Advance/Newhouse and the Partnership in accordance with this paragraph (ii) are referred to herein as the "Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool" and the "TWE Asset Pools," respectively.

(iii) As promptly as practical following the determination of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and the TWE Asset Pools in accordance with paragraph (ii), subject to obtaining any required governmental or other third-party consents or approvals, the Partnership shall distribute the cable television systems and other assets comprising the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool to Advance/Newhouse in complete liquidation of its Common Partnership Units; provided that with respect to any assets in the Advance/Newhouse Pool that for Federal income tax purposes were deemed contributed to the Partnership within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period by TWE, or Paragon, and with respect to any assets in the TWE Asset Pools that for Federal income tax purposes were deemed contributed to the Partnership within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period by Advance/Newhouse, the Partners shall cooperate to cause such liquidation of the Advance/Newhouse Common


59

Partnership Units to be effectuated in a manner, and agree to defer the distribution of assets to such time, as will minimize the taxes payable in connection with such liquidation.

(iv) As the cable television systems and other assets comprising the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool are distributed or deemed distributed for Federal income tax purposes, (A) if there is an Excess Tax Amount with respect to Advance/Newhouse, the Partnership shall be allocated liabilities otherwise allocable to the Advance/Newhouse Pool (the "Excess Tax Amount Indebtedness") equal to the product of (y) one (1) minus the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest, and (z) such Excess Tax Amount of Advance/Newhouse, (B) Advance/Newhouse shall execute an assumption agreement pursuant to which it will assume (or to the extent necessary, in the case of clause (II) below, will refinance or repay) (I) all liabilities relating to, arising out of or otherwise attributable to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool (as reduced by the Excess Tax Amount Indebtedness, if any), and (II) liabilities otherwise allocable to the TWE Asset Pools (the "Restructuring Indebtedness") in an amount equal to the Restructuring Indebtedness Amount and will further agree to indemnify the Partnership for any losses the Partnership might suffer with respect to any of such liabilities, and (C) the Partnership shall agree to indemnify Advance/Newhouse for any losses Advance/Newhouse might suffer with respect to any liabilities relating to, arising out of or otherwise attributable to the TWE Asset Pools or the Excess Tax Amount Indebtedness. The assumption agreement to be executed by Advance/Newhouse shall contain the terms contained in the Assumption Agreement executed by the Partnership in accordance with Section 3.4(a) of the Contribution Agreement and the indemnity of Advance/Newhouse and the Partnership shall be in the form of Sections 8.2 and 8.3 of the Contribution Agreement. As Advance/Newhouse assumes liabilities relating to, arising out of or otherwise attributable to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, Paragon and/or TWE shall guarantee remaining liabilities of the Partnership and take other steps reasonably necessary so as to reduce, to the greatest extent possible, each such Partner's Debt Shift Tax Amount arising from the restructuring; provided however, that such Partners shall not be required to guarantee remaining liabilities of the Partnership to the extent such guarantee would cause the other of such Partners to recognize income pursuant to Code Sections 731 and
752. To the extent possible, liabilities assumed by Advance/Newhouse shall be qualified liabilities (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.707-6(b)(2)) of the Partnership.

(v) The "Restructuring Indebtedness Amount" shall equal the product of (A) the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest, and (B) the sum of (i) the Priority Return accrued and unpaid as of the date of distribution with respect to the Series A Preferred Partnership Units, the Series B Preferred Partnership Units and the Series C Preferred Partnership Units, respectively, held by Paragon and TWE, (ii) the redemption price for all outstanding Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units held by Paragon and TWE, and (iii) the sum of the Excess Tax Amount for the Partners other than Advance/Newhouse and other than the Satisfied Partner.


60

(vi) The "Excess Tax Amount" means, for each of two Partners, the Tax Amount that would be remaining for such Partners if the Partnership were to distribute the aggregate Tax Amounts of all Partners to the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests until one Partner (the "Satisfied Partner") shall have received its entire Tax Amount.

(vii) The "Tax Amount" means, for any Partner, the sum of the following amounts determined for such Partner, as applicable:

(A) If the restructuring has occurred as a result of the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of a Restructuring Notice that is not a Spin-Off Restructuring Notice:

(I) with respect to Paragon, the Paragon 704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount with respect to assets deemed for Federal income tax purposes contributed to the Partnership within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period by Paragon that are allocated to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool,

(II) with respect to TWE, the TWE
704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount with respect to assets deemed for Federal income tax purposes contributed to the Partnership by TWE pursuant to the First Transaction Agreement or the Fourth Transaction Agreement within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period that are allocated to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool,

(III) with respect to each Partner, the Restructuring Deferred Tax Amount with respect to assets contributed by such Partner (other than, in the case of TWE and Paragon, the assets referred to in clauses (I) and (II), and

(IV) with respect to Paragon and TWE, such Partner's Debt Shift Tax Amount.

(B) If the restructuring has occurred as a result of the delivery by TWE of the Restructuring Notice or the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of a Restructuring Notice that is a Spin-Off Restructuring Notice:

(I) with respect to Paragon, the Paragon 704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount with respect to assets deemed for Federal income tax purposes contributed to the Partnership within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period by Paragon that are allocated to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool,

(II) with respect to TWE, the TWE
704(c)(1)(B) Tax Amount with respect to assets deemed for Federal income tax purposes contributed to the Partnership by such Partner pursuant to the


61

Fourth Transaction Agreement within the immediately preceding Applicable Contribution Period that are allocated to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool,

(III) with respect to each Partner, the Restructuring Deferred Tax Amount with respect to assets contributed by such Partner (other than, in the case of Paragon and TWE the assets referred to in clauses (I) and (II) above), and

(IV) with respect to Paragon and TWE, such Partner's Debt Shift Tax Amount.

(c) During the period from the date of delivery of a Restructuring Notice in accordance with Section 8.1 to the date of determination of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and TWE Asset Pools in accordance with
Section 8.2(b)(ii), the Partnership shall conduct its business in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice, and shall not engage in any extraordinary transactions that were not contemplated by a previously approved Long Term Strategic Plan or approved by the Executive Committee with the consent of Advance/Newhouse's representatives. Following the determination of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and the TWE Asset Pools in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(ii), to the extent permitted by law, (i) the assets comprising such Asset Pools shall for all purposes be deemed to be owned by Advance/Newhouse and the Partnership, respectively, (ii) the Restructuring Indebtedness shall for all purposes be deemed to be an obligation of Advance/Newhouse and Advance/Newhouse shall have no obligation with respect to the Excess Tax Amount Indebtedness which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an obligation of TWE and Paragon as Partners of the Partnership following the restructuring of the Partnership hereunder, and (iii) until the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool is actually distributed to Advance/Newhouse, (1) Advance/Newhouse's Partnership Interest shall entitle it only to (A) a distributive share of the income, gain, losses and deductions related to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, (B) a distributive share of the assets comprising the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool (subject to the related liabilities and the Restructuring Indebtedness) and (C) management rights relating to the business and affairs of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, and (2) TWE's and Paragon's Partnership Interests shall entitle them only to (A) a distributive share of the income, gain, losses and deductions related to the TWE Asset Pools, (B) a distributive share of the assets comprising the TWE Asset Pools (subject to the related liabilities and the Excess Tax Amount Indebtedness) and (C) management rights relating to the business and affairs of the TWE Asset Pools.

8.3 Provision of Interim Services by TWE.

(a) In connection with a restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.2(b), from and after the determination of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and the TWE Asset Pools in accordance with Section 8.2(b)(ii), TWE shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool continues to receive all of the services and benefits previously provided while part of the Partnership,


62

including but not limited to receiving from TWE and/or its Affiliates (i) management, operational and marketing services, and in particular, TWE shall encourage all Partnership employees whose duties primarily concern the operation of the cable television systems and other businesses included in the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool to continue working for such systems and businesses and neither TWE nor any of its Affiliates shall employ any of such employees without the consent of Advance/Newhouse if Advance/ Newhouse intends in good faith to employ the applicable employees at such time, (ii) purchasing services, including to the extent possible and to the extent it would not require TWE or its Affiliates to engage in conduct for which monetary compensation to be paid hereunder would be inadequate, the maintenance of the cable television systems and businesses of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool under the programming, equipment and other purchasing agreements and arrangements of the TWE Cable Division and its Controlled Affiliates, so that such systems and businesses receive the benefits of the purchasing power of the TWE Cable Division and its Controlled Affiliates, and any equipment and other products procured by the TWE Cable Division shall be provided to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool on a pro-rata basis as from time to time provided to TWE's systems and businesses,
(iii) access to the expertise, knowledge and other services as may be rendered by the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates as respects the Full Service Network, telephony (including personal communications services) and other businesses or services which the cable television systems and businesses of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool may be providing to their customers and (iv) such other services as Advance/Newhouse may reasonably request with respect to the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, all so that the businesses comprising such Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool may be operated in the ordinary course and until such time as Advance/Newhouse gives TWE written notice that it is in a position to assume full operational responsibility for the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool; provided that TWE shall not be obligated to provide such services after the earlier of (1) the date on which Advance/Newhouse or its Affiliates shall no longer own the relevant assets comprising the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and
(2) the third anniversary of the transfer to Advance/Newhouse of franchises representing 70% of the Subscribers to the cable television systems represented by the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, unless TWE and Advance/Newhouse determine that the continuation of such arrangements would be beneficial to both parties. TWE and Advance/Newhouse shall in all instances cooperate with one another to obtain any and all consents necessary to transfer all assets in the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool and the TWE Asset Pools to Advance/Newhouse and TWE, respectively. During the period referred to above, TWE shall use its reasonable best efforts in performing its obligations under this Section 8.3(a) to maintain the business, relationships and value of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool.

(b) TWE shall be compensated for its provision of such interim services in accordance with Section 3.1(h). TWE shall not be required to incur additional costs in connection with the provision of such interim services if such costs are not reimbursed by Advance/Newhouse pursuant hereto.

(c) In the event that TWE has acted in bad faith to frustrate the transfer to Advance/Newhouse of the franchises related to the Advance/Newhouse Asset


63

Pool, and does not cease such conduct immediately following receipt of notice thereof from Advance/Newhouse and correct the results of such conduct within a reasonable period of time but in no event more than 90 days following delivery of notice thereof by Advance/Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, at its option, may either (i) recover from TWE any and all damages, costs or expenses suffered by Advance/Newhouse as a result of such breach, including, without limitation, loss in value of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool, direct or indirect damages, or (ii) have the put option set forth in Section 9 hereof. Further, each of the TWE Cable Division (on behalf of itself and its Controlled Affiliates) and Advance/Newhouse (on behalf of itself and its Controlled Affiliates) agrees not to own or operate a cable television system, MMDS, video dial tone or other multichannel video programming service in the franchise areas of the cable television systems of Advance/Newhouse and TWE, respectively, for so long as TWE continues to provide services under this Section 8.3 and for a period of five years following the expiration of the period referred to in Section 8.3(a) above (provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any party from providing services of the type that are logically provided on a national or regional basis (such as direct broadcast satellite services)).

(d) Advance/Newhouse shall use its best efforts to assume full operational responsibility for the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool as promptly as practicable.

8.4 TWE Right of First Refusal. If during the four-year period following the transfer to Advance/Newhouse of franchises representing 70% of the Subscribers to the cable television systems represented by the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool (the "Refusal Period"), Advance/Newhouse or any of its Affiliates that succeed to its interest in the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool desires to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the assets of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool or any equity interest therein (the "Transfer Assets"), Advance/Newhouse shall give TWE written notice thereof (the "Transfer Notice") and the price (which shall be payable in cash or debt issued by the purchaser of the Transfer Assets) and other material terms, which terms are reasonably capable of being satisfied by TWE (the "Transfer Terms"), on which it is willing to sell the Transfer Assets. For a period of 180 days from delivery of the Transfer Notice, TWE may elect to purchase the Transfer Assets from Advance/Newhouse on the Transfer Terms. In the event TWE fails to elect to purchase the Transfer Assets within such period, or if TWE elects to purchase the Transfer Assets but such purchase fails to be consummated within one year from delivery of the Transfer Notice, subject to extension if reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory consents (provided that if such necessary regulatory consents shall not have been obtained by the date which is nine months following the expiration of such one-year period, the parties shall negotiate in good faith alternative arrangements intended to achieve the economic effects of the foregoing transaction), Advance/Newhouse may sell the Transfer Assets to a third party at a price and on other terms no more favorable to such third party than the Transfer Terms at any time within 180 days following the expiration of the applicable period specified above. If Advance/Newhouse does not complete such sale on such terms within such 180-day period, then the provisions of this Section 8.4 shall again be applicable. The restrictions contained in this Section 8.4 shall expire at the end of the Refusal Period, and


64

Advance/Newhouse thereafter shall be free to sell any or all of the assets of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool to any third party free from TWE's right of first refusal set forth herein.

SECTION 9 ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PUT OPTION

(a) On and after the occurrence of the death of both Samuel I. Newhouse, Jr. and Donald E. Newhouse (the "Advance/Newhouse Put Event"), Advance/Newhouse shall have the option, at each of the times set forth below, to require (i) the Partnership to purchase all of Advance/Newhouse's Preferred Partnership Units, if any, at a price payable as specified in paragraph (g) below (the "Advance/Newhouse Preferred Put Price"), and (ii) TWE to purchase all of Advance/Newhouse's Common Partnership Units at a price, payable as specified below, equal to the product of (A) the Partnership Value, determined in accordance with paragraph (d) below, and (B) the Advance/Newhouse Percentage Interest (the "Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price").

(b) Advance/Newhouse shall be entitled to exercise the put option described in this Section 9 during the 30-day period immediately following each of the first, seventh, thirteenth and nineteenth anniversaries of the Advance/Newhouse Put Event, and TWE shall consummate the purchase of the Partnership Units owned by Advance/Newhouse within one year from notice of the exercise by Advance/Newhouse of the put rights set forth in this Section 9, subject to extension if reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory consents (provided that if any such necessary regulatory consents shall not have been obtained by the date which is nine months following the expiration of such one-year period, the parties shall negotiate in good faith alternative arrangements intended to achieve the economic effects of the foregoing transaction), all as more fully described below. The Advance/Newhouse Put Option shall be exercisable by Advance/Newhouse by delivery of a written notice (an "Exercise Notice") to TWE on any of the exercise dates referred to above.

(c) Within 20 business days following the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of the Exercise Notice to TWE, TWE shall deliver to Advance/Newhouse a generic description of the types of consideration available to TWE under then applicable law which it may use in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price (i) if Advance/Newhouse elects to receive consideration that is reasonably designed to result in tax deferred treatment upon receipt thereof ("Tax Deferred Consideration") and (ii) if Advance/Newhouse elects to receive consideration that is not so designed ("Taxable Consideration"). Within 20 business days following receipt of such description, Advance/Newhouse shall deliver a written notice (the "Election Notice") to TWE specifying whether it elects to receive Tax Deferred Consideration or Taxable Consideration in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price.

(d) Within 60 days following the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of the Election Notice to TWE, an appraiser selected in accordance with paragraph (h) below (an "Appraiser") shall determine the Partnership Value (as defined below) for purposes of determining the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price and shall deliver a


65

written notice (the "Valuation Notice") to each of Advance/Newhouse and TWE setting forth such determination, which shall be final and binding on the parties. "Partnership Value" shall mean the fair market value, as of the date of valuation, of the business of the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) as a going concern taking into account whether Advance/Newhouse has elected to receive Tax Deferred Consideration or Taxable Consideration in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, reduced by the sum of the Priority Return accrued and unpaid as of the anticipated Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing (as defined below) and the redemption price for all Series A Preferred Partnership Units, Series B Preferred Partnership Units and Series C Preferred Partnership Units outstanding as of the anticipated Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing, and assuming that the Preferred Investment Pool shall have been distributed by the Partnership to the holder of any outstanding Preferred Partnership Units immediately prior to such valuation.

(e) Within 30 business days following the delivery of the Valuation Notice to each of Advance/Newhouse and TWE, TWE shall deliver to Advance/ Newhouse a written notice (the "Consideration Notice") setting forth the nature of the consideration to be paid in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, which consideration shall be Taxable Consideration or Tax Deferred Consideration, as specified in the Election Notice. If such consideration is Taxable Consideration, it shall consist of cash or Qualified Assets (as defined below) or any combination thereof, as determined by TWE. If such consideration is Tax Deferred Consideration, it shall consist of Qualified Assets, as determined by TWE. The Consideration Notice shall specify
(i) the terms of each type of non-cash consideration to be paid in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price and (ii) the percentage of the total Advance/ Newhouse Common Put Price to be comprised of each type of consideration. For purposes of this Section 9, "Qualified Assets" shall mean (i) any debt or equity securities that are (or with respect to which depositary receipts are) listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ) or (ii) other assets (including securities). In the event Advance/Newhouse, in the Election Notice, elects to receive Tax Deferred Consideration and accepts the Tax Deferred Consideration set forth in the Consideration Notice, TWE and its Affiliates shall indemnify Advance/Newhouse for taxes (and interest) attributable to any action by TWE and/or its Affiliates that causes the put transaction described in this Section 9 to be taxable.

(f) (i) Within 60 days following delivery of the Consideration Notice, an Appraiser shall determine the quantity (e.g., number of shares of stock or aggregate principal amount of debt securities) of each type of noncash consideration, if any, specified in the Consideration Notice, in the relative percentages set forth in the Consideration Notice, such that the value of such noncash consideration on a fully distributed basis, when added to any cash to be paid as part of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, shall equal the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, and shall deliver a written notice of such determination to each of Advance/Newhouse and TWE.


66

(ii) Within 20 business days following delivery of the Appraiser's notice described in Section 9(f)(i), Advance/Newhouse shall have the right (exercisable by delivery of a written notice to TWE (a "Rejection Notice")) to elect not to accept the consideration set forth in the Consideration Notice and, in lieu of receiving such consideration, to elect to restructure the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.2; provided, however, that following such a restructuring TWE shall not be entitled to the right of first offer set forth in Section 8.4 with respect to sales of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool. If Advance/Newhouse fails to deliver a Rejection Notice within such 20 business day period, Advance/Newhouse shall be deemed to have accepted the consideration set forth in the Consideration Notice and the package of noncash consideration determined by such Appraiser plus any cash specified in the Consideration Notice shall be paid by TWE to Advance/Newhouse in satisfaction of the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price in accordance with paragraph (g) below.

(iii) If Advance/Newhouse delivers a Rejection Notice, then TWE shall have the right, exercisable by delivery of a written notice to Advance/ Newhouse (a "Cash Purchase Notice") within 20 business days following delivery by Advance/Newhouse of such Rejection Notice, to purchase Advance/Newhouse's Common Partnership Units at a price equal to the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, payable in cash, as evidenced by a promissory note to be delivered by TWE to Advance/Newhouse (the "Put Note"). The Put Note shall be payable in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the closing as provided in paragraph (g) below, with interest accrued on the unpaid principal amount of the Put Note and interest not paid when due, if any, (at the rate determined below) payable on such anniversaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments under the Put Note may be accelerated, at the option of Advance/Newhouse on not less than 90 days prior notice to TWE (or, if fewer, the number of days in the period beginning 10 days after the closing and ending on the date on which any payment of Sale Taxes (as defined below) are due) (the "Acceleration Notice"), so that such payments shall provide Advance/Newhouse sufficient funds to pay when due all applicable federal, state and local income taxes (including estimated taxes and any interest on deferred tax liability required to be paid under Section 453A of the Code) as a result of the sale of Advance/Newhouse's Common Partnership Units (the "Sale Taxes"); provided, that in determining the amount necessary to provide Advance/Newhouse with sufficient funds to pay taxes, any amounts paid with respect to the Put Note in advance of the due date for such taxes shall be deemed available in full for such tax payments. In connection with any such acceleration of payments under the Put Note, Advance/Newhouse shall make any election to defer the payment of Sale Taxes reasonably requested by TWE; provided that no such election shall defer the payment of taxes to a period after the third anniversary of the closing. No later than the earlier of (i) the date of the Acceleration Notice and (ii) 20 business days prior to the date on which an election to defer the payment of Sale Taxes must be made, Advance/Newhouse shall provide TWE with information regarding the amount of Sale Taxes; the taxable year of the Persons incurring the Sale Taxes; the tax rate applicable to such Persons; the dates on which Sale Taxes (including estimated taxes) are due and the amount of taxes due on each such date; the estimated amounts of any costs imposed by the Code as a result of an election to defer the Sale Taxes, the nature of such estimated costs and the dates when such estimated costs are expected to be incurred; the date(s) by


67

which any such deferral election(s) must be made; and other information reasonably requested by TWE to enable TWE to determine whether to request that Advance/Newhouse make an election to defer the payment of Sale Taxes. If TWE requests that Advance/Newhouse make such an election, then not less than 10 business days prior to each of the anniversary dates of the closing, Advance/Newhouse shall provide TWE with a notice (each, a "Cost Notice") setting forth (x) the value discounted from the date of payment to the immediately prior anniversary date (or, in the case of a Cost Notice provided prior to the first anniversary date, the closing) of actual costs paid (or to be paid) during the one year period ending on the anniversary date with respect to which the Cost Notice is provided for any direct costs arising solely as a result of such election to defer the payment of Sale Taxes for a period ending on or before the third anniversary of the closing made at TWE's request, and (y) the value discounted from the date of payment to the immediately prior anniversary date (or, in the case of a Cost Notice provided prior to the first anniversary date, the closing) of interest to be paid on the anniversary date with respect to which the Cost Notice is provided with respect to the portion of the principal amount of the Put Note equal to the amount of tax deferred pursuant to such election. On the anniversary date with respect to which the Cost Notice is provided, TWE shall pay to Advance/Newhouse an amount equal to 50% of the excess, if any, of the amount determined in clause (x) of the preceding sentence over the amount determined in clause (y) of the preceding sentence; provided that to the extent the amount calculated in clause (y) for any prior year exceeds the amount calculated in clause (x) for such year, then such excess (increased by an amount equal to interest thereon from the prior anniversary date through the anniversary date which respect to which the Cost Notice is given calculated at a rate equal to the interest rate on the Put Note) shall be added to the amount calculated in clause (y) for the subsequent year. For purposes of determining discounted value, a rate equal to the interest rate paid with respect to the Put Note shall be applied. Advance/Newhouse agrees that it will take reasonable efforts to minimize the costs arising as a result of the election to defer the payment of Sale Taxes. In the event of such acceleration, payments otherwise due under the Put Note shall be reduced in direct order of maturity. The Put Note shall bear interest at a market rate (as agreed to by TWE and Advance/Newhouse or, if they are unable to agree, then at the election of either party, by an Appraiser selected in a manner consistent with that described in paragraph (h) below). If TWE delivers a Cash Purchase Notice within the 20 business day period referred to above, then the Partnership shall not be restructured and TWE shall purchase Advance/Newhouse's Common Partnership Units on the terms described above. If TWE fails to deliver a Cash Purchase Notice within such 20 business day period, then the provisions of this Section 9 shall terminate and the Partnership shall be restructured in accordance with Section 8.2; provided, however, that following such restructuring TWE shall not be entitled to the right of first offer set forth in Section 8.4 with respect to sales of the Advance/Newhouse Asset Pool.

(g) (i) Any purchase and sale of Preferred Partnership Units effected pursuant to this Section 9 shall be consummated at a closing at the offices of TWE on a business day specified by TWE (upon at least five days' notice by TWE to Advance/Newhouse) which shall be no later than 10 days following the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of the Exercise Notice or on such later date as may be agreed to by the parties. At such closing, the Partnership shall distribute to Advance/Newhouse the


68

Preferred Investment Pool relating to its Preferred Partnership Units, and Advance/Newhouse shall, pursuant to such instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Partnership, deliver to the Partnership all of its Preferred Partnership Units in appropriate form for transfer, free and clear of any lien or other encumbrances.

(ii) Any purchase and sale of Common Partnership Units effected pursuant to this Section 9 shall be consummated at a closing (the "Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing") at the offices of TWE on a business day specified by TWE (upon at least five days' notice by TWE to Advance/Newhouse) which shall be no later than one year following the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of the Exercise Notice subject to extension if reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory consents (provided that if any such necessary regulatory consents shall not have been obtained by the date which is nine months following the expiration of such one-year period, the parties shall negotiate in good faith alternative arrangements intended to achieve the economic effects of the foregoing). At the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Closing, TWE shall pay to Advance/Newhouse the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price, reduced by the Negative Put Deferred Tax Amount and increased by the Positive Put Deferred Tax Amount, and Advance/Newhouse shall, pursuant to such instruments as may be reasonably requested by TWE, deliver to TWE all of its Common Partnership Units in appropriate form for transfer, free and clear of any lien or other encumbrance. TWE may, with the consent of such assignee, assign to TWX or any of its Affiliates its rights and obligations under this Section 9; provided that such assignment shall not relieve TWE of its obligations to Advance/Newhouse.

(h) For purposes of this Section 9, an Appraiser shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by two other nationally recognized investment banking firms, one selected by Advance/Newhouse and one selected by TWE; provided that if one party fails to notify the other party of its selection within the time period specified below, the Appraiser shall be the investment banking firm selected by the party that has so notified the other party of its selection. Each of Advance/Newhouse and TWE shall notify the other of its selection of an investment banking firm (which notice shall identify such firm) within ten business days following the delivery by Advance/Newhouse of the Election Notice if the Appraiser is being selected for purposes of paragraph
(d), or within five business days following the delivery by TWE of the Consideration Notice if the Appraiser is being selected for purposes of paragraph (f), and each of TWE and Advance/Newhouse shall instruct the investment banking firms so selected to select the third investment banking firm within twenty business days following delivery of the Election Notice or the Consideration Notice, as applicable. The fees, costs and expenses of the investment banking firm so selected shall be borne equally by the parties and each party shall bear the fees, costs and expenses of the investment banking firm selected by such party.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon exercise of the put option in accordance with this Section 9, Advance/Newhouse's representatives on the Executive Committee and on the TWE FSN Management Committee shall resign effective immediately, and Advance/Newhouse shall cease to have any rights with respect to the management of the Partnership or with


69

respect to its Partnership Units, other than the right to receive the Advance/Newhouse Preferred Put Price and the Advance/Newhouse Common Put Price in accordance with paragraph (g).

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the put option set forth in this Section 9 shall expire upon the occurrence of a public offering of the partnership units of Advance/Newhouse (or stock of any corporate successor to Advance/Newhouse) in an amount of no less than 33% of the common equity and the listing of such partnership units (or stock) on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market System (it being understood that upon a public offering of such partnership units (or stock), Advance/Newhouse (or such corporate successor) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such partnership units (or stock) to be so listed or quoted.

SECTION 10 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

10.1 Cable Television Systems.

(a) Subject to paragraphs (f) and (g), in the event Advance/Newhouse or TWE or their respective Affiliates desire to pursue any opportunity to acquire or make an investment in any business, (i) the majority of the revenues of which are derived from the operation of cable television systems or (ii) consisting of cable television systems serving more than 25,000 Subscribers (a "System Opportunity"), then such Partner (the "Notifying Partner") shall notify the other Partner and the Partnership in writing of such System Opportunity and describe such System Opportunity in reasonable detail (an "Opportunity Notice").

(b) Subject to paragraphs (f) and (g), in the event the System Opportunity is within the DMA of the Partnership Systems and not in the DMA of the Other TWE Systems (including, for this purpose only, any cable television systems owned by TWX, Paragon and USW), then the Partnership shall have the first right, exercisable by delivery of written notice to the Notifying Partner within ten business days following delivery of the Opportunity Notice, to pursue such System Opportunity. If either (x) the Partnership does not elect to pursue such System Opportunity within such period on account of Advance/Newhouse's Executive Committee representatives not approving such acquisition, or (y) if the Partnership elects to pursue such System Opportunity but fails to consummate the acquisition of, or investment in, such System Opportunity within one year of such election, then TWE or its Affiliates shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity. If either (x) the Partnership does not elect to pursue such System Opportunity within such period on account of TWE's Executive Committee representatives not approving such acquisition, or (y) the Partnership elects to pursue such System Opportunity but fails to consummate the acquisition of, or investment in, such System Opportunity within one year of such election, then Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity. In the event the System Opportunity (i) is within a Preferred Cluster Area, or (ii) is within the DMA of the Partnership Systems and is owned by a multiple system cable operator acquired by TWE or Advance/Newhouse (or an Affiliate of either), then the Partnership must acquire


70

or invest in such System Opportunity unless such acquisition cannot be effected on financially reasonable terms.

(c) In the event the System Opportunity is within the DMA of the Other TWE Systems (including for this purpose any cable television systems owned by TWX, Paragon Communications or USW), then TWE or a TWE Affiliate shall have the first right, exercisable by delivery of written notice to the Notifying Partner within 10 business days following delivery of the Opportunity Notice, to pursue such System Opportunity. If TWE or such Affiliate does not elect to pursue such System Opportunity within such period, or if TWE or such Affiliate elects to pursue such System Opportunity but fails to consummate the acquisition of, or investment in, such System Opportunity within one year of such election, then the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity. If the Partnership does not elect to pursue such System Opportunity on account of TWE's Executive Committee representatives not approving such acquisition, then Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity not pursued by TWE or the Partnership, as the case may be.

(d) Subject to paragraphs (f) and (g), in the event the System Opportunity is in a geographic area other than those described in paragraphs (b) and (c) above, then each of TWE or a TWE Affiliate and the Partnership shall have the right, exercisable by delivery of written notice to the Notifying Partner within ten business days following delivery of the Opportunity Notice, to pursue such System Opportunity pro rata based on the number of Subscribers to the Other TWE Systems and the Partnership Systems, respectively. If either TWE or such Affiliate or the Partnership (on account of TWE's representatives on the Executive Committee not approving such acquisition) does not elect to pursue such System Opportunity within such period, and Advance/Newhouse elects to so pursue such opportunity, or if TWE or such Affiliate or the Partnership elects to pursue such System Opportunity but fails to consummate the acquisition of, or investment in, such System Opportunity within one year of such election, then Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to pursue the System Opportunity not pursued by TWE or the Partnership, as the case may be.

(e) Subject to paragraphs (f) and (g), in the event a System Opportunity includes cable television systems in more than one of the geographic areas described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) above, then such cable television systems shall be grouped in the appropriate category, and such groups of cable television systems shall be treated in the manner described in paragraph (b),
(c) or (d), as applicable.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, TWE and its Affiliates shall be permitted to pursue and acquire or invest in any System Opportunity without the consent of the Partnership; provided that if, in accordance with this Section 10.1, (i) the Partnership shall be required to pursue such System Opportunity (or a portion thereof) and/or (ii) the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity (or a portion thereof) and shall elect so to pursue such System Opportunity (or such portion thereof), then TWE or its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign as promptly as practicable, and shall assign after receipt of any necessary regulatory


71

consents, the economic benefits of the System Opportunity (or such portion thereof) to the Partnership (in a manner and at a time intended to preserve any deferral of tax on such acquisition and otherwise minimize the taxes payable in connection with such transaction) at a price, payable in tax efficient consideration equal to the fair market value of the System Opportunity (or such portion thereof) transferred or assigned to the Partnership; provided that if the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof), but shall elect not to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof) on account of TWE's Executive Committee representatives not approving the pursuit of such opportunity, and Advance/Newhouse shall elect to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof), then TWE or its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign to Advance/Newhouse its pro rata share of such System Opportunity (or portion thereof) on the terms described above.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Advance/Newhouse and its Affiliates shall be permitted to pursue and acquire or invest in any System Opportunity without the consent of the Partnership; provided that if, in accordance with Section 10.1, (i) the Partnership shall be required to pursue such System Opportunity (or a portion thereof) and/or (ii) the Partnership and/or TWE shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity (or a portion thereof) and shall elect to pursue such System Opportunity (or such portion thereof), then Advance/Newhouse or its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign as promptly as practicable, and shall assign to the Partnership and/or TWE after receipt of any necessary regulatory consents, the economic benefits of the System Opportunity (or such portion thereof) to the Partnership (in a manner and at time intended to preserve any deferral of tax on such acquisition and otherwise minimize the taxes payable in connection with such transaction) at a price, payable in tax efficient consideration equal to the fair market value of the System Opportunity (or such portion thereof) transferred or assigned to the Partnership and/or TWE; provided that if the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof), but shall elect not to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof) on account of Advance/Newhouse's Executive Committee representatives not approving the pursuit of such opportunity, and TWE shall elect to pursue such System Opportunity (or portion thereof), then Advance/Newhouse or its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign to TWE its pro rata share of such System Opportunity (or portion thereof) (in addition to any portion thereof otherwise assigned to TWE pursuant to this Section 10.1(g)) on the terms described above.

10.2 Programming Opportunities.

(a) In the event the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates desire to pursue any opportunity to acquire or make an equity investment in any programming business that is distributed or distributable through the facilities of cable television systems, by direct-to-home satellite or video dial-tone, microwave, or other telephony distribution mechanism (a "Programming Opportunity"), then TWE and the Partnership shall participate in such Programming Opportunity pro rata based on the number of Subscribers of the Other TWE Systems and the Partnership Systems,


72

respectively, and, with respect to regional programming, based on the number of Subscribers to the Partnership Systems and Other TWE Systems, respectively, in the region targeted by such programming. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TWE and its Affiliates shall be permitted to pursue and acquire or invest in any Programming Opportunity without the consent of the Partnership provided that TWE and its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign as promptly as practicable, and shall assign after receipt of any necessary regulatory consents, the economic benefit to the Partnership of its pro rata share of such Programming Opportunity (in a manner and at a time intended to preserve any deferral of tax on such acquisition and otherwise minimize the taxes payable in connection with such transaction) at a price, payable in tax efficient consideration, equal to the Partnership's pro rata portion of the fair market value of such Programming Opportunity.

(b) In the event Advance/Newhouse or TWE or their respective Affiliates develop a Programming Opportunity that is offered to and invested in by other multiple system cable operators ("Other Programming Investors"), then, except for the interest therein held by Advance/Newhouse or TWE on account of such development activities, subject to the approval of both Partners, the Partnership shall be entitled to participate in such Programming Opportunity, at least pro rata with the Other Programming Investors, based on the relative carriage commitments, with respect to such programming, of the Partnership Systems and the cable television systems operated by the Other Programming Investors, respectively (or if such investment opportunity is not offered in exchange for carriage commitments, then on some other equitable basis).

10.3 Other Services.

(a) In the event Advance/Newhouse or any of its Affiliates engaging in activities that are similar to activities engaged in by the TWE Cable Division or that are in the Long Term Strategic Plan (any "Advance Newhouse Cable Affiliate") or the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates desire to pursue any opportunity to acquire or make an investment in any business relating to video, programming, data, telephony or other services that are to be offered substantially through cable television systems (an "Ancillary Business Opportunity") in the franchise area of the Partnership Systems, then the Partnership shall have the first right to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity. In the event the Partnership rejects any such Ancillary Business Opportunity (on account of TWE's representatives on the Executive Committee not approving such participation), then Advance/Newhouse shall have the next right, at its option, to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity. In the event the Partnership rejects any such Ancillary Business Opportunity (on account of Advance/Newhouse's representatives on the Executive Committee not approving such participation), then TWE shall have the right, at its option, to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity. In the event Advance/Newhouse or any Advance/Newhouse Cable Affiliate or the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates desire to pursue any Ancillary Business Opportunity in the franchise area of the Other TWE Systems, then TWE shall have the first right to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity.


73

(b) In the event Advance/Newhouse or any Advance/Newhouse Cable Affiliate or the TWE Cable Division or its Controlled Affiliates desire to pursue any Ancillary Business Opportunity in a franchise area not covered by
Section 10.3(a), then each of TWE and the Partnership shall have the right to participate in such Ancillary Business Opportunity pro rata based on the number of Subscribers to the Other TWE Systems and the Partnership Systems, respectively. If the TWE Cable Division or any of its Controlled Affiliates elects to participate in an Ancillary Business Opportunity that the Partnership rejects (on account of TWE's representatives on the Executive Committee not approving such participation), then Advance/Newhouse shall have the right, at its option, to participate in the Ancillary Business Opportunity pro rata as set forth above.

(c) In the event the Partnership is foreclosed from participating in any Ancillary Business Opportunity by virtue of any of the restrictions contained in the Modification of Final Judgment or any regulatory restrictions imposed by the FCC, or other restrictions arising out of USW's ownership interest in TWE, including its participation in the TWE Full Service Network Management Committee, then one of the Service Partnerships (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) shall have the right to participate in such Ancillary Business Opportunity to the same extent as the Partnership would have had but for the restrictions contained in the Modification of Final Judgment.

(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, TWE and its Affiliates shall be permitted to pursue and acquire or invest in any Ancillary Business Opportunity without the consent of the Partnership; provided that if, in accordance with this Section 10.3, the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or a portion thereof) and shall elect so to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or such portion thereof), then TWE and its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign as promptly as practicable, and shall assign after receipt of any necessary regulatory consents, the economic benefits of the Ancillary Business Opportunity (or such portion thereof) to the Partnership (in a manner and at a time intended to preserve any deferral of tax on such acquisition and otherwise minimize the taxes payable in connection with such transaction) at a price, payable in tax efficient consideration equal to the fair market value of the Ancillary Business Opportunity (or such portion thereof) transferred or assigned to the Partnership; provided that if the Partnership shall have the right to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or portion thereof), but shall elect not to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or portion thereof) on account of TWE's Executive Committee representatives not approving the pursuit of such opportunity, and Advance/Newhouse shall elect to pursue such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or portion thereof), then TWE or its Affiliates shall use reasonable best efforts to transfer or assign to Advance/Newhouse its appropriate share of such Ancillary Business Opportunity (or portion thereof) to Advance/Newhouse on the terms described above.

10.4 Programming Carriage Commitment. During the term of the Partnership, TWE shall cause the distribution of programming services developed and primarily owned by Advance/Newhouse or its Affiliates to a number of Subscribers equal to at least one-third of the total Subscribers to the Partnership Systems. In addition, the


74

Partnership will provide equal distribution over the Partnership Systems to any programming services developed and primarily owned by TWE and to any similarly situated (in content, targeted viewers, notoriety, etc.) programming services developed and primarily owned by Advance/Newhouse. For the purposes of the foregoing, to the extent technologically feasible, TWE will afford similar treatment to data, video, on-line and other similar services.

10.5 Advance/Newhouse Right of First Offer. If at any time during the term of the Partnership, the Partnership seeks to sell any cable television system (a "Subject System") for consideration consisting exclusively of cash and/or debt issued by the purchaser of the Subject System, the Partnership shall give Advance/Newhouse written notice thereof (a "Sale Notice"), which notice shall specify the price and other material terms (collectively, the "Sale Terms") on which it would be willing to sell such cable television systems. For a period of 60 days (or 90 days with respect to sales of cable television systems for which consent is not required pursuant to Section 3.2(h)) following delivery of the Sale Notice, Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to elect to purchase the Subject System from the Partnership on the Sale Terms. If Advance/Newhouse fails to elect to purchase the Subject System within such 60-day (or 90-day, as applicable) period, or if Advance/Newhouse elects to purchase the Subject System but fails to consummate such purchase within one year from delivery of the Sale Notice, subject to extension if reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory consents (provided that if such necessary regulatory consents shall not have been obtained by the date which is nine months following the expiration of such one-year period, the parties shall negotiate in good faith alternative arrangements intended to achieve the economic effects of the foregoing transaction), the Partnership may sell the Subject System to a third party at a price and on other material terms no more favorable to such third party than the Sale Terms.

SECTION 11 BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; FISCAL YEAR

11.1 Books and Records. The Partnership's books and records, including a register showing the names and addresses of the Partners, shall be maintained at the principal office of the Partnership at the location specified in Section
2.5. The Partnership shall keep current and complete records and books of account in which shall be entered fully and accurately all transactions of the Partnership. All such books and records shall be available for inspection and copying by the Partners or their duly authorized representatives during ordinary business hours. The books of the Partnership shall be kept on an accrual basis of accounting and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

11.2 Annual Financial Statements.

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Partnership (but in any event as soon as prepared) the Partnership shall furnish to each Partner audited financial statements, including an audited balance sheet and an audited income statement, showing the financial condition of the Partnership as of the close of such Fiscal Year and the results of its operations during such Fiscal Year, together with a


75

statement of cash flow and additional statements, schedules and footnotes as are customary in a complete accountant's report (all of the foregoing referred to hereinafter collectively as the "Partnership Financial Statements"). The Partnership Financial Statements shall include a report of the independent auditors of the Partnership, which shall only contain the unqualified opinion of such independent auditors.

(b) The Advance/Newhouse Accountants shall participate with the TWE Accountants in the audit of the Partnership financial records. TWE and Advance/Newhouse shall cause the TWE Accountants and the Advance/Newhouse Accountants, respectively, to cooperate fully with each other in the audit of the Partnership financial records. The Partnership shall grant both the TWE Accountants and the Advance/Newhouse Accountants complete access to the Partnership's books and records, and to the Partnership's employees, in connection therewith. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to limit the performance by the TWE Accountants of the tasks such accountants believe need to be performed by them in order to render an opinion with respect to the Partnership's financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any audited financial statements of the Partnership contained in public filings (including filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission) made by TWX and TWE shall only contain audit reports of the TWE Accountants.

(c) One-third of the total amount paid by the Partnership with respect to its regular audits for the applicable Fiscal Year for fees and expenses to its independent auditors shall be paid to the Advance/Newhouse Accountants. Any fees and expenses of the TWE Accountants with respect to such audits in excess of two-thirds of such total amount shall be paid by TWE, and any fees and expenses of the Advance/Newhouse Accountants with respect to such audits in excess of one-third of such total amount shall be paid by Advance/Newhouse.

11.3 Additional Financial Information. The Managing Partner shall deliver to each Partner the following financial information, all of which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as otherwise specifically noted) and shall set forth information regarding the operations of the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets) as a whole:

(a) Within 45 business days after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter in which the Initial Closing Date occurs, a balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and the related statements of income or loss, Partner's capital (deficiency), and cash flows for the interim period through the end of such quarter and for the quarter then ended, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the comparable period of the previous Fiscal Year; and

(b) Within 15 business days after such information is prepared, beginning on the Initial Closing Date, any other financial information with respect to the Partnership that is provided to senior management including, without limitation, division-by-division monthly cash flow statements.


76

11.4 Tax Return Information. As soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each fiscal year, but in no event later than July 31 following the end of such Fiscal Year, the Partnership shall furnish to each Partner a preliminary draft Schedule K-1 of the Partnership. As soon as practicable thereafter, the Partnership shall furnish to each Partner a final report of the Preferred Profit or Preferred Loss, and the Net Profit or Net Loss, and distributions, if any, for such Fiscal Year, a schedule setting forth each Partner's Capital Account as at the end of the period covered by such statements and a Schedule K-1 for each Partner, a copy of the Partnership's federal and state tax returns, and other information required by applicable tax regulations or necessary for each Partner to prepare its federal, state, and local tax returns.

11.5 Other Information. The Managing Partner promptly shall deliver to each Partner all internally prepared and distributed management and other reports with respect to the operations of the Partnership that are delivered to members of a board of directors or senior management. Any information or report furnished to one Partner (in its capacity as such) shall simultaneously be furnished to the other Partners. In addition, the Managing Partner promptly shall deliver to each Partner any report, appraisal or document prepared for the Partnership by any accountant, appraiser, attorney, management consultant, engineer or other third party that is delivered to members of a board of directors or senior management and any such report, appraisal or document reasonably requested by Advance/Newhouse. For purposes of the foregoing, "senior management" shall mean the following officers of the TWE Cable Division (or persons having comparable responsibilities): the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (currently, Joseph J. Collins), the President (currently, Glenn A. Britt), the Senior Executive Vice President (currently, Thomas M. Rutledge), the Chief Financial Officer (currently, Tommy J. Harris), the Executive Vice Presidents responsible for telephony (currently, Ann Burr) and for cable television systems owned by the Partnership (currently, John Bickham, Theodore J. Cutler, Jim Fellhauer and Carl Rossetti), the Senior Vice Presidents whose responsibilities significantly relate to the operations of the Partnership (currently, David E. O'Hayre, James Chiddix, Kevin Leddy, John Newton, Lynn Yaeger, Rick Davies and Fred Dressler), the Vice President of Marketing (currently, Brian Kelley), the Senior Vice President of Information Technology (currently, Roger Workman) and the Presidents of the operating divisions, if any, of the Time Warner Cable Division (currently, none). Further, the term "reports" shall include any correspondence to or from such senior management individuals which relate to the operations of the Partnership, except it shall not include preliminary drafts or material prepared in connection with or in preparation for adversarial proceedings between TWE and Advance/Newhouse.

11.6 Bank Accounts. The Partnership shall maintain bank accounts in such banks or institutions as the Managing Partner from time to time shall select, and such accounts shall be drawn upon by check signed by such person or persons, and in such manner, as may be designated by the Managing Partner. All moneys of the Partnership shall be deposited in the bank or other financial institution account or accounts of the Partnership. Partnership funds shall not be commingled with those of any other Person without the consent of all Partners.


77

11.7 Other Audit Procedures. Advance/Newhouse shall have the right, at its cost and expense, to cause the Advance/Newhouse Accountants to audit any Partnership activities and to perform the audit procedures that it deems advisable in its sole and absolute discretion. TWE shall cause the TWE Accountants and the Partnership to cooperate fully with the Advance/Newhouse Accountants and shall grant the Advance/Newhouse Accountants complete access to the Partnership's books and records, and to the Partnership's employees, in connection therewith.

11.8 Tax Allocations. No later than 45 days prior to the filing of the Partnership's federal information return and Schedules K-1 thereto, the Managing Partner shall deliver a draft of such return to the Advance/Newhouse Accountants, together with such workpapers as are necessary for the Advance/Newhouse Accountants to review the proposed determinations of Special Income, Maximum Income Amount, and Net Tax Amount of each of the Partners, together with the allocations required by Sections 5.3(b)(iii) and 5.3(d)(ii). The Advance/Newhouse Accountants shall promptly review such proposed determinations and allocations and shall deliver, within 30 days after receipt of the draft return and necessary workpapers, a report ("Adjustment Report") setting forth in reasonable detail the determinations and allocations with which such Accountants disagree. Thereafter, the Managing Partner and the Advance/Newhouse Accountants shall endeavor in good faith to agree to such determinations and allocations prior to the filing of the Partnership's information returns. If any dispute cannot be resolved by the Managing Partner and the Advance/Newhouse Accountants within 10 days after the delivery of the Adjustment Report, the disputed matters shall be referred to a mutually satisfactory independent public accounting firm of national stature which has not been employed by any Partner for the two year preceding the date of such referral, such firm to be selected by the TWE Accountants and the Advance/Newhouse Accountants. In settling any disputed matter (other than a disputed matter arising in connection with a restructuring pursuant to Section 8.2 or a put of the Advance/Newhouse interest pursuant to Section 9), such independent public accounting firm shall apply the understanding of the Partners that on an annual basis the after-tax positions of the Partners with respect to the contributed assets are to be in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests (assuming all Partners are taxable at the Special Effective Tax Rate). The fees of such firm shall be paid by the Partners in accordance with their Percentage Interests.

SECTION 12 DISSOLUTION

12.1 Causes of Dissolution. To the extent permitted by the Act, the Partnership shall dissolve upon the first to occur of the following dates or events:

(a) the termination of the Contribution Agreement, prior to the Initial Closing Date, in accordance with its terms;

(b) the sale, exchange, involuntary conversion, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (including the Beneficial Assets and the Subsidiary Beneficial Assets);


78

(c) the expiration of the term of the Partnership as specified in Section 2.3 or the restructuring of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8; or

(d) the bankruptcy (within the meaning of Section 1531(5), or any successor provision, of the Act) of any Partner.

12.2 Effect of Dissolution. Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Partnership shall cease its regular business operations, except for the taking of such actions as shall be necessary for the performance and discharge of the Partnership's obligations, the winding-up of its affairs, and the liquidation and distribution of its assets in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

12.3 Winding Up and Liquidation.

(a) Liquidator. Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing Partner shall act as liquidator (the "Liquidator") to wind up the Partnership; provided, however, if the Managing Partner is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, the other Partners shall act as Liquidator. The Liquidator shall have full power and authority, subject to Section 3.2, to sell, assign, and encumber any or all of the Partnership's assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Partnership in an orderly and businesslike manner.

(b) Application of Proceeds. The proceeds of liquidation shall be applied first to the payment of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including any loans to the Partnership made by any Partner), the expenses of liquidation, and the establishment of any reserves that the Liquidator deems necessary for potential or contingent liabilities of the Partnership. In the event that Section 8.2 is applicable, the remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed in accordance with Section 8.2. In the event that Section 8.2 is not applicable the remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners as provided in Section 5.1(d).

(c) Final Accounting. Upon the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership, a proper accounting shall be made from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of winding up.

(d) Statement of Liquidation. Within a reasonable time following the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership, the Liquidator shall submit a statement (which need not be audited) to each Partner setting forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of liquidation and the amount of the distribution to each Partner pursuant to
Section 5.1(c).

(e) Effect of Withdrawal of a Partner. To the extent permitted by the Act, the withdrawal of a Partner shall not alter the allocations and distributions to be made to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement.


79

(f) Termination of Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of the Partnership's assets and the proceeds of liquidation as provided in this Section 12.3, the Partnership shall be terminated.

SECTION 13 INDEMNIFICATION

13.1 Indemnification by Partnership. The Partnership shall indemnify and save harmless each Partner, the officers, directors, and stockholders of each Partner and its Affiliates, and the officers and employees of the Partnership, from any loss, damage, or expense incurred by any of them by reason of any act or omission to act on behalf of the Partnership (including any action or omission by the Partner acting as Tax Matters Partner), performed by any of them in good faith and without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of this Agreement. Any reasonable expenses incurred by any indemnified person pursuant to this Section 13.1 in defending any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding (or the threat thereof), other than a claim, action, suit, or proceeding brought by the Partnership, which is based, in whole or in part, upon any alleged act or omission to act on behalf of the Partnership shall be borne and paid by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding (or the threat thereof) upon receipt of a reasonably satisfactory undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified person to repay to the Partnership the amount of such expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to the indemnification provided for under this
Section 13.1. Any indemnity under this Section 13.1 shall be provided out of and to the extent of the Partnership's assets only.

13.2 Indemnification by Partners. Each Partner shall indemnify and save harmless the Partnership and each other Partner and former Partner, the officers, directors, and stockholders of each other Partner and former Partner, and any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, agents, and Affiliates, from any loss, damage, or expense incurred by any of them by reason of or resulting from any unauthorized act taken by such Partner in the name of the Partnership or the other Partner. Any reasonable expenses incurred by any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this
Section 13.2 in defending any civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding (or the threat thereof) by reason of or resulting from any such indemnified matter shall be borne and paid by the indemnifying Partner in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding (or the threat thereof) upon receipt of a reasonably satisfactory undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified Person to repay to the indemnifying Partner the amount of such expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to the indemnification provided for under this Section 13.2.

13.3 Procedures. With respect to the indemnities provided above in this
Section 13, an indemnified party shall, with respect to any claim made against such indemnified party for which indemnification is available, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the nature of the claim as soon as practicable but not more than ten days after the indemnified party shall have received notice of the assertion thereof before any court or governmental authority. The failure by an indemnified party to give notice as provided in the foregoing sentence shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this
Section except to the extent that the failure results in the failure of


80

actual notice to the indemnifying party and the indemnifying party is damaged as a result of the failure to give notice. Upon receipt of notice by an indemnifying party from an indemnified party of the assertion of any such claim, the indemnifying party shall employ counsel reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party and shall assume the defense of such claim. The indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) any such action, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (a) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized by the indemnifying party, (b) the indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel in writing that there is a conflict of interest between the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in the conduct of the defense of such action (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (c) the indemnifying party shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such action. Whether or not the Partnership chooses to defend or prosecute a claim, each Partner shall, to the extent requested by the Partnership and at the Partnership's expense, cooperate in the prosecution or defense of such claim and shall furnish such records, information, and testimony and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials, and appeals as may reasonably be requested in connection therewith.

13.4 Survival. The provisions of this Section 13 shall survive the withdrawal of any Partner from the Partnership and the dissolution of the Partnership.

SECTION 14 REPRESENTATIONS

Each Partner represents and warrants to the other Partners as follows:

14.1 Organization, Standing, and Authority. Such Partner is a partnership duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization. Such Partner has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby, and to perform and comply with all of the terms, covenants, and conditions to be performed and complied with by it hereunder and thereunder.

14.2 Absence of Conflicting Agreements. Except as disclosed in the Contribution Agreement, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby by such Partner (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both): (a) do not require the consent of any third party; (b) do not and will not conflict with any provision of the partnership agreement or other organizational document of such Partner;
(c) do not and will not conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any law, judgment, order, ordinance, injunction, decree, rule,


81

regulation, or ruling of any court or governmental instrumentality; and (d) do not and will not conflict with, constitute grounds for termination of, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, or accelerate or permit the acceleration of any performance required by the terms of, any agreement, instrument, license, or permit to which either such Partner or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which either such Partner or any of its Affiliates may be bound.

14.3 Claims and Legal Actions. There is no claim, legal action, counterclaim, suit, arbitration, governmental investigation or other legal, administrative, or tax proceeding, in progress or pending, or to the knowledge of such Partner, threatened, against or relating to such Partner or any of its Affiliates, and no order, decree, or judgment has been issued against such Partner or any of its Affiliates, that may impair such Partner's ability to perform and comply with all of the terms, covenants, and conditions to be performed and complied with by it under this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15 MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Acknowledgments. Each Partner affirms and acknowledges that no representations, warranties, or statements have been made to it by any party to this Agreement other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Contribution Agreement and that, in entering into this Agreement, it has not relied upon anything done or said with respect to this Agreement or with respect to the relationship between the parties, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Contribution Agreement.

15.2 Bill for Partition. Each of the Partners covenants that neither it nor any Person claiming through or under it will file a bill for partition of the Partnership property.

15.3 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be
(a) in writing (except to the extent otherwise expressly provided hereunder);
(b) delivered by telecopy, by commercial overnight or same-day delivery service with all delivery costs paid by sender, or by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested; (c) deemed given on the date and at the time shown on the telecopy confirmation of receipt (if delivered by telecopy), on the date and at the time (if recorded) of delivery by the commercial delivery service, as shown in the records thereof (if delivered by commercial overnight or same-day delivery service), or on the date shown on the return receipt (if delivered by registered or certified mail); and (d) addressed to the parties at their addresses specified on the signature page to this Agreement (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice).

15.4 Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended nor shall any waiver, change, modification, consent, or discharge be effected, except by an instrument in writing signed by each Partner; provided that Advance/Newhouse hereby agrees to any amendments or modifications to this Agreement necessitated by (i) the distribution by TWE of its Partnership Interest to the partners of TWE (upon a liquidation of TWE


82

otherwise permitted by Section 6.1) or (ii) the incorporation of TWE pursuant to Article XIII of the TWE Partnership Agreement or otherwise, provided such amendments or modifications do not adversely affect Advance/Newhouse.

15.5 Waivers and Further Assurances; Entire Agreement. Any waiver of any terms or conditions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such terms or conditions or any other term or condition, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement. Each of the Partners agrees to execute all such further instruments and documents and to take all such further action as the other Partners may reasonably require in order to effectuate the terms and purposes of this Agreement. The Partners agree that this Agreement, including the Exhibits to this Agreement, and the other agreements expressly contemplated hereby constitutes the entire agreement between them with respect to the subject matter of the Partnership (other than the Contribution Agreement and the exhibits and schedules thereto) and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between them as to such subject matter, and there are no restrictions, agreements, arrangements, or undertakings, oral or written, between the Partners relating to the Partnership which are not fully expressed or referred to herein.

15.6 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the greatest extent possible.

15.7 Specific Enforcement; Attorneys Fees. The Partners agree that the remedy at law for damages upon violation of the terms of this Agreement would be inadequate because the Partnership Interests and the business of the Partnership are unique. Therefore, the Partners agree that the provisions of this Agreement may be specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, and each Partner and its respective transferees agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the court where any such action for specific performance is brought. If any Partner defaults in its performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and if, as a result of such default, a lawsuit seeking damages, specific performance, or any other remedy is filed by the other Partner, then, in that event, the prevailing party in such a lawsuit shall be entitled to obtain attorney's fees from the losing party in such amount as shall be determined by the court to be reasonable under the circumstances.

15.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and in pleading or proving any provision of this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce more than one complete set of such counterparts.


83

15.9 Captions; Gender. Section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever used herein the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the use of any gender shall include all genders.

15.10 Governing Law; Venue; Disputes. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York. Any action, suit or proceeding shall be prosecuted as to any party hereto in the County of New York, State of New York.

15.11 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of each of the Partners and their successors and permitted assigns.

15.12 Third Parties. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership or any Person other than a Partner.

15.13 Confidentiality. Each Partner agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of any other Partner, use for its own benefit (except as a Partner of the Partnership) or disclose to any Person any information, trade secrets, confidential customer information, patents, patent rights, technical data, or know-how relating to the products, processes, methods, equipment, or business practices of the Partnership, except
(a) to the extent any of the foregoing is or becomes available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by such Partner or any of its Affiliates or the directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors, and controlling persons of it or any of its Affiliates, (b) subject to the terms of an appropriate confidentiality agreement, as necessary to effect a transaction under Section 6,
(c) as may be required by law (including without limitation the federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of applicable stock exchanges or comparable market systems), and (d) as any Partner may disclose to its lenders, rating agencies, and business and financial advisors. If any Partner is required by applicable law or regulation or by legal process to disclose any of the foregoing, it will provide any other Partner with prompt notice thereof, to the extent practicable under the circumstances, to enable it to seek an appropriate protective order.

15.14 Liability of Partners. No Partner shall have any liability for the debts or obligations of the Partnership owed to any other Partner or its Affiliates arising under this Agreement or the Contribution Agreement.


84

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP
5015 Campuswood Drive
East Syracuse, New York 13057

By: Advance Cable Holdings Corp.
General Partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    _________________________________________
    Name:  Robert J. Miron
    Title: President

By: Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation, General Partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    _________________________________________
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019

By: /s/ Spencer B. Hays
    _________________________________________
    Name: Spencer B. Hays
    Title: Vice President

PARAGON COMMUNICATIONS
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, New York 10019

By: KBL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., as
General Manager

By: /s/ Spencer B. Hays
    _________________________________________
    Name: Spencer B. Hays
    Title: Executive Vice President


85

EXHIBIT A
(to Transaction Agreement No. 4)

AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

Dated as of February 1, 2001

[SEE TAB 9]


86

SCHEDULE 3.2

DMA LISTS FOR NY, NC, SC AND FL

NY

1.       Albany -Schenectady -Troy (52) (excluding VT)

2.       Binghamton (154)

3.       Buffalo (Jamestown) (40)

4.       Burlington, VT -Plattsburgh, NY (Hartford, VT) (91) [3 NY counties only]

5.       Elmira (170)

6.       Rochester (75)

7.       Syracuse (72)

8.       Utica (169)

9.       Watertown -Carthage (174)

NC, SC

1.       Charlotte (Hickory) (28)

2.       Greensboro - Winston-Salem - High Point (Burlington) (46)

3.       Greenville -New Bern -Washington (Morehead City) (106)

4.       Raleigh -Durham (Fayetteville, Goldsboro & Rocky Mount) (29)

5.       Wilmington (152)

6.       Columbia S.C. (88)

7.       Florence - Myrtle Beach S.C. (111)(1)


FL


(1) Plus that portion of the Partnership's Surfside S.C. system which falls in the Charleston S.C. (117) DMA.

87

1.       Orlando -Daytona Beach -Melbourne (22)

2.       Tampa -St. Petersburg (Lakeland) (15)


FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
OF
TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP, dated as of March 2,
2001 (this "Amendment") among Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TWE"), Advance/Newhouse Partnership, a New York general partnership ("Advance/Newhouse), and Paragon Communications, a Colorado general partnership ("Paragon").

WHEREAS, Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership, a New York general partnership (the "Partnership"), was formed between TWE and Advance/Newhouse pursuant to a Partnership Agreement dated as of September 9, 1994 (the "Original Agreement"), as amended by the First Amendment to the Partnership Agreement of the Partnership dated as of February 12, 1998 (the "First Amendment"), the Second Amendment to the Partnership Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 (the "Second Amendment") and the Third Amendment to the Partnership Agreement dated as of March 1, 1999 (the "Third Amendment") (the Original Agreement, together with such amendments, the "Original Partnership Agreement").

WHEREAS, the Original Partnership Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement dated as of February 1, 2001 (the "Partnership Agreement").

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15.4 of the Partnership Agreement, the Partnership Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing signed by TWE, Advance/Newhouse and Paragon; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

I.

AMENDMENTS TO SECTION 1

(1) The following definitions are hereby added to the Partnership Agreement:

"ATW" means AOL Time Warner, Inc.


"ATW Change of Control" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events after the Merger Closing Date (as defined in Section 8.2):

(i) any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act), after the Merger Closing Date becomes the beneficial owner, as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of ATW's Voting Equity, other than in connection with (x) a Reorganization Transaction or (y) any other merger, consolidation, combination, liquidation or dissolution transaction that in each case of clauses (x) or (y) does not constitute an ATW Change of Control under clause (iii), (iv) or (vi) below; provided, that for purposes hereof such person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time or upon the occurrence or satisfaction of any condition;

(ii) individuals who at the Merger Closing Date, constituted ATW's Board of Directors, together with any new directors whose election by ATWs' Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by ATW shareholders was approved by a vote of majority of ATW's directors then still in office who were either directors at the Merger Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the ATW Board of Directors then in office;

(iii) ATW's merger or consolidation with or into another Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) or the merger of another Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) with or into ATW, if ATW's securities that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of ATW Voting Equity are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving or transferee Person that represent immediately after such transaction, more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Equity of the surviving or transferee Person;

(iv) any other merger, consolidation, business combination or other transaction or series of related transactions ("Reorganization Transactions") involving ATW and/or its shareholders, directly or indirectly, such that immediately following consummation of such Reorganization Transactions, the shareholders of ATW prior to such Reorganization Transactions own, directly or indirectly, less than fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the Voting Equity of ATW (or other surviving or transferee Person resulting from such Reorganization Transactions);

(v) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of AOL and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) other than to any Controlled Affiliates of ATW; or

-2-

(vi) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of ATW other than in connection with (x) a Reorganization Transaction or (y) other merger, consolidation or combination that in each case of clauses (x) or (y) does not constitute an ATW Change of Control pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv) above.

"Cable Change of Control" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events after the Merger Closing Date:

(i) Any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than ATW or an Affiliate of ATW, has the power to control, by voting power, contract or otherwise, the actions of TWE (if at the time it owns the TWE Cable Division) or the TWE-Cable Division; or

(ii) Any merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, sale, exchange, transfer or other transaction pursuant to which all or substantially all of the cable television systems owned by TWE Cable are after such transaction under the direction and control of a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that is not ATW or an Affiliate of ATW.

"Voting Equity" of a Person means all classes of capital stock, or other interests, of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled, without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof, or, in the case of a partnership, the general partnership interests.

(2) The following defined term is amended to read as follows:

"TWX" means, for the period prior to the Merger Closing Date, Time Warner Inc. and for the period after the Merger Closing Date, ATW.

(3) The last sentence of the definition of "Capital Account" is deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Capital Accounts, (I) (u) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Contribution Agreement to be made subsequent to the Initial Closing Date and the contribution of TWE pursuant to Section 4.1(c)(ii) hereof shall be treated as if they had been made on the Initial Closing Date, (v) the Paragon Adjustment Amount and the TWE Adjustment Amount (as such terms are defined in
Section 10 of the First Transaction Agreement) shall be treated as if they had been made on the First Effective Date, (w) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Second Transaction Agreement or the TCI Contribution Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Second Effective Date, (x) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Third Transaction Agreement or the TCI Contribution Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Third Effective Date, (y) all of the adjustments, contributions or distributions required pursuant to the Fourth

-3-

Transaction Agreement shall be treated as if they had been made on the Fourth Effective Date, and (z) such adjustments, contributions, distributions, and Adjustment Amounts shall not give rise to any adjustments to Capital Account balances or redetermination of amounts contributed by or distributed to any Partner; and (II) any payment made by TWE pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof shall not be treated as a Capital Contribution or otherwise give rise to any adjustments to Capital Account balances (other than to the extent such payment is included in Net Profit or Net Loss or redetermination of amounts contributed by TWE).

(4) The definition of "Common Tax Amount" is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

For purposes of determining the Common Tax Amount, Net Profit, Gross Profit, Net Loss and Gross Loss, shall be calculated without taking into account the items described in clause (i), clause (ii), clause
(iii), clause (vi), clause (vii), and clause (ix) of the definition of "Net Profit" and "Net Loss."

(5) The definition of "Special Tax Amount" is amended by adding the following at the end thereof:

For purposes of determining the Special Tax Amount, Net Profit, Gross Profit, Net Loss and Gross Loss, shall be calculated without taking into account the items described in clause (i), clause (ii), clause
(iii), clause (vi), clause (vii), and clause (ix) of the definition of "Net Profit" and "Net Loss."

(6) The definitions of "Excess Debt Shift Tax Amount," "Restructuring Deferred Tax Amount," and "Special Income" are hereby deleted in their entirety and amended and restated in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

II.

OTHER AMENDMENTS

(1) The fifth sentence of Section 3.1(c) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to provide for monthly, rather than quarterly, Executive Committee meetings. Section 3.1(c) is also hereby amended by adding the following after the fifth sentence of Section 3.1(c):

The Managing Partner agrees to provide to Advance/Newhouse the agenda for such meetings at least one week in advance of such meeting in order to provide time for Advance/Newhouse to submit additions and/or comments to such agenda. Such Executive Committee meetings will include, without limitation, a review of any planned committees or working groups that will address issues affecting the Partnership, whether such committees or working groups are to be at the TWE Cable Division level or at the ATW level if one or more persons on the list attached hereto as Schedule 1 (or their successors or persons holding the same or similar positions exercising comparable

-4-

responsibilities) are to participate on such committees or working groups; provided, however, that with respect to committees or working groups at the ATW level, if ATW determines, in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, that it would be inappropriate for Advance/Newhouse to have representation on any such committee or working groups based on the composition of such committee or group, then TWE shall notify Advance/Newhouse of such judgment and the reasons therefor. Such Executive Committee meetings shall also include, without limitation, a review by the Managing Partner of the substance of any significant communications between ATW senior management and senior management of the TWE Cable Division regarding matters relating to the Partnership. Advance/Newhouse shall be notified and consulted in advance regarding changes in "senior management," of TWE Cable as hereinafter defined, but Advance/Newhouse shall have no right to veto or otherwise delay such changes. For purposes hereof, "Senior Management" of TWE Cable means the Chairman and CEO, the President and COO, the Executive Vice President/Operations, the Senior Vice President/Engineering and the Executive Vice Presidents responsible for the cable television systems owned by the Partnership and persons who may hereafter hold the same or similar positions exercising comparable responsibilities.

(2) Section 3.1(h) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection (vi):

(vi) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the aggregate payments to be made by the Partnership to TWE for management fees and reimbursement for exercise of options with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 3.1(h)(i) and Section 3.1(h)(iii) shall not exceed three percent (3%) of the Partnership's revenues for such Fiscal Year. The limitations set forth in this
Section 3.1(h)(vi) shall be applied separately with respect to each Fiscal Year.

(3) The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by deleting Section 3.2(l) requiring approval of affiliated transactions or contracts on other than an arm's length basis.

(4) Section 3.3(a) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted therefor:

-5-

3.3 Business Plans.

(a) Long Term Strategic Plan.

(i) On or about March 6, 1995, TWE presented to Advance/Newhouse a statement of the Partnership's strategic objectives for the first five years of the Partnership's operations (the "Long Term Strategic Plan"), which plan included the Partnership's strategic objectives with respect to acquisitions and investments, asset dispositions, capital expenditures and the entry into or withdrawal from any material line of business as well as overall timing and numerical parameters with respect thereto. The Long Term Strategic Plan was prepared in a manner materially consistent with the long term strategic plan of TWE's Cable Division. On March 9, 1995 Advance/Newhouse approved the Long Term Strategic Plan.

(ii) On August 18, 1998, TWE presented a successor Long Term Strategic Plan as required by Section 11(a) of the First Transaction Agreement. On October 21, 1998, Advance/Newhouse approved such successor Long Term Strategic Plan.

(iii) Prior to September 30, 2001, and within three years following the adoption and approval of each successor long term strategic plan in accordance with this paragraph (iii), the Managing Partner shall present to Advance/Newhouse a new long term strategic plan for the five year period beginning no later than the first day of the calendar year following the date which is three years following the adoption of the previous Long Term Strategic Plan. Such long term strategic plan shall be prepared in a manner materially consistent with the long term strategic plan of TWE's Cable Division and shall be subject to the approval of Advance/Newhouse. Any long term strategic plan approved by Advance/Newhouse and adopted by the Partnership shall upon the effective date stated in such plan be the Long Term Strategic Plan for all purposes of this Agreement. Until a successor Long Term Strategic Plan is approved by Advance/Newhouse, the Long Term Strategic Plan then in effect shall continue in effect; provided that upon the expiration of the five year period covered by such Long Term Strategic Plan, such Long Term Strategic Plan shall remain in effect as if it applied to such fiscal year, but shall be appropriately adjusted to provide for any capital expenditures required to be incurred by the Partnership by the terms of any franchise agreement or other requirement of law or to enable the Partnership to continue or complete any project or activity in progress that was contemplated by a previously approved Long Term Strategic Plan or was approved by the Executive Committee with the consent of Advance/Newhouse's representatives.

-6-

(5) The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 3.4, to read as follows:

Section 3.4 Affiliate Transactions.

(a) With respect to any contract (or series of related contracts) or transaction (or series of related transactions) entered into by the Managing Partner or any Affiliate of the Managing Partner with the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries after the Merger Closing Date, other than immaterial transactions (defined for purposes hereof as contracts or transactions that individually involve less than $750,000 and do not involve significant non-monetary obligations) (hereinafter, individually or collectively, "Affiliate Transactions"), the Managing Partner agrees to notify Advance/Newhouse in writing of entry into such Affiliate Transactions and the terms of such Affiliate Transactions not later than 10 business days after entering into such contract(s) or transaction(s). The Managing Partner agrees to provide Advance/Newhouse, within 10 days of request from Advance/Newhouse, with all financial information relating to the Affiliate Transactions and all documents evidencing or executed in connection with such Affiliate Transactions including copies of the relevant contracts, agreements or transaction documents. For purposes of clarification and not by way of limitation of the scope of the term "Affiliate Transactions," it is agreed that for purposes of all relevant provisions of this Partnership Agreement the term "Affiliate Transactions" shall include: (i) reimbursement arrangements by the Partnership with HBO and Turner in respect of Fox programming agreements entered into in December 1999;
(ii) any amendment, renewal, extension, modification or waiver of the AOL-TWC High Speed Service Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2001, by and among America Online, Inc. and Time Warner Cable (the "ISP Agreement") and any agreement replacing or substituting for the ISP Agreement; and (iii) the Implementation Plan (as defined in the ISP Agreement) and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof or replacements or substitutions therefor.

(b) If the Managing Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries enters into any Affiliate Transactions contemplated by Section 3.4(a) without the approval of Advance/Newhouse, at its option, Advance/Newhouse may elect to initiate negotiation and arbitration to determine (i) whether such Affiliate Transactions were on arm's-length terms and (ii) if not, the loss, damage or diminution in value, if any, suffered by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Affiliate Transactions failing to be on arm's-length terms. Alternatively, Advance/Newhouse may elect instead to exercise its rights in respect of such Affiliate Transactions by having such Affiliate Transactions taken into account by the Appraiser in connection with a Restructuring, as contemplated under Section 8.2, or a Put Event, as contemplated under Section 9, as the case may be. In order to elect negotiation and arbitration, Advance/Newhouse must give written notice to TWE of its election within 45 days of receiving the financial information and documents relating to the Affiliate Transactions from the Managing Partner under Section 3.4(a); provided that if at the time of receiving such information there are no comparable agreements or transactions by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries with independent third parties, or between Affiliates of the Managing Partner and independent third parties, Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to postpone its election

-7-

to initiate negotiation or arbitration until 45 days after it is notified by the Managing Partner of entry by the Managing Partner or its Affiliates into such comparable transactions or agreements with at least two separate independent third parties each of which must be one of the five largest multiple system cable operators in the United States at such time (unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction expressly provide that the Partnership and its Subsidiaries, automatically and without further action by them, will be treated, viewing the material terms as a whole, on terms at least as favorable as those to be provided to any independent third party, in which case Advance/Newhouse shall not have the right to postpone its election). If Advance/Newhouse elects to initiate negotiation and arbitration pursuant to this Section 3.4(b), TWE and Advance/Newhouse agree to attempt in good faith to resolve through negotiation whether the subject Affiliate Transactions were arm's length and, if not, the loss, damage or diminution in value, if any, suffered by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such Affiliate Transactions. If the dispute is not resolved by negotiation within 60 days of Advance/Newhouse giving notice to TWE of its election (or such additional period of time to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE agree), the matter will be resolved as set forth in Section 3.4(e) below.

(c) All Affiliate Transactions, shall, unless otherwise approved by Advance/Newhouse, treat the Partnership and its Subsidiaries on no less favorable terms than those applicable generally to the TWE Cable Division, as a whole, i.e., the Managing Partner shall not enter into any transaction or agreement that treats one cable system differently from another cable system, except for a transaction or agreement that warrants different treatment based upon legitimate business considerations that are entirely unrelated to whether the Partnership (or a Subsidiary thereof) rather than an Affiliate of the Partnership owns such cable system. If Advance/Newhouse disputes that the different treatment of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries in regard to a particular transaction or agreement was based on such legitimate business considerations entirely unrelated to whether the Partnership (or a Subsidiary thereof) rather than an Affiliate of the Partnership owns such cable system, Advance/Newhouse may initiate negotiation and arbitration to determine (i) whether the different treatment of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries in regard to the transaction or agreement was based on legitimate business considerations entirely unrelated to whether the Partnership (or a Subsidiary thereof) rather than an Affiliate of the Partnership owns such cable system and (ii) if not, the loss, damage or diminution in value suffered by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction or agreement. In order to elect negotiation and arbitration, Advance/Newhouse must give written notice to TWE of its election within 45 days of receiving the financial information and documents related to the Affiliate Transactions from the Managing Partner under Section 3.4(a). If Advance/Newhouse elects to initiate negotiation and arbitration pursuant to this Section 3.4(c), TWE and Advance/Newhouse agree to attempt in good faith to resolve through negotiation whether the different treatment of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries in regards to the transaction or agreement was based on legitimate business considerations entirely unrelated to whether the Partnership (or a Subsidiary thereof) rather than an Affiliate of the Partnership owns such cable system and, if it was not, the loss, damage or diminution in value suffered by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction or agreement. If the

-8-

dispute is not resolved by negotiation within 60 days of Advance/Newhouse giving notice to TWE of its election (or such additional period of time to which Advance/Newhouse and TWE agree), the matter will be resolved as set forth in Section 3.4(f) below.

(d) If it is determined, either by agreement of the parties or by arbitration, that a loss, damage or diminution in value was suffered by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries as a result of any Affiliate Transactions covered by Sections 3.4(b) or (c), TWE shall make a cash payment to the Partnership of the determined amount within 10 days of the parties' agreement or the issuance of the arbitration award, whichever is applicable; provided, however, it is expressly understood that any loss, damage or diminution in value relating to or arising from periods following such determination shall only be payable as and when incurred (in a series of recurring payments, rather than a single payment, at the times agreed by the parties or ordered by the arbitrators). It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as the Managing Partner complied in all material respects with the disclosure obligations required pursuant to Section 3.4(a) above, the sole remedy of Advance/Newhouse in respect of such Affiliate Transactions with the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries that was not approved by Advance/Newhouse is (i) the payment of money damages as provided for in this Section 3.4 or (ii) if Advance/Newhouse does not elect to initiate negotiation and arbitration under this Section 3.4, the exercise by Advance/Newhouse of its rights pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 9, as the case may be, to have such Affiliate Transactions taken into account by the Appraiser. Nothing herein shall limit the Managing Partner's ability to amend or terminate any Affiliate Transaction in order to mitigate or eliminate any future loss, damage or diminution in value, subject, however to the following: (x) any action to amend or terminate such Affiliate Transaction will itself be an Affiliate Transaction and subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4, including without limitation, whether and to what extent such amendment or termination mitigates or eliminates the future loss, damage or diminution in value; and (y) if the Managing Partner takes such action following an adverse arbitration determination to it and Advance/Newhouse challenges any such action in a subsequent arbitration, the Managing Partner shall promptly reimburse (A) Advance/Newhouse for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with the initial arbitration of the Affiliate Transaction, including the fees and expenses of counsel, other advisors and witnesses or experts and (B) the Partnership for the expenses borne by it in connection with such initial arbitration.

(e) (i) If Advance/Newhouse elects negotiation and arbitration pursuant to Sections 3.4(b) or (c) and the dispute is not resolved through negotiation, the parties agree that such dispute shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under its Commercial Arbitration Rules and its Optional Procedures for Large, Complex Commercial Disputes, or other rules agreed to by the parties, by three arbitrators. Any decision by such arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The parties' agreement to arbitrate is with respect to only those disputes set forth in this Section 3.4.

-9-

(ii) Any arbitration shall take place in New York, New York. Advance/Newhouse shall initiate the arbitration in accordance with the procedures set forth in Rule 4 of the AAA Commercial Arbitration Rules.

(iii) The arbitrators shall be selected from the Large, Complex Commercial Case Panel in accordance with the procedures in Rule 13(a) and (b) of the Commercial Arbitration Rules, and Rule 13(c) shall not apply. At least one of the arbitrators shall be experienced in commercial matters related to the cable television industry.

(iv) As part of discovery and the exchange of information and documents between the parties in an arbitration of a dispute under Section 3.4(b), TWE and its Affiliates shall be required to produce to Advance/Newhouse, inter alia, all documents and information relating to the contract or transaction at issue, as well as documents or information relating to comparable contracts or transactions with non-affiliated parties; provided that the production of third party agreements that contain competitively sensitive information or that are subject to confidentiality restrictions shall be subject to such protections as the arbitrators may determine are adequate to protect the legitimate confidentiality concerns of TWE and its Affiliates taking into account the need for Advance/Newhouse to review such agreements as part of its preparation of its presentation in the arbitration. It is agreed that as part of such protections the arbitrators may direct that in lieu of such agreements being provided to Advance/Newhouse directly that such agreements may be delivered to Advance/Newhouse's legal counsel and other advisors. As part of discovery and the exchange of information and documents between the parties in an arbitration of a dispute under Section 3.4(c), TWE shall be required to produce to Advance/Newhouse, inter alia, all documents and information relating to the transaction or agreement at issue, including all documents relating to the business considerations for the terms of the transaction or agreement at issue, as well as all documents and information relating to the treatment of other cable systems in the TWE Cable Division in comparable circumstances. Advance/Newhouse and TWE may submit to the arbitrators prior to the hearing any written information and may make any oral presentation at the hearing that Advance/Newhouse or TWE deem appropriate to support their respective positions with respect to the disputed matter. At any hearing before the arbitrators at which witnesses present testimony either in person or telephonically, Advance/Newhouse and TWE shall be entitled to cross examine the witnesses; provided, however, that this provision shall not be deemed to preclude the ability of either party to present testimony by affidavit in the arbitration hearing.

(v) The arbitrators shall render their written decision and award (which shall be limited to money damages), including a statement of reasons upon which such award is based (which shall include a statement of the elements of an Affiliate Transaction that are not arm's length, but which need not include a statement of modifications necessary to cure such elements), within thirty days from the date of the closing of the arbitration hearing. The merits of the dispute and the legal relations between Advance/Newhouse and TWE shall be determined under and in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York as provided for in Section 15.10 of this

-10-

Partnership Agreement. The agreement to arbitrate set forth in this
Section 3.4 shall be construed and enforced pursuant to the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 'SS''SS' 1 et seq.

(vi) Except as provided in Section 3.4(d) above, each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, other advisors, experts, witnesses or cost of proof (in each case other than those produced at the request of the arbitrators) in connection with the negotiation or arbitration. Except as provided in Section 3.4(d) above, all other expenses of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 3.4, including fees and expenses of the AAA, fees and expenses of the arbitrators, and fees and expenses of any expert, witness or the cost of any proof (in each case produced at the request of the arbitrators), shall be borne by the Partnership.

(vii) It is expressly understood and agreed that Advance/Newhouse and TWE shall each be entitled to provide the arbitrators with more information than is requested by the arbitrators, in accordance with procedures established by the arbitrators, and that the parties intend for the arbitrators to consider, to the extent they deem appropriate, all such information; provided that it is also understood and agreed that the other party shall be entitled to receive copies of such additional information furnished to the arbitrators, subject to the same confidentiality procedures referenced in this
Section 3.4.

(f) Advance/Newhouse is required to maintain as confidential, unless otherwise required by law or judicial decision: (i) all documents and information provided by TWE under Section 3.4(a) designated by TWE as "confidential," and (ii) all documents or information provided by TWE or its Affiliates to Advance/Newhouse in connection with any negotiation or arbitration that are designated by TWE as "confidential." TWE is required to maintain as confidential, unless otherwise required by law or judicial decision, all documents or information provided by Advance/Newhouse to TWE in connection with any negotiation or arbitration that are designated by Advance/Newhouse as "confidential." Advance/Newhouse and TWE are required to maintain as confidential, unless otherwise required by law or judicial decision:
(i) any arbitration proceedings, including any hearings, and (ii) any arbitration award, except as necessary in connection with judicial enforcement of an award. The arbitrators in any arbitration also may issue orders to protect the confidentiality of proprietary information, competitively sensitive information, information subject to confidentiality agreements with third parties, trade secrets, or other sensitive information.

(6) Section 5.5 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection (h) at the end thereof:

(h) In the event that any item or items of income, gain, loss or deduction of the Partnership or any Partner is reallocated between the Partnership and any Partner, then the allocations of the income, gain , loss or deduction of the Company for the year in which such reallocation occurs shall be made in such a fashion that the Capital Accounts of all Partners, after taking into account any deemed contributions or

-11-

distributions arising in connection with such reallocation, shall be, to the greatest extent possible, in the same amounts as they would have been in had such reallocation not occurred.

(7) Section 8 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and new Section 8 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be substituted therefor.

(8) Section 9 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and new Section 9 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C shall be substituted therefor.

(9) Section 11.5 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(i) by adding the following immediately following the first sentence of Section 11.5:

Advance/Newhouse shall have the right to receive (promptly after such reports are available) copies of all reports on matters affecting the Partnership provided to, or sent from, the following persons in the TWE Cable Division (or persons who may hereafter hold similar positions or have comparable responsibilities): Chairman and CEO; President and COO; Executive Vice President/Operations; Senior Vice President/Engineering; and Executive Vice Presidents responsible for the cable television systems owned by the Partnership.

(ii) by adding the following immediately following the second sentence of Section 11.5:

Without limiting any other information requirements set forth in this
Section 11.5 or elsewhere in the Partnership Agreement, TWE shall cause to be delivered within 5 days of the preparation of such reports and information, the reports and information referred to in the memoranda attached hereto as Exhibit D. It is understood and agreed that the Managing Partner may elect to exclude information otherwise to be provided pursuant to this Section 11.5 if the Managing Partner furnishes to Advance/Newhouse a legal opinion from the general counsel of ATW or the TWE Cable Division or outside counsel that states that furnishing such information would reasonably be expected to violate applicable antitrust law, rules or regulations or would reasonably be expected to result in the loss of any applicable attorney-client privilege. It is further understood and agreed that the Managing Partner shall have the right to redact material unrelated to the Partnership from any information to be provided to Advance/Newhouse pursuant to this Section 11.5.

(iii) by adding the following sentence at the end of
Section 11.5:

The Managing Partner shall designate an employee of the Managing Partner knowledgeable concerning the information to be provided to Advance/Newhouse (and notify Advance/Newhouse of such designation) who will be charged with the authority to insure, and the responsibility for implementing and enforcing of the provisions of this

-12-

Section 11.5 and other provisions of this Partnership Agreement relating to provision of information to Advance/Newhouse. The Managing Partner agrees that such employee's compensation will, in part, be based on compliance by the Managing Partner with such provisions, and such employee's compensation shall be subject to review with Advance/Newhouse.

III.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

(1) Governing Law; Venue; Disputes. This Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York. Any action, suit or proceeding shall be prosecuted as to any party hereto in the County of New York, State of New York.

(2) Captions. Section headings contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment.

(3) Effectiveness. The amendments to the Partnership Agreement set forth in sections (4), (5) and (6) of Article I shall be effective as of February 12, 1998. All other amendments to the Partnership Agreement contained in this First Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof.

(4) Other Provisions. Except as amended hereby, the Partnership Agreement shall in all respects continue in full force and effect and the parties ratify and confirm that they continue to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof.

(5) Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

-13-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: Advance Cable Holdings Corp.,
General Partner

By:      /s/ Robert J. Miron
         -------------------
         Name:  Robert J. Miron
         Title: President

By: Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation, General Partner

By:      /s/ Robert J. Miron
         -------------------
         Name:  Robert J. Miron
         Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P.

By:      /s/ Spencer B. Hays
         -------------------
         Name:  Spencer B. Hays
         Title: Vice President

PARAGON COMMUNICATIONS

By: KBL Communications, Inc.
Managing General Partner

By:      /s/ Spencer B. Hays
         -------------------
         Name:  Spencer B. Hays
         Title: Executive Vice President

-14-

AMENDED AND RESTATED
TRANSACTION AGREEMENT NO. 4

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRANSACTION AGREEMENT NO. 4, dated as of February 1, 2001 (this "Agreement"), among ADVANCE PUBLICATIONS, INC., a New York corporation ("Advance"), NEWHOUSE BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a New York corporation ("Newhouse"), ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP, a New York general partnership ("Advance/Newhouse"), TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("TWE"), PARAGON COMMUNICATIONS, a Colorado general partnership ("Paragon"), and TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT-ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP, a New York general partnership (the "Partnership").

WHEREAS, Advance/Newhouse and TWE entered into a Partnership Agreement, dated as of September 9, 1994, as amended, pursuant to which they formed the Partnership (the "Partnership Agreement");

WHEREAS, Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE and the Partnership entered into a Contribution Agreement, dated as of September 9, 1994, as amended (the "Contribution Agreement"), pursuant to which each of Advance/Newhouse and TWE contributed certain specified assets to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1997 (the "First Transaction Agreement"), among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, TW Holding Co. and the Partnership, TWE, Advance/Newhouse and Paragon entered into the First Amendment to the Partnership Agreement, dated as of February 12, 1998 (the "First Amendment"), pursuant to which, among other things, Paragon became a partner of the Partnership;

WHEREAS, the Partnership, TWE-A/N Texas Cable Partners General Partner LLC, TCI Texas Cable Holdings LLC, TCI Texas Cable, Inc. and Texas Cable Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the "TCI Joint Venture"), entered into a Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1998 (the "TCI Contribution Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other things, the Partnership contributed certain assets to the TCI Joint Venture;

WHEREAS, in connection with the TCI Contribution Agreement the parties hereto entered into Transaction Agreement No. 2, dated as of June 23, 1998 (the "Second Transaction Agreement"), pursuant to which, among other things, the parties entered into the Second Amendment to the Partnership Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1998 (the "Second Amendment"), to further amend the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Transaction Agreement No. 3, dated as of September 15, 1998 (the "Third Transaction Agreement"), among Advance, Newhouse, Advance/Newhouse, TWE, Paragon and the Partnership, TWE,


2

Advance/Newhouse and Paragon entered into the Third Amendment to the Partnership Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999 (the "Third Amendment"), pursuant to which, among other things, Paragon contributed certain assets to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, currently the cable television systems described on Part A of Schedule 1 hereto (the "Fanch I Systems"), are owned by TWFanch-one Co. ("Fanch I"), the cable television systems described on Part B of Schedule 1 hereto (the "Fanch II Systems") are owned by TWFanch-two Co. ("Fanch II"), the cable television systems described on Part C of Schedule 1 hereto (the "TWE Owned Systems") are owned by TWE and the cable television systems described on Part D of Schedule 1 hereto (the "Watertown Systems") are owned by CAT Holdings LLC, a recently formed Delaware limited liability company ("CAT LLC");

WHEREAS, prior to the Closing (as defined below), the Fanch I Systems will be transferred by Fanch I to TWE and the Fanch II Systems will be transferred by Fanch II to TWE, and pursuant to this Agreement, TWE will transfer the Fanch I Systems, Fanch II Systems and TWE Owned Systems (the "TWE Contributed Assets") to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, the entire outstanding limited liability company interests in the CAT LLC (the "Watertown Interests") are owned of record 50% by KBL Communications, Inc. ("KBL") and 50% by TWE and, pursuant to a letter agreement dated January 30, 1996 between TWE and the Partnership, TWE has previously assigned to the Partnership a one-sixth beneficial interest in the Watertown Systems;

WHEREAS, prior to Closing, all of KBL's Watertown Interests will be transferred to Paragon, and pursuant to this Agreement, Paragon and TWE will each transfer all of their Watertown Interests to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto executed a Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2000 (the "Original Fourth Transaction Agreement"), setting forth the terms on which certain of the TWE Contributed Assets were to be contributed to the Partnership;

WHEREAS, by letter agreement, dated as of July 12, 2000 (the "Watertown Side Letter"), the parties hereto also agreed that all beneficial ownership of the Watertown Systems that are not already owned by the Partnership would be contributed to the Partnership upon the occurrence of certain events; and

WHEREAS, the parties now desire to amend and restate the Original Fourth Transaction Agreement and the Watertown Side Letter in their entirety as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


3

1. Contribution of Fourth Transaction Systems.

(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3, at the Closing (as defined below), (i) TWE shall contribute, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to the Partnership its right, title and interest in and to all of the assets and properties, real, personal, mixed, tangible or intangible, owned, leased, licensed, that are principally used or held for use in connection with the ownership and operation of the TWE Contributed Assets, (ii) TWE shall contribute, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to the Partnership all of its right, title and interest in and to Watertown Interests (the "TWE Contributed Equity" and, together with the TWE Contributed Assets, the "TWE Contributed Systems"), (iii) Paragon shall contribute, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to the Partnership its right, title and interest in and to Watertown Interests (the "Paragon Contributed Systems" and, together with the TWE Contributed Systems, the "Fourth Transaction Systems"), and (iv) the Partnership shall assume, and agree to pay and discharge, as and when they become due, or otherwise take subject to the indebtedness and other liabilities associated with the Systems that are described on Schedule 2 hereto (the "Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities").

(b) At the Closing, (i) each of TWE and Paragon shall deliver instruments executed by it and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Partnership contributing, assigning, conveying, transferring and delivering to the Partnership its right, title and interest in and to the Fourth Transaction Systems and (ii) the Partnership shall deliver instruments executed by it and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to TWE and Paragon by which it shall assume and agree to pay and discharge the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities.

(c) In exchange for the contributions contemplated by Section 1(a), TWE shall receive (i) Common Partnership Units (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement described below) having a value equal to 50% of the Net TWE Contribution and (ii) Series C Preferred Partnership Units (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement (defined below) having a value equal to 50% of the Net TWE Contribution. For purposes of the foregoing, "Net TWE Contribution" means the excess of (A) the TWE Contributed System Value determined in accordance with Section 7 over (B) the Assumed TWE Indebtedness (as defined on Schedule 2 hereof).

(d) In exchange for the contributions contemplated by Section 1(a), Paragon shall receive (i) Common Partnership Units (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement described below) having a value equal to 50% of the Net Paragon Contribution and (ii) Series C Preferred Partnership Units (as defined in the Amended Partnership Agreement (defined below) having a value equal to 50% of the Net Paragon Contribution. For purposes of the foregoing, "Net Paragon Contribution" means the excess of (A) the Paragon Contributed System Value determined in accordance with Section 7 over (B) the Assumed Paragon Indebtedness (as defined on Schedule 2 hereof).

2. Beneficial Assets and Subsidiary Beneficial Assets. If any consent or approval is required in connection with the contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement of any ownership interest in a cable television system (or the


4

franchise pursuant to which such cable television system is operated) and such consent or approval is not obtained prior to the Closing, then in lieu of contributing (and pending the actual contribution of) such ownership interest in a cable television system to the Partnership, TWE or Paragon, as applicable, will hold such ownership interest (or cause such interest be held) for the use and benefit of the Partnership. Such interest shall be treated as Beneficial Assets (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) or Subsidiary Beneficial Assets (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in either case in accordance with Section 5.8 of the Amended Partnership Agreement (defined below) and
Section 6.7 of the Contribution Agreement. In accordance with Section 6.7 of the Contribution Agreement, following the Effective Date, TWE or Paragon, as applicable shall continue to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain any consent or approval necessary to effectuate the contribution to the Partnership of any Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset not contributed to the Partnership on the Effective Date, and shall take all reasonable actions to effectuate the contribution of such Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset after such consent or approval is obtained; provided, however, that no cable television franchise comprising a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset (or owned by an entity whose equity interests comprises a Beneficial Asset or Subsidiary Beneficial Asset) shall be required to be contributed to the Partnership until consents or approvals shall have been obtained with respect to the contribution of all cable television franchises in the same cable television system as such franchise.

3. Closing Conditions. The obligations of TWE, Paragon and the Partnership to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions, the imposition of which are solely for the benefit of such parties and any one or more of which may be waived by such parties in their discretion:

(a) each of TWE, Advance/Newhouse and Paragon shall have executed and delivered the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the "Amended Partnership Agreement");

(b) with respect to the assumption by the Partnership of the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities, each of the conditions to Assumption, as defined in the Credit Agreement dated as of November 10, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement") among Time Warner Inc. ("TWX"), Time Warner Companies, Inc., TWE, Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., the Partnership, TWI Cable Inc., the Lenders Party thereto and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, shall have been satisfied (or waived by the parties entitled to waive same);

(c) the consents and approvals required in connection with the contribution of the franchises pursuant to which the Fourth Transaction Systems are operated shall have been obtained or not required with respect to franchises having at least 85% of the total number of subscribers in the Fourth Transaction Systems, as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto;


5

(d) the board of directors of TWX and the Management Committee of TWE shall have approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) the waiting periods (and any extensions thereof), if any, applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR Act") shall have been terminated or shall have expired (it being understood that as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, the parties will complete and file, or cause to be completed and filed, any notification and report required to be filed under the HSR Act and each such filing shall request early termination of the waiting period imposed by the HSR Act); and

(f) no temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in effect; and

(g) the Closing under, and as defined in, the Asset Exchange Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2000, between the Partnership and Fanch I shall occur concurrently with the Closing hereunder.

4. Advance/Newhouse Contribution. Subject to the consummation of the transfer or beneficial assignment of the Fourth Transaction Systems to the Partnership, on or prior to the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Maturity Date"), Advance/Newhouse shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount, plus interest thereon at the Interest Rate compounded (to the extent not paid) on a quarterly basis, from the Effective Date until the date such contribution is made in full. For the purposes of the foregoing, (i) "Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount" means an amount equal to 50% of the aggregate value of the Common Partnership Units received by TWE and Paragon in exchange for their contribution of the Fourth Transaction Systems and (ii) "Interest Rate" shall mean a rate per annum equal to the average interest rate applicable from time to time to borrowings by the Partnership under the senior revolving credit facility of the Partnership. At the Closing, Advance/Newhouse shall execute and deliver to the Partnership a promissory note (the "Advance/Newhouse Note") substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto having a principal amount equal to the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount, as security for its obligation to contribute to the Partnership the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount, plus interest as provided in this Section 4. Advance/Newhouse shall take any and all actions and execute and deliver all documents or agreements reasonably requested by the Partnership to enable the Partnership to perfect its security interest in the Advance/Newhouse Note. Advance/Newhouse and the Partnership acknowledge and agree that the Advance/Newhouse Note shall not be deemed an asset of the Partnership unless and until the Partnership seeks to realize upon its security interest therein. In exchange for its agreement to contribute the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount, Advance/Newhouse shall receive Common Partnership Units having a value equal to


6

50% of the aggregate value of the Common Partnership Units received by TWE and Paragon in exchange for their contribution of the Fourth Transaction Systems.

5. Time and Place of Closing. Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 3, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019-6064 (or such other place as the parties may mutually agree), at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the last day of the month following the date that is the fifth business day following satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3, or such earlier date as TWE and Paragon may determine (upon 2 business days' notice to Advance/Newhouse), or such later date as the parties may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the "Effective Date."

6. Representations and Warranties; Indemnification. TWE and Paragon hereby represent and warrant to Advance/Newhouse that CAT LLC has not conducted any operations or assumed any liabilities other than in connection with its ownership and operation of the Watertown Systems. Subject to the Closing having occurred, each of TWE and Paragon (i) shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at the Partnership's expense, to enforce its rights with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in the Acquisition Agreements to the extent such representations and warranties relate to the Fourth Transaction Systems, including by way of seeking indemnification in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreements, and (ii) shall grant to the Partnership the benefits, if any, obtained as a result of the enforcement of such rights. For purposes of the foregoing, "Acquisition Agreements" means, collectively, the Asset Exchange Agreement dated as of April 6, 1998 between TWE and A-R Cable Services, Inc.; the Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 28, 1998 between TWE and OUR Cable Systems, Inc.; the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of April 19, 1999, as amended, among TWE, J. Feeney Associates, Inc. and PCI One Incorporated; and the Redemption Agreement dated as of July 17, 2000 among CAT Partnership, TWE, KBL, TCI Holdings II, Inc. and Comcast Hattieburg Holding Company, Inc.

7. Valuation of Fourth Transaction Systems.

(a) Fourth Transaction Systems. The gross value of the TWE Contributed Systems (the "TWE Contributed System Value") shall equal $205,642,030, as adjusted pursuant to Section 8. The gross value of the Paragon Contributed Systems (the "Paragon Contributed System Value") shall equal $21,875,433 as adjusted pursuant to Section 8.

(b) Procedure; Dispute Resolution. (i) Within 60 days following the Effective Date, TWE and Paragon shall jointly deliver to the Partnership Advance/Newhouse a certificate (the "Valuation Certificate"), signed by appropriate officers of TWE and Paragon after due inquiry by such officers, but without any personal liability to such officers, setting forth the TWE Contributed System Value, the Paragon Contributed System Value, the Net TWE Contribution, and the Paragon Net Contribution


7

and the calculation thereof in accordance with Section 1(c), Section 1(d),
Section 8 and this Section 7. At the request of Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon shall provide the requesting party with prompt and complete access to all working papers and relevant supporting documentation as well as appropriate TWE and Paragon personnel, in each case reasonably necessary in connection with such party's review of the information set forth in the Valuation Certificate. If Advance/Newhouse shall conclude that the Valuation Certificate is not accurate, then Advance/Newhouse, within 90 days of receipt of such Valuation Certificate, shall furnish TWE and Paragon with a written statement of any discrepancy or discrepancies believed to exist (the "Discrepancy Certificate"). Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon shall attempt jointly to resolve any discrepancy set forth in the Discrepancy Certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof, which resolution, if achieved, shall be binding upon all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or review. If Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon cannot resolve the discrepancy to their mutual satisfaction within such 30-day period, Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon shall within 10 days following the expiration of such 30-day period, jointly designate a nationally known independent certified public accounting firm to review the Valuation Certificate, together with the Discrepancy Certificate, and any other relevant documents. If Advance/Newhouse, TWE and Paragon do not agree upon a nationally known independent certified public accounting firm in accordance with the preceding sentence within such 10-day period, then such review shall be performed by a nationally known independent certified public accounting firm selected by two other nationally known certified public accounting firms, one selected by Advance/Newhouse and one selected by TWE; provided that if one party fails to notify the other party of its selection within five days following receipt from another party of its selection, the accounting firm selected by the other party or parties shall perform such review. The cost of retaining such independent public accounting firm shall be borne one-half by Advance Newhouse and one-half by TWE and Paragon (to be shared in proportion to the relative adjustments affecting TWE and Paragon). Such firm shall report its conclusions and such report shall be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement and not subject to dispute or review. The TWE Contributed System Value, the Paragon Contributed System Value, the Net TWE Contribution, the Net Paragon Contribution, the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount and the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities, shall be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect any such resolution.

8. Closing Adjustments.

(a) At the Closing, TWE shall deliver to the Partnership a certificate setting forth the estimated TWE Adjustment Amount (as defined below), which shall be determined in good faith by TWE. If the estimated TWE Adjustment Amount is greater than zero, then the TWE Contributed System Value shall be increased by an amount equal to such estimated TWE Adjustment Amount. If the estimated TWE Adjustment Amount is less than zero, then the TWE Contributed System Value shall be reduced by an amount equal to the absolute value of such TWE Adjustment Amount. The Valuation Certificate delivered by TWE pursuant to Section 7(b) shall set forth the final TWE Adjustment Amount and, to the extent necessary, the TWE Contributed System Value, the Net TWE Contribution, the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount and the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities shall be adjusted to reflect the difference


8

between the final TWE Adjustment Amount and the estimated TWE Adjustment Amount.

(b) At the Closing, Paragon shall deliver to the Partnership a certificate setting forth the estimated Paragon Adjustment Amount (as defined below), which shall be determined in good faith by Paragon. If the estimated Paragon Adjustment Amount is greater than zero, then the Paragon Contributed System Value shall be increased by an amount equal to such estimated Paragon Adjustment Amount. If the estimated Paragon Adjustment Amount is less than zero, then the Paragon Contributed System Value shall be reduced by an amount equal to the absolute value of such Paragon Adjustment Amount. The Valuation Certificate delivered by Paragon pursuant to Section 7(b) shall set forth the final Paragon Adjustment Amount and, to the extent necessary, the Paragon System Value, the Net Paragon Contribution, the Advance/Newhouse Contribution Amount and the Assumed Fourth Transaction Liabilities shall be adjusted to reflect the difference between the final Paragon Adjustment Amount and the estimated Paragon Adjustment Amount.

(c) For purposes of the foregoing, "TWE Adjustment Amount" means all capital expenditures in respect of the TWE Contributed Systems during the period from April 1, 2000 to the Effective Date, plus any positive working capital existing at the end of such period or minus the absolute value of any negative working capital existing at the end of such period.

(d) For purposes of the foregoing, "Paragon Adjustment Amount" means all capital expenditures in respect of the Paragon Contributed Systems during the period from April 1, 2000 to the Effective Date, plus any positive working capital existing at the end of such period or minus the absolute value of any negative working capital existing at the end of such period.

(e) The adjustments made pursuant to this Section 8 are already reflected in the capital account balances of the partners of the Partnership and, accordingly, no additional adjustments to the partners' capital account balances shall be made in respect of such adjustments.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (other than its rules of conflicts of law to the extent the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby).

(b) The parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and their respective counsel and accountants in connection with any steps required to be taken as part of their respective obligations under this Agreement and will each use reasonable best efforts to perform or fulfill all conditions and obligations to be performed or fulfilled


9

by them under this Agreement so that the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated.

(c) Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provisions hereof.

(d) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

ADVANCE PUBLICATIONS, INC.

By: /s/ S.I. Newhouse, Jr.
    ----------------------
    Name: S.I. Newhouse, Jr.
    Title: Chairman/Vice President

NEWHOUSE BROADCASTING
CORPORATION

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    ----------------------
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: Vice President

ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: ADVANCE CABLE HOLDINGS
CORP., General Partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    ----------------------
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: President

By: NEWHOUSE BROADCASTING
CORPORATION, General Partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    ----------------------
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: Vice President


10

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P., through its
TIME WARNER CABLE DIVISION

By: /s/ David E. O'Hayre
    ----------------------
    Name: David E. O'Hayre
    Title: Senior Vice President
           -- Investments

PARAGON COMMUNICATIONS

By: KBL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
Managing General Partner

By: /s/ David E. O'Hayre
    ----------------------
    Name: David E. O'Hayre
    Title: Vice President

TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT -
ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE PARTNERSHIP

By: TIME WARNER ENTERTAINMENT
COMPANY, L.P., Managing General
Partner, through its TIME WARNER
CABLE DIVISION

By: /s/ David E. O'Hayre
    ----------------------
    Name: David E. O'Hayre
    Title: Senior Vice President
           -- Investments

By: ADVANCE/NEWHOUSE
PARTNERSHIP, General Partner

By: ADVANCE CABLE HOLDINGS CORP.,
General Partner

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    ----------------------
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: President

By: NEWHOUSE BROADCASTING CORPORATION,
General Partner


11

By: /s/ Robert J. Miron
    ----------------------
    Name: Robert J. Miron
    Title: Vice President

By: PARAGON COMMUNICATIONS

By: KBL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
Managing General Partner

By: /s/ David E. O'Hayre
    ----------------------
    Name: David E. O'Hayre
    Title: Vice President


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF AOL TIME WARNER INC.

AOL Time Warner maintains over 1,000 subsidiaries. Set forth below are the names of certain subsidiaries, at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, of AOL Time Warner and TWE which carry on a substantial portion of AOL Time Warner's lines of business. The names of various consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries, including subsidiaries carrying on the same line of business as the parent (including interactive services, filmed entertainment, networks, recorded music and music publishing, magazine and book publishing and distribution, and cable television systems), domestically and internationally, have been omitted. None of the foregoing omitted subsidiaries, considered either alone or together with the other subsidiaries of its immediate parent, constitutes a significant subsidiary. Indented subsidiaries are direct subsidiaries of the company under which they are indented.

                                                                               Percentage       State or Other
                                                                                Owned by        Jurisdiction of
                                                                               Immediate         Incorporation
                                   Name                                         Parent          or Organization
                                   ----                                         ------          ---------------

AOL Time Warner Inc. (Registrant) .........................................                      Delaware
  America Online, Inc. ....................................................     100              Delaware
    AOLTV, Inc. ...........................................................     100              Delaware
    AOL Asia Limited ......................................................     100(1)           Hong Kong
    AOL GP Holdings LLC ...................................................     100              Delaware
      AOL Australia Pty Ltd ...............................................      50              Australia
    AOL International Finance CV ..........................................     100              Netherlands
    EJV Reorganization, Inc. ..............................................     100              Delaware
      AOL Luxembourg Sarl .................................................     100(2)           Luxembourg
        AOL Europe SA .....................................................     49.44            Luxembourg
          AOL (UK) Limited (formerly AOL Holdings (UK) Limited) ...........     100              United Kingdom
            CompuServe Interactive Services Limited .......................     100              United Kingdom
          AMSE France SARL ................................................     100              France
          Netfin Online Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH .......................     100              Germany
            AOL SVC GmbH & Co. KG .........................................     100              Germany
              AOL America Online (Deutschland) GmbH & Co. KG ..............     100              Germany
                AOL Bertelsmann Online GmbH & Co. KG ......................     100(3)           Germany
          AOL Nederland BV ................................................     100              Netherlands
            Cyberfin Online UK Holding Limited ............................     100              United Kingdom
              AOL Bertelsmann Service Operations (UK Management) Limited ..     100(4)           United Kingdom
    AOL Technologies Ireland Limited ......................................     100              Ireland
    CompuServe Interactive Services, Inc. .................................     100              Delaware
    Digital City, Inc. ....................................................     100              Delaware
    Digital Marketing Services, Inc. ......................................     100              Delaware
    DoCoMo AOL Inc. .......................................................    40.3              Japan
    ICQ Limited ...........................................................     100              Israel
    MapQuest.com, Inc. ....................................................     100              Delaware
    MovieFone, Inc. .......................................................     100              Delaware
    Netscape Communications Corporation ...................................     100              Delaware
      Netscape Communications Canada, Inc. ................................     100(5)           Canada
      AOL Canada Inc. .....................................................      80              Canada
      Netscape Communications Europe SARL .................................     100              France
    Quack.com, Inc. .......................................................     100              Delaware
    Spinner Networks, Inc. ................................................     100              California
    Tegic Communications Corporation ......................................     100              Washington
  TIME WARNER INC. ........................................................     100              Delaware

(table continued on following page)


(table continued from previous page)

                                                                             Percentage       State or Other
                                                                              Owned by        Jurisdiction of
                                                                             Immediate         Incorporation
                                 Name                                         Parent          or Organization
                                 ----                                         ------          ---------------

  Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. ................................ .....     100              Georgia
    Turner Arena Productions and Sales, Inc. ............................     100              Georgia
    Atlanta Hockey Club, Inc. ...........................................     100              Georgia
    Atlanta National League Baseball Club, Inc. .........................     100              Georgia
    Hawks Basketball, Inc. ..............................................     100              Georgia
    CNN Investment Company, Inc. ........................................     100              Delaware
     Cable News Network LP, LLLP.........................................     100(6)           Delaware
     Cable News International, Inc. .....................................     100              Georgia
     CNN America, Inc....................................................     100              Delaware
    CNN Newsource Sales, Inc. ...........................................     100              Georgia
     Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc. ....................................     100              Georgia
      Castle Rock Entertainment..........................................     100(7)           California
    Goodwill Games, Inc. ................................................     100              Georgia
    HB Holding Co. ......................................................     100              Delaware
      Hanna-Barbera Entertainment Co., Inc. .............................     100              California
    New Line Cinema Corporation..........................................     100              Delaware
    Turner Entertainment Group, Inc. ....................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Entertainment Networks, Inc. ...............................     100              Georgia
        Superstation, Inc. ..............................................     100              Georgia
        Turner Entertainment Networks Asia, Inc. ........................     100              Delaware
        TEN Investment Company, Inc. ....................................     100              Delaware
          Turner Network Television LP, LLLP.............................     100(8)           Delaware
          The Cartoon Network LP, LLLP...................................     100(8)           Delaware
          Turner Classic Movies LP, LLLP.................................     100(8)           Delaware
      Turner Pictures Group, Inc. .......................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Home Entertainment, Inc. ...................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Broadcasting Sales, Inc. ...................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Broadcasting System Asia Pacific, Inc. .....................     100              Georgia
      Turner Home Satellite, Inc. .......................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Broadcasting System (Holdings) Europe Ltd...................     100              U.K.
      Turner International, Inc. ........................................     100              Georgia
      Turner Sports, Inc. ...............................................     100              Georgia
Time Warner Companies, Inc. .............................................     100              Delaware
  American Television and Communications Corporation ('ATC').............     100(9)           Delaware
  Asiaweek Limited.......................................................     100(10)          Hong Kong
  Time International Inc. ...............................................     100              Delaware
  Time Inc. .............................................................     100              Delaware
    Book-of-the-Month Club, Inc. ........................................     100              New York
      Book-of-the-Month Club Holdings LLC................................     100              Delaware
        BD Book Clubs G.P................................................      50(11)          Delaware
    Entertainment Weekly, Inc. ..........................................     100              Delaware
    Time Distribution Services, Inc. ....................................     100              Delaware
    Time Inc. Ventures...................................................     100              Delaware
      Time Publishing Ventures, Inc. ....................................     100              Delaware
        Southern Progress Corporation....................................     100              Delaware
          Sunset Publishing Corporation..................................     100              Delaware
        The Parenting Group Inc..........................................     100              Delaware
    Times Mirror Magazines, Inc. ........................................     100              Delaware
    Time Life Inc. ......................................................     100              Delaware

(table continued on following page)

ii

(table continued from previous page)

                                                                             Percentage       State or Other
                                                                              Owned by        Jurisdiction of
                                                                             Immediate         Incorporation
                                 Name                                         Parent          or Organization
                                 ----                                         ------          ---------------

    Time Warner Trade Publishing Inc.....................................     100              Delaware
      Little, Brown and Company (Inc.)...................................     100              Massachusetts
      Warner Books, Inc..................................................     100              New York
    Warner Publisher Services Inc. ......................................     100              New York
  TWI Cable Inc. ........................................................     100              Delaware
    Summit Communications Group, Inc. ...................................     100              Delaware
  WCI Record Club Inc. ..................................................     100(12)          Delaware
    The Columbia House Company (partnership).............................      50              New York
  Warner Communications Inc. ............................................     100              Delaware
    Elektra Entertainment Group Inc. ....................................     100              Delaware
    DC Comics (partnership)..............................................      50(13)          New York
    Warner-Tamerlane Publishing Corp. ...................................     100              California
    WB Music Corp. ......................................................     100              California
    Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. .........................................     100              Delaware
      Warner Bros. Music International Inc. .............................     100              Delaware
        Warner Bros. Publications U.S. Inc. .............................     100              New York
    New Chappell Inc. ...................................................     100              Delaware
      CPP/Belwin, Inc. ..................................................     100              Delaware
    E.C. Publications, Inc. .............................................     100              New York
    Warner Music Group Inc. .............................................     100              Delaware
      London-Sire Records Inc. ..........................................     100              Delaware
    Warner Bros. Records Inc. ...........................................     100              Delaware
      WBR/Sire Ventures Inc. ............................................     100              Delaware
        SR/MDM Venture Inc. .............................................     100              Delaware
          Maverick Recording Company (partnership).......................      50              California
      Atlantic Recording Corporation.....................................     100              Delaware
        Rhino Entertainment Company......................................     100              Delaware
      Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation................................     100              New York
    WEA International Inc................................................     100              Delaware
      Warner Music Canada Ltd. ..........................................     100              Canada
        The Columbia House Company (Canada) (partnership)................      50              Canada
    Warner Music Newco Limited...........................................     100              U.K.
      Embleton Ltd. .....................................................     100              B.V.I.
        London Records 90 Limited........................................     100              U.K.
    Warner Special Products Inc. ........................................     100              Delaware
      WEA Manufacturing Inc. ............................................     100              Delaware
    Ivy Hill Corporation.................................................     100              Delaware

Subsidiaries of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.

  Time Warner Entertainment-Advance/Newhouse Partnership.................      64.8            New York
    CV of Viera (partnership)............................................      50              Florida
    Texas Cable Partners, L.P. ..........................................      50              Delaware
    Century Venture Corporation..........................................      50              Delaware
    Erie Telecommunications Inc. ........................................      54.19           Pennsylvania
    Kansas City Cable Partners...........................................      50              Colorado
    Queens Inner Unity Cable System......................................     100(14)          New York
    Comedy Partners, L.P. (partnership)..................................      50              New York
    Courtroom Television Network LLC.....................................      50              New York
    DC Comics (partnership)..............................................      50(13)          New York

(footnotes on next page)

iii

(footnotes from previous page)

(1) AOL owns 50% and Netscape Communications Corporation owns 50%.

(2) AOL owns .30%, EJV Reorganization, Inc. owns 99.53% and AOL International Finance CV owns .17%

(3) Netfin Online Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH owns 50% and AOL America Online (Deutschland) GmbH & Co. KG owns 50%.

(4) Cyberfin Online UK Holding Limited owns 50% and AOL Nederland BV owns 50%.

(5) AOL owns 33.3%, Netscape Communications Corporation owns 33.3% and CompuServe Interactive Services, Inc. owns 33.3%.

(6) TBS is the General Partner and CNN Investment Company, Inc. is the Limited Partner.

(7) TBS owns 69.31% and Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc. owns 30.69%

(8) Turner Entertainment Networks, Inc. is the General Partner and TEN Investment Company, Inc. is the Limited Partner.

(9) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 92.20%, and Warner Communications Inc. owns 7.8%.

(10) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 96.1% and Time International Inc. owns 3.9%.

(11) Book-of-the-Month Club Holdings LLC owns 50% and Doubleday Direct, Inc. owns 50%.

(12) Time Warner Companies, Inc. owns 80% and Warner Communications Inc. owns 20%.

(13) Warner Communications Inc. owns 50% and TWE owns 50%.

(14) TWE owns approximately 72.19% and TWQUICS Holdings L.L.C. owns approximately 27.81%.

iv

Exhibit 23.1

Consent Of Independent Auditors

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of AOL Time Warner Inc. of our report dated Janaury 31, 2001, except for Note 2 as to which the date is March 21, 2001, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of America Online, Inc. (predecessor to AOL Time Warner Inc.), included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2000:

1) No. 333-53564                4) No. 333-53574            7) No. 333-53580
2) No. 333-53568                5) No. 333-53576            8) No. 333-54518
3) No. 333-53572                6) No. 333-53578

                             /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


McLean, Virginia
March 22, 2001